New
Bookmarks
Year 2014 Quarter 2: April 1- June 30 Additions to
Bob Jensen's Bookmarks
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Tidbits Directory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have
key words to enter --- Search Site.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/.
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
574 Shields
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm

Choose a
Date Below for Additions to the Bookmarks File
2014
June 30
May 31
April 30

June 30, 2014
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks June 1-30, 2014, 2014
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
David Johnstone asked me to write a paper on the following:
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of Accountics
Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498
Hasselback Accounting Faculty
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/
Blast from the Past With Hal
and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm
2012 AAA
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
"CONVERSATION WITH DENNIS BERESFORD," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog,
March 26, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2014/03/conversation-with-dennis-beresford.html
"CONVERSATION WITH BOB JENSEN," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, October
8, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/10/conversation-with-bob-jensen.html
List of FASB Pronouncements
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_FASB_pronouncements
2013 IFRS Blue Book
(Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717
Links to
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Find comparison facts on most any Website ---
http://reviewandjudge.org/HOME.html
For example, enter "www.trinity.edu/rjensen/" without the http:\\
Find Accounting Software (commercial site) ---
http://findaccountingsoftware.com/
Galt Travel Reviews and Guides ---
http://www.galttech.com/
Quandl: over 8 million demographic, economic, and financial datasets
from 100s of global sources ---
http://www.quandl.com/
David Giles Econometrics Beat Blog ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Citations: Two Selected Papers About Academic Accounting Research Subtopics
(Topical Areas) and Research Methodologies
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations.htm
Alliance for Financial Inclusion (financial literacy initiative funded by
Bill and Melinda Gates) ---
http://www.afi-global.org/
Also see Bob Jensen's related helpers at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Find Real Estate for Sale ---
http://www.trulia.com/
Here's a crib note sheet for your next economics examination ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/table-different-schools-of-economics-2014-6
How to Mislead With Statistics
"How Well Do Teen Test Scores Predict Adult Income?" by Phillip Cohen,
Sociological Images, May 13, 2014 ---
http://thesocietypages.org/socimages/2014/05/13/how-well-do-teen-test-scores-predict-adult-income/
Jensen Comment
This is a good lesson in regression from sophomores to Ph.D. seminars ---
http://thesocietypages.org/socimages/2014/05/13/how-well-do-teen-test-scores-predict-adult-income/
This is an illustration of the enormity of the problem of missing variables
in regression. Sadly in accountics research missing variables are the rule
rather than the exception.
"Lessons Not Learned: Why is There Still a Crisis-Level Shortage of
Accounting Ph.D.s?" by R. David Plumlee and Philip M. J. Reckers,
Accounting Horizons, June 2014, Vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 313-330.
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50703 (not free)
SYNOPSIS:
In 2005, an ad hoc committee appointed by the
American Accounting Association (AAA) documented a crisis-level shortage of
accounting Ph.D.s and recommended significant structural changes to doctoral
programs (Kachelmeier, Madeo, Plumlee, Pratt, and Krull 2005). However,
subsequent studies show that the shortage continues and the cumulative costs
grow (e.g., Fogarty and Holder 2012; Brink, Glasscock, and Wier 2012). The
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) recently
called for renewed attention to the problem (AACSB 2013b). We contribute to
the literature by providing updated information regarding responses by
doctoral programs and, from the eyes of potential candidates, of continuing
impediments to solving the doctoral shortage. In this paper, we present
information gathered through surveys of program administrators and master's
and Accounting Doctoral Scholars Program (ADS) students. We explore (1) the
cumulative impact of the Ph.D. shortage as of 2013, including its impact on
accounting faculty composition, across different types of institutions, (2)
negative student perceptions of Ph.D. programs and academic accounting
careers, which discourage applicants from pursuing Ph.D. programs, and (3)
impediments facing institutions in expanding doctoral programs.
Keywords: faculty shortage, recruiting, accounting
Ph.D
Received: December 2013; Accepted: December 2013
;Published Online: January 2014
R. David Plumlee is a Professor at The University
of Utah, and Philip M. J. Reckers is a Professor at Arizona State
University. Corresponding author: R. David Plumlee. Email:
david.plumlee@business.utah.edu
INTRODUCTION
Despite recognition of a critical shortage in
accounting Ph.D.s and recommendations for structural changes to doctoral
programs (Kachelmeier et al. 2005), there is evidence that the shortage
continues (e.g., Fogarty and Holder 2012; Brink et al. 2012). The objective
of this commentary is to provide contemporaneous information from
administrators of doctoral programs, and the perceptions of potential
candidates on the major impediments to addressing the doctoral shortage.
We were mindful in the design of our study that,
potentially, two factors contribute to the current dilemma:
Insufficient numbers of qualified individuals are
applying for admission to doctoral programs, and The capacity of doctoral
programs has declined; thus, even if sufficient numbers of qualified
individuals are applying, schools are failing to admit enough candidates to
address the shortage.
In this paper, we present information gathered
through surveys of program administrators and master's and Accounting
Doctoral Scholars Program (ADS) students. We explore (1) the cumulative
impact of the Ph.D. shortage as of 2013, including its impact on accounting
faculty composition, across different types of institutions, (2) negative
student perceptions of Ph.D. programs and academic accounting careers, which
discourage applicants from pursuing Ph.D. programs, and (3) impediments to
growth in doctoral programs faced by institutions. While many authors (e.g.,
Gary, Dennison, and Bouillon 2011; Fogarty and Holder 2012) have examined
various causal elements for the shortage over the years, our purpose is to
provide a more comprehensive and up-to-date picture of the environment.
Prior research and commentary have addressed many
of the unintended negative consequences associated with the accounting
doctoral shortage. Exacerbating the problem is the growing demand for
collegiate accounting education. Leslie (2008) and Baysden (2013) report a
surge in undergraduate and graduate accounting enrollments in recent years
In 2011–2012, undergraduate accounting enrollments exceeded 240,000 students
(up another 6 percent from the 2009–2010 figures), with 61,334 B.S.
accounting degrees conferred and 20,843 master's accounting degrees
conferred—both record highs.
Some prior initiatives regarding the shortage of
Ph.D.-qualified accounting faculty have failed to sustain. The 2005 ad hoc
AAA committee recommended greater financial support for doctoral students.
The profession responded. The ADS program was kicked off in 2008 with
funding by CPA firms and state societies; it provided four years of
financial support each year for 30 doctoral students specializing in
auditing or tax. Unfortunately, the ADS program has expired, and its success
is hard to evaluate. Despite the initiative, Fogarty and Holder (2012, 374)
conclude that “(e)xtrapolating from the current population of doctoral
programs fails to support the prospects for a recovery over the near
future.”
Alternative means of supplying accounting faculty
have also been suggested. For example, Trapnell, Mero, Williams, and Krull
(2009) propose structural changes to reduce the time frame for the degree to
four years. Additionally, they suggest an executive-type program where
students do not leave their employment to pursue a Ph.D. In this model,
students would draw on their experience, supplemented by coursework in
research methods, to develop a research project. Few schools have responded
and adopted this model, and acceptance of their graduates has yet to be
tested. Another proposed alternative is to take advantage of international
accounting doctoral scholars willing to relocate to the United States, who
would participate in a ten-week postdoctoral program and thereby become
eligible to serve as accounting faculty in the United States (HassabElnaby,
Dobrzykowski, and Tran 2012). Our survey addresses whether schools have
actually substantially changed their doctoral programs along these lines or
the composition of their student bodies.
In the remainder of this paper, we report on
surveys conducted to address these and other relevant issues. First, we
focus on costs of the shortage and, specifically, the changes in hiring that
have been made, in part because of the Ph.D. shortage. Then we spotlight
structural changes in accounting Ph.D. programs. Finally, we consider what
might be discouraging more student applications; to address these issues, we
surveyed 388 M.Acc. students from various programs across the country,
requesting their perceptions of accounting Ph.D. programs and the academic
accounting profession. We also surveyed 84 current Ph.D. students in the ADS
program to compare the perceptions of a group who have chosen to get a Ph.D.
with those of potential applicants. In the final section, we discuss our
findings and offer recommendations for recruiting qualified students to
accounting Ph.D. programs.
SURVEY OF ADMINISTRATORS OF ACCOUNTING PROGRAMS
Changes in Faculty Composition
Since the AAA ad hoc committee's report on the
accounting Ph.D. shortage in 2005, studies have documented various aspects
of the shortage, using data sources such as Hasselback's Accounting
Directory (Brink et al. 2012; Fogarty and Holder 2012), surveys of
accounting faculty (Hunt, Eaton, and Reinstein 2009), and surveys of
accounting Ph.D. students (Deloitte 2007), but none have asked accounting
program administrators directly about the impact of the shortage on their
programs. To examine how accounting departments have responded to the Ph.D.
shortage, we surveyed 754 accounting program administrators listed in the
Hasselback directory and received 204 completed responses (a 27 percent
response rate). The schools in the sample included 73 percent that had
separate AACSB accounting accreditation. Of responding schools, 69 percent
graduated fewer than 100 undergraduate accounting majors each year, and 69
percent of schools with Master's of Accounting programs graduated 50 or
fewer each year. When asked about their teaching mission, 20 percent
responded that they had only an undergraduate accounting program, 61 percent
had both accounting undergraduate and master's programs, and the remaining
19 percent had a Ph.D. program in accounting, in addition to bachelor's and
master's programs.
. . .
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Over 70 percent of responding accounting program
administrators believe that their programs have been harmed by the
accounting Ph.D. shortage. While the impact of broader economic factors is
undeniable, the shortage is certainly contributing to larger class sizes,
reduced elective offerings, and a significant change in the composition of
accounting faculties. Nearly every category of school reports an increasing
number of classes taught by clinical faculty, lecturers, and part-time
instructors. It is also clear from our data that accounting Ph.D. programs
have not been responsive to the calls of the AAA (Kachelmeier et al. 2005),
AACSB (2013b), and others for significant structural change.
Whether the change in faculty composition is seen
as a serious problem depends on one's perspective regarding the learning
goals and objectives of collegiate accounting education. Some opine (e.g.,
AACSB 2003, 2013b) that less exposure of accounting students to doctorally
qualified faculty will result in reduced attention to the economic and
social roles of accounting in society, and less exposure to the rigorous
forms of inquiry and analysis associated with the scientific method (and its
attendant skepticism). On the other hand, the shortage is less troubling if
the role of accounting faculty is perceived to be primarily to instruct and
train students in technical accounting, auditing, and tax topics, and
thereby instill those skills demanded to enter the accounting profession.
There is a continuing controversy about when and where students are best
“educated,” in the classroom or on the job, with clearly different
traditions in different parts of the world.
There is also the issue of the value of accounting
research, as well as the quantity of research needed. A root issue is the
value one places on the role of accounting faculty in contributing to
questions fundamental to accounting as a discipline. Advocates for a greater
research role might ask questions such as, “Would the propriety of fair
value as a measure of asset values or the option value of stock as a measure
of compensation be as thoroughly embedded in the accounting discipline today
without the contribution of rigorously trained accounting scholars?” The
relative contribution of scholars both in the classroom, as well as through
their contribution to fundamental knowledge and timely analyses of societal
issues of importance, is a value of doctoral education that must be
recognized and appreciated. Certainly, the AACSB (2013b) Report of the
International Doctoral Education Task Force: The Promise of Business
Doctoral Education foresees a much-expanded role for doctorally qualified
faculty.
That AACSB (2013b) report also argues the time is
now for business schools to embrace innovation, experimentation, and
opportunity, and come to grips with economic realities by exploring
innovations in doctoral education to enhance values and constrain costs to
the individual and the institution. While M.Acc. students represent a large
potential population of Ph.D. students, converting that opportunity into
reality has been and will continue to be a challenge. Dogmatic intransience
to change has not served our community well, any more than it has served
politicians in Washington well. Honest, serious discourse is crucial if a
way forward is to emerge. Financial constraints, including the length of
programs, must not only be acknowledged, they must be solved. Our data are
clear. Current accounting Ph.D. program models are not attractive to
domestic doctoral program candidates.
The authors' personal beliefs represent two voices
out of many. We do not purport to have the solutions. Certainly, we believe
that a critical mass of accounting scholars is necessary for accounting to
continue to serve its crucial role in society. Nonetheless, we are concerned
that little appears to be happening to address our current dilemma. We are
certainly mindful of the recommendations made nine years ago by the AAA's ad
hoc committee (Kachelmeier et al. 2005), but that is nearly a decade past.
Sustainable solutions have yet to manifest, and few signs of active
commitment to find solutions appear on the horizon. Can we continue to wait
on individual schools to change, or must a major collective initiative be
forthcoming? Foremost, our results suggest that active recruiting of
potential accounting Ph.D. students is critical, but unlikely to be
successful without significant institutional changes.
Our survey of M.Acc. students also finds that there
is a significant knowledge gap. Overcoming this knowledge gap requires a
collective effort. This may be within the purview of the AAA or the AACSB or
both. And this initiative, in our judgment, needs to rise above the level of
a one-year plan.
The group of M.Acc. students who expressed the
highest likelihood of applying to Ph.D. programs is those who see value in
and express an affinity for teaching and research. In professions such as
engineering and medicine, the leap from the academic content found in
master's programs and those found in doctoral programs is not huge. However,
in accounting, the disparity between the content of master's programs and
Ph.D. programs is enormous. As a result, Master's of Accounting students are
not acquainted with accounting research. Can this condition be remediated?
How do we go about this? While cost constraints are important to everyone,
it is well known that accounting academics are not motivated solely by money
matters. Arguably, one way is to incorporate academic research that
addresses issues of professional and/or societal importance into master's,
if not undergraduate, courses. This is something individual accounting
academics can do. This end might also be achieved through focused
undergraduate honors theses, or by embedding distinct research courses into
master's programs. While incentives for schools to adopt these strategies
and Ph.D. programs to accept the academic credit do not appear to exist at
present, such an approach might serve to reduce the length of Ph.D.
programs.
The ad hoc committee of 2005 also urged leaders of
accounting programs to consider “Ph.D. tracks” in their master's programs.
These tracks should not be thought of narrowly. Courses in the track could
be fashioned to allow students to get a head start on a Ph.D. program by
including foundational topics such as economics, mathematics, or statistical
methods.2 Accounting programs without a Ph.D. program might develop some
sort of articulation agreement, where certain courses in their “Ph.D. track”
would count toward the Ph.D. at the doctoral granting school. Our M.Acc.
survey finds that even those inclined to apply to an accounting Ph.D.
program see five years or more in a Ph.D. program as too much to sacrifice
for an academic career. Any method of shortening the process without
diluting the quality would be a welcome innovation.
A prior positive teaching experience also appears
to be related to pursuit of an academic career. We cannot definitively
resolve, based on our findings, whether those interested in Ph.D. programs
seek teaching opportunities or whether teaching sparks interest in Ph.D.
programs. Nonetheless, opportunities exist for more accounting students to
teach in some manner, or tutor. Whatever the venue, teaching opportunities
for students could be the catalyst for pursuit of an academic accounting
career.
In summary, the shortage of accounting Ph.D.
graduates continues, with several clearly identifiable negative
consequences. Many recommendations have been forthcoming in the past with
the goal of remediating the problem, but few recommendations have been
adopted. Champions of sustained new initiatives have not stepped forward,
with the exception of the ADS program, and the output of Ph.D. programs
continues to be inadequate.
M.Acc. students offer a large potential recruiting
pool, and a significant number of master's students show early interest in
academic careers. Unfortunately, a host of impediments thwart our progress
toward a robust Ph.D. pool. We identify and discuss the major impediments.
We observe that significant M.Acc. student recruitment efforts are needed,
where there are virtually none today. We suggest that waiting for this
problem to solve itself is folly; that well-considered, significant, and
sustained initiatives are required; and that there exists an opportunity for
the AAA, and its sections, to take the lead. Individual accounting
departments and schools can also make a difference. Waiting for others to
solve the problem has not led to a solution to date. Continuing on our same
path and expecting different outcomes is likely unrealistic.
Jensen Comment
This is an important update to an ever-increasing problem in our Academy. It
surveys students, doctoral program coordinators, and accounting department heads
with outcomes that provide some detailed insights into large and small issues.
One enormous issue is the decline in capacity for admission of applicants
into accounitng doctoral programs in North America. That is best reflected in
the well-known table generated by Jim Hasselback each year for many years
showing the number of graduating doctoral students in each doctoral program over
time ---
http://www.jrhasselback.com/AtgDoct/XDocChrt.pdf
At the moment the table shown in the above link only goes back to 1995. However,
I've saved copies of this table from earlier years Consider the University of
Illinois for example. Between 1939 and 1995 the University of Illinois graduated
an average of six accounting PhDs per year. The data are skewed. There were only
a few graduates in the early years of the program whereas during the1960-1980
period Illinois was graduating 10-20 accounting PhDs per year.
Between 1996 and 2013 Illinois only graduated an average of two accounitng
PhDs per year. Similar outcomes happened in the other accounting doctoral mills
of Texas and Arkansas where there were similarly severe declines in the number
of annual graduates since 1995. There have been some new doctoral programs such
as the newer program at the University of Texas in San Antonio, but the numbers
graduated each year from those programs are small.
My poi9nt is that the decline in output in the larger mills since 1995 has
not been offset by increased output in other programs. Hence in North America
we see a decline in the annual output from nearly 300 accounting PhD graduates
per year to 140.4 per yer between 1996 and2013.
Plumly and Reckers avoided some of the most controversial questions in their
surveys. Before 1985 accounting doctoral programs admitted accountants without
mathematical and statistical backgrounds and permitted accounting dissertations
without equations such as accounting history disserations without equations. Now
having equations in dissertations is required even in accounting history
dissertations.
In virtually all accounting doctoral programs in North America, new doctoral
students cannot matriculate without meeting advanced mathematics and statistics
prerequisites. Most of the accounting courses have been taken out of the
curricula and are replaced by econometrics and psychometrics courses. The
programs are essentially sophisticated programs on how to mine data.
Most accounting faculty in an accounting program do not have the quantitative
skill sets to teach in the accounting doctoral programs or if they have some
quantitative skills they do not want to teach ecnonometrics and psychometrics
and data mining course or supervise accountics science dissertations.. This is a
major reason why the the number of doctoral students that can be handled in most
accounting doctoral programs have declined so dramatically.
Also accountants who have been practicing accounting for 5-10 years wound
prefer accounting doctoral programs rather than accountics science doctoral
programs. One reason the number of foreign students has been increasing in North
American Accounting Doctoral Programs is that students are admitted on the basis
of their mathematics and statistics skills rather than accounting knowledge (and
even interest in accounting).
This is why so many of the graduates from our
accounting doctoral programs in the 21st Century are not prepared to teach
accounting courses in the undergraduate and masters programs. All
they can teach are the doctoral program courses. The teaching of accounting is
being shifted to adjunct professors who are better prepared to teach accounting,
auditing, and taxation.
Plumlee and Reckers indirectly recognize this problem and suggest that there
be more curriculum tracks in accounting doctoral programs. The Pathways
Commission is even more blunt. It recommends that doctoral programs allow
doctoral dissertations without equations --- like in the good old days when we
had more accounting doctoral program graduates.
A huge limitation of the Plumlee and Reckers paper above is that it ignores
the Pathways Commission recommendations.
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
The (Pathways Commission) report includes seven
recommendations. Three are shown below:
- Integrate accounting research, education
and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing
professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
- Promote accessibility of doctoral education
by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral programs and
developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path to an
accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs and
research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative
rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be
part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching
methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students
with professional experience and candidates with families, according to
the report.
- Increase recognition and support for
high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure
processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a
critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to
the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and
accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and
programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
The Sad State of Accountancy Doctoral Programs in North America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
Surprisingly Routledge (publisher of expensive, often low-volume specialty
academic books) is making 6,000 titles free in electronic format ---
http://www.routledge.com/catalogs/century_of_knowledge_business_and_economics/?utm_source=adestra&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=sbu1_bah_3rf_8cm_3eco_00000_ckn
Some of the books that are now available for free are not so old. My guess is
that these were mostly poor sellers --- which does not mean they were bad books.
In some cases it means that they were too narrow and specialized to have much
demand at all.
Scholars taking advantage of these free downloads are most likely to be history
buffs.
The available free books in accounting and finance are at
http://www.routledge.com/catalogs/century_of_knowledge_business_and_economics/1/1/
"Why Paying Off a Mortgage Early Isn't Always The Right Move," by Len
Penzo. Business Insider, June 26, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/why-paying-off-a-mortgage-early-isnt-always-the-right-move-2014-6
Jensen Comment
When I retired in 2006 I could have paid cash for our retirement cottage and
acreage in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. Instead I took out a jumbo
mortgage. I could have paid it off anytime since then, but instead I refinanced
twice to get a lower interest rate and will be nearly 100 years of age when the
mortgage is paid off. I might refinance again and again and again when interest
rates decline even if each refinancing adds more years to the maturity date.
Every homeowner faces unique circumstances such that I do not want you to
think that my situation applies to any other home owner. For me in retirement I
need the tax shelter of mortgage interest payments more than ever. It makes more
sense for me to keep a large balance in a Vanguard tax-exempt mutual fund (where
there's value risk that does not concern me but maybe would concern you) that is
highly liquid --- I can write checks on it anytime I want make an immediate
withdrawal from the fund. I like this liquidity that I would not get in a fully
paid-off home.
The tax-exempt mutual fund is my version of nursing home insurance for myself
and my wife should, God forbid, one or both of us have to go to a nursing home.
Medicare does not pay nursing home costs such that all USA retirees need savings
for nursing home care. Nursing home insurance is, in my viewpoint, a lousy and
costly alternative.
Some retired home owners may prefer to pay off their mortgages. When they are
short of cash, such as when nursing home care is needed, they can then get a
reverse mortgage. However, I view reverse mortgages like I view nursing home
insurance --- both are too costly for my circumstances. But then my
circumstances are not like any other home owners' circumstances.
Please do not rely upon what I think is best for me without getting
outside advice from a better expert than me.
The above discussion applies only to when and if to pay off a home mortgage.
The rent versus buy decision is an entirely different matter. Generally renting
is better when you want to keep your short-term options open about where to
live. Much depends upon the the real estate market. In the USA most real estate
is harder to sell in the 21st Century than in the roaring 1990s. There are vast
differences in the real estate market. Today I would rather be selling an Iowa
farm than a California farm or a New Hampshire home.
If I sold our New Hampshire property (or most any other northern New England
property) today I would lose quite a lot of money. But I hope to live here and
owe on my mortgage until the day I die.
Graphic from the New York Times via Barry Ritholtz: Change in
private manufacturing jobs, by county in the USA
This graphic shows why there is such a lousy future in manufacturing jobs. There
are many causes, especially the slow economic recovery and reduced government
spending for such things as military equipment, but the increasing
displacements are causes by robotics and automation that increasingly replace
manufacturing workers in ways that were not imagined 20 ago. Will the last
person leaving an automated factory turn out the lithts ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2014/06/change-in-private-manufacturing-jobs-by-county/
Accounting Hall of Fame ---
http://fisher.osu.edu/departments/accounting-and-mis/the-accounting-hall-of-fame/
Abe Briloff: Accounting Hall of Fame or Infame? ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#Briloff
Abe died in 2013 at the age of 96
"Abe Briloff, an Accountant Who Saw Through the Games," by Floyd Norris,
The New York Times, December 19, 2013 ---
http://mobile.nytimes.com/blogs/economix/2013/12/13/abe-briloff-an-accountant-who-saw-through-the-games/?emc=edit_tnt_20131214&tntemail0=y&_r=0
The long overdue induction of Abe Briloff into the Accounting Hall of Fame
will take place in August 2014.
My former doctoral student Bill Kinney did not have to wait so long. He
will also be inducted in August 2014.
An announcement of their recent inductions is not yet posted on the
Accounting Hall of Fame Website.
Let's Call it the 186 Club of Tax Avoiders
A new law allows Americans to
pay minimal or no taxes if they live on the island for at least 186 days a
year, and unlike with a move to Singapore or Bermuda, Americans don't have to
turn in their passports.---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-06-26/puerto-rico-tax-haven-for-americas-super-rich?campaign_id=DN062614
Patent Troll (nobody hates them more than me) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patent_troll
For Whom the Bell Trolls
"The Supreme Court Kills Abstract Software Patents: Who Wins And Who Loses,"
by Dan Rowinski, ReadWriteWeb, June 19, 2014 ---
http://readwrite.com/2014/06/19/software-patents-supreme-court-scotus-alice-cls-bank#awesm=~oI8D8EvMZfJsWK
The U.S. Supreme Court struck a blow at software
patents, but many feel the court did not go far enough.
Somewhat related:
Bob Jensen's threads on the dreaded DMCA ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/theworry.htm#Copyright
Beginning to Shine a Light on the Opaque Derivatives Market: Defining
Dealers and Major Participants in the Cross-Border Context
DEC Commissioner Luis A. Aguilar
Junr 25, 2014
http://www.sec.gov/News/Speech/Detail/Speech/1370542163686#.U6sihrEzNQ5
Thank you Neal Hannon for the Heads Up
Tax Question About Motor Homes
The Village of Sugar Hill supposedly does not tax any "home" resting on wheels?
There are no houseboats in this land-locked village.
Suppose two grandparents own a very modest log cabin that is taxed on a
valuation of $40,000. Behind their home sits a $250,000 motor home in which two
grandchildren and a son live in the winter months. The children attend local
schools and use the address of their grandparents.
Should this family get away with contributing almost nothing to the local
village or school district?
On a separate issue, vacation homes anchored to the ground are valued and
taxed even if they are only used in the summer months when children do not
attend local schools.
Three tax scenarios for vacation homes ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/knowing-three-tax-scenarios-vacation-homes/223530?source=tax
"The Effect of Fair Value versus Historical Cost Reporting Model on
Analyst Forecast Accuracy," by Lihong Liang and Edward J. Riedl,
The Accounting Review,: May 2014, Vol. 89, No. 3, pp. 1151-1177 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-50687 (Not Free)
ABSTRACT:
This paper examines how the reporting model for a
firm's operating assets affects analyst forecast accuracy. We contrast U.K.
and U.S. investment property firms having real estate as their primary
operating asset, exploiting that U.K. (U.S.) firms report these assets at
fair value (historical cost). We assess the accuracy of a
balance-sheet-based forecast (net asset value, or NAV) and an
income-statement-based forecast (earnings per share, or EPS). We predict and
find higher NAV forecast accuracy for U.K. relative to U.S. firms,
consistent with the fair value reporting model revealing private information
that is incorporated into analysts' balance sheet forecasts. We find this
difference is attenuated when the fair value and historical cost models are
more likely to converge: during recessionary periods.
Finally, we predict and find lower EPS
forecast accuracy for U.K. firms when reporting under the full fair value
model of IFRS, in which unrealized fair value gains and losses are included
in net income. This is consistent with
the full fair value model increasing the difficulty of forecasting net
income through the inclusion of non-serially correlated elements such as
these gains/losses. Information content analyses provide further support for
these inferences. Overall, the results indicate that the fair value
reporting model enhances analysts' ability to forecast the balance sheet,
but the full fair value model reduces their ability to forecast net income.
Keywords: fair value, historical cost, analyst
forecast accuracy, net asset value, real estate
Received: September 2011; Accepted: December 2013
;Published Online: December 2013
I. INTRODUCTION
This paper examines the effect of the reporting
model on the accuracy of analyst outputs. Specifically, we investigate
whether the model—fair value or historical cost—used to report firms'
primary operating assets of real estate differentially affects the accuracy
of two analyst forecasts: a balance-sheet-based forecast (net asset value,
or “NAV”), and an income-statement-based forecast (earnings-per-share, or
“EPS”).1 Accordingly, this paper combines the literatures on fair value
reporting for nonfinancial assets (e.g., Easton, Eddey, and Harris 1993) and
analyst forecast accuracy (e.g., Lang and Lundholm 1996) to examine how the
reporting model affects the precision of different types of analyst outputs.
We choose as our setting publicly traded investment
property firms domiciled either in the U.K. or U.S. during the period
2002–2010. Investment property firms invest in real estate assets for rental
income and/or capital appreciation. The choice of this setting is
advantageous for several reasons. First, this industry is among the few in
which fair value reporting can be observed for the firm's primary operating
assets. Although other industries, such as banking and insurance, have
significant exposure to fair value reporting, these settings are more
complex as the within-firm accounting treatment across their operating
assets varies significantly, and they are subject to substantial
regulation.2 Second, our focus on the U.K. and U.S. exploits the primary
reporting difference for this industry across these two countries.
Specifically, U.K. investment property firms recognize property assets at
fair value on the balance sheet under both U.K. domestic accounting
standards as well as more recently adopted International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS). Unrealized fair value changes are reported in a
revaluation reserve under U.K. standards, but reported in net income under
IFRS. In contrast, U.S. investment property firms report property assets at
historical cost as mandated under U.S. standards; further, industry practice
is that these firms rarely voluntarily disclose property fair values. Third,
despite the latter reporting difference, the real estate industry in both
countries is highly developed, with both having a substantial number of
publicly traded real estate firms, relatively liquid property markets, and a
large number of analysts following these firms.
To assess analyst forecast accuracy, we choose two
forecast types, a balance-sheet-based forecast (NAV) and an
income-statement-based forecast (EPS). NAV forecasts are commonly applied in
the investment property industry, and are primary inputs into analyst's
target price estimates. They are calculated by taking the estimated fair
value of the firm's assets, which are primarily the real estate properties,
and subtracting the estimated fair value of the firm's liabilities,
primarily debt. As such, NAV provides an estimate of the value of the firm's
net assets in place. Second, we examine the accuracy of EPS forecasts, which
represent analysts' estimates of the firm's ability to generate income. We
note that this industry is among the few for which both balance sheet and
income statement forecasts are commonly observable.
We hypothesize three primary effects. First, we
predict higher accuracy of NAV forecasts for firms providing investment
property fair values. That is, we expect that the reporting of these fair
values, as done by U.K. firms, reveals private information regarding the
underlying asset values. Analysts incorporate this information into their
forecasts, leading to greater forecast accuracy. Second, we predict that
this relatively greater NAV accuracy for firms providing fair values will be
attenuated during circumstances in which the fair value and historical cost
reporting models are likely to converge. To proxy for such a setting, we use
the financial crisis, during which real estate assets in both the U.K. and
U.S. declined substantially. Third, we predict that full fair value
reporting required under IFRS will reduce the accuracy of analysts' EPS
forecasts, owing to increased difficulty of forecasting net income when it
includes non-serially correlated items such as unrealized fair value gains
and losses.
Empirical results confirm all three predictions. We
find that NAV forecasts for U.K. firms are more accurate relative to those
for U.S. firms. Further, we find that this greater accuracy is attenuated
during the financial crisis of 2007–2008, consistent with convergence of the
fair value and historical cost reporting models during this period. Finally,
we document greater EPS forecast accuracy for U.S. firms relative to U.K.
firms when the latter report under IFRS. To mitigate concerns that our
analyses may reflect differences across the U.K. and U.S. settings that are
unrelated to our predicted financial reporting effects, our primary analyses
use a difference-in-differences design. Our findings also are robust to
estimating a fully interacted model to control for different effects across
the U.K. and U.S. samples; using alternative measures of the dependent
variables to assess the use of market value to benchmark NAV forecast
accuracy due to the latter's lack of reported actual amounts; and conducting
subsample analysis. Finally, corroborating evidence reveals greater
information content for U.K. relative to U.S. NAV forecasts, with this
difference reduced during the financial crisis. Despite the higher EPS
forecast error, however, U.K. EPS forecasts have greater information content
under IFRS.
These findings make three contributions. First, we
link the fair value literature, which provides evidence of the decision
relevance of reported fair values (e.g., Barth 1994), to that on analyst
forecast accuracy (e.g., Clement 1999) by documenting that fair values of
key operating assets can enhance the accuracy of analysts'
balance-sheet-based forecasts. However, our evidence further suggests that
the benefits to fair value reporting may primarily occur during expansionary
economic periods, where the fair value and historical cost reporting models
are most likely to diverge. In addition, our evidence suggests that full
fair value reporting in which unrealized gains and losses are incorporated
into income can impede income statement forecast accuracy. Second, our
analyses of NAV forecasts are new because analysts' balance sheet
forecasting activities are rarely studied in the prior literature. Finally,
our evidence is likely of interest to U.S. and international
standard-setters in their ongoing deliberations regarding the extent in
which to incorporate fair value into reporting standards.
Section II provides the background, prior
literature, and hypothesis development. Section III presents the research
design. Section IV reviews the sample and primary empirical results. Section
V presents sensitivity analyses, and Section VI concludes.
II. BACKGROUND, PRIOR LITERATURE, AND HYPOTHESIS
DEVELOPMENT
Background \
This paper analyzes U.K. and U.S. publicly traded investment property
firms over 2002–2010, which have as their primary operating structure
tangible assets consisting of real estate investments. These firms invest in
real estate to obtain rental income and/or for capital appreciation. We
exploit a key difference across the two groups of firms: U.K. firms report
these real estate assets at fair value, while U.S. firms report them at
historical cost.
The reporting of investment properties for
U.K.-domiciled firms within our sample period falls under two regimes: U.K.
domestic standards from 2002–2004; and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) from 2005–2010. Both require that U.K. firms report
investment properties on the balance sheet at fair value. The relevant U.K.
domestic standard, Accounting for Investment Properties, Statement of
Standard Accounting Practice No. 19 (SSAP 19; Accounting Standards Committee
[ASC] 1994), requires investment property to be reported on the balance
sheet at “open market value” at fiscal year-end. This is very similar to
“fair value” as defined by the International Accounting Standards Board
(IASB) and Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).3 Unrealized fair
value gains/losses are reported in a revaluation reserve, and thus do not
pass through net income.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#FairValue
"Replication Crisis in Psychology Research Turns Ugly and Odd," by Tom
Bartlett, Chronicle of Higher Education, June 23, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Replication-Crisis-in/147301/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
In a blog post published last week, Timothy D.
Wilson, a professor of psychology at the University of Virginia and the
author of
Redirect: The Surprising New Science of Psychological Change,
declared that "the field has become preoccupied
with prevention and error detection—negative psychology—at the expense of
exploration and discovery."
The evidence that psychology is beset with false
positives is weak, according to Mr. Wilson, and he pointed instead to the
danger of inept replications that serve only to damage "the reputation of
the original researcher and the progression of science." While he called for
finding common ground, Mr. Wilson pretty firmly sided with those who fear
that psychology’s growing replication movement, which aims to challenge what
some critics see as a tsunami of suspicious science, is more destructive
than corrective.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Accounting researchers probably like Timothy Wilson's paper since replication in
accounting research is the rare exception rather than the rule. Academic
accounting research journals like TAR will not publish replications or even
commentaries about published articles that are supposed to be accepted as truth
because two or three referees let the article be published ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
The social sciences, accounting, finance, and business research in general
should be no different than the physical sciences where nothing is true until
replicated except in the case where analytics where the assumptions rather than
the derivations are less controversial than the assumptions underlying the
derivations.
In terms of social science empirical research I think that the social
scientists should be faced with the same replication hurdles as the physical
sciences ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Social science findings are often less stable than physical science
discoveries.
For example, when an astronomer makes a discovery about the magnetic field of a
star the star does not change its magnetic field just because of the discovery.
When a psychologist makes a discovery about the eating habits of a person that
person may change behavior because of the discovery. Such is stationarity
problem of the social sciences, accounting, finance, and business research.
But this does not justify not publishing results of replications and
commentaries about published articles. If we are seeking truth replication is
essential.
For example on the AECM listserv I called attention to the following
discovery in an emprical accounting research study:
"Finally, we predict and find lower EPS
forecast accuracy for U.K. firms when reporting under the full fair value
model of IFRS, in which unrealized fair value gains and losses are included
in net income."
"The Effect of Fair Value versus Historical Cost Reporting Model on
Analyst Forecast Accuracy," by Lihong Liang and Edward J. Riedl,
The Accounting Review (TAR),: May 2014, Vol. 89, No. 3, pp. 1151-1177 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-50687 (Not Free)
TAR readers will have to accept the above finding as truth since TAR will not
encourage or publish a replication study of that finding or even publish a
commentary about that finding. This is wrong in our Academy.
"How journals like Nature, Cell and Science are damaging science:
The incentives offered by top journals distort science, just as big
bonuses distort banking," Randy Schekman, The Guardian,
December 19, 2013 ---
A paper can become highly cited because
it is good science – or because it is eye-catching, provocative or
wrong. Luxury-journal editors know this, so they accept papers that
will make waves because they explore sexy subjects or make
challenging claims. This influences the science that scientists do.
It builds bubbles in fashionable fields where researchers can make
the bold claims these journals want, while discouraging other
important work, such as
replication studies.
"How journals like Nature, Cell and Science are damaging science:
The incentives offered by top journals distort science, just as big
bonuses distort banking," Randy Schekman, The Guardian,
December 9, 2013 ---
http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2013/dec/09/how-journals-nature-science-cell-damage-science
I am a scientist. Mine is a professional
world that achieves great things for humanity. But it is disfigured
by inappropriate incentives. The prevailing structures of personal
reputation and career advancement mean the biggest rewards often
follow the flashiest work, not the best. Those of us who follow
these incentives are being entirely rational – I have followed them
myself – but we do not always best serve our profession's interests,
let alone those of humanity and society.
e all know what distorting incentives have
done to finance and banking. The incentives my colleagues face are
not huge bonuses, but the professional rewards that accompany
publication in prestigious journals – chiefly
Nature,
Cell
and
Science.
These luxury journals are supposed to be
the epitome of quality, publishing only the best research. Because
funding and appointment panels often use place of publication as a
proxy for quality of science, appearing in these titles often leads
to grants and professorships. But the big journals' reputations are
only partly warranted. While they publish many outstanding papers,
they do not publish only outstanding papers. Neither are
they the only publishers of outstanding research.
These journals aggressively curate their
brands, in ways more conducive to selling subscriptions than to
stimulating the most important research. Like fashion designers who
create limited-edition handbags or suits, they know scarcity stokes
demand, so they artificially restrict the number of papers they
accept. The exclusive brands are then marketed with a gimmick called
"impact factor" – a score for each journal, measuring the number of
times its papers are cited by subsequent research. Better papers,
the theory goes, are cited more often, so better journals boast
higher scores. Yet it is a deeply flawed measure, pursuing which has
become an end in itself – and is as damaging to science as the bonus
culture is to banking.
It is common, and encouraged by many
journals, for research to be judged by the impact factor of the
journal that publishes it. But as a journal's score is an average,
it says little about the quality of any individual piece of
research. What is more, citation is sometimes, but not always,
linked to quality. A paper can become highly cited because it is
good science – or because it is eye-catching, provocative or wrong.
Luxury-journal editors know this, so they accept papers that will
make waves because they explore sexy subjects or make challenging
claims. This influences the science that scientists do. It builds
bubbles in fashionable fields where researchers can make the bold
claims these journals want, while discouraging other important
work, such as
replication studies.
In extreme cases, the lure of the luxury
journal can encourage the cutting of corners, and contribute to the
escalating number of papers that are retracted as flawed or
fraudulent. Science alone has recently
retracted high-profile papers reporting cloned human embryos,
links between littering and violence, and the
genetic profiles of centenarians. Perhaps worse, it has not
retracted claims that a microbe is able to use arsenic in its DNA
instead of phosphorus, despite overwhelming scientific criticism.
There is a better way, through the new
breed of open-access journals that are free for anybody to read, and
have no expensive subscriptions to promote. Born on the web, they
can accept all papers that meet quality standards, with no
artificial caps. Many are edited by working scientists, who can
assess the worth of papers without regard for citations. As I know
from my editorship of
eLife, an
open access journal funded by the Wellcome Trust, the Howard Hughes
Medical Institute and the Max Planck Society, they are publishing
world-class science every week.
Funders and universities, too, have a role
to play. They must tell the committees that decide on grants and
positions not to judge papers by where they are published. It is the
quality of the science, not the journal's brand, that matters. Most
importantly of all, we scientists need to take action. Like many
successful researchers, I have published in the big brands,
including the papers that won me the Nobel prize for medicine, which
I will be honoured to collect tomorrow.. But no longer. I have now
committed my lab to avoiding luxury journals, and I encourage others
to do likewise.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on how prestigious journals in academic
accounting research have badly damaged academic accounting research,
especially in the accountics science takeover of doctoral programs where
dissertation research no longer is accepted unless it features equations
---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Lack or Replication in Accountics Science:
574 Shields Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
The New GASB Standard Will Bring Light to the Dark Corners of Underfunded
Government Pension Funds
JUNE 25, 2014 |
FORT WAYNE NEWS-SENTINEL (INDIANA)
By Michael Hicks, includes “This week marked the
full implementation of two new Government Accounting Standards Board
rules affecting the reporting of pension liabilities. These rules --
known in the bland vernacular of accountancy as Statements 67 and 68 --
require state and municipal governments to report their pensions in ways
more like that of private-sector pensions. …
One result of this is that governments with very
high levels of unfunded liabilities will see their bond ratings drop to
levels that will make borrowing impossible.
In some places, like Indianapolis or Columbus, Ohio, may have to
increase their pension contributions and perhaps make modest changes to
retirement plans, such as adding a year or two of work for younger
workers. Places like Chicago or Charleston, West Virginia, will be
effectively unable to borrow in traditional bond markets. Pension funds
in Chicago alone are underfunded by almost $15 billion. Under the new
GASB rules Chicago's liability could swell to almost $60 billion or
roughly $21,750 per resident. Retiree health care liabilities add
another $3.6 billion or $1,324 per resident, so that each Chicago
household will need to cough up $61,000 to fully fund their promises to
city employees. The promise will be broken. …”
Bob Jensen's threads on pension liabilities and post-employment benefits
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
May 2014 Book Reviews (edited by Steve Zeff) ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-10392
- PHILIP BROWN, Financial Accounting and Equity Markets: The
Selected Essays of Philip Brown (New York, NY: Routledge, 2013, ISBN
978-0-415-81461-4, pp. xiii, 424).
MARTIN WALKER
- TREVOR HOPPER, MATHEW TSAMENYI, SHAHZAD UDDIN, and DANTURE
WICKRAMASINGHE, Handbook of Accounting and Development
(Cheltenham, U.K.: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2012, ISBN
978-1-84844-816-2, pp. x, 321).
EHSAN H. FEROZ
- LISA JACK, JANE DAVISON, and RUSSELL CRAIG, The Routledge
Companion to Accounting Communication (Abingdon, Oxon, U.K.:
Routledge, 2013, ISBN: 978-0-415-61714-7, pp. xiv, 259).
EILEEN Z. TAYLOR
Jensen Comment
Routledge books are relatively expensive. I always found the trick is to ask
your campus librarian to purchase them for the library. Demand for them on
campus is relatively light such that you can read the library's copies to your
hearts content.
Question
Where are the shortages of PhDs in academe more severe than the shortage of
accounting PhDs?
"Believe It or Not, in Some Fields Colleges Can’t Find Anybody to Hire,"
by Sara Jerde, Chronicle of Higher Education, June 18, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Believe-It-or-Not-in-Some/147207/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
The above article neglected the shortage of accounting PhDs where only about 130
are graduated in North America each year. They are typically the highest paid
new assistant professors. Demand exceeds supply by over ten to one.
The shortage of accounting professors and professors in accounting and some
other business disciplines is so great that the AACSB accrediting agency
commenced a "Bridge Program" to bridge holders of PhDs in other disciplines like
history and engineering to bridge into accounting, finance, and other business
programs. The bridge program is less successful in accounting because the are so
many required prerequisite accounting courses.
The French Economy Goes From Bad to Worse Under High Taxation
"It's Bad In France," by Joe Weisenthal, Business Insider, June 25, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/france-economy-2014-6
Note the tables and charts
Meanwhile Spain Lowers Taxes on Individuals and Business Firms
Question
What happened to the Keynesians in Spain?
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keynesian_economics
Hint:
They're probably not Laffering ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laffer_curve
"Spain Unveils Sweeping Cuts on Income, Corporate Taxes Budget Minister
Says Cuts Will Stimulate Investment, Jobs and Competitiveness," by David
Roma, The Wall Street Journal, June 20, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/spain-unveils-large-scale-cuts-on-income-corporate-taxes-1403267923
MADRID—Spanish leaders who broke their no-new-taxes
pledge after taking office 2½ years ago announced sweeping tax cuts on
Friday, saying it was time to compensate a recession-battered populace for
its sacrifices and boost a nascent recovery.
Budget Minister Cristóbal Montoro, announcing the
government's main economic initiative of the year, said the planned
reductions of income and corporate taxes will stimulate investment, creating
jobs and making Spanish companies more competitive abroad.
They will also put more money in the pockets of
consumers as the ruling, conservative Popular Party moves toward elections,
which are expected as early as the end of next year.
Spain's corporate tax rate would drop from 30% to
25% by 2016. People earning more than €300,000 ($408,000) a year would see
their personal income-tax rate fall from 52%, one of the highest in Europe,
to 45% in 2016.
Those earning less than €12,450 a year would pay
19% in 2016, compared with 24.75% now.
Some individuals in the middle—those earning
between €100,000 and €150,000 a year—would see their tax bills go up, Mr.
Montoro said, because the number of tax brackets is being reduced. But
overall, he said, income-tax rates will drop by 12.5% over the next two
years.
Officials say the economy is growing fast enough
that tax revenue will continue to rise even as tax rates fall. The
International Monetary Fund said last month that Spain's economy, which
emerged from recession last summer and is forecast to grow 1.2% this year,
had "turned the corner" and has room to cut corporate taxes.
Some independent economists questioned that
assumption. They said the government had failed for years to meet its annual
revenue projections and now risks a decline in tax revenue and a reversal of
three years of advances in trimming the budget deficit.
"It's not clear to me why they hiked taxes soon
after taking office, if their argument is now that the way to increase
revenue is tax cuts," said José Carlos Díez, a Madrid-based economist.
Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy inherited a severe
economic crisis when he assumed office in December 2011. Within months, he
raised income and sales taxes, saying they were needed to narrow the budget
deficit.
He apologized for breaking a campaign pledge and
said some of the tax increases were temporary.
Mr. Montoro said it was now possible to reverse
course because Spain's modest growth is increasing tax revenue. He said tax
receipts in the first five months of the year were 5% higher than the same
period of 2013. He said Spain's tax revenue is about 38% of gross domestic
product, one of the lowest in the euro zone, but growing.
The cuts announced Friday would by 2016 bring
income-tax rates back to their pre-2012 levels for high-income earners and
lower them slightly for low-income earners. Sales taxes wouldn't come down.
The plan is subject to modification but is assured of passage because Mr.
Rajoy's party controls parliament.
Question
What is the optimal game theory strategy for the USA and Germany this week in
the World's Cup?
Hint:
Ignore any laws, penalties, costly bad publicity, and ethics standards regarding
fixing of outcomes. Also ignore the real difficulties of trying to fix outcomes
when multiple players are involved --- fixing a soccer match is much more
complicated than fixing a prize fight or a tennis match.
"According To Game Theory, Germany And The US Should Collude To Get A Draw
In Their Next World Cup Match," by Andy Kiersz, Business Insider,
June 23, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/us-germany-stag-hunt-2014-6#ixzz35Ysd9LQQ
. . .
This situation is actually an example of a classic
problem in game theory:
the stag hunt. The problem, originally formulated
by Jean-Jacques Rousseau, involves two hunters who can choose between
hunting stags or hunting rabbits. If the hunters team up, they can take down
a stag, and eat like kings. If only one hunter tries to hunt a stag, and the
other just goes for rabbits, the stag hunter is out of luck and goes home
hungry, and the rabbit hunter gets a rabbit. If both hunters go for rabbits,
they both get rabbits.
The issue is similar to whether or not the U.S. and
Germany should play to win or just run ninety minutes of passing drills.
While it would be better for both overall to cooperate, it's safer for a
team or hunter to defect. Both hunters going for a stag will get more meat,
but a hunter going for rabbits is guaranteed to get a rabbit.
It's helpful to put this situation into numerical
terms. If both teams collude and don't try to win on Thursday, let's say
each get 3 utility points, representing a safe path to the next round. If
one team is not trying, and the other team defects and plays to win, the
defecting team gets 2 points, and the now-betrayed cooperating team gets 0
points, representing the advantage the defecting team gets over the
surprised cooperating team. If both teams defect and play to win, each gets
1 point, representing a normal soccer game.
Continued in article
Activity Based (ABC) Costing ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Activity-based_costing
Jensen Comment
Even though ABC Costing did not live up to its hype in terms of ongoing usage by
business firms, it is not yet dead!
"Better Accounting Transforms Health Care Delivery. Accounting Horizons,"
by Robert S. Kaplan and Mary L. Witkowski, Accounting Horizons, June 2014, Vol.
28, No. 2, pp. 365-383 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50658 (Not Free)
SYNOPSIS:
The paper describes the theory and preliminary
results for an action research program that explores the implications from
better measurements of health care outcomes and costs. After summarizing
Porter's outcome taxonomy (Porter 2010), we illustrate how to use process
mapping and time-driven activity-based costing to measure the costs of
treating patients over a complete cycle of care for a specific medical
condition. With valid outcome and cost information, managers and clinicians
can standardize clinical and administrative processes, eliminate non-value
added and redundant steps, improve resource utilization, and redesign care
so that appropriate medical resources perform each process step. These
actions enable costs to be reduced while maintaining or improving medical
outcomes. Better measurements also allow payers to offer bundled payments,
based on the costs of using efficient processes and contingent on achieving
superior outcomes. The end result will be a more effective and more
productive health care sector. The paper concludes with suggestions for
accounting research opportunities in the sector.
Keywords: cost management, health care,
measurement, activity-based costing
Received: October 2013; Accepted: October 2013
;Published Online: June 2014
Robert S. Kaplan is Senior Fellow and Professor
Emeritus at Harvard University; Mary L. Witkowski is a Fellow and an MD
candidate at Harvard University. Corresponding author: Robert S. Kaplan.
Email: rkaplan@hbs.edu
This research has been motivated and greatly
enriched by collaborative work with our Harvard Business School colleague,
Professor Michael E. Porter. His health care value framework provided the
context for understanding how improved accounting can contribute to better
delivery of health care.
INTRODUCTION
Health care spending in the U.S. has increased from
7.2 percent of Gross Domestic Product in 1970, to 9.2 percent in 1980, 13.8
percent in 2000, and 17.9 percent in 2011 (Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services [CMS] 2013). At the same time, U.S. citizens have higher morbidity
and mortality rates than citizens in countries that spend much less on their
health care system (Nolte and McKee 2012). Much of the higher U.S. spending
is caused by a fee-for-service reimbursement system that compensates
providers for the volume of procedures they perform and not for the outcomes
they deliver. Another cause is the extensive fragmentation of health care
delivery and reimbursement (Reinhardt, Hussey, and Anderson 2004) in which
patients are treated in diverse organizational units including independent
physician practices, primary care clinics, hospitals, and rehabilitation and
chronic care centers. These clinical organizational units are structured by
medical and surgical specialty, not by a patient's medical conditions. As a
result, patient treatment and its reimbursement are dispersed across
multiple functional units, with each unit doing only one component of a
patient's total care for a specific medical condition.
Few incentives currently exist for treating a
patient's complete medical situation, or for performing a more active role
in preventive behavior and wellness. The 2011 Affordable Care Act improves
residents' access to the U.S. health care system, but it includes only
modest attempts to reform the system itself (Wilensky 2012). Increasing
access to a poorly organized and inefficient system will likely eventually
lead to government-imposed spending and price cuts, followed by lower
quality of care, longer waits for patients, and the financial distress and
exit of providers.
Other countries, while spending a smaller
percentage of their GDP on health care, are also experiencing cost increases
comparable to those in the U.S. (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development [OECD] 2011). No country has yet to solve the fundamental
problem of how to reimburse providers for providing health care to their
populations. The U.S. fee-for-service model clearly does not work, but the
capitated payments and global reimbursement mechanisms used in other
countries lead to rationing of care and queues (Lee, Beales, Kinross, Burns,
and Darzi 2013; Wilcox et al. 2007).
Many of these problems are the result of a huge
measurement gap: only a very few providers today—physicians, clinics, and
hospitals—have valid measures of the outcomes they achieve or the costs they
incur to treat individual patients for specific medical conditions. The lack
of valid outcome information is partly a consequence of the fragmented way
in which health care is delivered, with each provider entity responsible for
only a component of the patient's complete care experience. But health care
is a more complex setting for measuring outcomes than are manufacturing and
most other service industries, which may explain why providers default to
input and process metrics rather than patients' outcome metrics.
The lack of valid cost measures in health care
provider organizations might require accounting historians to explain.
Hospitals have evolved an idiosyncratic system that assigns expenses to
procedures and patients based on charges and allocation ratios known as
Relative Value Units (RVUs) and not on the actual costs they incur to treat
patients. Separately, physician's specialty societies determine, and
periodically revise, RVUs for their procedures, which then get embedded into
the list prices established through Medicare's Resource-Based Relative Value
Scale (RBRVS) (Hsiao, Braun, Dunn, and Becker 1988a; Hsiao, Yntema, Braun,
Dunn, and Spencer 1988b; Marciarille and DeLong 2011). Physician practices
then measure the cost of their procedures by calculating a ratio of their
practice costs to these list prices (ratio of costs-to-charges or RCC
method). Health care administrators, seemingly unaware of the huge
distortions and cross-subsidies embedded in their faulty cost systems, are
in the situation described by former U.S. Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld
as, “they know not what they do not know.”
To summarize, few health care providers in the U.S.
and rest of world have valid measures, by medical condition, on patient
outcomes and costs. If you believe that “you can't manage what you don't
measure,” then the current ineffectiveness and inefficiency of health care
systems should not be a surprise. The best providers, lacking adequate data,
have few ways to signal their superior capabilities to attract higher
volumes at prices greater than their costs. Conversely, ineffective and
inefficient providers remain in the system, delivering inadequate care at
high societal cost, and depriving effective and efficient providers from
delivering higher value to a larger population of patients (Birkmeyer et al.
2002; Birkmeyer et al. 2003). A poor industry structure with a dearth of
measurements is a rich environment for accounting scholarship to play an
important role through research and education on better ways to measure
costs and outcomes.
In the remainder of the paper, we describe the
framework and preliminary results from an action research program conducted
at multiple pilot sites in the U.S. and Europe. The program's goal is to
explore how to remedy the severe measurement gaps in health care. We
conclude by suggesting opportunities for accounting research in the sector.
THE VALUE FRAMEWORK
The over-arching goal for any health care system
should be to increase the value delivered to patients (Porter and Teisberg
2006; Porter and Lee 2013). At present, however, many goals are advocated
for health care delivery including quality, access, safety, and cost
reduction. While each of these is individually desirable, none is
comprehensive enough to serve as a unifying framework for health care
delivery. Porter's framework (Porter and Teisberg 2006) defines value by two
parameters: patient outcomes and cost. Value increases when outcomes improve
with no increase in costs, or costs are reduced while delivering the same or
better outcomes. Currently, however, health care systems have diverse
incentives among their various participants. A provider's performance is
measured with input and process metrics, such as certification of personnel
and facilities, efficiency, access, quality, safety, and compliance. While
these metrics are useful for internal cost and operational control, they are
not sufficient to motivate health care providers to deliver more
value—better outcomes and lower costs—to end-use customers.
. . .
RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES
The introduction of cost and outcome measures into
health care delivery has just started, so the opportunities for research are
immense. Every reader of this article is within walking, cycling, or a short
driving distance to a potential field site and source of data. Developing,
introducing, and implementing new measurements in this industry will require
answering numerous technical questions—both conceptual and empirical—that
can be informed by careful research. Our initial projects have focused on
clinical departments delivering care to patients. Additional opportunities
are to investigate cost assignments for important ancillary care departments
such as radiology, laboratory, pharmacy, and central sterilization, as well
as administrative support departments such as billing, laundry,
housekeeping, and dietary. Researchers can explore the costs associated with
medical mistakes, no-shows, administrative paperwork, inadequate
documentation, processes that protect against malpractice claims, and
end-of-life care.
Beyond accounting and measurement issues, field
studies of the leadership and change management issues from introducing new
outcome and cost measurements would be fascinating. We know from past
experience that introducing new measurement systems triggers individual and
organizational resistance (Argyris and Kaplan 1994). Researchers should be
able to study how health care leaders solve the behavioral issues arising
from introducing change and modifying power relationships within health care
providers. Behavioral researchers can also explore the informational
processing issues when clinicians and administrators use multi-dimensional
outcome and cost data to optimize medical processes.
We have described how outcome and cost measurement
allows for a new reimbursement mechanism to be introduced. What are the
incentive and informational issues associated with changing the basis for
reimbursement from fee-for-service, capitation, and global budgeting to
bundled payments? Accounting scholars can participate in bundled payment
experiments to study the tensions and conflicts as various players in the
health care system attempt to work together to increase the value they
deliver to patients, rather than to optimize within their own specialty and
discipline. The complexity of interactions calls out for analytic research
to sort out the informational and incentive issues among the various players
in the system including patients, multiple providers, suppliers, and payers.
Accounting historians can shed light on how health care systems, around the
world, adopted reimbursement systems that are not aligned to deliver the
best value to the end use customer, the patient. They can also explore how
such a huge industry developed with so little calculation and reporting of
outcomes and costs.
The rationale for the Affordable Care Act in the
U.S. is that costs will go down if more residents are insured and seek
primary care rather than get treated, as charitable cases, when they show up
in hospital emergency rooms. Is this true? How much additional resources do
hospitals deploy to treat such patients and how many resources will no
longer be needed when more patients are insured and seek care from primary
care clinicians?
Accounting scholars can participate in field
experiments to document the value changes, both costs and outcomes, from
introducing a new pharmaceutical or medical device into the treatment
protocol for a medical condition. They can participate in field studies that
document how innovative provider organizations restructure themselves to
deliver the right care, at the right place, with the right mix of clinical
and administrative personnel, and with high capacity utilization, to improve
the value they deliver. Expertise in auditing of “soft” measures can be
productively applied to the measurement and verification of the outcome
measures that will be developed for each medical condition, and upon which
future reimbursement and reorganization of the treatments will be based.
In these ways, accounting scholars and educators
can help to influence the future of one of the largest and most important
sectors of society. The challenges are huge, but we already possess the
tools that can be deployed to address the issues.
Bob Jensen's threads on cost and managerial accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting
"Which Scientists Will Get Academic
Jobs?" Inside Higher Ed, June 5, 2014 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2014/06/05/which-scientists-will-get-academic-jobs#sthash.zV6Zsbee.dpbs
An article in the journal
Current Biology
argues that it isn't a mystery which science Ph.D.s will
land academic jobs. The paper argues that academic
positions are determined by just a few factors: the
number of publications, the "impact factor" of the
journals in which those papers are published, and the
number of papers that receive more citations than would
be expected for the journals in which the work appears.
"Business Wisdom from the Commencement Speakers of 2014," by Walter
Frick, Harvard Business Review Blog, June 12, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/06/business-wisdom-from-the-commencement-speakers-of-2014/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+harvardbusiness+%28HBR.org%29&cm_ite=DailyAlert-061314+%281%29&cm_lm=sp%3Arjensen%40trinity.edu&cm_ven=Spop-Email
Jensen Comment
I can't say I agree with all this well-intended advice. For example, even though
life is full of serendipity, I think we should spend a great deal of time making
plans that will have to be revised later on.
And like
Milton
Friedman, I think the purpose of business is to make a profit while obeying
the law and codes of ethics. Business is not government and should not be making
social choices best left to government. Of course businesses must respect the
changing times in terms of human rights because in the long-term not doing so
may bring down profits or even lead to business failure.
Some added quotations that I like that were not from the Commencement
Speakers of 2014
We must be willing to get rid of the life we've
planned, so as to have the life that is waiting for us.
Joseph Campbell
If everyone is thinking alike, then somebody isn't
thinking.
George S. Patton
It's better to walk alone than in a crowd going in
the wrong direction.
Diane Grant
"Frequentist vs. Bayesian Analysis," by David Giles, Econometrics
Beat, June 6, 2014 ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/06/frequentist-vs-bayesian-analysis.html
"Statisticians
should readily use both Bayesian and frequentist ideas."
So begins
a 2004 paper by Bayari and Berger,
"The Interplay of Bayesian and Frequentist Analysis",
Statistical Science, 19(1), 58-80.
Let's re-phrase
that opening sentence: "Econometricians should readily use both
Bayesian and frequentist ideas."
Before turning to
economics, my undergraduate training was in statistics and pure
mathematics. My statistical training (in the 1960's) came from
professors who were staunchly Bayesian - at a time when it was
definitely "them and us". With few exceptions, the attitude was
that "if you're not with us, then you're against us". And this
was true on both sides of the Frequentist-Bayesian divide.
Hardly a healthy
situation - but we've seen similar philosophical divisions
throughout the history of economics, and in pretty much every
other discipline at some point.
After a very
orthodox training in econometrics (based largely on the texts of
Johnston, and Malinvaud) I ended up doing my Ph.D. dissertation
on some problems in Bayesian econometrics - supervised by a
wonderful man who probably didn't have a Bayesian bone in his
body. My first J. Econometrics paper looked at some of
the sampling properties of certain Bayes estimators. How
non-Bayesian can you get?
So, I've always
told students that they need to be flexible in their econometric
thinking, and they need to be prepared to use both frequentist
and Bayesian tools. Time has proved me right, I believe. Modern
econometric practice takes advantage of a healthy mix of ideas
and techniques drawn from both tool boxes.
Yes, this has been
made possible by the considerable advances that we have seen in
computing methods and power in recent decades. But it's also
reflected something of a shift in the mind-set of statisticians
and econometricians alike.
Here's the
concluding section of the Bayari and Berger paper, in its
entirety (pp.77-78):
"It seems quite
clear that both Bayesian and frequentist philosophy are here to
stay, and that we should not expect either to disappear in the
future. This is not to say that all Bayesian or all frequentist methodology
is fine and will survive. To the contrary, there are many areas
of frequentist methodology that should be replaced by (existing)
Bayesian methodology that provides superior answers, and the
verdict is still out on those Bayesian methodologies that have
been exposed as having potentially serious frequentist
problems.
Philosophical
unification of the Bayesian and frequentist positions is not
likely, nor desirable, since each illuminates a different aspect
of statistical inference. We can hope, however, that we will
eventually have a general methodological unification, with both
Bayesian and frequentists agreeing on a body of standard
statistical procedures for general use"
I hope that student followers of this blog
will take the time to read the Bayari and Berger paper, and to learn
more about Bayesian methods.
Statistical Science Reading List for June 2014 Compiled by David Giles in
Canada ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/05/june-reading-list.html
Put away that novel! Here's some really fun June reading:
-
Berger, J.,
2003. Could Fisher, Jeffreys and Neyman have agreed on testing?.
Statistical Science, 18, 1-32.
-
Canal, L. and R. Micciolo, 2014. The chi-square controversy.
What if Pearson had R? Journal of Statistical Computation and
Simulation, 84, 1015-1021.
-
Harvey, D. I., S. J. Leybourne, and A. M. R. Taylor, 2014. On
infimum Dickey-Fuller unit root tests allowing for a trend break under
the null. Computational Statistics and Data Analysis, 78,
235-242.
-
Karavias, Y. and E. Tzavalis, 2014. Testing for unit roots in
short panels allowing for a structural breaks. Computational
Statistics and Data Analysis, 76, 391-407.
-
King, G.
and M. E. Roberts, 2014. How robust standard errors expose
methodological problems they do not fix, and what to do about it.
Mimeo., Harvard University.
-
Kuroki, M. and J. Pearl, 2014. Measurement bias and effect
restoration in causal inference. Biometrika, 101, 423-437.
-
Manski, C., 2014.
Communicating uncertainty in official economic statistics. Mimeo.,
Department of Economics, Northwestern University.
-
Martinez-Camblor, P., 2014. On correlated z-values in hypothesis
testing. Computational
Statistics and Data Analysis,
in press.
My favorite critique of statistical inference:
The Cult of Statistical Significance: How Standard Error Costs Us Jobs,
Justice, and Lives ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm
"Challenges to advising clients in late-life marriages: Late-life
marriages are complicated for a variety of reasons. Here’s what planners need to
know," by Patricia M. Annin, AICPA (CPA Insider), June 3, 2014 ---
http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/Articles_2014/CPA/JUN/in_late-lifemarriages.jsp#.U581ayjYB61
.
Question
Who would have guessed that insider trading is commonplace?
"Study Asserts Startling Numbers of Insider Trading Rogues," by Andrew
Ross Sorkin, The New York Times, June 16, 2014 ---
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2014/06/16/study-asserts-startling-numbers-of-insider-trading-rogues/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=0
There is often a tip.
Before many big mergers and acquisitions, word
leaks out to select investors who seek to covertly trade on the information.
Stocks and options move in unusual ways that aren’t immediately clear. Then
news of the deals crosses the ticker, surprising everyone except for those
already in the know. Sometimes the investor is found out and is prosecuted,
sometimes not.
That’s what everyone suspects, though until now the
evidence has been largely anecdotal.
Now, a
groundbreaking new study finally puts
what we’ve instinctively thought into hard numbers — and the truth is worse
than we imagined.
A quarter of all public company deals may involve
some kind of insider trading, according to the study by two professors at
the Stern School of Business at New York University and one professor from
McGill University. The study, perhaps the most detailed and exhaustive of
its kind, examined hundreds of transactions from 1996 through the end of
2012.
The professors examined stock option movements —
when an investor buys an option to acquire a stock in the future at a set
price — as a way of determining whether unusual activity took place in the
30 days before a deal’s announcement.
The results are persuasive and disturbing,
suggesting that law enforcement is woefully behind — or perhaps is so
overwhelmed that it simply looks for the most egregious examples of insider
trading, or for prominent targets who can attract headlines.
The professors are so confident in their findings
of pervasive insider trading that they determined statistically that the
odds of the trading “arising out of chance” were “about three in a
trillion.” (It’s easier, in other words, to hit the lottery.)
But, the professors conclude, the Securities and
Exchange Commission litigated only “about 4.7 percent of the 1,859 M.&A.
deals included in our sample.”
The S.E.C. and the Justice Department have publicly
made prosecuting insider trading a priority. Judging from the headlines
about traders at Steven A. Cohen’s hedge fund or the hedge fund manager Raj
Rajaratnam or the investigation involving the activist investor Carl C.
Icahn, they do appear to be focused on it. The S.E.C. recently hired
Palantir Technologies, a firm that has helped the government analyze data to
find terrorists, to help it uncover illegal trading activity. And with the
mini-merger boom — the first quarter of merger activity this year was the
most active since 2007, according to Mergermarket — there should be fresh
evidence of more insider trading.
Yet if history is any guide, based on the results
of the study over 16 years, the government has a lot of catching up to do.
The professors found that “it takes the S.E.C., on
average, 756 days to publicly announce its first litigation action in a
given case. Thus, assuming that the litigation releases coincide
approximately with the actual initiations of investigations, it takes the
S.E.C. a bit more than two years, on average, to prosecute a rogue trade.”
The average “rogue trade” the professors found, was worth about $1.6
million.
A spokeswoman for the S.E.C. had no immediate
comment.
The professors — Menachem Brenner and Marti G.
Subrahmanyam at N.Y.U. and Patrick Augustin at McGill — began their study,
which won the Investor Responsibility Research Center Institute’s annual
investor research competition, two years ago.
Continued in article
More accounting standards divergence instead of convergence
From the CPA Newsletter on June 24, 2014
From the CPA Newsletter on June 16, 2014
AICPA Center for Plain English Accounting provides guidance on complex
technical inquiries
When AICPA
Private Companies Practice Section member firms need detailed explanations
or guidance on complex A&A technical concerns, the Center for Plain English
Accounting is available to assist. PCPS members who sign up for CPEA receive
monthly reports and regular alerts on timely topics, can participate in CPE-eligible
webcasts throughout the year, have the ability to submit written questions
on complex issues and receive written technical responses and more. Learn
more by visiting the
CPEA website.
From the CPA Newsletter on June 16, 2014
Senators ask Pentagon to stop using "plugs" to
balance books
A bipartisan group of senators, which includes Sens. Charles Grassley,
R-Iowa; Tom Coburn, R-Okla.; Thomas Carper, D-Del.; and Ron Johnson, R-Wis.,
have sent a letter to Defense Department Comptroller Robert Hale asking the
Pentagon to cease using "plugging" accounting practice, referring to the use
of false numbers in the Pentagon's accounting ledgers and financial reports
to make the books balance. Use of these plugs or "reconciling amounts"
totaled $9.6 billion last year, an 80% increase since 2008, the senators
said.
Reuters (6/13)
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/fReaBYbWhBCGjambCidmwjCicNnxma?format=standard
Question
Is it impossible to audit, as the GAO used to insist, the fraud-infested
finances of the Pentagon?
"Pentagon Backtracks on Goals for First Audit, GAO Says," by Tony
Capaccio, Bloomberg, May 13, 2014 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-05-13/pentagon-backtracks-on-goals-for-first-audit-gao-says.html
The Pentagon has backtracked from a pledge to have
all budgetary accounts ready by Sept. 30 for the initial step toward its
first-ever full financial audit.
Then-Defense Secretary Leon Panetta pledged an
“all-hands effort” in 2011 to prepare for evaluation a “Statement of
Budgetary Resources” -- covering funds received, unspent, obligated or put
under contract over several years -- by the end of this fiscal year so that
an audit could begin in 2015.
Instead the Defense Department has decided to
“narrow the scope” of the initial budgetary data to a one-year snapshot of
spending and accounts covering about 77 percent of those funds, according to
a report by the U.S. Government Accountability Office scheduled for release
today.
The delay may further undercut public confidence in
the department’s ability to manage billions of dollars effectively even as
the military seeks permanent relief from the automatic budget cuts known as
sequestration. The current efforts are focused on having the initial set of
budget books ready to start an audit in fiscal 2015 and the rest by 2017.
“The Pentagon’s accounting system is a broken
mess,” a new advocacy group, Audit The Pentagon, said in a posting on
Facebook. “The Defense Department is the only major federal agency that
cannot pass an audit -- and DoD has no serious target date to do so.”
The GAO, the watchdog agency for Congress, has
criticized the department for its inability to properly account for an
inventory that makes up 33 percent of the federal government and includes
$1.3 trillion in property, plants and equipment. The Pentagon’s budget
accounts for almost half of the discretionary spending that Congress
approves annually. Hagel’s Pledge
The new GAO report praised the Pentagon for
committing “significant resources to improving funds controls for achieving
sound financial management operations and audit readiness” and increasing
the training of its workforce. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel said on
assuming office in 2013 that he was committed to Panetta’s initiative.
The narrowed scope of the initial data excludes all
unspent funds previously appropriated by Congress “as well as information on
the status and use of such funding in subsequent years,” the GAO said in its
report for Senator Tom Carper, a Delaware Democrat who’s chairman of the
Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs committee. Carper’s
Criticism
“Federal agencies have been required to produce
auditable financial statements since the mid-1990s,” Carper said in an
opening statement prepared for a committee hearing today. “Unfortunately,
nearly two decades later, the Department of Defense -- which spends more
than $2 billion every day -- has yet to meet this obligation. In fact, its
books are so bad that auditors cannot even attempt to perform a complete
audit.”
Navy Commander William Urban, a spokesman for the
Defense Department comptroller, said in an e-mail that the Pentagon “is not
backing off the goal for a full audit of the Statement of Budgetary
Resources.”
“About a year ago, we did modify our audit plan in
order to pursue a cost-effective strategy as required by law,” Urban said.
“Congress was informed of the change shortly after it was put in place.”
Jensen Comment
The GAO also claimed that it would be impossible to audit the IRS. I don't think
there's anybody to date that argues that it's possible to audit the IRS.
The Sad State of Governmental Accounting and Accountability ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
From EY on June 13, 2014
Dear
CFOdirect member:
On
June 10, 2014 the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board ("PCAOB" or "the
Board") adopted Auditing Standard No. 18, Related Parties ("the standard")
and related amendments to other auditing standards ("the amendments"). The
standard and amendments are intended to strengthen auditor performance
requirements regarding related parties, significant unusual transactions,
and financial relationships and transactions with executive officers. The
PCAOB adopted the standard and amendments substantially as they were
re-proposed in May 2013.
The Board believes that the standard and amendments, which are aligned with
the risk assessment standards, represent a cohesive audit approach that will
contribute to audit effectiveness and provide opportunities for an efficient
implementation.
The standard and amendments will be effective, subject to SEC approval, for
audits of financial statements for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2014, including reviews of
interim financial information within these fiscal years.
Read our
In brief
article
for an overview of the PCAOB standard and amendments.
Regards,
CFOdirect Network team
This incident at Yale University is why auditors should focus heavily on
audit detail testing in purchasing departments. Purchasing departments are faced
with the greatest moral hazards for kickbacks. Rumor has it that the detail
auditing at Andersen got so bad that Andersen auditors were not even visiting
the Purchasing Department at Worldcom whose CEO is still in prison --- and
Andersen is history.
The PCAOB years later is constantly writing up audit firms of all sizes for
failure to do enough detail testing. The largest multinational auditing firms
appear to be ignoring their PCAOB inspection reports --- probably because the
costs of detail testing in auditing is so huge relative to the miniscule fines
that the PCAOB can impose.
"Yale Employee Is Accused of Taking Tens of Thousands in Kickbacks,"
Chronicle of Higher Education, June 17, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/yale-employee-charged-with-taking-tens-of-thousands-in-kickbacks/80021?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Question
Should Hertz auditor PwC have caught this huge error?
"Hertz's Accounting Woes Wider Than Thought: Car-Rental
Company Needs to Restate 2011, Review Its Results Since Then," by Michael
Colia, The Wall Street Journal, June 9, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/hertz-global-to-restate-financials-1402052045
Hertz Global Holdings Inc. HTZ -0.14% said it must
restate results for 2011 and would correct and possibly restate 2012 and
2013 financial statements, according to a regulatory filing Friday that
indicated more widespread accounting problems at the auto-rental company
than had been thought.
Hertz, citing the results of an internal audit,
said its results for 2011, most recently included in its annual report filed
for 2013, "should no longer be relied upon," and that the company must
restate them.
The disclosure follows the company's warning last
month that it may have to restate 2011's results, as well as the detection
of reporting errors in March and its naming of a new chief financial officer
at the end of last year.
Shares of Hertz fell 9% Friday as the company also
warned that its delayed first-quarter results would come in below estimates.
The company said it must correct its 2012 and 2013
financial statements to further reflect the errors in 2011. The results for
those years may also be restated if further adjustments are determined to be
material. The company added that it is reviewing if the issues have had any
impact on results in 2014.
"It will take time to complete this process, and
previously reported information is likely to change, although the actual
size of any adjustments has yet to be determined and some adjustments may
offset others," the company said in its filing with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission.
Hertz said management and the board's audit
committee have determined that "at least one material weakness" was present
in the company's internal financial-reporting controls, and that disclosure
procedures and controls were ineffective at the conclusion of last year.
The company said it is continuing a review that
began when it was preparing its first-quarter report.
The review "recently identified other errors
related to allowances for uncollectable amounts with respect to renter
obligations for damaged vehicles and restoration obligations at the end of
facility leases," Hertz said.
Hertz said the chairman of its audit committee has
discussed the matter with the company's external accountant,
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, and that it "expects to receive an adverse
opinion" from the firm on its internal controls over financial reporting as
of Dec. 31.
A representative for PwC wasn't immediately
available for comment.
In March, Hertz identified $46.3 million in
reporting errors that dated back to 2011. At
the time, PwC said, according to Hertz's filing, the car-rental company
fairly presented its results and that the company "maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting."
PwC's expected shift in opinion on Hertz's
internal controls shouldn't come as a surprise, given the restatement and
revisions, said Charles K. Whitehead, a Cornell University professor who
specializes in corporate and financial law.
"The real question is whether Hertz's managers
and PwC reasonably should have been aware of the problems earlier, and how
those problems were discovered," Mr. Whitehead said.
"Were they uncovered by Hertz and brought to PwC's
attention, or did PwC's review—and potential change of opinion—prompt Hertz
to get ahead of the problem?"
Hertz last month delayed the filing of its
first-quarter financial results after identifying errors relating to
conclusions about the capitalization and timing of depreciation for some
non-fleet assets as well as allowances for doubtful accounts in Brazil,
among other items.
At the time, the company expected to release
results June 9 but said Friday that it doesn't expect to hold its planned
conference call on that date. The company said it would file and report its
first-quarter results when it files the amendment to its annual report.
Hertz earlier this year sought more time to file
its results for 2013, saying it faced "significant issues" after
implementing a system meant to improve financial disclosures.
The delayed report came as the company appointed a
new chief financial officer, former Hilton Worldwide Inc. executive Thomas
Kennedy, who was named to the post following the resignation of Elyse
Douglas.
Hertz on Friday also warned that its attempt to
resolve its accounting issues could delay the separation of its
equipment-rental business, although the plans "remain on track."
In addition, the company said its results for the
first quarter of this year are likely to come in below consensus analyst
estimates, as they will reflect costs associated with the accounting review.
Analysts polled by Thomson Reuters had recently projected per-share earnings
of nine cents and revenue of $2.57 billion for the quarter.
Continued in article
"How Wheels Came Off of Hertz' Accounting," by Tammy Whitehouse,
Compliance Week, June 24, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://www.complianceweek.com/pages/login.aspx?returl=/how-wheels-came-off-of-hertz-accounting/article/356359/&pagetypeid=28&articleid=356359&accesslevel=2&expireddays=0&accessAndPrice=0
It's an experience almost anyone can
appreciate: your car seems to perform so well for so long—then, suddenly,
all the little things go at once. And you're stuck on the side of the road.
So seems to be the case with $10.7 billion
Hertz, the auto rental company that warned on June 6 of a massive financial
restatement yet to come. In a Form 8-K filing, Hertz warned that its current
quarterly filing would be late and that its financial statements for 2011
should no longer be relied upon. Even worse, the 2012 and 2013 annual
statements might be called into ...
Continued in article (subscription required)
"Shares Of Hertz Plunge On More Accounting Troubles," by Nathan Vardi,
Forbes, June 6, 2014 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/nathanvardi/2014/06/06/shares-of-hertz-plunge-on-more-accounting-troubles/
Hertz Global Holdings, a favorite stock in recent
months of some closely-watched hedge funds, disclosed on Friday morning that
its audit committee had concluded that problems with the company’s financial
statements for the last three years must be corrected to reflect mistakes.
Shares of Hertz tumbled by 10.8% in early morning
trading to $27.19. The stock had recently surged as investors of the car
rental company anticipated its split into two companies by next year.
Specifically, the company said its 2011 financial statements were no good
and must be restated, and that its 2012 and 2013 financial statements need
to be fixed.
Hertz’s stock has been popular with prominent hedge
fund investors. As of the end of March, some of its biggest shareholders
included billionaire Larry Robbins’ Glenview Capital Management, billionaire
James Dinan’s York Capital Management, Jeffrey Tannenbaum’s Fir Tree and
billionaire Dan Loeb’s Third Point. It is unclear to what extent those hedge
funds still remain in the stock today.
“The audit committee has directed the company to
conduct a thorough review of the financial records for fiscal years 2011,
2012 and 2013, and this review may require Hertz to make further adjustments
to the 2012 and 2013 financial statements,” Hertz said in a Securities &
Exchange Commission filing. “If these further adjustments to the 2012 and
2013 financial statements are determined to be material adjustments
individually or in the aggregate, Hertz will need to also restate and
withdraw reliance on those financial statements.”
Hertz had already delayed filings its first quarter
financial statements last month after identifying errors related to its
capitalization and timing of depreciation for non-fleet assets, allowances
for doubtful accounts in Brazil and other items. It also found problems
related to allowances for uncollectible amounts with respect to renter
obligations for damaged cars. Previously this year, the company found $46.3
million in out-of-period accounting mistakes in the past three years.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on PwC are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"VA Official Arrested For Allegedly Taking $40K In Illegal Gifts," by
Colin Campbell, Business Insider, June 16, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/va-official-arrested-for-allegedly-taking-40k-in-illegal-gifts-2014-6
Jensen Opinion
There's a zero percent chance he will be fired until he's convicted. After
conviction he may be fired if he's sent to jail. But there's a 100% chance that
taxpayers will have to keep on paying his Civil Service pension until he dies.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Question
If one of your students asks about the phrase "carried interest," can you
explain the meaning of the phrase and its controversies?
"How Obama Can Increase Taxes on Carried Interest," by Victor
Fleischer, The New York Times, June 12, 2014 ---
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2014/06/12/how-the-president-can-increase-taxes-on-carried-interest/
New IRS Commissioner John Koskinen promised to
cooperate with Congress. But either he is being undermined by his staff, or he's
aiding the agency's stonewalling. And now that we know that Justice was
canoodling with Ms. Lerner, its own dilatory investigation becomes easier to
understand. Or maybe that was a computer crash too.
"The IRS Loses Lerner's Emails And other news that the Beltway press corps
won't cover," The Wall Street Journal, June 13, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/the-irs-loses-lerners-emails-1402700540?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
The IRS—remember those jaunty folks?—announced
Friday that it can't find two years of emails from Lois Lerner to the
Departments of Justice or Treasury. And none to the White House or Democrats
on Capitol Hill. An agency spokesman blames a computer crash.
Never underestimate government incompetence, but
how convenient. The former IRS Director of Exempt Organizations was at the
center of the IRS targeting of conservative groups and still won't testify
before Congress. Now we'll never know whose orders she was following, or
what directions she was giving. If the Reagan White House had ever offered
up this excuse, John Dingell would have held the entire government in
contempt.
The suspicion that this is willful obstruction of
Congress is all the more warranted because this week we also learned that
the IRS, days before the 2010 election, shipped a 1.1 million page database
about tax-exempt groups to the FBI. Why? New emails turned up by Darrell
Issa's House Oversight Committee show Department of Justice officials worked
with Ms. Lerner to investigate groups critical of President Obama.
How out of bounds was this data dump? Consider the
usual procedure. The IRS is charged with granting tax-exempt status to
social-welfare organizations that spend less than 50% of their resources on
politics. If the IRS believes a group has violated those rules, it can
assign an agent to investigate and revoke its tax-exempt status. This
routinely happens and isn't a criminal offense.
Ms. Lerner, by contrast, shipped a database of
12,000 nonprofit tax returns to the FBI, the investigating agency for
Justice's Criminal Division. The IRS, in other words, was inviting Justice
to engage in a fishing expedition, and inviting people not even licensed to
fish in that pond. The Criminal Division (rather than the Tax Division)
investigates and prosecutes under the Internal Revenue Code only when the
crimes involve IRS personnel.
The Criminal Division knows this, which explains
why the emails show that Ms. Lerner was meeting to discuss the possibility
of using different statutes, specifically campaign-finance laws, to
prosecute nonprofits. A separate email from September 2010 shows Jack Smith,
the head of Justice's Public Integrity Unit (part of the Criminal Division)
musing over whether Justice might instead "ever charge a 371" against
nonprofits. A "371" refers to a section of the U.S. Code that allows
prosecutors to broadly claim a conspiracy to defraud the U.S. You know,
conspiracies like exercising the right to free political speech.
The IRS has admitted that this database included
confidential taxpayer information—including donor details—for at least 33
nonprofits. The IRS claims this was inadvertent, and Justice says neither it
nor the FBI used any information for any "investigative purpose." This blasé
attitude is astonishing given the law on confidential taxpayer information
was created to prevent federal agencies from misusing the information. News
of this release alone ought to cause IRS heads to roll.
The latest revelations are a further refutation of
Ms. Lerner's claim that the IRS targeting trickled up from underlings in the
Cincinnati office. And they strongly add to the evidence that the IRS and
Justice were motivated to target by the frequent calls for action by the
Obama Administration and Congressional Democrats.
One email from September 21, 2010 shows Sarah Hall
Ingram, a senior IRS official, thanking the IRS media team for their work
with a New York Times NYT -2.44% reporter on an article about nonprofits in
elections. "I do think it came out pretty well," she writes, in an email
that was also sent to Ms. Lerner. "The 'secret donor' theme will
continue—see Obama salvo and today's [radio interview with House Democratic
Rep. Chris Van Hollen ]."
Several nonprofit groups have recently filed
complaints with the Senate Ethics Committee against nine Democratic Senators
for improperly interfering with the IRS. It's one thing for Senators to ask
an agency about the status of a rule or investigation. But it is
extraordinary for Illinois's Dick Durbin to demand that tax authorities
punish specific conservative organizations, or for Michigan's Carl Levin to
order the IRS to hand over confidential nonprofit tax information.
And it's no surprise to learn that Justice's
renewed interest in investigating nonprofits in early 2013 immediately
followed a hearing by Rhode Island Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse in which he
dragged in officials from Justice and the IRS and demanded action. ***
It somehow took a year for the IRS to locate these
Lerner exchanges with Justice, though they were clearly subject to Mr.
Issa's original subpoenas. The Oversight Committee had to subpoena Justice
to obtain them, and it only knew to do that after it was tipped to the
correspondence by discoveries from the watchdog group Judicial Watch.
Justice continues to drag its feet in offering up witnesses and documents.
And now we have the two years of emails that have simply vanished into the
government ether.
New IRS Commissioner John Koskinen promised to
cooperate with Congress. But either he is being undermined by his staff, or
he's aiding the agency's stonewalling. And now that we know that Justice was
canoodling with Ms. Lerner, its own dilatory investigation becomes easier to
understand. Or maybe that was a computer crash too.
Continued in article
"The IRS Scandal --- Day 401," by Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog,
June 14, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/06/the-irs-scandal-10.html
Jensen Comment
Lois Lerner could straighten out all this confusion if she would only testify
under oath that she was not politically pressured by the legislative and
executive branches to target conservative groups and donors more than liberal
groups and donors.
"Weekly Tax Roundup," Permalink via Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog,
June 14, 2014
- Bloomberg,
Piketty Warns Scandinavia of Growing Income Inequality Risk
- Bloomberg,
Repatriation Tax Break Costs $96B, Official Estimate Says
- Don't Mess With Taxes,
NBA Beats NHL in This Year's Jock Tax Championship, by Kay Bell
- Federal Tax Crimes,
BDO Seidman Personnel Sentenced for Bullshit Tax Shelter Promotion,
by Jack Townsend
- Federal Tax Crimes,
Court Holds Online Poker Accounts are FBAR Reportabl, by Jack
Townsend
- Forbes,
Big Winner In Triple Crown Bets? Hint: Not California Chrome, by
Robert W. Wood
- Forbes,
Confidence Games -- How The Most Prestigious Accounting Firms Raided
The Treasury, by Peter J. Reilly
- Forbes,
CPA Faces Prison For Letting Client Deduct Personal Expenses, by
Peter J. Reilly
- Forbes,
If an Individual Pulled the Tax Gimmicks of Apple and Other Big
Companies, They'd Go To Jail, by Robert W. Wood
- Forbes,
Personal Goodwill Avoids Corporate Tax Exposure, by Peter J.
Reilly
- Forbes,
Summer Camp 40% Off, Thanks Uncle Sam, by Ashlea Ebeling
- Forbes,
Your Son The Lawyer Should Not Be Your Exchange Facilitator, by
Peter J. Reilly
- Los Angeles Times,
Congressional Inaction on Debt Forgiveness Bill Affects Short Sales
- National Law Journal,
California Tax Board Hit With Documents Demand
- Procedurally Taxing,
Exploding Packages and IRS Disclosure of Confidential Tax Return
Information, by Leslie Book
- Procedurally Taxing,
TEFRA Jurisdiction and Sham Partnerships — Again?, by Andy
Grewal
- Procedurally Taxing,
The Taxpayer Rights the IRS Says We Have, by Keith Fogg
- Tax Analysts Blog,
Congress Should Abolish All Tax Breaks for Higher Education, by
Joseph J. Thorndike
- Tax Analysts Blog,
How Not to Tax the Rich, by Martin A. Sullivan
- Tax Analysts Blog,
Protecting Confidentiality When Information Is Exchanged Between Tax
Authorities, by Cara Griffith
- Tax Analysts Blog,
Tax Analysts Files Suit to Demand Transparency in California, by
Cara Griffith
- Tax Analysts Blog,
Taxpayer Bill of Rights or Mission Statement?, by Christopher
Bergin
- Tax Analysts Blog,
Whistleblower Highlights Undue Influence at the IRS, by Jeremy
Scott
- Tax Update Blog,
IRS Bill of Rights: Just Words?, by Joe Kristan
- Tax Update Blog,
When Doing a Like-Kind Exchange, Keep the Kids Away, by Joe
Kristan
- Taxable Talk,
IRS Adopts “Taxpayer Bill of Rights;” Will Anything Change?, by
Russ Fox
June 13, 2014 in
Tax,
Weekly Tax Roundup |
Permalink |
Comments (0)
"High-Frequency Trading Needs One Quick Fix: Change Reg NMS Rule 611
to read 'best execution' instead of 'best price," by Andy Kessler, The
Wall Street Journal, June 18, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/andy-kessler-high-frequency-trading-needs-one-quick-fix-1402869253?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
In the "state your conclusion upfront department,"
the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations has scheduled a hearing
for June 17 titled "Conflicts of Interest, Investor Loss of Confidence, and
High Speed Trading in U.S. Stock Markets." They join the Securities and
Exchange Commission, the FBI, the Justice Department, the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission and, inevitably, Eric Schneiderman in uncovering what the
New York attorney general calls "this new breed of predatory behavior."
Too bad none of the investigations will figure out
that changing one word in a federal regulation can fix all this. Because
none of them understands the old Wall Street adage: "On Wall Street,
everybody gets paid."
Follow the money: In an initial public offering,
the investment bankers get 7% underwriting fees, and the funds buying the
newly issued shares get a 10%-15% first day trading pop. Mutual funds
holding the stock charge 1%-2% annual fees, and hedge funds keep 20% of
their upside. Stockbrokers sometimes collect commissions, though that's
tougher in the days of $8.95 trades from discount brokers. And yes, stock
traders need to get paid too.
Being a New York Stock Exchange specialist—each
stock had one—was a lucrative business because there is information in every
trade. Like Nasdaq market makers, they didn't charge commissions but instead
would keep the spread, or the difference between the bid and the ask price,
measured in quarters (25 cents) and eighths (12.5 cents). And specialists
were notorious for front running customers. Simply put, if they didn't like
the spread on a buy order, they would buy shares themselves and then raise
the price of the shares they had to offer, knowing there was a buyer in the
market. At a cocktail party many years ago, I asked a specialist about this
and he told me, "You big investment banking guys shouldn't worry about it,
we need to get paid too."
Adding insult to injury, spreads shrank to almost
nothing after decimalization started on April 9, 2001. Even spreads of
1/16th or 6.025 cents were too large and we quickly moved to a penny. Trust
me, it's hard to get paid trading for a penny spread.
Electronic trading was considered more efficient
and even more honest. So in 2005 the SEC's Regulation National Market System
or Reg NMS began encouraging it. At the same time, Wall Street firms stopped
putting up their own capital or liquidity to facilitate trades because they
couldn't get paid enough to bother. Over time they created their own
electronic trading venues known as dark pools, to try to match customer buy
and sell orders, but with little success until they let high-frequency
trading into the pool.
Typical of most regulations, Reg NMS has had many
unintended consequences. The main culprit has been NMS Rule 611, known as
the Order Protection Rule. Due to expensive lobbying by existing exchanges,
the rule requires trades to take place at the "best price." Sounds fair, but
these two words sparked, as exposed in Michael Lewis's "Flash Boys," a
massive spend on servers and fiber lines by high-frequency trading firms.
This is hard to explain in a sentence, but let me
try. High-frequency trading firms would post the "best price" for every
stock and then when hit with a trade, knowing there was a buyer in the
market, take advantage of the fragmentation of exchanges and dark pools and
latency (high-frequency traders can get to an exchange faster than you) to
buy up shares from other HFTs or from Wall Street dark pools, and then nudge
the price up and sell those shares. In other words, front run the customer,
just like the old NYSE. My guess is they make about half a percent a trade,
or about the same as in the old days of a 1/8th of a dollar spread on a $25
stock.
In other words, in an era with no spreads or
commissions for trading stocks, high-frequency trading is just a complex
system to move the price of a stock in order to get paid. As dark pools
discovered, no pay, no trade.
This can't and won't stand. It's sleazy and maybe
even illegal, akin to nanosecond-scale insider trading. We can fix this with
the stroke of a pen by changing NMS Rule 611 to read "best execution"
instead of "best price."
If you are trying to buy 100,000 shares, an offer
to buy 100 shares at $20 looks good, but it isn't if the price gets bumped
by high-frequency traders to $20.10. Much better is an offer of 100,000
shares at $20.05. This offer is not the "best price" but certainly the "best
execution."
Another action plan is to move to nickelization,
with five cent spreads for blocks of 10,000 shares or more. Along with best
execution, this would instantly see a return of Wall Street firms putting up
capital to facilitate customer trades, because . . . they can get paid doing
it.
Should we even care? I always felt that trading is
just plumbing. Real value is added elsewhere on Wall Street. The risk is not
that the markets are unfair, but that markets don't function and things
start to back up.
Remember, it was as early as 2006 when the marks,
or mark-to-market pricing, of Collateral Debt Obligations were wrong because
they didn't trade much and we saw almost two more years of creating new
mortgage derivatives that never would have existed if they were trading at
correct lower prices. The financial crisis was mainly driven by the drop in
value of mortgages from these last two years. Markets are always about
access to capital—feed the stars and starve the dogs. It is well-functioning
markets, more than management or government, that yell stop and eventually
whack the stock price of bad ideas like eToys, Enron and mortgage
generation.
Continued in article
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 6, 2014
SEC targets dark pools, high-speed trading
SEC Chairwoman Mary Jo
White unveiled a sweeping set of initiatives to address mounting concerns
about the impact of computer-driven trading on the stock market, the
WSJ’s Scott Patterson reports. Among the most
significant proposals, Ms. White said high-frequency traders should register
with regulators as broker dealers, which would pull them further under
government scrutiny.
Jensen Comment on High Frequency Trading
There are two types of "middlemen" that take some of investors money when they
buy and sell securities on the 11 or more securities exchanges in the USA (that
are no longer confined to Wall Street trading). Type 1 is one that earns a
contractual fee that is disclosed to investors who should be aware of what they
are paying to buy and sell securities. Type 2 are the hidden "skimmers" who make
profits that are not disclosed to investors. That does not make them necessarily
bad, but creates a moral hazard for them to secretly take advantage of
investors--- such as observing unfilled orders and racing to beat investors on
sell or buy orders so as to make them pay more or get less than would otherwise
be the case without high-frequency speed traders. On the other hand these HFT
traders also help create markets that can sometimes benefit investors even with
the high speed "skimming."
Michael Lewis: 'Wall Street Has Gone Insane' ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/michael-lewis-wall-street-has-gone-insane-2014-4
"Everything You Need to Know About High-Frequency Trading: Why the
algobots that rule Wall Street are good—and why they're evil, too," by
Matthew O'Brien, The Atlantic, April 11, 2014 ---
http://www.theatlantic.com/business/archive/2014/04/everything-you-need-to-know-about-high-frequency-trading/360411/
The stock market isn't rigged, but it is taxed.
It always has been. As
Justin Fox points out, for as long as people have
been trading stocks, there have been middlemen taking a cut of the action.
Now, that cut has gotten smaller as markets have gotten bigger and more
technologically-advanced, but it's still there. It's the implicit fee that
intermediaries charge for making sure there's a buyer for every seller, and
a seller for every buyer—for "making markets."
But there's a new kind of middleman today. They
don't work at stock exchanges or banks. They work at hedge funds, and trade
at whiz-bang speeds. These "high-frequency traders" (HFT) use computer
algorithms—a.k.a., algobots—to arbitrage away the most infinitesimal price
discrepancies that only exist over the most infinitesimal time horizons. You
can see just how small and how fast we're talking about in the chart below
from a new paper by Eric Budish and John Shim of the University of Chicago
and Peter Cramton of the University of Maryland. It uses 2011 data to show
the price difference between futures (blue) and exchange-traded funds
(green) that both track the S&P 500. These should be perfectly correlated,
and they are—at minute intervals. But this correlation disappears at 250
millisecond intervals, a little more than half the time it takes to blink
your eyes. This is the "inefficiency" that HFT makes less so.
This rise of the robots certainly seems to have
helped ordinary investors. Bid-ask spreads—the difference between what
buyers want to pay and sellers want to be paid—have fallen dramatically the
past 20 years. Part of this is because, since 2001, stock prices have gone
from trading in fractions to pennies—which has allowed them to be
increasingly precise. Another part is that
electronic trading, though not super-fast, has
made markets more liquid. And the last part is that HFT has added even more
liquidity, eliminating bid-ask spreads that would have been too small to do
so before. Indeed, researchers found that Canadian bid-ask spreads
increased by 9 percent in 2012 after the
government introduced fees that effectively limited HFT.
That doesn't mean, though, that HFT is
unambiguously good. It's not. In fact, it might not even be ambiguously
good. As
Noah Smith points out, we just don't know enough
to do any kind of cost-benefit analysis. Now, we do know that smaller
bid-ask spreads, which cut the cost of trading, are one benefit. But how
much of one is it? Bid-ask spreads are down to around 3 basis points
today—from 90 basis points 20 years ago—so even if curbing HFT increases
them, say, 9 percent like it did in Canada, we're not talking about a big
effect. There might be diminishing returns to liquidity that we've already
hit, and then some.
Then there are the costs. Michael Lewis' new book,
Flash Boys, describes some of them. In it,
there's Lewis' requisite group of plucky outsiders—is there another
kind?—taking on a rotten status quo. Except this time, they're not really
outsiders; they're big bank traders. And they've figured out that the market
doesn't work like it should for big investors, like pension and mutual
funds, because of the algobots. But it's a little bit more complicated than
that. Here are the three biggest, though hard to quantify, costs of HFT.
1. Market-taking, not market-making.
Lewis' protagonist, a trader named Brad Katsuyama, had a problem. Every time
he tried to buy stock for a client, he could only get a little bit of what
was supposed to be there at the price he saw. Now, oddly enough, he could
get all the stock he saw at one particular exchange, but he had to pay more
at all the others. What was going on?
Well, he was being front-run. HFT firms pay public
and private exchanges to see their incoming orders. That's why Katsuyama was
getting all of his order filled at the exchange closest to him—that is, as
the fiber optic cable lies—but nowhere else. The HFTers were seeing his
order at the first exchange and then racing to buy all the rest of the stock
he wanted everywhere else, so they could sell it to him for more. This
happens all the time:
Nicholas Hirschey of the London Business School
found that HFT funds only tend to buy aggressively right before everybody
else does.
It's not too different from what HFTers do when
they buy early
access to public data. Again, they're paying for a
trading advantage that isn't really adding liquidity. It's what Barnard
professor
Rajiv Sethi calls
"superfluous financial intermediation." HFT firms aren't connecting buyers
and sellers who might not find each other. They're jumping in between buyers
and sellers who would have found each other anyways in a few milliseconds.
It's not making markets more efficient.
It's cheating.
2. Nobody wants to lose to a robot.
"When the market as displayed on his screens became illusory," Lewis writes,
"[Katsuyama] became less willing to take risk in that market—to provide
liquidity." It's what economists call "adverse
selection," and it's a simple idea: HFTers crowd
out other traders, because nobody wants to play against someone they know
they'll lose to.
That includes HFT funds themselves. As
Felix Salmon points out, HFT's share of all
trading has fallen from 61 percent in 2009 to 51 percent in 2012. Why? Well,
the algobots are fighting against each other now, and those fights don't end
in trades. They end in fakes quotes—or "spoofing"—that
the algobots send to try to draw each other out. Indeed,
Johannes Breckenfelder of the Institute for
Financial Research found that HFTs change their strategies when they're
competing against each other like this. They don't make markets as much, and
make directional bets on stocks instead—because those are the kind of things
they can actually beat each other on. The result is actually less
liquidity and more volatility, at least within each trading day. (HFTs don't
hold stock overnight, so interday volatility isn't affected).
3. A waste of money and talent.
Lots of HFT is personally profitable, but socially pointless—and that
pointlessness adds up. Take Spread Networks. Lewis describes in colorful
detail how it laid fiber optic cable in as straight a line as possible
between Chicago and New York all to shave three milliseconds off
the time it took to trade between the two. That meant spending $300 million
to drill through the Alleghenies, and try to avoid laying fiber on both
sides of the road, because each time they did, their CEO explained, it "cost
them one hundred nanoseconds."
Now,
Felix Salmon is right that there are some positive
spillovers from all this IT infrastructure spending. But this takes us back
to the question of diminishing returns. Is it really worth spending so much
money on what, to anyone other than HFT, are unnoticeable
improvements—especially compared to what it could have been spent on?
Probably not.
The problem, though, is that HFT has to
spend this money. It's an arms race, and there's no silver medal for
finishing second. That's because every HFT strategy depends on not only
being faster than ordinary investors, but being faster than each other
too. Anytime somebody comes up with a new way to cut a few
microseconds—that is, a millionth of a second—off of trading time, they have
to spend whatever it takes to do it. Otherwise, they'll lose out to their
competitors who do.
Continued in article
An article on HFT from the Knowledge@Wharton
blog on April 15, 2015 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article/high-frequency-trading-profiting-news/
This is pretty much a defense of HFT. It focuses mostly on theory and avoids
potentially fraudulent implementations that are now the focus of investigations
of the SEC and the Department of Justice.
Charles Schwab Seems to Agree With Michael Lewis
SCHWAB: High-Frequency Trading Is A Growing Cancer That Must Be Addressed
---
http://www.businessinsider.com/schwab-on-high-frequency-trading-2014-4#ixzz2xq82daen
Brokerages Make Millions Selling Orders To
High Frequency Trading Firms ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/brokerages-make-millions-selling-orders-to-high-frequency-trading-firms-2014-4#ixzz2yIfG9qh5
The Flash Boys book ---
http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_sb_ss_i_1_7?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=flash%20boys%20michael%20lewis&sprefix=Flash+B%2Cstripbooks%2C236
The Kindle Edition is only $9.18
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 26, 2014
The ninth edition of Deloitte's Securitization
Accounting report tackles practical issues related to U.S. and international
rule changes affecting such areas as consolidation of special purpose
entities, how to determine a gain or loss on a sale, fair value measurement
and reporting and other topics. It also discusses several key questions
pertaining to mortgage servicing rights, transparency and how securitization
impacts banks' regulatory capital.
Read More at CFO Journal »
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/
Repo Accounting Rules Changes Again and Again and Again Since the Lehman Bros
Deception (EY settled for $99 million)
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo
From the CPA Newsletter on June 13, 2014
FASB revises standard for accounting of repurchase agreements
The
Financial Accounting Standards Board
on Thursday issued a revised standard that
addresses investors' concerns with the financial reporting of repurchase
agreements and brings U.S. GAAP accounting for such transactions into closer
alignment with International Financial Reporting Standards.
Journal of Accountancy online (6/12)
From the CPA Newsletter on June 13, 2014
6 developments for not-for-profit CPAs to watch
Not-for-profits face
new challenges with the development of new accounting standards and emerging
demands for transparency in an increasingly complex world. CPAs who work
with not-for-profits won't want to ignore these developments.
Journal of Accountancy online
(6/12)
From the CPA Newsletter on June 10, 2014
A closer look at the CGMA exam
Those who wish to
pursue the
Chartered Global Management Accountant designation
will have to take
an exam starting 2015. This article provides answers to frequently asked
questions about the exam.
Journal of Accountancy print issue
(6/2014)
Bob Jensen's threads on certification examinations ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010303CPAExam
"Oregon's $1.1 billion in missing taxes: Can the state collect?" by By
Katherine Driessen, Oregon Live, June 3, 2014 ---
http://www.oregonlive.com/politics/index.ssf/2014/06/oregons_estimated_11_billion_i.html
Oregon legislators last week heard a
report on efforts to collect some of the state's
missing tax revenue – an estimated $1.1 billion in personal income taxes
through 2010, according to the latest count.
It's called the "tax gap," the amount of taxes owed
versus what's actually received. Department of Revenue senior economist Jon
Hart told legislators that number is difficult both to calculate and
collect.
Oregon is among a slew of states trying to shore up
collections as budgets tighten.
Five years ago, the Legislature first required the
department to provide a more accurate estimate of the tax gap. In 2013, the
state again asked the
Department of Revenue to do an estimate,
which is based on Internal Revenue Service data.
That reporting has been coupled with internal
efforts to boost tax compliance. Last year, the Legislature approved $3.8
million for the department to hire 31 more employees, divided among audit,
fraud and collections efforts as part of a pilot program. Those hires are
complete, according to spokesman Bob Estabrook, and expected to generate $33
million in returns.
Continued in article
Summary information about the millions of students who take (but often do not
complete) free non-credit MOOCs from prestigious universities
Surprise (maybe): Only a third of the students are from North America
"8 Things You Should Know About MOOCs," by Jonah Newman and Soo Oh,
Chronicle of Higher Education, June 13, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/8-Things-You-Should-Know-About/146901/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
1. The
overwhelming majority of MOOC students are male
2. MOOCs
attract students who already have college degrees
3. The median
age of MOOC participants is 24
4. One-third of
MOOC participants are from North America
5. Nearly half
of registrants never engage with any of the content
6. Europeans
view the most course content
7. Students
with a doctorate viewed more course material
8. Serial
students are the most engaged
What we still don't know
Granted, these data are still a relatively small
sample from a limited number of MOOCs. As the number and variety of MOOCs
has grown exponentially since these initial courses were offered in 2012-13
— EdX alone has offered more than 200 courses from more than 30 partner
institutions — there are certainly more data that can shed light on other
interesting questions. What are the motivations and goals of registrants?
What kinds of content engage students the most? Do students cherry-pick
lessons throughout the course, or tend to drop out as the class progresses?
These are the questions future MOOC data releases
can help us answer, so we can learn even more about how such courses are
being used and by whom.
Jensen Comment
Because of the advanced and specialized content of most MOOCs, it's not
surprising that MOOCs attract experts who already have doctorates. Many of them
are most likely professors who are looking for content from prestigious
universities that that they can add to their own teaching and research.
A median age of 24 does not tell us anything about the distribution of the
students except that the middle age is 24. Half are older and half are younger.
Without assessment we cannot know how much of this content is really learned.
Many students may sign up for ideas about ideas about what to study later on in
life --- a little like my wife who has more planned projects than years left in
her life.
Different MOOCs serve different purposes. For example, most MOOCs are
probably taken by specialists who want to see how prestigious professors in
their specialties deal with those specialties. For example, how does an Harvard
expert on Dylan Thomas
or James
Joyce deal with the writings of Thomas or Joyce? Many MOOC students who sign
up for the free MBA core courses from Penn's prestigious and expensive Wharton
School do so to prepare for their own MBA core courses to be taken elsewhere.
Of course most people probably still sign up for MOOCs because they are
curious about course content in prestigious universities. Most MOOC courses are
filmed during live courses on prestigious university campuses.
Sometimes on-campus students are allowed to take the MOOCs rather than attend
class, as in the case of the first MOOC course that originated in an artificial
intelligence course at Stanford University. Students did not have to attend
class, but they did have to do all the course assignments and take the course
examinations. What they found is that more than have the students preferred to
view the MOOCs rather than attend class. One reason might be the ability to
pause and rerun portions of video lectures until every segment is better
learned.
Students in interactive case courses will, of course, be required to attend
live courses on campus, because what is learned in class is largely derived from
what students contribute to discussions in class. Two sections of a Harvard
Business School case course may differ like night versus day. MOOC courses tend
to be more lecture-based than case-based. Students who sign up are usually more
interested to learn what a professor knows rather than what the students in
class know. Some of the best case-method teachers never reveal what they know
about course content --- at least not directly.
Bob Jensen's threads about MOOC choices and how to sign up for them ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
"Ex-Goldman director Gupta loses bid to stay out of prison," by
Jonathan Stempel, Reuters, June 12, 2014 ---
http://in.reuters.com/article/2014/06/11/usa-crime-insidertrading-gupta-idINL2N0OS1UC20140611
Former Goldman Sachs Group Inc director Rajat Gupta
has failed to persuade the U.S. Supreme Court to delay the June 17 start of
his two-year prison term while he pursues an appeal of his insider trading
conviction.
Gupta, also a former global managing director of
the consulting firm McKinsey & Co, had asked the country's highest court for
permission to stay free during his appeal, after the 2nd U.S. Circuit Court
of Appeals in Manhattan on May 30 denied him the same request.
Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, who handles emergency
applications from the 2nd Circuit, on Wednesday denied Gupta's request to
stay out of prison.
The full 2nd Circuit has yet to decide whether to
rehear Gupta's appeal of his conviction, which a three-judge panel of that
court upheld on March 25.
Gary Naftalis, a partner at Kramer Levin Naftalis &
Frankel who represented Gupta, declined to comment. Seth Waxman, a
WilmerHale partner and former U.S. solicitor general, is also among Gupta's
lawyers.
Gupta, 65, is the highest-ranking corporate
official to be convicted in the government's multi-year probe of insider
trading in the hedge fund industry.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"The vanished grandeur of accounting," by Jacob Sull, The Boston
Globe, June 10, 2014 ---
https://www.bostonglobe.com/ideas/2014/06/07/the-vanished-grandeur-accounting/3zcbRBoPDNIryWyNYNMvbO/story.html
In Washington’s National Gallery of Art hangs a
portrait by Jan Gossaert. Painted around 1530, at the very moment when the
Dutch were becoming the undisputed masters of European trade, it shows the
merchant Jan Snouck Jacobsz at work at his desk. The painter’s remarkable
gift for detail is evident in Jacobsz’s dignified expression, his fine
ermine clothes and expensive rings. Rendered just as carefully are his quill
pen, account ledger, and receipts.
This is, in short, a portrait of not only wealth
and material success, but of accounting. It might seem strange that an
artist would lavish such care on the nuts and bolts of something so mundane,
like a poet writing couplets about a corporate expense report. But the
Jacobsz portrait is far from unique: Accounting paintings were a significant
genre in Dutch art. For 200 years, the Dutch not only dominated world trade
and portrayed themselves that way, but in hundreds of paintings, they also
made sure to include the account books.
This was not simply a wealthy nation crowing about
its financial success. The Dutch were the leading merchants of their time,
and they saw good accounting as the key to both their wealth and the moral
health of their society. To the audience of the time, the paintings carried
a clear message: Mastering finance was an achievement requiring both skill
and humility.
Today when we see accountants in art or
entertainment, they are marginal figures—comically boring bean-counters or
fraudsters cooking the books. Accounting is almost a synonym for drudgery:
from the hapless daydreamer Walter Mitty to the iconic nerd accountant Rick
Moranis plays in “Ghostbusters.” Accounting is seen as less a moral calling
than a fussy brake on the action.
In the wake of decades of financial scandal—much of
it linked to creative accounting, or to no accounting all—the Dutch
tradition of accounting art suggests it might be us, not the Dutch, who have
misjudged accounting’s importance in the world. Accounting in the modern
sense was still a new idea in the 1500s, one with a weight that carried
beyond the business world. A proper accounting invoked the idea of debts
paid, the obligation of nightly personal reckonings, and even calling to
account the wealthy and powerful through audits.
It was an idea powerful enough to occupy the
attention of thinkers in religion, art, and philosophy. A look back at the
tradition of accounting in art shows just how much is at stake in “good
accounting,” and how much society can gain from seeing it, like the Dutch,
not just as a tool but as a cultural principle and a moral position.
***
Scratches on ancient tablets show us that accounts
have been kept for as long as humans have been able to record them, from
ancient Mesopotamians to the Mayans. This kind of accounting was about
measuring stores: Merchants and treasurers recorded how much grain, bread,
gold, or silver they had. Most ledgers were simple lists of assets or
payments.
Accounting in the modern sense started around 1300
in medieval Italy, when multipartner firms had to calculate their
investments in foreign trade. We don’t know who, if anyone, can take credit
for the invention, but it was around this time that double-entry bookkeeping
emerged in Tuscany. Instead of a simple list, it consisted of two separate
columns, recording income in one against expenditures in the other. Every
transaction of expenditure could be checked against corresponding income: If
one sold a goat for three florins, one gained three florins and, in the
other column, lost a goat. It was a kind of self-checking mechanism that
also helped calculate profit or loss.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
One reason accountants historically were viewed as boring was that they were,
almost without exception, honest bean counters. Now they are becoming more
notorious as cheaters who no longer count just beans.
Shocker of the Year: How The Most Prestigious Accounting Firms
Raided The USA Treasury
"Confidence Games - How The Most Prestigious Accounting Firms Raided The
Treasury," Peter J. Reilly, Forbes, June 10, 2014 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/peterjreilly/2014/06/10/confidence-games-how-the-most-prestigious-accounting-firms-raided-the-treasury/
Did you miss that period when the most prestigious
accounting firms in the country, PWC, EY, KPMG and BDO among them, were
running criminal enterprises ? Janet Novack, my esteemed editor, and Laura
Saunders broke the story in Forbes in 1998 in an article titled The Hustling
Of X Rated Shelters while it was still ongoing. I have been writing about
the aftermath for most of my tax blogging career. My first post on the drama
concerned the travails of the estate of Richard Egan (founder of EMC and
American Ambassador to the Republic of Ireland – not bad for a kid from
Dorchester). Now thanks to Tanina Rostain and Milton C. Regan, Jr. you can
read all about it in “Confidence Games – Lawyers, Accountants, and the Tax
Shelter Industry”. It is a sad story with no heroes and only one villain,
who is colorful enough to be engaging – Paul Dauugerdas, who is still
awaiting sentencing on his second conviction (He got a do-over on his trial
due to juror misconduct). The book is a must read for all tax professionals
and others may enjoy it to. More importantly, the authors analyze the
institutional flaws that created this scandal – the deprofessionalization of
the practice of law and accounting and Congressional neglect of the IRS.
The Lawyers
The story about how Big Law tax practice evolved is
one that I can’t attest to it, but it certainly seems plausible. Corporate
law firms used to be much more club like with little client turnover and
seniority based compensation systems. Clients were largely firm clients, not
vulnerable to following individual attorneys. The attorneys were drawn for
the most part from a small portion of the population – white, male and
Protestants – what some would call the Waspocracy. The passing of the
Waspocracy is reflected in many thing among them that best selling novelist
James Gould Cozzens, their best chronicler, is little remembered today. Most
dramatic perhaps is the fact that the Supreme Court has not a single
Protestant. Even the African American is a graduate of the College Holy
Cross (Choo, choo, rah, rah). Of course they would not have put it this way,
but apparently their style of tax practice was to advise their clients
“Don’t be a chazzer!” or as we also put it at Joseph B Cohan and Associates
“Pigs get fed, hogs get slaughtered”. Their was a sense that the tax bar had
a responsibility not only to their clients, but also to the system.
Although it was hardly alone, the law firm most
singled out by the authors was Jenkens and Gilchrist. JG wanted to vault
into the national scene and in order to make that leap, it need to increase
“profits per partner”, once a closely guarded secret, but now a metric of
surpassing importance. Profits per partner would attract winning rainmakers
to the firm allowing it to expand.
Opinions on tax shelters were a great way to boost
profits per partner, since they were valued billed, based on the client’s
tax savings. One firm estimated that its hourly rate worked out to $9,000 on
tax shelter opinions.
The Accountants
Many would think that it was greed that led
accountants to this debacle, but I think that it was another of the seven
capital sins that was at the root of it, something which the authors remark
on:
In the late 1990s and 2000s, professionals at these
firms compared their lot to that of professionals at financial institutions.
They longed for a “Goldman-Sachs type practice” that would generate
substantially more income.
The greatest hazard that most CPAs face is envy.
The hard reality of professional practice is that you either have to do some
actual work yourself or pay somebody, probably pretty well, to do some work.
Tax practices try to get around this by having a “leverage model” that
“pushes work down” to the lowest paid person possible. Then there is that
vast pool of highly educated South Asians that the internet makes available
for compliance work. Neither of those courses is the road to great
profitability.
Regional firms were starting to get involved in
directly providing other financial services. The schemes were usually
presented as essentially free money. You refer your clients to the most
genius money managers that ever walked the earth, who would then by some
slightly twisted path kick you back 25 basis points or so. There are
numerous reasons why this is not a good idea and I think most such
arrangements were ultimately unwound. That bad idea was not available to the
Big 6 or 5 or 4 (Maybe we should call them the Big Countdown). They had an
even worse idea, a variation on the concept of “value billing”.
Design a cookie cutter tax shelter that actually
has only one transaction (two if you want to be generous) and that by a
hypertechnical interpretation of partnership tax provisions creates basis
out of thin air. Have your audit partners tell clients who are about to
experience “liquidity events” that instead of paying the federal government
20%, they can pay KPMG 3%. Only first they have to sign a non-disclosure and
they can’t have somebody independently vet the deal. There are already law
firms lined up who have “experience” with the deals that will provide you
with an opinion letter that constitutes a “get out of jail free card”.
Deutsche Bank has the transaction all teed up for you. Just remember that if
anybody asks that you were hoping to score big on it and the tax benefits
were incidental.
Putting it in biblical terms, the venerable
accounting firms were selling their birthright for a mess of pottage. Within
the firms, people who thought it was a bad idea found that resistance was
futile.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Even though it was not her column in Forbes that broke this story, the large
auditing firm hater Francine McKenna will have a field day carrying the ball on
this one.
Bob Jensen's threads on the largest accounting and auditing firms ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Auditing Special Purpose Frameworks: To Sample or Not to Sample?" by
Larry Perry, AccountingWeb, June 25, 2014 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/auditing-special-purpose-frameworks-sample-or-not-sample/223534?source=aa
Congratulations Francine
"University of Chicago Booth Capital Ideas Magazine: Two New Articles by
Francine," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, June 22, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/06/22/university-of-chicago-booth-capital-ideas-magazine-two-new-articles/
he Summer 2014 issue of Booth Capital Ideas
magazine has two new longer pieces by me.
Look for it online or
at the Gleacher Center in downtown Chicago.
The first article is entitled,
“How can you monitor a borrower without financial statements?”
It’s based on research by Chicago Booth
Assistant Professor
Michael Minnis and
Booth PhD candidate Andrew Sutherland.
The researchers find that a bank’s decision
about whether to request a borrower’s financial statements depends on
five things: the bank-borrower relationship, the loan’s credit spread
(the difference between the interest rate on the loan and the prime
rate), the presence of collateral, the availability of alternative
information sources, and other loan contract terms.
Reputation and relationship play a unique role
in this decision. As a bank’s relationship with a borrower grows longer,
bankers request financial statements less often. However, when that same
relationship grows deeper—meaning the borrower takes out more
loans—bankers begin to request financial statements more often.
The research comes from this paper, “The Value of
Financial Statement Verification in Debt Financing: Evidence from Private
U.S. Firms,” Journal of Accounting Research (May 2011). Professor
Minnis also has two more interesting working papers on related subjects.
Financial Statements as Monitoring Mechanisms: Evidence from Small
Commercial Loans, with Andrew Sutherland,
November 2013
and
Financial
Reporting Choices of U.S. Private Firms: Large-Sample Analysis of GAAP and
Audit Use, with Petro Lisowsky, December
2013 are interesting. (The supplemental appendix for the November paper is
available
here.)
One key to understanding the power of this very
large yet hidden economy is finding good, verifiable financial information
about private firms.
From this article:
It’s difficult to find out because financial
data is not publicly available for private firms the way it is for
companies listed on a stock exchange. Most private firms do not have
extensively public reporting requirements. Therefore, they are not
required to follow generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP),
produce audited financial statements, or report their results publicly.
As a result, researchers are often unable to readily obtain financial
data for private companies of all sizes, including pre-IPO companies,
the new “emerging growth company” category created by the Jumpstart Our
Business Startups (JOBS) Act, and companies owned by private-equity
firms.
The trend is to make even less information
available to investors, and researchers, regarding the financial viability
and the financial controls in force at private firms of all sizes. The
excuse is often something about “too much regulation” inhibiting “jobs and
growth.” Remember that next time someone has a hot IPO or private placement
deal for you.
The second article in the Summer 2014 issue also
deals with disclosure, the kind we as investors and taxpayers should have
more of. Research by Chicago Booth Professor
Haresh Sapra and the University of Pennsylvania’s
Itay Goldstein is cited in my article,
“Bank stress tests: How much do we need to know?”
Sapra and Goldstein “caution that while the
tests are valuable, regulators should be careful about how much
information they disclose about individual institutions. ”
“The Fed’s ultimate decision about stress test
disclosure rests on the prioritization of its macroprudential and
microprudential goals.”
If microprudential stability of individual banks is
a priority, individual results must be disclosed. In my opinion, regulators
must mitigate unintended consequences but the disclosures should be made.
Anat Admati, a professor of finance and economics at Stanford University’s
Graduate School of Business and author of
“The Bankers’ New Clothes,” agrees. “Hiding from
reality and providing public support to banks that cannot otherwise
survive…is dangerous and expensive.”
Mitt Romney's Former Firm Sues EY for Pocket Change ($60 million for
certifying phony financial statements) ---
http://www.courthousenews.com/2014/06/11/68635.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on EY ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Message from EY on June 13, 2014
We have issued the general and industry-specific June
2014 editions of Financial reporting briefs. These publications
provide you with a snapshot of the major accounting and regulatory
developments during the quarter. The Reference library at the end of each
document lists the publications we issued during the quarter, along with the
links to them on our
AccountingLink website.
The general
Financial reporting briefs, and the industry-specific editions are
available on
AccountingLink.
Financial services
Health care
Life sciences
Media and entertainment
Oil and gas
Real estate
Technology
Telecommunications
University of Minnesota Provides $2.2 Million Lifeline to Law School to Help
Close $3 Million Budget Deficit Caused by 18% Enrollment Decline ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/06/university-of-minnesota.html
"McGeorge Symposium: The State and Future of Legal Education," by Paul
Caron, TaxProf Blog, June 4, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/06/mcgeorge-symposium.html
Symposium,
The State and Future of Legal Education, 45 McGeorge L. Rev. 1-160
(2013):
- Francis J. Mootz III (Dean, McGeorge),
Introduction, 45 McGeorge L. Rev. 1 (2013)
- Katherine R. Kruse (Hamline),
Legal Education and Professional Skills: Myths and Misconceptions
About Theory and Practice, 45 McGeorge L. Rev. 7 (2013)
- Gerald F. Hess (Gonzaga),
Blended Courses in Law School: The Best of Online and Face-to-Face
Learning?, 45 McGeorge L. Rev. 51 (2013)
- Ruth Jones (McGeorge),
Assessment and Legal Education: What Is Assessment, and What the *#
Does It Have to Do with the Challenges Facing Legal Education?,
45 McGeorge L. Rev. 85 (2013)
- John Osborn (San Francisco),
How I Found Jobs for My Students: One Professor's Story, 45
McGeorge L. Rev. 111 (2013)
- Michael A. Olivas (Houston),
58,000 Minutes: An Essay on Law Majors and Emerging Proposals for
the Third Year of Law Study, 45 McGeorge L. Rev. 115 (2013)
- Carrie Menkel-Meadow (Georgetown),
Crisis in Legal Education or the Other Things Law Students Should be
Learning and Doing, 45 McGeorge L. Rev. 133 (2013)
Bob Jensen's Threads on Law Schools are in Distress ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#OverstuffedLawSchools
Since Tom admits we don't really have any details about the FASB's vision of
"fundamental changes" in financial reporting he probably should not term it a "con"
at this point in time.
"On Golden’s Con: Selling False Hope for Fundamental Changes to Financial
Reporting," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, June 1, 2014 ---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/06/on-goldens-con.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29
“FASB is preparing to consider foundational
changes that could significantly alter financial reporting in the future
as well as standards improvements that will reduce complexity, board
Chairman Russell Golden said … in a speech at the 13th annual Financial
Reporting Conference in New York City …”
The above was reported by the
Journal of Accountancy. Since the FASB will not
be posting the text of Mr. Golden’s speech on the web, I’ll have to rely on
the JofA’s summary. It lists five issues that Mr. Golden states “will be
studied and debated by FASB in the coming years under active projects.”
For each of these issues, I’ll begin with a brief
snippet from JofA, and follow that with my reactions, which unfortunately,
are largely negative. I’m going to try my best to offset my negativity with
constructive comments.
Measurement
“FASB will debate an overarching measurement
philosophy as part of its conceptual framework project because, Golden
said, a conceptual philosophy of measurement does not exist in current
standards.”
“Overarching measurement philosophy”? “Conceptual
philosophy”? I don’t know what these terms mean.
Sadly, the burst of attention from Enron and
Sarbanes-Oxley on the role of principles in accounting standards has faded
to a distant memory. If the FASB has succeeded completely at anything over
the past 12 years, it has been to banish the utterance of “principles” in
its public communications; i.e., to avoid making any sort of commitment to
do what is generally accepted as the right thing. In the place of
accounting principles, the Board is promoting the development of “accounting
concepts” in as many flavors as possible; for solemn invocation when it
suits some political purpose.
There is no better example of this than the Board’s
last
stab at measurement “concepts” prior to Mr.
Golden’s recent speech:
The measurement chapter [of the conceptual
framework] should list and describe possible measurements … without
prescribing specific measurements for particular assets and liabilities
…”
“…[T]he best way to satisfy the objective of
financial reporting through measurement is to consider the effect of a
particular measurement selection on all of the financial statements,
instead of emphasizing the statement of financial position over the
statement of comprehensive income or vice versa.”
To be fair, Mr. Golden may now have something very
different in mind than the above, which was posted in July 2010. Yet, I
can’t see how he will be able to deviate to any significant extent without
offending one “constituency” or another. If it’s history is any guide, the
Board will want to retain the flexibility to specify any form of so-called
“measurement” it wants, any time it wants.
But, as significant as that problem is, other
problems run deeper. The reason I put “measurement” in quotes in the
previous paragraph is because when Mr. Golden uses that word, he surely
cannot mean real measurement.
Real measurement is the act of quantifying
an attribute of something. In the physical world, it’s an elementary
concept. In accounting, we could, for example, measure the historic cost of
acquiring an asset, or the current cost of replacing it, or its sales value,
or its value in use. The lease accounting project, is most current of many
many examples I can provide where what is touted as “measurement” is not
real measurement. The boards have correctly, in my view, concluded
that lease contracts convey a right of use (ROU) to the lessee that it
should recognize as an asset; but what the board proposes as “measurement”
of that ROU is a contrived number that is not even distantly related to real
measurement. Nowhere does the Board provide a clue about the attribute
of the ROU the Board believes is being measured — because they can’t.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
My position on FASB and IASB standard setting is that with the focus on the
balance sheet they destroyed whatever we once had in the measurement of the most
important index of business performance in the eyes of investors and financial
analysts --- the "real measurement" of net income! By combining legally earned
revenue with unrealized (and possibly never-to-be-realized value changes in the
case of hold-to-maturity securities) the Boards destroyed whatever we once had,
controversial as it was with accruals, in net earnings reporting.
Now the FASB and the IASB can no longer even define net earnings, especially
when confounded by the very controversial concept of ?comprehensive earnings."
However, in his criticism of the FASB and IASB I don't think rescuing the
concept of net earnings is a goal of Tom Selling.
Here's the real disaster of the
FASB and IASB that destroyed the most important index (net earnings) tracked by
investors and financial analysts:
"The Asset-Liability Approach: Primacy does not mean Priority," by Robert
Bloomfield, FASRI Financial Accounting Standards Research Initiative,
October 6, 2009 ---
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2009/10/the-asset-liability-approach-primacy-does-not-mean-priority/
One Possible "Fundamental Change in Financial Reporting" --- No Bottom Line
Reporting
One possible "fundamental change" in financial reporting for net income was
suggested by former FASB Chairman Bob Herze that is cited below following the
Jens Wüstemann and Wüstemann quotation below.
Largely because they cannot define net income on anything other than
cherry-picked Hicksian theory, the FASB and IASB standard setters instead focus
on the balance sheet where think they are on more solid footing conceptualizing
assets and liabilities. This, however, is not without its troubles.
See
"The Asset and Liability View: What It Is and What It Is Not—Implications for
International Accounting Standard Setting from a Theoretical Point of View"
Jens Wüstemann, University of Mannheim; Sonja Wüstemann, Goethe University
Frankfurt am Main
American Accounting Association Annual Meetings, August 4, 2010
http://aaahq.org/AM2010/display.cfm?Filename=SubID_2022.pdf&MIMEType=application%2Fpdf
I would like you, Tom, and Patricia to especially note the reference to the
"stewardship function" below in the context of historical cost accounting.
ABSTRACT
In their current standard setting projects the FASB and the IASB seek to
enhance consistency in the application of accounting standards and
comparability of financial statements by fully implementing the asset and
liability view. However, neither in standard setting nor in the accounting
literature is there agreement on what the asset and liability view
constitutes. In this paper, we show that the asset and liability view is
compatible with different, sometimes even opposing concepts, such as
historical cost accounting and fair value accounting, and thus cannot ensure
internal consistency on its own. By means of the example of revenue
recognition we point out the difficulty to determine the changes in assets
and liabilities that shall give rise to revenue. We argue that the increase
in assets that leads to revenue is the obtainment of the right to
consideration and thus should be focused on by the
Boards.
1. Introduction
A major aim of the FASB and the IASB
in their current standard setting projects is to achieve internal
consistency of the accounting regimes U.S. GAAP and IFRS (IASB 2008c,
BC2.46; IASB 2008a, S3; IASB 2008d, par. 5; IASB 2009, p. 5). One of the
reasons for inconsistencies in present U.S. GAAP and IFRS is that
recognition and measurement principles and rules are developed on the basis
of two competing concepts − the asset and liability view and the revenue and
expense view (Wüstemann and Wüstemann 2010).
Until the 1970s the so called revenue
and expense view had been prevailing in international accounting standard
setting. In the U.S. this view was introduced by Paton and Littleton in the
American Accounting Association Monograph No. 3 in 1940 (Paton and Littleton
1940: 1956) and soon became the state of the art in U.S. accounting theory
and practice. Similar developments took place in other countries, e.g.
Germany, where Schmalenbach (1919) was the main driver for the establishment
of the comparable ’dynamic accounting theory’
(Dynamische
Bilanztheorie)
According to the revenue and expense view the principal purpose of
accounting is to determine periodic net income as a measure of an entity’s
effectiveness in using inputs to obtain and sell output (stewardship
function) by recognising revenue
when it is earned or realised and by matching the related costs with those
revenues (FASB 1976, par. 38−42; Paton and Littleton 1940: 1956, p. 10 et
sqq.; see for the tradition of the stewardship function Edwards, Dean and
Clarke 2009). Some proponents of the revenue and expense view see net income
as an indicator of an entity’s ‘usual, normal, or extended performance’
(‘earning power’) (FASB 1976, par. 62) that may help users not only to
assess management’s performance but also to estimate the value of the firm
(Black 1980, p. 20; Breidleman 1973, p. 654). This requires irregular and
random events that distort net periodic profit, such as the receipt of
grants and losses from bad debt, to be smoothed out (Beidleman 1973, p. 653
et sqq.; Bevis 1965: 1986, p. 104−107; FASB 1976, par. 59; Schmalenbach
1919, p. 32−36). Under the revenue and expense view the function of the
balance sheet is to ‘store’ residuals resulting from the matching and
allocation process; the deferred debits and credits depicted in the balance
sheet do not necessarily represent resources and obligations (Paton and
Littleton 1940: 1956, p. 72−74; Schmalenbach 1919, p. 26; Sprouse 1978, p.
68).
In the 1970s
the FASB realised that the key concepts under the revenue and expense view −
revenues and expenses − are not precisely definable making earnings ‘unduly
subject to the effects of personal opinion about what earnings of an
enterprise for a period should be’ (FASB 1976, par. 60). In order to limit
arbitrary judgements and to achieve a more consistent income determination
the FASB decided to shift the focus to the more robust concepts of assets
and liabilities and thus to the asset and liability view as evidenced by the
issuance of SFAC 3
Elements of
Financial Statements
(now SFAC 6) in 1980 (Storey
2003, p. 35 et sqq.; Miller 1990, p. 26 et seq.; see for a similar
development in Germany around the same time Moxter 1993). The so called
asset and liability view in the U.S. has its origins in the Sprouse and
Moonitz monograph that was published in 1962 as part of the AICPA’s
Accounting Research Studies.
Under this view all financial
statement elements are derived from the definitions of assets and
liabilities. Income resulting from changes in assets and liabilities
measures an entity’s increase in net assets (FASB 1976, par. 34; Johnson
2004, p. 1; Ronen 2008, p. 184; Sprouse and Moonitz 1962, par. 11, 46, 49).
The asset and liability view can serve the purpose to objectify income
measurement by restricting recognition in the balance sheet to those items
that embody resources and obligations (Sprouse 1978, p. 70). Alternatively,
the asset and liability view can be adopted in order to inform users about
future cash flows that are expected to flow from an entity’s assets and
liabilities, which are supposed to help them in estimating firm value (Scott
1997, p. 159−162; Hitz 2007, p. 333 and 336−338).
Despite the declared shift from the
revenue and expense view to the asset and liability view in the 1970s,
certain U.S. standards and also the ‘older’ IFRS, for example those on
revenue recognition, still follow the revenue and expense view (Ernst &
Young 2009, p. 1558; Wüstemann and Kierzek 2005, p. 82 et seq.). In the
beginning of the 21st century the FASB and the IASB have begun several
projects, above all the Conceptual Framework Project, that shall lead to an
all-embracing implementation of the asset and liability view (Wüstemann and
Wüstemann 2010).
We observe that both in the accounting
literature and the standard setting processes, there is confusion about the
meaning and implications of the asset and liability view, especially as
regards the role of the realisation principle and the matching principle as
well as fair value measurement (see literature review below). A second
problem is that the asset and liability view does not provide clear guidance
on how assets and liabilities shall be defined and which changes in assets
and liabilities shall give rise to income. The FASB and the IASB have − up
to now − been struggling with the problem of bringing current revenue
recognition guidance in conformity with the asset and liability view for
seven years. In December 2008, they finally published a Discussion Paper
‘Preliminary Views on Revenue Recognition in Contracts with Customers’, but
the issuance of the new standard is not yet foreseeable.
The aim of this paper is to shed light
on the conceptual underpinnings of the asset and liability view, to clarify
misunderstandings in the accounting literature and standard setting about
its meaning and to discuss implications for international accounting
standard setting. The remainder is organised as follows: In the first part
of the paper we depict the different opinions that exist with regard to the
asset and liability view and then clarify the concept by defining
recognition and measurement principles as well as purposes of financial
statements that are compatible with this view. Subsequently, we analyse in
how far the asset and liability view is implemented in present U.S. GAAP and
IFRS and in which areas accounting principles still exist that oppose the
asset and liability view. In the final part we point out the difficulty to
define assets and liabilities taking the current FASB’s and IASB’s joint
project on revenue recognition as an example and make suggestions for
improvement.
Continued in article
http://aaahq.org/AM2010/display.cfm?Filename=SubID_2022.pdf&MIMEType=application%2Fpdf
Conclusion
And after all these years of trying the standard setters have not yet come up
with standards that are very good for evaluating financial performance of
business firms, something that they are well aware of in Australia ---
"GAAP Based Financial Reporting: Measurement and Business Performance" ---
Click Here
http://www.charteredaccountants.com.au/Industry-Topics/Reporting/Resources-and-toolkits/~/media/Files/Industry
topics/Reporting/Resources and
toolkits/Reports/GAAPbased_financial_reporting.ashx
I think the major problem, aside from the cost of generating more relevant
and reliable information, is that standards setters never look beyond
single-column financial statements that inevitably lead them to horrid mixed
model measurements that destroy aggregations into summary measures like "Total
Assets" and "Net Income." Bob Herz recommends doing away with aggregating net
income metrics. I recommend having multiple columns and multiple net income
aggregations.
See
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#ChangesOnTheWay
See Bob Herz's recommendations below.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
Opportunity for Deep Down and Dirty Bayesians
"Quantitative Legal Prediction – or – How I Learned to Stop Worrying and
Start Preparing for the Data Driven Future of the Legal Services Industry,"
by Daniel Martin Katz, SSRN, December 11, 2013
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2187752
Abstract:
Do I have a case? What is our likely exposure? How much is this going to
cost? What will happen if we leave this particular provision out of this
contract? How can we best staff this particular legal matter? These are core
questions asked by sophisticated clients such as general counsels as well as
consumers at the retail level. Whether generated by a mental model or a
sophisticated algorithm, prediction is a core component of the guidance that
lawyers offer. Indeed, it is by generating informed answers to these types
of questions that many lawyers earn their respective wage.
Every single day lawyers and law firms are
providing predictions to their clients regarding their prospects in
litigation and the cost associated with its pursuit (defense). How are these
predictions being generated? Precisely what data or model is being
leveraged? Could a subset of these predictions be improved by access to
outcome data in a large number of 'similar' cases. Simply put, the answer is
yes. Quantitative legal prediction already plays a significant role in
certain practice areas and this role is likely increase as greater access to
appropriate legal data becomes available.
This article is dedicated to highlighting the
coming age of Quantitative Legal Prediction with hopes that practicing
lawyers, law students and law schools will take heed and prepare to survive
(thrive) in this new ordering. Simply put, most lawyers, law schools and law
students are going to have to do more to prepare for the data driven future
of this industry. In other words, welcome to Law's Information Revolution
and yeah - there is going to be math on the exam.
Jensen Comments
It seems to me that much of this paper can also be extended to quantitative
analysis (e.g., Bayesian) of clauses in a set of financial statements.
"FASB and IASB Issue Discussion
Paper on Financial Statement Presentation," by Mark Crowley and Stephen
McKinney, Deloitte & Touche LLP, Heads Up, November 10, 2008 Vol. 15, Issue 40
---
http://www.iasplus.com/usa/headsup/headsup0811presentationdp.pdf
Radical Changes in Financial
Reporting
Yipes! Net earnings and eps will no longer be derived and presented. It's like
getting your kid's report card with summaries of his/her weekly activities and
no final grade
From the PCAOB
Pursuant to PCAOB Rule 4009(d), the PCAOB today made public additional portions
of the following previously issued inspection reports because the firms did not
address certain quality control issues to the satisfaction of the Board within
the 12 months following the date of the reports.
§
Ernst & Young LLP (November 30, 2011) and related release
§
Grant Thornton LLP (July 9, 2009) and related release
§
Grant Thornton LLP (August 12, 2010) and related release
§
Watson Dauphinee & Masuch, Chartered Accountants (May 2, 2013)
Waterbury police have arrested a city
(library) employee, who is accused of stealing $170,000
from a local library over five years because she thought she should be making
more money.
"City Worker Stole $170K from Library," NBC Connecticut, June 10,
2014 ---
http://www.nbcconnecticut.com/news/local/Waterbury-City-Worker-Stole-170K-from-Library-Police-262537271.html
.
. .
At first, James denied stealing the money,
but then police presented the evidence and James admitted to taking the
money because she thought she should be earning more.
She said she started taking the cash in
2006 to help pay for her son’s college education and food, according to
police.
James was in charge of depositing money
from the library and is accused of stealing as much as $100 per day over a
five-year span.
The money came from fines that library
patrons paid for overdue books and videos, according to police.
Police started investigating a little over
a month ago and also determined that James was also paying herself thousands
of dollars in an unauthorized stipend, police said.
NBC Connecticut went to James’ home for
comment, but no one answered the door.
James is expected to be charged with
first-degree larceny and appear in court later this month.
Jensen Comment
Sounds like a really ineffective internal control system.
"The IRS Wins a Big Offshore Case A millionaire could owe penalties of
$2.2 million on a secret $1.5 million Swiss bank account," The Wall
Street Journal, June 6, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/tax-report-the-irs-wins-a-big-offshore-case-1402091163?KEYWORDS=laura+saunders
"After Announcing Plans To Destroy Microsoft Windows, Meg Whitman Pulls A
Gutsy Move," by Julie Bort, Business Insider, June 11, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/hp-announces-plans-to-destroy-windows-2014-6
HP CEO Meg Whitman showed more than a little chutzpah
on Thursday during her company's annual customer conference.
Moments after HP announced its grand new plans to
compete with the Microsoft Windows operating system, Whitman was thanking
Microsoft for being a major sponsor of the conference and inviting the
company's new CEO, Satya Nadella, on stage.
Nadella joined Whitman and Intel's new CEO Brian
Krzanich for a fireside chat-style interview conducted by New York Times
columnist and author, Tom Friedman.
But just before Nadella joined via video
conferencing, during Whitman's keynote speech, CTO Martin Fink, head of HP
Labs, showed off what HP hopes will be a game-changing new data center
computer. It's
internally calling that computer "The Machine."
HP is creating a lot of new technology to build The
Machine, especially a new form of memory known as "memristors"
which won't lose data if the power turns off (also known as "non-volatile
memory").
The Machine's claim to fame is that it can process
loads of information instantly while using hardly any power. HP wants this
computer to replace the servers being used in today's data centers. But it
also hopes the tech will become the basis for the next generation of PCs.
And The Machine will not use Windows.
In fact Fink announced on Thursday that the company
is working on a brand new free and open-source operating system and is
inviting universities to help research and build it.
Jensen Comment
But wonders never cease. Now there's a mysterious sea animal that eats white
sharks.
California Dreamin'
With 80% of the world's office workers trained on Windows, MS Office and
software requiring Windows, business firms and government agencies are not about
to spend a trillion dollars to drop Windows and retrain their computer users for
other operating systems. Most USA government agencies like the IRS are still
running on ancient Windows XP. Change does not come easy in government or
business.
If anybody destroys Windows it will be Microsoft --- which since Version 7
may well be on its way to destroying Windows.
Interestingly, HP still offers new computers with Windows 7 installed rather
than later versions of Windows. This shows you what HP customers think of later
versions of Windows.
"More Millennial Mothers Are Single Than Married," by Belinda Luscombe,
Time Magazine, June 17, 2014 ---
http://time.com/2889816/more-millennial-mothers-are-single-than-married/
Despite the
anxiety society still feels about single mothers,
most American women aged 26 to 31 who have children are not married. And the
number of these millennial single mothers is increasing. In fact, in a study
just released by researchers at Johns Hopkins University, only about a third
of all mothers in their late twenties were married.
The less education the young women have the higher
the probability that they became a mom before they got married. Conversely,
the married moms of that generation probably have a college degree. “It is
now unusual for non-college graduates who have children in their teens and
20s to have all of them within marriage,” says Andrew Cherlin, one of the
authors of the study “Changing
Fertility Regimes and the Transition to Adulthood: Evidence from a Recent
Cohort.”
Sociologists such as Cherlin have been tracking the
decline of marriage as one of the milestones or
goals of an individual’s life—the whole “first comes love, the comes
marriage, then comes the baby with the baby carriage” paradigm. And it’s
clear that an increasing number of young people are just not putting a ring
on it. “The lofty place that marriage once held among the markers of
adulthood is in serious question,” says Cherlin.
Motherhood is beginning to show the fissures along
income and education lines that have already appeared in other aspects of
U.S. society, with a small cluster of wealthy well educated people at one
end (married with kids), a large cluster of struggling people at the other
(kids, not married) and a thinning middle. While many children
raised by single parents are fine, the
advantages of a two parent family have been quite
exhaustively documented. Some of these advantages can be tied to financial
resources, but not all.
Among people with kids between the ages of 26 to 31
who didn’t graduate from college, 74% of the mothers and 70% of the fathers
had at least one child outside of marriage, Cherlin found. And, 81% of
births reported by women and 87 % of births reported by men had occurred to
non-college graduates.
The chart below, using data from the National
Longitude Study of people born in 1997, shows all the births reported by
women who didn’t get through high school, how old they were when their kids
were born and whether they were married. Only a quarter of these young moms
were married, slightly more than a third were living with someone, not
necessarily the child’s father, and almost 40% had no partner at all.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the history of women in the professions, including
the CPA profession, are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm#Women
Jensen Comment
Studies also show that USA women are delaying having their first child much
longer than their own mothers and grandmothers and great grandmothers.
Teen pregnancies are at their lowest rates in years.
Unaccompanied children are pouring into the USA at unprecedented levels ---
over 400 per day, although this number will probably decline if more and more of
these children are returned to their parents in Latin America. President Obama
assigned the task of stemming the tide to his Vice President Joe Biden. The tide
will probably increase if more and more of these inflowing children are aided in
seeking the American Dream.
"FASB updates accounting for stock compensation," by Sabine Vollmer,
Journal of Accountancy, June 20, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201410384.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 18, 2014
Inflation Worries and Safe Savings Discouragements
Good morning. With inflation showing signs of picking up pace, Wall Street
is now debating what it means for investments, the
WSJ’s E.S. Browning reports. The
Labor Department released the strongest inflation numbers since 2012 last
week, and stock and bond investors are split on the impact.
An uptick in inflation could signal a stronger
economy, which could boost stocks. But it could also mark the end of a
decadeslong bond rally that has kept bond prices up and yields down since
the early 1980s. That would mean higher interest rates, which do not bode
well for home buyers, businesses and holders of existing, low-yielding
bonds.
Inflation has averaged 2.3% over the
past decade. While Fed Chairwoman Janet Yellen downplayed last week’s
reading of 2.1%, the immediate question is whether inflation will rise
enough to make the Fed raise rates more quickly than most people expect.
Jensen's Comment
Economists at the Federal Researve who took food and fuel out of their inflation
index calculations have their heads in the sand.
Meanwhile the Fed discourages saving by paying virtually zero on Certificates
of Deposit. Retired folks are getting ripped off on safe savings. They might as
well go to casinos and pray.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 18, 2014
SEC official: Audit and financial reporting fraud are the “next frontier”
A top U.S. watchdog said
Tuesday that enforcement actions will increasingly target
fraud in financial reporting and audit,
CFOJ’s Emily Chasan reports. The
SEC is “virtually past” its work on financial-crisis era litigation and now
has the time to devote to other areas, such as financial reporting and
market structure, said Andrew Ceresney, head of enforcement at the
commission, in comments to the Wall Street Journal CFO Network
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 20, 2014
Casino boom pinches Northeastern states. More casinos have opened
in the Northeast over the past decade than in any other part of the country,
pinching the revenue of early players,
the WSJ reports. A
recent Fitch Ratings report said the Northeastern market “is reaching a
saturation point.” Twenty-six casinos have opened since 2004, fueling a 39%
increase in total annual gambling revenue in the mid-Atlantic and New
England.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 20, 2014
It may seem like an easy trick to buy for a foreign
firm, adopt its overseas address and enjoy its more favorable tax rate.
But for Medtronic Inc.,
once it merges with
Covidien PLC and becomes an Irish company, it will require
additional maneuvering to escape the U.S. tax net, the
WSJ’s Joseph Walker reports.
It is a common misconception that once a U.S. company
reincorporates abroad, its future earnings are automatically out of the
reach of U.S. tax authorities. But an inversion is typically just the first
step in a series. If the new, foreign-based Medtronic PLC wants to transfer
foreign assets and future cash flows out from under the U.S. tax net and
over to the new Ireland-based parent, it will likely face a tax bill from
the U.S. on the fair market value of those assets. A company can also
arrange an asset sale at fair market value between its subsidiaries without
incurring U.S. taxes, but proceeds from the sale would accrue to the U.S.
foreign subsidiary, possibly defeating the purpose of the inversion.
Old-fashioned maneuvers such as transfer pricing and
intercompany debt can relocate profits overseas, but those methods are
complicated and already available to U.S. companies. Tax experts say
inversions are a long-term play aimed at gaining access to profits from
still-in-development product lines and new acquisitions, not a quick fix to
pull in overseas cash from existing revenue sources.
Question
What's wrong with corporate taxation in the USA?
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 18, 2014
Good morning. The recent wave of “tax inversions” by
U.S. companies looking to sidestep U.S. corporate taxes by relocating
offshore through foreign mergers got plenty of attention at The Wall Street
Journal CFO Network annual meeting
on Tuesday. And more than once, a suggested solution to the
problem of an eroding tax base at home was to lower the U.S. corporate tax
rate.
Senate Finance Committee Chairman Ron Wyden (D., Ore.)
blamed the high U.S. statutory tax rate for the exodus of U.S. companies to
lower-tax regions,
CFOJ’s Emily Chasan reports.
He has been advocating for lowering the corporate rate
to 24% from today’s 35%, and told those in attendance, “Much of what we’re
seeing today… stems from the fact that our corporate rate isn’t very
efficient.” He said the next 15-month window is a “prime” time to get
Congress focused on corporate-tax reform, starting with a renewal of the $54
billion package of so-called tax extenders for two years.
White House Council of Economic Advisers Chairman
Jason Furman joined the call for lower tax rates, but said it should come as
part of broader tax reform,
CFOJ’s Vipal Monga reports.
Mr. Furman used the debate over tax inversions to point to a tax code he
called “deeply broken.” He also cited President Obama’s recent budget, which
proposed making it harder for companies to move their domiciles offshore to
avoid U.S. taxes. But he added that broader tax reform, including lower
corporate rates, could encourage companies to stay put.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 16, 2014
Good morning. The European Union’s push to investigate
whether member nations are allowing illegal corporate-tax strategies has
apparently not been sufficiently intimidating to stop firms from undertaking
“tax inversions” to escape U.S. taxes.
Medtronic Inc.’s
agreement
Sunday to buy rival medical-device maker
Covidien PLC for
$42.9 billion is the latest in a wave of recent moves designed to sidestep
U.S. corporate taxes,
the WSJ reports.
A key attractive element of the buyout target is
likely not just its business, but its address. Covidien is headquartered in
Massachusetts but domiciled in Ireland, where the main corporate tax rate is
12.5%. The combined company will have its “operational headquarters” in
Minneapolis, but its main executive offices will be in Ireland, far from the
35% tax rate in the U.S. Medtronic had $14 billion in cash as of April, much
of it held offshore. This deal would let it deploy that cash and help
Medtronic fulfill its promise to distribute half of its free cash flow to
shareholders. A person familiar with the matter said that was one of the
main reasons the company wants to do the deal.
The EU scrutiny of transfer pricing at multinationals
may have the impact of boosting the appeal for a U.S. company of moving its
headquarters to Europe altogether. Replacement-joint maker
Smith & Nephew PLC
has long been seen as a potential takeover target, but the EU
corporate-tax crackdown could make it more so, the
WSJ’s Hester Plumridge reports.
Smith & Nephew’s U.K. address would make it convenient for a U.S. business
with cash trapped offshore.
"Walgreens' Planned Move From Illinois to Switzerland Would Save $4 Billion
in Taxes," by Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog, June 15, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/06/walgreens-planned-move.html
Walgreens could cost taxpayers $4 billion in lost
revenue over five years should the company decide to renounce its American
corporate legal status and move its official address to Switzerland, a tax
haven. The company is widely reported to be considering this move and says
it will announce its intentions as soon as this summer. Walgreens is the
nation’s largest pharmacy retailer with 8,200 stores and locations in all 50
states.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 14, 2014
Intel Thursday cited
stronger-than-expected demand for business PCs, increasing revenue guidance
for the year
”The change in outlook is driven mostly by strong
demand for business PCs,” Intel said in a news release. For the second
quarter, the company expects revenue between $13.4 billion and $14 billion,
compared with its previous guidance of $12.5 billion to $13.5 billion. The Journal’s
Josh Beckerman notes that companies
that make computers or computer parts have benefited from businesses needing
to update aging PCs because of the end of Microsoft’s support for Windows XP
operating system.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 13, 2014
FASB to tweak accounting for inventories and income statements
U.S. accounting-rule makers decided this week to kick off two
short-term projects aimed at simplifying generally accepted accounting
principles,
CFOJ’s Emily Chasan reports. The
projects will streamline inventory-measurement techniques and reduce
extraordinary items in corporate income statements, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board said.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 9, 2014
European nations move to measure the shadow economy
Several European nations are moving to include illicit doings like
drugs and prostitution when tallying their GDP, but some economists are
questioning the merit and methods of trying to measure the shadow economy,
the
WSJ’s Josh Zumbrun reports.
The U.K. could add as much as $9 billion to the value
of its GDP by including prostitution and $7.4 billion by adding illegal
drugs, by one estimate, enough to boost the size of its economy by 0.7%.
Italy plans to include smuggling as well as drugs and prostitution.
"Sex, Drugs and GDP: the Challenge of Measuring the Shadow Economy Some
Questioning the Value, Accuracy of European Nations' Move to Tally Illicit
Doings," by Josh Zumbrun, The Wall Street Journal, June 8, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/sex-drugs-and-gdp-the-challenge-of-measuring-the-shadow-economy-1402251721?mod=djemCFO_h
Jensen Comment
In the USA the shadow economy is estimated to be nearly $2 trillion and thus is
a much bigger deal than in Europe because it extends to so many workers taking
cash that is never reported or taxed --- hundreds of such workers as maids,
roofers, gardeners, ranch hands, and others doing services for home owners. In
San Antonio, where I lived for 24 years, there are widely known streets where
day laborers accumulate each morning and wait for the shadow employers like
roofing companies and landscape companies to pick them up. Housekeepers usually
are hired by word of mouth. Mrs. Smith in a bridge club or on a golf course
mentions that she found a really good mother-daughter team that slipped into the
USA from Mexico.
But the shadow economy extends much further than the hiring of undocumented
workers. My carpenter friend added a garage onto my barn at an amazing price as
long as I paid cash up front. My wife had to have $12,000 of special dental work
if I used a credit card. But he did the work for $8,000 cash up front. In each
instance I'm absolutely certain that this was tax free cash for shadow economy
services. It happens in a big way each and every day in the USA.
This is why the reported USA unemployment numbers are greatly inflated and
the GDP is greatly understated. Many of our unemployed are actually working
daily for cash.
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 5, 2014
Shareholders Balk at Golden Parachutes
nvestors are trying to put the kibosh on generous executive pay packages in
the event of a merger or sale. Shareholders at four companies voted in
recent weeks to stop executives from cashing in on certain stock bonuses in
the event of a sale, the
WSJ’s Liz Hoffman reports.
The nonbinding votes
at Valero Energy Corp.,
Gannett Co.,
Boston Properties Inc.
and Dean Foods Co.
follow a few years of pressure to curb severance benefits.
Defenders of golden parachutes say they can create
value for investors by taking away the incentive to oppose a sale that might
benefit shareholders for fear of losing income. But the recent votes come
amid rising scrutiny of executive pay from both investors and regulators.
Even so, it’s worth remembering that those votes are
nonbinding, as evidenced by
Nabors Industries Ltd.’s
decision to ignore the rebuke by its own shareholders of its executive
compensation committee, the
WSJ’s Daniel Gilbert reports.
The board refused to fire the three directors on the
committee by unanimous vote and said it has made strides to overhaul
executive pay and improve performance. The board did, however, move two of
the board members off of the compensation committee.
Bob Jensen's threads on outrageous executive compensation that rewards
failure and fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#OutrageousCompensation
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 6, 2014
GM fires 15 workers over recall delays
General Motors Co. Chief
Executive Mary Barra vowed to upend the corporate culture responsible for
what she denounced as a “pattern of incompetence and neglect” in the auto
maker’s failure to recall cars equipped with a defective ignition switch,
the WSJ reports.
The strong words coincided with the release of a
company funded report that could deepen GM’s legal vulnerability and
scrutiny from regulators, prosecutors and lawmakers, but that exonerated the
CEO, executives who report directly to her and the company’s board of
directors.
Jensen Comment
As a rule the private sector is more inclined to fire workers charged with
alleged wrong doing in high publicity cases. In comparison, government
bureaucracy workers are usually just reassigned or suspended with pay. It's very
hard to fire a government bureaucrat until convicted in a court of law. Watch to
see if and when any government bureaucrats get fired for alleged “pattern of
incompetence and neglect" in the recent VA scandal. My guess is that nobody gets
fired until convicted in a court of law.
Of course some government bureaucrats like Lois Lerner grow weary of
seemingly endless media criticisms and resign. Some that were "friends" of the
private sector have no trouble finding higher paying jobs.
Nook Still Looking For a Niche
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 6, 2014
Noble Inc. reached a deal to sell color tablets made by
Samsung Electronics Co.
co-branded with the book chain’s Nook label, the WSJ’s
Jeffrey A. Trachtenberg reports. The
deal fulfills Barnes & Noble’s previously stated plan to reduce its heavy
investment in the Nook. ”What this means is that Barnes & Noble is still in
the game,” said John Tinker, an analyst with the Maxim Group. “They no
longer have all that risk associated with research and development and
manufacturing, so they can quantify their liabilities.”
PWC: Dataline: Discontinued operations - Revised standard
significantly changes criteria for discontinued operations and disclosures for
disposals (revised June 3, 2014*) (No. 2014-08) ---
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/dataline/discontinued-operations-and-disposals-2014-08.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-depth&j=486892&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=772386_HTML&u=18995463&mid=7002454&jb=0
In April 2014, the FASB issued a new standard
changing the threshold for reporting discontinued operations and adding new
disclosures for disposals.
The new guidance defines a discontinued operation
as a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified
as held for sale and “represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a
major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.”
A strategic shift could include a disposal of (i) a
major geographical area of operations, (ii) a major line of business, (iii)
a major equity method investment, or (iv) other major parts of an entity.
Although “major” is not defined, the FASB provides examples of when a
disposal qualifies as a discontinued operation.
Having significant continuing involvement with a
component after a disposal or failing to eliminate the operations or cash
flows of a disposed component from an entity’s ongoing operations will no
longer preclude presentation as a discontinued operation.
New disclosure and presentation requirements apply
to discontinued operations and to disposals of individually significant
components that do not qualify as discontinued operations.
The guidance applies prospectively to new disposals
of components and new classifications as held for sale beginning in 2015 for
most entities, with early adoption allowed.
PwC’s Dataline summarizes the main provisions,
provides insights into key aspects of the standard, and highlights areas to
consider when applying the new guidance.
* The PwC observation related to paragraph .37 has
been updated as of June 3, 2014 to reflect clarification of the revised
standard’s early adoption provisions.
"Gender Bias Alleged at UCLA's Anderson Business School," by
Melissa,Korn, The Wall Street Journal, June 4, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/gender-bias-alleged-at-uclas-anderson-business-school-1401924672
One of the nation's
top-ranked business schools is "inhospitable to women faculty," according to
an internal academic review.
Faculty of the Anderson
Graduate School of Management at University of California, Los Angeles,
received a confidential copy of the review, conducted by a group of
university professors and outside business-school deans, in April. The next
day, the institution's first female dean, Judy Olian, met with the heads of
several other elite business schools at the White House, where the group
discussed business schools' roles in making workplaces friendlier to women
and working families.
Back on campus, many
professors noted the irony. Among the findings of the report, which was
reviewed by The Wall Street Journal: Anderson is inconsistent in how it
hires and promotes women as compared with men; has created "gender ghettos"
in certain academic areas; and shows a "lack of confidence" in female
faculty.
Dr. Olian said her
administration is taking the findings seriously, and that the climate for
women has been a priority since she became dean eight years ago. "This is
going to require a lot more than numbers and policies. It's really
soul-searching," Dr. Olian said. "I have to ask myself, what here might have
had unintended consequences? And what subtle things should we, can we, must
we be doing to improve the climate?"
Dr. Olian has notched many
accomplishments during her tenure at Anderson: She raised $190 million for
the school, successfully wrested administrative control away from the state
education system and, in the past four years, oversaw a 60% jump in
full-time M.B.A. applications.
But other than the dean
herself, no women hold any of the school's 24 endowed chairs, prestigious
positions used to attract and retain top talent.
Women made up 20% of
tenure-track faculty at Anderson and 14.3% of those with tenure in the
2012-2013 academic year, including Dr. Olian, according to school figures.
By comparison, an analysis
of 16 peer institutions—including the business schools at the University of
Virginia, Stanford University and University of Michigan—found that, on
average, about 30% of tenure-track and 19.5% of tenured faculty were women
in the 2012-2013 year. That analysis was done by the Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business, an accrediting group.
Gender is a fraught issue at
many elite business schools. Harvard Business School gained attention last
fall for its aggressive efforts to help women faculty and students thrive
more in the classroom. And at the Yale School of Management, an instructor
sued in federal court late last year, alleging gender and age discrimination
after her appointment wasn't renewed. Yale says the suit is without merit.
Interviews with professors
and administrators at a number of top programs suggest that the problems are
particularly acute at Anderson. The internal report states that women have
high rates of job satisfaction when beginning careers at the school, but
face a "lack of respect" regarding their work and "unevenly applied"
standards on decisions about pay and promotions.
Twice in the past three
years, the university's governing academic body took the relatively rare
step of overruling Dr. Olian, who had recommended against the promotion of
one woman and against giving tenure to another, according to four Anderson
professors.
In one case, the university
found that policies allowing faculty to take parental leave without falling
behind on the tenure track had been incorrectly applied to the candidate. In
that same period, they said, a male candidate for promotion passed through
the Anderson review, but didn't get clearance from the university.
Dr. Olian and a UCLA
representative declined to comment, citing personnel privacy.
After seeing the review's
initial findings in January, Dr. Olian created a Gender Equity Task Force.
Among other things, the group wants to standardize promotion review
criteria, said Aimee Drolet Rossi, a marketing professor and a member of the
task force.
Prof. Rossi, who has been at
the school since 1997, said she hasn't observed overt discrimination or
hostility at Anderson, but said she has witnessed subtle digs and dismissive
comments directed at women from colleagues and students. "It's death by a
thousand paper cuts," she said.
The concerns at Anderson
arose from a November review by the university's academic senate, which
regularly assesses the academic health of UCLA's departments. The authors of
the report—a group that included four UCLA professors and deans of three
other business schools—set out to review issues related to academics only,
but concerns about women faculty arose repeatedly during the evaluation, the
report said.
The report praised the
school's academic rigor and world-class faculty under Dr. Olian's
leadership. But it also concluded that school administrators have done
little to address problems raised in a 2006 study of gender at Anderson.
Dr. Olian disputed that: "To
say that [the 2006 report] didn't capture the attention of the
administration I don't think is really in line with the facts. In fact, I
think it's wrong," she said in an interview, adding that the school
implemented eight or nine of about a dozen recommendations.
Anderson this school year
added female faculty and reduced the overall tenure-track pool, bringing to
28% the share of tenure-track faculty who are women. And the number of
female full professors has tripled during Dr. Olian's tenure—to six, not
including Dr. Olian—making women 12% of the 49 full professors on faculty.
The percentage of women
enrolled in Anderson's full-time M.B.A. program rose to 34% last year from
28% in 2006.
Professors of both sexes at
Anderson said the latest report accurately captured the atmosphere.
"I was, like, 'Wow, it's
spot on,' " said one woman management professor who asked to remain
anonymous. "I was pleased to see it come out."
Barbara Lawrence, a tenured
professor of management and organizations who has spent 30-plus years at
Anderson, is leaving the school this month, weary of being told, for
example, that her research was insignificant.
She also said she fought for
years both before and after Dr. Olian's arrival to bring her salary in line
with male peers after discovering a $30,000 gap, finally nearing parity in
2009.
In an interview, Dr. Olian
declined to comment on Prof. Lawrence's pay differential claim, but said
most merit reviews run on a three to four year cycle.
Continued in article
History of Professional Women ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm#Women
Bob Jensen's threads on gender issues in academe ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#GenderSalaryDifferences
"Former UNC Basketball Star Says He Got Straight A's Without Going To A
Single Class," by Emmitt Knowlton, Business Insider, June 6, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/rashad-mccants-on-unc-academic-scandal-2014-6
Rashad McCants, the second-leading scorer on the
University of North Carolina's 2004-05 basketball team that won the national
championship,
told ESPN's "Outside the Lines" that he rarely
attended class, turned in papers written entirely by tutors, and took bogus
courses in the African-American Studies department during his three years in
Chapel Hill.
"I didn't write any papers," McCants said. "When it
was time to turn in our papers for our paper classes, we would get a call
from our tutor ... carpool over to the tutor's house and basically get our
papers and go about our business."
During the spring term of 2005, McCants says he
made the Dean's List and got straight-A's in four classes that he never
attended.
When asked if UNC men's basketball coach Roy
Williams knew about this, McCants told Outside The Lines, "I think he knew
100%. ... It was something that was a part of the program."
Chapel Hill Researcher at Center of Turmoil Over Athletes’ Literacy
Resigns ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/chapel-hill-researcher-at-center-of-turmoil-over-athletes-literacy-resigns/76317?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
"University of North Carolina learning specialist receives death threats
after her research finds one in 10 college athletes have reading age of a THIRD
GRADER," by Sara Malm, Daily Mail, January 10, 2014 ---
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2537041/University-North-Carolina-learning-specialist-receives-death-threats-research-finds-one-10-college-athletes-reading-age-fifth-grader.html
Mary Willingham exposed college athletes' lack of
academic abilities
- She found that 10 per cent read at elementary
school level
- A majority of players' reading level was
between 4th and 8th grade
- Men's basketball makes $16.9m-a-year for
University of North Carolina
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
More often than not employers make it uncomfortable for whistleblowers who don't
resign. UNC does not deny that for ten years varsity athletes took fake courses
and were "allowed" to change their grades. They just contend that these athletes
did not suffer academically because they were in the wonderful learning
environment of the University of North Carolina. Yeah Right!
UNC Fudging the Grades of Athletes
"Scandal Bowl: Why Tar Heel Fraud Might Be Just the Start," by Paul M.
Barrett, Bloomberg Businessweek, January 6, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-01-06/unc-athletic-scandal-charges-of-fraud-could-be-tip-of-wider-revelations?campaign_id=DN010614
The corruption of
academics at the University of North Carolina’s Chapel Hill campus could
turn into the most revelatory of all of the undergraduate sports scandals in
recent memory. Beginning three years ago with what sounded like
garden-variety reports of under-the-table payments from agents and improper
classroom help for athletes, the affair has spread and deepened to include
evidence of hundreds of sham courses offered since the early 1990s. Untold
numbers of grades have been changed without authorization and faculty
signatures forged—all in the service of an elaborate campaign to keep elite
basketball and football players academically eligible to play.
After belatedly catching up with the UNC debacle in
this recent dispatch,
I’ve decided the still-developing story deserves wider
attention. Or, to put it more precisely, the
excellent reporting already done by the News &
Observer of Raleigh merits amplification outside of North Carolina.
The rot in Chapel Hill
undermines UNC’s reputation as one of the nation’s finest public
institutions of higher learning. Officials created classes that did not
meet. That’s not the only reason more scrutiny is needed. There’s also the
particularly pernicious way that the school’s African and Afro-American
Studies Department has been used to inflate the GPAs of basketball and
football players. The corruption of a scholarly discipline devoted to black
history and culture underscores a racial subtext to the exploitation of
college athletes that typically goes unidentified in polite discussion. (UNC’s
former longtime Afro-Am chairman, Julius Nyang’oro, has been criminally
indicted for fraud.)
Another reason Chapel Hill
requires sustained investigation is the manner in which the athletic and
academic hierarchies at UNC, along with the National Collegiate Athletic
Association, have so far whitewashed the scandal. Officials have repeatedly
denied that the fiasco’s roots trace to an illicit agenda that, in the name
of coddling a disproportionately black undergraduate athlete population, has
left many students intellectually crippled.
Dan Kane, the News & Observer‘s lead
investigative reporter, does old-school, just-the-facts-m’am work—and more
power to him. Digging up the basic data has been a lonely and arduous task
for which Kane has been rewarded with craven accusations of home state
disloyalty. As he wrote
last month, the six official “reviews” and
“investigations” of the wayward Afro-Am Department have all failed to
connect the dots in any meaningful way. In coming weeks and months, I hope I
can supplement Kane’s dogged efforts with some long-distance perspective.
Valuable tips from concerned local people, some of them UNC alumni, are
already pouring in, and that’s part of the reason I’m going to pursue the
story. Keep those e-mails coming.
One source of insight is Jay
Smith, a professor of early modern French history at UNC. A serious scholar
who understands the university’s sports-happy culture, Smith has developed a
powerful distaste for the way his employer has obfuscated the scandal.
“What’s going on here is so important,” he told me by telephone, “because
it’s emblematic of what I think goes on at major universities all across the
country,” where the business of sports undermines the mission of education.
That sounds right to me.
Smith has the best sort of
self-interested motivation for making sense of what has happened on his
campus: He’s writing a book about the whole mess, based in part on
statistics and personal experiences proffered by UNC instructors assigned
over the years to assist varsity athletes. To me that sounds like a
page-turner—and even the basis of an HBO movie.
I asked Smith what he thinks
is going to happen next. He pointed to comments that the local district
attorney made when the disgraced former Afro-Am chairman, Nyang’oro, was
indicted in December. Orange County DA Jim Woodall told the News &
Observer that a second person is also under investigation and could be
indicted soon. Woodall did not identify the second target, except to say the
person is not someone who currently works for UNC. ”Other probes have
identified Nyang’oro’s longtime department manager, Deborah Crowder, as
being involved in the bogus classes,” the News & Observer noted.
“She retired in 2009.” Both Crowder and Nyang’oro have refused to comment
publicly, and Nyang’oro’s criminal defense lawyer didn’t return my e-mail
inquiry.
The indictment of Crowder, a
relatively low-level administrative figure, could crack open the case. It
defies logic that Nyang’oro and his assistant would have operated a rogue
department without the knowledge of more senior faculty members, if not top
university administrators. It further defies reason that this pair would
have created phony classes for athletes without the urging and participation
of people in the UNC athletic bureaucracy. Nyang’oro and Crowder are going
to have ample reason to sing as part of potential plea deals.
Even before that
happens, according to Smith, one or more well-positioned whistle-blowers are
likely to go public and start naming names if they think the powers that be
are planning to isolate Crowder and Nyang’oro as the sole villains. This
thing goes much higher, and there’s much more to come from Chapel Hill.
"Alleged Academic Fraud at U. of North Carolina Tests NCAA's Reach: Myths
surrounding the group's investigation cloud the controversy at Chapel Hill,"
by Brad Wolverton, Chronicle of Higher Education, September 7, 2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Alleged-Academic-Fraud-at-U/134270/
"North Carolina
Admits to Academic Fraud in Sports Program," Inside Higher Ed,
September 20, 2011 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2011/09/20/qt#270772
Bob Jensen's threads on professors and Teachers Who Let Students Cheat ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#RebeccaHoward
From PwC on June 16, 2014
This edition of
EITF observer
provides a synopsis of the discussions and decisions reached at the June 12
EITF meeting.
http://click.edistribution.pwc.com/?qs=deba1293b86819b7bb562ea45c4e8eda266f1d212d605a71b2ef1cba99fcf85d4e9fc8eb17f204e1
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 6, 2014
Americans’ wealth hits record as rich get richer
Americans’ wealth hit a fresh record in the first quarter amid a
rise in home values and stock prices, a trajectory poised to continue as
U.S. markets push higher but one that doesn’t necessarily figure to rev up
the sluggish recovery, the
WSJ’s Neil Shah reports.
The net worth of U.S. households and nonprofit
organizations rose roughly 2%, or about $1.5 trillion, between January and
March to $81.8 trillion, the highest on record, according to the Federal
Reserve.
FATCA ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FATCA
"Dropping the bomb America’s fierce campaign against tax cheats is doing
more harm than good," The Economist, June 28, 2014 ---
http://www.economist.com/node/21605911?fsrc=nlw|hig|27-06-2014|536d497184958af23b817074|NA
At a recent conference for offshore wealth managers
in Geneva, Basil Zirinis of Sullivan & Cromwell, a law firm, began his
presentation with a discussion of events in Iraq, where Islamist fighters
were advancing on Baghdad. Barack Obama, he claimed, was drawing a red line
around the city and, if necessary, would “drop FATCA on them”. Worse, they
would get no deadline extension. The nuclear option, he added, was to treat
them as if they were Swiss.
The analogy was tasteless, but also telling. FATCA
stands for Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, an American law passed in
2010 to crack down on the use of offshore banks, particularly in Zurich and
Geneva, to hide taxable assets. The law, part of which takes effect on July
1st, is the most important and controversial development in decades in the
international fight against tax evasion. It is feared and loathed by
moneymen because of its complexity, its global reach and the high cost of
compliance. One senior banker denounces it as “breathtakingly
extraterritorial”. In this section
. . .
Transparency campaigners love it because it
threatens to blow apart the old way of exchanging tax information between
countries “on request”, which they view as unwieldy and soft on cheats.
FATCA, they hope, will usher in “automatic” exchange of data, leaving the
tax-shy with nowhere to hide.
In essence, FATCA turns foreign banks and other
financial institutions into enforcement arms of America’s Internal Revenue
Service (IRS). They must choose between turning over information on clients
who are “US persons” or handing 30% of all payments they receive from
America to Uncle Sam. The threat appears to be working. More than 77,000
financial firms have signed up. About 80 countries have struck agreements
with America to allow their banks to hand over data.
The financial industry is struggling to work out
which funds, trusts and other non-bank entities count as “financial
institutions” under the law. There is also confusion over who is a “US
person”. The definition is broad and includes not only citizens but current
and former green-card holders and non-Americans with various personal and
economic ties to the United States. Some Canadian “snowbirds” who travel to
America for part of each year could be caught in the net, says Allison
Christians, a tax professor at McGill University. As the complexities of
implementation have grown apparent, the American authorities have had to
extend several deadlines. Banks, for instance, will get a two-year
moratorium on enforcement as long as they are striving to comply.
FATCA has already sent a chill through the 7m
Americans who live abroad. Thousands have been told by their local banks and
investment advisers that they no longer want their custom because it is too
much hassle. Many others will now have to spend thousands of dollars to
straighten out their paperwork with the IRS, even if they owe no tax (and
most do not, since they will have paid a greater amount abroad, which counts
as a credit against tax owed in America).
A record 2,999 of these exasperated expats
renounced their citizenship or green cards in 2013. More than 1,000 did so
in the first quarter of 2014. (Before FATCA the number was a few hundred a
year.) Others have remained American and fought back against unfriendly
banks. Using anti-discrimination laws, a Dutch-American sued a Dutch lender
that had pre-emptively shut his account and 149 others; he won the case in
April. To its credit, the IRS acknowledges the problem and is trying to
soften the blow. It recently introduced a streamlined compliance programme
for expats who inadvertently failed to fill out the right forms, for
example—although this still requires refiling three years of returns.
FATCA also places a burden on the IRS, by
generating an unwieldy amount of information. The agency is being given far
more to do with far fewer people (thanks to budget cuts), leaving it “on the
verge of collapse”, according to a former senior official.
It is not clear that the law will ensnare its
quarry. Seasoned tax dodgers are not so naive as to hold money in their own
names. FATCA will penetrate some of the shell companies and other structures
they hide behind, but Senate investigators and other experts say loopholes
remain.
Related to that is the question of whether FATCA
will pay for itself. Counting only the expense for American financial firms,
the answer is maybe, if it brings in at least the $800m a year estimated by
Congress. (The law was passed without any formal cost-benefit analysis.)
However, the overall costs of complying, borne mostly by non-American banks,
are likely to far exceed the extra tax receipts.
FATCA is about “putting private-sector assets on a
bonfire so that government can collect the ashes,” complains Richard Hay of
Stikeman Elliot, a law firm. Mark Matthews, a former deputy commissioner of
the IRS now with Caplin & Drysdale, another law firm, argues that the effort
put into hunting offshore tax evaders is disproportionate: the sums they rob
from the public purse “look like a pinprick” compared with other types of
tax dodging, such as the under-declaration of income by small businesses.
Another question is whether FATCA might be subsumed
into a scheme being promoted by the OECD, a club of mostly rich countries,
whereby signatories would share data on financial accounts annually. It has
won backing from around 50 countries, including big European nations, India,
China and Brazil (and from big banks, which assume compliance costs will be
lower under a single global standard). It differs from FATCA in an important
respect: information-sharing will be based on residence, not citizenship.
Continued in article
Let's Call it the 186 Club of the One Percent Tax Avoiders
A new law allows Americans to
pay minimal or no taxes if they live on the island for at least 183 days a
year, and unlike with a move to Singapore or Bermuda, Americans don't have to
turn in their passports.---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-06-26/puerto-rico-tax-haven-for-americas-super-rich?campaign_id=DN062614
Thomas Pekkety ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thomas_Piketty
Piketty’s second law regards the relationship
between capital (e.g., machines, software, buildings) and national income.
Piketty argues that the owners of capital will capture a growing share of
national income at the expense of labor. He says that will happen because
savings and investment will continue to grow, even as population growth and
technological progress slow, along with overall economic growth.
Piketty's 'Second Law
We simply do not at all agree with the macroeconomic
reasoning that undergirds his forecast . . . Robert Solow, a Nobel prize-winning
economist, was closer to the truth in 1956, when he said that as the economy’s
growth rate slows toward zero, so will the national savings rate. “Postwar U.S.
data, moreover, [are] consistent with this theory in that decades with low
growth have typically been associated with low (or even negative) net savings
rates,” . . .
Tony Smith, a Yale University
economist, and Per Krusell of Stockholm University’s Institute for
International Economic Studies
"Is Piketty's 'Second Law of Capitalism' Really a Law?" by Peter Coy,
Bloomberg Businessweek June 6, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-06-06/is-pikettys-second-law-of-capitalism-really-a-law
The two economists agree with Piketty that wealth
inequality has grown, but they say the causes include “educational
institutions, skill-biased technical change, globalization, and changes in
the structure of capital markets.”
Update, June 6: In an email
Piketty wrote that he didn’t understand the
professors’ case. He said his book
argues that savings rates have been falling more slowly than growth rates,
not that the process will go on forever. Or, as he put it:
We’ve never written
that the capital income ratio beta=s/g should go to infinity if g goes to
zero: presumably people would stop saving (i.e. s would go to zero) much
before that! We’re just saying that the simplest way to explain the rise in
capital-income ratios that we observe in the data in recent decades is that
saving rates did not fall as much as growth rates, so that mechanically the
capital-income ratio tends to rise to relatively high levels, just like in
the 19th century. I don’t think they are disputing this. Also note that the
rise of capital-income ratio is certainly not bad per se, and does not
necessarily imply high inequality. Tell me if I missed something!
Martin Feldstein ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Martin_Feldstein
"Piketty's Numbers Don't Add Up: Ignoring dramatic changes in tax rules
since 1980 creates the false impression that income inequality is rising,"
by Harvard's Martin Feldstein, The Wall Street Journal, May 14, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304081804579557664176917086?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Thomas Piketty has recently attracted widespread
attention for his claim that capitalism will now lead inexorably to an
increasing inequality of income and wealth unless there are radical changes
in taxation. Although his book, "Capital in the Twenty-First Century," has
been praised by those who advocate income redistribution, his thesis rests
on a false theory of how wealth evolves in a market economy, a flawed
interpretation of U.S. income-tax data, and a misunderstanding of the
current nature of household wealth.
Mr. Piketty's theoretical analysis starts with the
correct fact that the rate of return on capital—the extra income that
results from investing an additional dollar in plant and equipment—exceeds
the rate of growth of the economy. He then jumps to the false conclusion
that this difference between the rate of return and the rate of growth leads
through time to an ever-increasing inequality of wealth and of income unless
the process is interrupted by depression, war or confiscatory taxation. He
advocates a top tax rate above 80% on very high salaries, combined with a
global tax that increases with the amount of wealth to 2% or more.
His conclusion about ever-increasing inequality
could be correct if people lived forever. But they don't. Individuals save
during their working years and spend most of their accumulated assets during
retirement. They pass on some of their wealth to the next generation. But
the cumulative effect of such bequests is diluted by the combination of
existing estate taxes and the number of children and grandchildren who share
the bequests.
The result is that total wealth grows over time
roughly in proportion to total income. Since 1960, the Federal Reserve
flow-of-funds data report that real total household wealth in the U.S. has
grown at 3.2% a year while the real total personal income calculated by the
Department of Commerce grew at 3.3%.
The second problem with Mr. Piketty's conclusions
about increasing inequality is his use of income-tax returns without
recognizing the importance of the changes that have occurred in tax rules.
Internal Revenue Service data, he notes, show that the income reported on
tax returns by the top 10% of taxpayers was relatively constant as a share
of national income from the end of World War II to 1980, but the ratio has
risen significantly since then. Yet the income reported on tax returns is
not the same as individuals' real total income. The changes in tax rules
since 1980 create a false impression of rising inequality.
In 1981 the top tax rate on interest, dividends and
other investment income was reduced to 50% from 70%, nearly doubling the
after-tax share that owners of taxable capital income could keep. That rate
reduction thus provided a strong incentive to shift assets from
low-yielding, tax-exempt investments like municipal bonds to higher yielding
taxable investments. The tax data therefore signaled an increase in measured
income inequality even though there was no change in real inequality.
The Tax Reform Act of 1986 lowered the top rate on
all income to 28% from 50%. That reinforced the incentive to raise the
taxable yield on portfolio investments. It also increased other forms of
taxable income by encouraging more work, by causing more income to be paid
as taxable salaries rather than as fringe benefits and deferred
compensation, and by reducing the use of deductions and exclusions.
The 1986 tax reform also repealed the General
Utilities doctrine, a provision that had encouraged high-income individuals
to run their business and professional activities as Subchapter C
corporations, which were taxed at a lower rate than their personal income.
This corporate income of professionals and small businesses did not appear
in the income-tax data that Mr. Piketty studied.
The repeal of the General Utilities doctrine and
the decline in the top personal tax rate to less than the corporate rate
caused high-income taxpayers to shift their business income out of taxable
corporations and onto their personal tax returns. Some of this
transformation was achieved by paying themselves interest, rent or salaries
from their corporations. Alternatively, their entire corporation could be
converted to a Subchapter S corporation whose profits are included with
other personal taxable income.
These changes in taxpayer behavior substantially
increased the amount of income included on the returns of high-income
individuals. This creates the false impression of a sharp rise in the
incomes of high-income taxpayers even though there was only a change in the
legal form of that income. This transformation occurred gradually over many
years as taxpayers changed their behavior and their accounting practices to
reflect the new rules. The business income of Subchapter S corporations
alone rose from $500 billion in 1986 to $1.8 trillion by 1992.
Mr. Piketty's practice of comparing the incomes of
top earners with total national income has another flaw. National income
excludes the value of government transfer payments including Social
Security, health benefits and food stamps that are a large and growing part
of the personal incomes of low- and middle-income households. Comparing the
incomes of the top 10% of the population with the total personal incomes of
the rest of the population would show a much smaller rise in the relative
size of incomes at the top.
Finally, Mr. Piketty's use of estate-tax data to
explore what he sees as the increasing inequality of wealth is problematic.
In part, this is because of changes in estate and gift-tax rules, but more
fundamentally because bequeathable assets are only a small part of the
wealth that most individuals have for their retirement years. That wealth
includes the present actuarial value of Social Security and retiree health
benefits, and the income that will flow from employer-provided pensions. If
this wealth were taken into account, the measured concentration of wealth
would be much less than Mr. Piketty's numbers imply.
The problem with the distribution of income in this
country is not that some people earn high incomes because of skill, training
or luck. The problem is the persistence of poverty. To reduce that
persistent poverty we need stronger economic growth and a different approach
to education and training, not the confiscatory taxes on income and wealth
that Mr. Piketty recommends.
"A modern Marx: Thomas Piketty’s blockbuster book is a great piece of
scholarship, but a poor guide to policy," The Economist, May 3, 2014
---
http://www.economist.com/news/leaders/21601512-thomas-pikettys-blockbuster-book-great-piece-scholarship-poor-guide-policy
"Thomas Piketty: Marx 2.0," by Rana Foroohar, Time Magazine,
May 19, 2014, pp. 46-49 ---
http://time.com/92087/thomas-piketty-marx-2-0/?pcd=hp-magmod
But "redistribute wealth" is a relative term. Paul Krugman's review ---
http://www.nybooks.com/articles/archives/2014/may/08/thomas-piketty-new-gilded-age/
Jensen Comment
Especially note Krugman's point about how technology changed the structure of
wealth in America to a point where Piketty's European world is not quite the
same as the U.S. world of the wealthy in 2012. Piketty does not entirely
overlook that in his book.
Ten ways to fight inequality without Piketty's Wealth Tax ---
http://qz.com/201695/ten-ways-to-fight-inequality-without-pikettys-wealth-tax/
Jensen Comment
History does not repeat itself in the 21st Century replacement of labor with
capital. Never before in history has capital become so effective and efficient
in replacing labor with robotics and other technology. Soon we will have
driverless on the highways,
Amazon orders will be filled entirely by robots. The parcels will be delivered
by drones above the maddening unemployed crowds below. Soon our wars will be
fought with robots and drowns.
The only human thing left to dissidents will be terrorists blowing up the power
grid and innocent people. Thant and poisoning our food and water supplies.
"Starbucks Plan Shines a Light on the Profits in Online Education
Starbucks Plan Shines a Light on the Profits in Online Education: That
Arizona State U. can afford to offer such big discounts to employees of the
coffee company suggests just how much higher-education institutions earn from
distance learning," by Goldie Blumenstyk, Chronicle of Higher Education,
June 27, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Starbucks-Plan-Shines-a-Light/147395/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
Without mentioning it, Goldie has hit on what we teach in managerial accounting
as "Cost-Profit-Volume (CPV)" analysis. The contribution margin is price minus
variable costs. Such margins apply first to recovering fixed costs and then go
to operating profits. Higher volume (sales) means that it's possible to make
lower contribution margins profitable by lowering prices ceteris paribus.
Key to CPV analysis is management of variable and fixed costs. The Starbucks
plan is ingeniously designed to reduce costs. Firstly it applies only to the
continuance of the last two years of college education. This avoids much of the
cost associated with students in their first two years. Firstly, it avoids the
need for so much remedial work since students that pass the first two years are
less likely to need added remedial education. Secondly, such students are less
likely to waste resources by dropping out. Thirdly, most of them will have had
previous distance education such that they do not have to be initially trained
on how to take distance education courses.
Actually many universities are finding distance education courses more
profitable than onsite courses. One reason is the demand function. Onsite
courses often are quite sensitive to tuition pricing because students have to
consider other costs such as commuting costs, child care costs, and maybe even
boarding costs. Online students often avoid such costs and therefore are
somewhat less sensitive to slightly higher online pricing.
There are many other things that case writers could build into the "Starbucks
Case." These include such factors as operating leverage, sales mix analysis, and
demand elasticity analysis. Also increasing employee benefits sometimes means
that employees will work for lower cash wages.
In any case, I think it would make sense for managerial accounting teachers
to assign student teams to write up cases and solutions to the "Starbucks Case"
and other real-world instances of distance education.
Teaching Case on CPV Analysis
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on January 6,
2012
Starbucks to Raise Prices
by:
Annie Gasparro
Jan 04, 2012
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
TOPICS: Commitments, Cost Accounting, Cost Management, Managerial
Accounting, Product strategy
SUMMARY: Starbucks Corp. "said Tuesday it is raising prices an
average of about 1% in the Northeast and Sunbelt regions...." Price
increases will be posted for some but not all sizes of its brewed coffee
products; the company "...isn't raising prices for packaged coffee sold at
its cafes or at grocery stores." The article comments on pricing strategy,
cost control, and profit margins. The related video discusses the company's
purchase of a long term contract for coffee at high prices just before
coffee prices fell overall.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article is useful to introduce
manufacturing cost components and cost behavior with a simple product with
which most students should be familiar.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Why is Starbucks raising the price of some of its
locations for some of its products?
2. (Introductory) On which products will Starbucks raise prices? In
which locations? Why will the company's pricing vary by product and region?
3. (Advanced) According to one statement in the article about
Starbucks products, "...coffee represents a bigger portion of the cost of
its packaged goods than of brewed coffee." What are the other cost
components for a cup of brewed coffee that are not present in a package of
whole coffee beans for sale in a grocery store?
4. (Advanced) What was the impact of a contract for coffee
purchases on Starbucks's costs for its product?
5. (Advanced) Based on the discussion in the related online video,
how does Starbucks expect coffee purchase costs to even out over the long
term?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Starbucks to Raise Prices," by: Annie Gasparro, The Wall Street Journal,
January 4, 2012 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203550304577138922045363052.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Starbucks Corp. is raising brewed-coffee prices in
some regions to offset its higher costs.
The Seattle chain said Tuesday it is raising prices
an average of about 1% in the Northeast and Sunbelt regions, including such
cities as Boston, New York, Washington, Atlanta, Dallas and Albuquerque,
N.M.
Starbucks didn't give details on all the areas
where prices will increase but said most southern states are included.
Prices won't rise in California and Florida.
Starbucks has raised prices in its cafes annually
since the recession began, though the company said its increases have been
"far less" than those of its rivals.
Starbucks will face higher commodity costs than
some of its competitors in the coming months. The chain made contracts to
buy coffee for the fiscal year that began in October because prices were
rising and Starbucks wanted to eliminate the volatility of buying on the
spot market. But the market for coffee soon fell, and Starbucks was stuck
paying more than it would have otherwise.
Over the past couple of years, Starbucks has topped
the industry in sales and been able to manage commodity inflation, "not with
pricing, but with a more efficient cost structure and strong traffic
growth," Chief Financial Officer Troy Alstead said in November when the
company reported earnings.
Because the chain's high-end consumer base is less
sensitive to prices than that of some rivals, Starbucks has said it didn't
think increases would affect customer purchases, even in a struggling
economy. Some chains, especially fast-food restaurants that focus on low
prices, risk losing customers when prices rise.
Starbucks shares rose 43% last year. The stock fell
73 cents, or 1.6%, to $45.29 in 4 p.m. composite trading Tuesday on the
Nasdaq Stock Market.
The latest change, which was reported earlier by
Reuters news service, raises the cost of a "tall," or 12-ounce, coffee in
some New York City stores by 10 cents to $1.85. Not all sizes will see price
increases.
Starbucks isn't raising prices for packaged coffee
sold at its cafes or at grocery stores. That's where Starbucks faces the
greater pressure on profit margins, largely because coffee represents a
bigger portion of the cost of its packaged goods than of brewed coffee.
Continued in article
From EY Newsletter on June 27, 2014
Comment letter on AICPA’s proposed statement on standards for attestation
engagements
In our
comment letter on the Proposed Statement
on Standards for Attestation Engagements, Subject-Matter Specific
Attestation Standards: Clarification and Recodification, we supported
clarifying the standards in accordance with the clarity drafting conventions
used in the proposed general attestation standard. We also supported moving
AT section 501, An Examination of an Entity’s Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting That Is Integrated With an Audit of Its Financial
Statements, to a Statement on Auditing Standards and replacing it with
a generic standard that provides guidance on examining an entity’s internal
control related to financial reporting, operations or compliance.
https://americas.ey-vx.com/email_handler.aspx?sid=425ff723-733d-4d87-a023-6c7a9e383e31&redirect=http%3a%2f%2fwww.ey.com%2fPublication%2fvwLUAssetsAL%2fCommentLetter_BB2779_SubjectMatterSpecificAttestationEngagements_23June2014%2f%24FILE%2fCommentLetter_BB2779_SubjectMatterSpecificAttestationEngagements_23June2014.pdf
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 5, 2014
Investors may be overlooking
repatriation taxes
Markets may be
overvaluing companies with large overseas earnings,
reports CFOJ’s Vipal Monga, by
ignoring the taxes they would have to pay if they tried to bring those
profits to the U.S., according to a report by Fitch Ratings. A sample of 40
large holders of unrepatriated overseas earnings analyzed by Fitch made an
average $28.4 billion in foreign jurisdictions in 2013, up $3.1 billion in
2012, but those earnings may be worth less than investors think. “What you
can get your hands on is less than what you can see,” said Fitch analyst
Stéphane Buemi. A recalculation of the earnings’ value with that in mind
would reduce the basic earnings per share of the top 40 overseas earners by
an average of 18%, according to Fitch.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 5, 2014
Court says Citi judge went too far
An appeals court
overturned a lower court’s decision to reject a settlement between the
Securities and Exchange Commission and
Citigroup Inc.,
saying the deal was in the “public interest” and the judge had shown “an
abuse of discretion” in blocking it, the
WSJ’s
Christopher M. Matthews reports.
In the lower court rejection, U.S. District Judge Jed
Rakoff had rebuked the SEC for allowing the bank to settle without admitting
wrongdoing.
Naked Shorts ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Naked_shorts
"Venezuelan Prostitutes Are Making A Killing By Doubling As Currency
Traders," by Linette Lopez, Business Insider, June 9, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/prostitutes-trade-dollars-in-venezuela-2014-6
So Much for Accounting Standard Neutrality (not that I think that most
standards are neutral)
"Banks expect to set aside more capital following IFRS 9 accounting
changes," Outlaw.com, June 2014 ---
http://www.out-law.com/en/articles/2014/june/banks-expect-to-set-aside-more-capital-following-ifrs-9-accounting-changes/
Forthcoming accounting rules which will govern how
banks in Europe book losses are expected to require banks to set aside more
capital according to over half the banks surveyed on the issue by auditors
Deloitte.20 Jun 2014.
More than 50% of banks questioned believe the
International Financial Reporting Standards 9 (IFRS 9) rules will increase
the amount that banks have to hold to cover loans by up to 50%, Deloitte
said. A total of 70% of banks expect the new provisions "to exceed current
regulatory measures, potentially increasing the amount of capital that banks
will need to hold", said Deloitte.
The figures are contained in Deloitte’s Fourth
Global IFRS Banking Survey which took into account views from 54 banks from
Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia Pacific and the Americas.
The IFRS 9 Financial Instruments rules are expected
to be issued this summer by the London-based International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB) and are expected to come into effect in 2018.
The new standard is designed to address concerns
which emerged following the global financial crisis when banks were unable
to account for losses until they were incurred, even when it was apparent to
them that they were going to experience those losses. Under the new loss
rules, it is anticipated that banks
will be able to make provisions for losses and ensure they are appropriately
capitalised for the loans they have already written, according
to the Financial Times.
According to the banks surveyed by Deloitte, the
anticipated increased capital requirement could drive up the cost of some
products. 56% of the banks said the pricing of lending will be affected.
Continued in article
"Un-Fathom-able: The Hidden History of Ed-Tech #CETIS14," by Audrey
Watters, Hacked Education, June 18, 2014 ---
http://www.hackeducation.com/2014/06/18/unfathomable-cetis2014/
Jensen and Sandlin Book entitled Electronic Teaching and
Learning: Trends in Adapting to Hypertext, Hypermedia, and Networks in Higher
Education
(both the 1994 and 1997 Updated Versions)
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/245cont.htm
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on June 20, 2014
Rough Seas Haven't Been Kind to Carnival
by:
Spencer Jakab
Jun 24, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Analysts' Forecasts, Interim Financial Statements, Revenue
Forecast
SUMMARY: "Analysts polled by FactSet predict earnings of two cents
a share for the second fiscal quarter" ended May 31, 2014 for Carnival Corp.
That estimate is down from five cents a share for one year ago even though
the company's CEO in March said that "bookings for the year were higher"
apparently indicating that discounts were needed to make the bookings. "The
damage to the brand [from the February 2013 fire that left passengers
electricity or working toilets] seems to have been worse than anticipated."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used to review basics of
earnings forecasting and quarterly reporting in an introductory or MBA
financial accounting class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What recent events have harmed reputations of
cruises in general? What recent event damaged the reputation of Carnival
cruises in particular?
2. (Advanced) What is the evidence that Carnival Cruise had to
discount its cruise prices in order to maintain bookings?
3. (Advanced) What financial report will confirm or deny the
information about the cruise bookings? Explain specifically what financial
statement item or disclosure you think will provide this information.
4. (Advanced) Access the Carnival Corporation & plc press release
of its second fiscal quarter earnings filed on Form 8-K with the Securities
and Exchange Commission and available at
http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/815097/000119312514246353/d744623dex991.htm
Read the first through third paragraphs of the press release as well as the
first paragraph under "Key metrics for the second quarter 2014..." How did
the actual results compare with forecasts discussed in this article?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Rough Seas Haven't Been Kind to Carnival," by Spencer Jakab, The Wall
Street Journal, June 27, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/carnival-shares-will-have-trouble-staying-afloat-1403555340?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Carnival Corp.'s CCL -0.11% new captain grabbed the
tiller in some awfully choppy seas for a landlubber.
But former Monsanto MON -0.43% executive Arnold
Donald, who took over as chief executive last July and is the first person
outside the Arison family to head the world's largest cruise operator by
capacity, could have looked like an old sea dog by now. Because the period
for which Carnival will report results on Tuesday compares with one dented
by an embarrassing accident in February 2013, business seemingly had nowhere
to go but up.
That is particularly important since the so-called
wave season, roughly January through March, represents the lion's share of
annual bookings. Mr. Donald said in March that bookings for the year were
higher, which was unsurprising, but that prices were lower. Analysts at ITG
Investment Research think the discounts needed to fill Carnival's ships may
be even steeper than what Wall Street has penciled in.
Analysts polled by FactSet predict earnings of 2
cents a share for the second fiscal quarter through May, down from 5 cents a
year ago. And a weak wave season would be particularly negative for the
third quarter.
Comparisons should have been flattering compared
with the months after last year's fire on the Carnival Triumph that stranded
thousands of passengers in squalid conditions. The damage to the brand seems
to have been worse than anticipated.
Even so, cheap berths and time eventually heal all
wounds for the cruise industry. Meanwhile, the industry is on the cusp of
rapid growth outside mature markets. North America and European passengers
make up about 85% of bookings globally, but Asia, and Greater China in
particular, are the future. Carnival announced last month that it was
sending a fourth ship to China, where the company has expanded capacity by a
whopping 140% in the past two years.
Enthusiastic investors pushed up Carnival's forward
earnings multiple in the second half of 2013 to north of 23 times. It has
fallen since, but is still above 19 times, higher than throughout much of
the heady 1990s and 2000s.
Continued in article
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on June 20, 2014
GM Repair Costs Jump to $2 Billion
by: Jeff Bennett
Jun 17, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Contingent
Liabilities, Product Recall
SUMMARY: General
Motors pushed its repair-cost estimate for auto recalls this year to $2
billion as it disclosed plans to replace potentially faulty ignition keys on
3.37 million older model cars in North America. The filing is located on the
web at
http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1467858/000146785814000184/ex-99106162014.htm
In it, the company states, "GM expects to take a charge of up to
approximately $700 million in the second quarter for the cost of
recall-related repairs announced in the quarter. This amount includes a
previously disclosed $400 million charge for recalls announced
May 15 and May 20." These statements imply a
$1.3 billion charge in the first quarter of 2014. In the 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 2014, under Notes Tables, Product Warranty and
Related Liabilities, $1,386 million is disclosed as "Warranties issued and
assumed in period - recall campaigns and courtesy transportation." Students
are asked to find this amount.
CLASSROOM
APPLICATION: The article can be used to cover accounting for
estimated warranty liability with this current issue facing General Motors.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) In the article, the author writes that GM's
repair cost estimate for auto recalls this year now totals $2 billion.
Summarize the accounting for this estimate.
2. (Advanced) Access the SEC filing describing this estimate in a
press release located at
http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1467858/000146785814000184/ex-99106162014.htm
Scroll down to read until you find the actual amounts recorded by GM. In
what time periods has this estimate been recorded?
3. (Advanced) Explain the difference between the $2 billion
highlighted in the title to this article and the amount disclosed in the
press release. How much warranty costs do you think were estimated and
recorded in the first quarter of 2014?
4. (Advanced) Access the General Motors first quarter 2014
financial statements filed with the SEC and available at
http://www.sec.gov/cgi-bin/viewer?action=view&cik=1467858&accession_number=0001467858-14-000125&xbrl_type=v#
Confirm the amount you determined in the question above. Where do you find
this information?
5. (Advanced) Compare this estimate to the one made for these 3
months in the preceding year.
6. (Advanced) What other warranty provisions also are made in the
first quarter of 2014? How do those compare to the preceding year?
7. (Introductory) Has this warranty/product recall work actually
been executed and paid for in this quarter? Explain.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED
ARTICLES:
General Motors Recalls 1.7 Million More Vehicles
by Jeff Bennett
Mar 18, 2014
Page: A
"GM Repair Costs Jump to $2 Billion," by Jeff Bennett, The Wall Street
Journal, June 20, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/gm-recalls-more-vehicles-because-of-ignition-switch-1402949521?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
General Motors Co. GM -0.21% on Monday pushed its
repair-cost estimate for auto recalls this year to $2 billion as it
disclosed plans to replace potentially faulty ignition keys on 3.37 million
older model cars in North America.
The move comes two days before Chief Executive Mary
Barra is set to testify before a House committee on the auto maker's
mishandling of an ignition switch recall involving Chevrolet Cobalts and
other older models.
The nation's largest auto maker is attempting to
"clear the decks" of any potential recall problems ahead of Ms. Barra's
testimony in a show of good faith to lawmakers currently investigating its
safety operations, according to people familiar with the matter.
Detroit-based GM said it would expand a second
quarter charge to earnings by $300 million, to $700 million, to cover the
costs for recalling older Buicks, Chevrolets and Cadillacs covered by the
latest recall. The charge is in addition to a $1.3 billion spent in the
first quarter.
It was the second major ignition switch-related
recall in less than a week. The auto maker on Friday recalled 500,000
newer-model Chevrolet Camaros with an ignition-switch that could turn off
when jarred. It plans to change the key in those cars.
In the latest action, GM would rework or replace
the keys on about 3.37 million 2000 to 2014 model year cars in the U.S.
because of a similar shift if the key is carrying extra weight and is jarred
or bumped. Regulators continue to probe car parts suppliers about switches
and air bag shut offs.
GM intends to turn the slot on the end of the key
head—used to hold a key ring—to a hole, alleviating the weight issue. The
auto maker cited eight crashes and six injuries related to the latest
recall.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on cost and managerial accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on June 15, 2014
FASB to Tweak Accounting for Inventories and Income Statements
by:
Emily Chasan
Jun 11, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: FASB
SUMMARY: "U.S. accounting rule makers decided this week to start
two, short-term projects aimed simplifying Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles [in the areas of accounting for inventories and presentation of
extraordinary items]."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a financial
reporting class to emphasize impending changes and conceptual reasoning in
areas in which students may simply be trying to memorize rules as they now
stand.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Name and summarize the procedures used for the
inventory accounting method that requires using replacement cost, profit
margin, and net realizable value of inventory.
2. (Advanced) Why do accounting standards require the inventory
analysis described above? Can we achieve the same objective using only
inventory cost and net realizable value? Explain.
3. (Advanced) What is the reasoning behind showing extraordinary
items in the income statement?
4. (Advanced) How might presentation of extraordinary items in the
income statement be confusing for financial statement readers?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"FASB to Tweak Accounting for Inventories and Income Statements," by Emily
Chasan, The Wall Street Journal, June 11, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/06/11/fasb-to-tweak-accounting-for-inventories-and-income-statements/?mod=wsj_cfohome_cforeport?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
U.S. accounting rule makers decided this week to
start two, short-term projects aimed simplifying Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles.
The projects will streamline inventory measurement
techniques and to reduce extraordinary items in corporate income statements,
the Financial Accounting Standards Board said.
“We believe we could reduce cost and complexity,”
FASB Chairman Russell Golden said in a statement.
The move is part of a broader initiative by the
board, which is researching several additional suggestions by stakeholders.
Under current U.S. accounting rules, companies have
to consider replacement cost, profit margin and the realizable value of
their inventory to measure it. FASB tentatively decided companies should
instead choose the lower of either their inventory cost or its net
realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated sales price of a
company’s inventory, minus selling costs.
The income statement project would remove the
concept of “extraordinary items” from GAAP. Currently, companies are
required to separately evaluate and disclose those items.
Bob Jensen's threads on replacement cost and other alternatives for
inventory valuation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#FairValue
Accountant's Handbook. Edited by William A. Paton, Second
Edition (Ronald Press, 1932, Page 419).
Replacement Cost Inventories
. . . Further in the retail market
selling prices do not always fluctuate closely in terms of replacement
costs and accordingly the point that the merchandise reports to
management should in all cases show current costs rather than actual
book costs has less force in this field. This is particularly true of
style goods and highly specialized goods in general; it is less true in
staples such as flour, sugar, coal, etc. In the wholesale market, on the
other hand, selling prices tend to move more closely with changing costs
and hence there is more force to the argument in favor of valuation on a
replacement cost basis in this field.
Specific Objections
- It is not approved for
income tax purposes by the Bureau of Internal Revenue. (in
1932 there were no computers such that having more than one basis of
inventory valuation was a computational nightmare)
- Where it means the
inclusion of appreciation in income it has no general legal
standing. (meaning that co-mingling unrealized price
appreciations with realized revenues renders mixed-model income
statements confusing)
- It is viewed as
non-conservative by accountants, bankers, and business men
generally. (in 1932 there was a significantly lower
proportion of business women)
- It requires the
determination of replacement costs for entire stock at the inventory
date, a considerable task, especially for certain classes of goods.
(this is a problem that still exists in the 21st Century after
having witnessed the extreme inaccuracies of firms that tried to
comply with FAS 33 while it was in effect)
- It leaves the more or less
dependable field of book records for a territory where estimate
plays a considerable part. (which is why auditors to this day
are not allowed by auditing standards to generally attest to current
values of non-financial assets except in the cases of extreme
impairment where inaccuracies are more acceptable in the accounting
standards)
Paton continues the discussion here with the "Meaning
of Replacement Cost" |
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on June 15, 2014
VA Audit Finds Delays in Care Widespread
by:
Ben Kesling
Jun 10, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Auditing, Internal Auditing
SUMMARY: "During a nearly monthlong audit of 731 VA facilities and
nearly 4,000 employees, the VA found widespread problems with appointment
scheduling." The related video also begins with a statement about the
internal audit. Regarding the performance metrics that are the focus of the
related article, "starting in 2011, when the VA instituted a new system to
track performance standards, five VA hospitals notched consistently poor
scores on a range of critical-care outcomes, including mortality and
infection rates."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used to discuss different
types of audits; their importance for verifying measures, in this case, of
health outcomes rather than financial outcomes; and internal auditing versus
external auditing,
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What issues have led to the resignation of
Veterans Affairs Secretary Eric Shinseki?
2. (Introductory) Review the graphic in the related article
entitled "Weak Links." Summarize the points being made with the three
metrics about death rates.
3. (Advanced) How has a Veterans Affairs audit identified
information related to these issues? Who conducted the audit? What type of
audit was conducted?
4. (Advanced) According to the article, what additional audit will
now be undertaken? What type of audit do you think it will be? Who do you
think will conduct the audit?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
VA Halted Turnaround Visits to Troubled Hospitals
by Thomas M. Burton
Jun 10, 2014
Page: A1
"VA Audit Finds Delays in Care Widespread," by Ben Kesling, The Wall Street
Journal, June 10, 2014 ---
,http://online.wsj.com/articles/over-100-000-veterans-face-delays-receiving-health-careva-audit-1402339138?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Nearly 60,000 veterans are waiting to get
appointments at the Department of Veterans Affairs and 70% of facilities
have used an alternative to official appointment schedules to make wait
times appear shorter, according to an internal VA audit released Monday.
During a nearly monthlong audit of 731 VA
facilities and nearly 4,000 employees, the VA found widespread problems with
appointment scheduling and pressure on employees to change data. More than
10% of scheduling staff were given instruction on how to alter patient
appointment scheduling, according to the audit.
"Today, we're providing the details to offer
transparency into the scale of our challenges, and of our system itself,"
said Sloan Gibson, acting VA secretary, in a release. "I'll repeat—this data
shows the extent of the systemic problems we face, problems that demand
immediate actions."
Monday's report is the culmination of an extensive
audit ordered by Eric Shinseki, the former VA secretary, in the wake of
widespread reports of the use of unauthorized patient wait lists throughout
the VA system that made official wait times appear to be much shorter than
the actual wait times faced by veterans.
As of May 15, roughly 57,436 veterans were waiting
to be scheduled for care and another 63,869 had enrolled in the VA
health-care system over the past decade yet have never been seen for an
appointment.
Mr. Shinseki presented President Barack Obama with
preliminary findings then resigned his position on May 30.
The VA's independent inspector general has also
released an interim report on its review, which has found systemic problems
with appointment-scheduling procedures at the VA. The full report from the
independent IG is expected to be released in August, according to an IG
spokeswoman.
At a House Committee on Veterans' Affairs hearing
Monday evening, Richard Griffin, the VA's acting inspector general, said his
office is reviewing 69 VA medical facilities and is coordinating with the
Justice Department when inspectors identify potential criminal violations.
At his last appearance before a congressional
hearing in mid-May, Mr. Griffin said the IG was reviewing 42 facilities. The
IG issued an interim report soon after those hearings.
"The issue of manipulation of wait lists is not new
to VA," said Mr. Griffin. "And since 2005 the [inspector general] has issued
18 reports that identified at both the national and local level deficiencies
in scheduling, resulting in lengthy wait times and in negative impact on
patient care."
Mr. Griffin also said his office has found no
evidence of willful destruction of evidence at any of the locations they
have reviewed during unannounced visits.
Accompanying the release of the VA's review data
Monday morning, Mr. Gibson announced a hiring freeze among senior positions
at the VA, and has said the VA will "trigger administrative procedures"
against senior leaders in charge of problem facilities.
Mr. Gibson also said the VA will be creating an
independent, external audit of scheduling practices. The Government
Accountability Office has routinely said in reports and testimony from GAO
officials that the VA lacks third-party validation of scheduling reform.
The VA-wide audit was ordered by Mr. Shinseki and
took place over three weeks beginning on May 12.
In a conference call with reporters, a senior VA
official noted that schedulers have to contend with a software system first
launched in 1985 and which hasn't had a total overhaul since then. "The
current scheduling practice predates the Internet," the official said,
adding that designing scheduling policy is complicated because officials
have to contend with this difficult-to-use software
Last week, Mr. Gibson made his first public
appearances as acting VA secretary, traveling to Phoenix and San Antonio to
address ongoing issues concerning patient scheduling procedures and wait
times for appointments.
"We now know there is a leadership and integrity
problem among some of the leaders of our health care facilities, which can
and must be fixed," Mr. Gibson said in Phoenix Thursday. "That breach of
integrity is indefensible."
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on June 6, 2014
New Rules to Alter How Companies Book Revenue
by:
Michael Rapoport
May 28, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Financial Accounting Standards Board, International
Accounting Standards Board, Revenue Recognition
SUMMARY: "New rules released
Wednesday[, May 28, 2014, jointly by the
FASB and IASB] will overhaul the way businesses record revenue...capping a
12-year project....The new standards...will take effect in 2017 [and will
cause] ... a broad array of companies...either to speed up or slow down the
rate at which they book at least some of their revenue....Companies were
cautious in assessing the potential impact of the overhaul...." Many
companies are optimistic about eliminating the many inconsistencies across
industries in current U.S. revenue recognition requirements. With greater
consistency in timing of revenue recognition, the new standard also should
help improve reporting issues because "...allegations of improperly speeding
up or deferring revenue have been at the heart of many accounting-fraud
scandals."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any financial
accounting course covering revenue recognition. It is more helpful to access
information from the FASB's web site to understand the objectives and
requirements of the standard. The summary of the Accounting Standards Update
(ASU) is linked in the first question. The article focuses more on the
expected results and effects across different industries.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) Summarize the revenue recognition process in the new
accounting standard. You may access the summary of the Accounting Standards
Update to help answer this question. It is available on the FASB web site at
http://www.fasb.org/cs/BlobServer?blobkey=id&blobnocache=true&blobwhere=1175828814244&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername2=Content-Length&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue2=1265035&blobheadervalue1=filename%3DASU_2014-09_Section_A.pdf&blobcol=urldata&blobtable=MungoBlobs
2. (Introductory) According to the article, what types of
industries or products will be most affected by the new requirements?
3. (Introductory) Review the graphic entitled "On the Books" which
compares accounting for software, wireless devices, and automobiles under
present GAAP and the new revenue recognition requirements. How do the new
requirements move the accounting to be more similar across these three
products?
4. (Advanced) Consider the current requirements for revenue
recognition in these three products. What was the reasoning behind these
differences? That is, what is the determining factor for the point of
recognizing a sale and how does it differ across these three products? Cite
any source you use in developing your answer.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"New Rules to Alter How Companies Book Revenue," by: Michael Rapoport, The
Wall Street Journal, May 28, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/u-s-global-accounting-rule-makers-issue-long-awaited-revenue-1401274005?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
New rules released Wednesday will overhaul the way
businesses record revenue on their books, capping a 12-year project that
will affect companies ranging from software firms to auto makers to wireless
providers.
The new standards, issued jointly by U.S. and
global rule makers, will take effect in 2017, prompting a broad array of
companies—from software giants like Microsoft Corp. MSFT -0.42% and Oracle
Corp. ORCL +0.23% to major appliance makers—either to speed up or slow down
the rate at which they book at least some of their revenue.
The rules aim to simplify and inject more
uniformity into one of the most basic yardsticks of a company's
performance—how well its products or services are selling.
"It's one of the most important metrics for
investors in the capital markets," said Russell Golden, chairman of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board, which sets accounting rules for U.S.
companies and collaborated on the new rules with the global International
Accounting Standards Board.
Companies were cautious in assessing the potential
impact of the overhaul, but some were optimistic. "We've been waiting for it
for a long time," said Ken Goldman, chief financial officer of Black Duck
Software Inc., a provider of software and consulting services. "This levels
the playing field and takes a lot of the ambiguity out of what are overly
restrictive rules."
The rules are designed to replace fragmented and
inconsistent standards under which companies in different industries often
record their revenue differently and sometimes book a portion of it well
before or after the sales that generate it.
"We wanted to make sure there was a consistent
method for companies to identify revenue," said the FASB's Mr. Golden.
But the new rules could make corporate earnings
more volatile, accounting experts said, by changing the timing of when
revenue is recorded. They also could lead to increased costs for companies
as they seek to track their performance while providing the additional
disclosure the new standards require.
"This has at least the potential to affect every
company," said Joel Osnoss, a partner at accounting firm Deloitte & Touche
LLP. They "really should look at the standard" and ask how the revenue-rule
changes will affect them, he said.
Accounting rule makers have long focused on the
question of when businesses should book revenue, because it touches every
company and can be an area ripe for fraud. Allegations of improperly
speeding up or deferring revenue have been at the heart of many
accounting-fraud scandals.
In 2002, for example, Xerox Corp. XRX +0.93% paid a
big settlement to the Securities and Exchange Commission to resolve
allegations that it had improperly accelerated revenue. Xerox didn't admit
or deny the SEC's allegations.
The new rule's impact will be most felt in a
handful of industries in which goods and services are "bundled" together and
parts of that package are provided long before or after customers pay for
them. These include such benefits as maintenance that comes with the
purchase of a new car, or software upgrades given to customers who bought
the original program.
In such cases, the time at which companies
recognize revenue is often out of sync by months or years with when
customers get the goods and services associated with it. For instance, when
auto and appliance makers sell their products, they typically book the
purchase price immediately, but the transactions can also include free
maintenance or repairs under warranty that the company might not provide for
months or years.
Under the new rules, the manufacturer would book
less revenue up front and more revenue later, because some of the revenue
from the car or appliance would be assigned to cover future service costs.
As a result, some of a company's revenue might be stretched over a longer
period.
Conversely, software makers such as Microsoft and
Oracle might be able to recognize some revenue more quickly. Software
companies now often have to recognize their revenue over time, because they
have to wait until all of the software upgrades and other pieces of a sale
are delivered to the customer. The new rules will make it easier for
companies to value upgrades separately and so recognize more of the
software's overall revenue upfront, Mr. Golden said.
Microsoft and Oracle declined to comment.
Similarly, wireless phone companies like Verizon
Communications Inc. VZ +0.32% and AT&T Inc. T -0.14% might book some revenue
faster under the new rules. Currently, a wireless company books revenue each
month, as customers receive wireless services—but none of that revenue is
allocated to any phone that customers get free or for a low price.
That will change under the new rules; some of the
monthly revenue will be applied to those phones. And since customers get the
phone when they first sign up, at the beginning of their contracts, that
will have the effect of pulling the revenue forward in time, allowing the
company to book it earlier.
Verizon and AT&T didn't have any immediate comment.
Even companies that aren't affected so much by the
timing changes will have to disclose more about the nature and certainty of
their revenue—something Deloitte & Touche's Mr. Osnoss said will help
investors. "I think investors are going to have much more of a view into the
company."
But companies may find that providing that
information complicates their lives and raises their costs. "For the
majority of people, it's going to be difficult," said Peter Bible, chief
risk officer for accounting firm EisnerAmper and a former chief accounting
officer at General Motors Co. GM +0.39%
Continued in article
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on June 6, 2014
CFO Journal: Finance Chiefs React to New Revenue Recognition Rules
by:
Maxwell Murphy
May 28, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Revenue Recognition
SUMMARY: The new revenue recognition standard is such a significant
topic that this is the second article in this review, covering CFO reactions
to the change. CFOs from a small software provider to Trulia, the real
estate web site, to Corning Inc. are interviewed. Most are upbeat about the
improvements in comparability of revenue recognition across companies and
industries. However, the article begins with a statement that companies have
plenty of time to plan implementation for 2017 but that is not really the
case because of comparative periods presented in the income statement.
Non-public companies have one year longer to implement.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article can be used in a financial
reporting class covering revenue recognition.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Why is the area of accounting for revenue
recognition so significant?
2. (Advanced) What are the major changes in the new revenue
recognition standard from current requirements?
3. (Introductory) When must the new revenue recognition
requirements be implemented?
4. (Advanced) Mr. Goldman said the rules changes won't affect [his]
company, [Black Duck Software, Inc.] until it goes public. Does that mean
these rules only apply to publicly traded companies? Explain.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
At a Glance: New Accounting Rules
by
May 28, 2014
Online Exclusive
"CFO Journal: Finance Chiefs React to New Revenue Recognition Rules,"
by Maxwell Murphy, The Wall Street Journal, May 28, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/05/28/finance-chiefs-react-to-new-revenue-recognition-rules/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Public companies have until 2017 to prepare for a
new global standard for recording revenue, giving finance chiefs ample time
to let Wall Street know how the new accounting rules will speed up or draw
out their recognition of sales.
Some companies, like software makers and wireless
providers, could record revenue more quickly than under current rules, while
auto and appliance makers may need to spread the sales over a longer period
than they traditionally have. The new standard, developed jointly by the
U.S.’s Financial Accounting Standards Board and the International Accounting
Standards Board, aims to standardize revenue recognition across industries
and streamline comparisons between companies, notes The Wall Street
Journal’s Michael Rapoport.
“We’ve been waiting for it for a long time,” said
Ken Goldman, CFO of Burlington, Mass.-based Black Duck Software Inc., a
closely held provider of open-source software and consulting services. “This
levels the playing field and takes a lot of the ambiguity out of what are
overly restrictive rules.”
Mr. Goldman said the rules change won’t affect the
company until it goes public, which it expects will be two to three years
from now, but he said the company will adopt the change before it goes into
effect at the end of 2016 if it is able. Some software firms give away their
services for free and instead charging more for the software, which allows
them to book revenue sooner and “thereby gaming the system,” he added, and
“the new rule makes that problem go away.”
Companies shouldn’t ignore the overhaul, even if
they expect changes under the new rules will be minor.
Sean Aggarwal, CFO of Trulia Inc., a website for
homes for sale, said the new guidance should be easier to implement, but
he’s concerned about the “additional disclosures” that will be required.
“I’m curious at what point we stop adding new disclosures and instead focus
on simplifying redundant portions of the current disclosures.”
Tony Tripeny, corporate controller for glass
products maker Corning Inc.GLW -0.09%, said “the real question companies now
have to deal with pretty quickly is, when they do adopt this standard, will
they go back retroactively and restate prior years, or do they just do a
cumulative adjustment,” he said, a matter Corning is currently evaluating.
As BlackLine Systems Inc. eyes an initial public
offering in the coming years, the Los Angeles-based provider of software
that helps companies close their books already prepares results that are
compliant with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, CFO Charles
Best said. He said the Securities and Exchange Commission and the two
accounting boards have not yet issued guidance on how to implement the
changes, which could affect whether companies choose to restate results or
make one cumulative adjustment.
Karan Rai, CFO of ADS Inc., a closely held
logistics provider and specialty distributor to the U.S. Defense Department
based in Virginia Beach, Va., is upbeat on the new rules. “There are going
to be a few companies with aggressive accounting policies that are not going
to like it, but I’m in favor of it,” he said.
“If it is good for investors in terms of
transparency,” Mr. Rai said, “it’s probably good for the company.”
Bob Jensen's threads on Revenue Accounting Controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Question
Is Google God (or at least Skynet?)
"Is Google Replacing God? There are some things that the all-knowing
Internet can't provide," by Christine Rosen, The Wall Street Journal,
June 12, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/christine-rosen-is-google-replacing-god-1402614743?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
January 3, 2005
message from Glen Gray
Maybe my mind is
drifting—or maybe 2 plus 2 does equal 4.
Terminator 3 has been
playing recently on cable. [Don’t read further if you don’t want to know the
ending!]
At the end of Terminator
3, we learn that Skynet (which takes over the world in the future and tries to
kill all humans) is not controlled by just one major computer as we thought in
Terminators 1 and 2, but instead, Skynet is all the computers on earth connected
together—acting as one giant computer brain.
Tonight I was watching 60
Minutes on TV and they dedicated 30 minutes to Google. Google is able to search
all computers connected to the Internet. Recently Google released software that
will search all the computers on LANS. Now you can Google on your cell phone,
search libraries, etc. etc. etc. Now they are working on a universal translator
(Start Trek anyone?) that will automatically search and translate any document
in any language.
Is Google Skynet?
Think about it.
Glen L. Gray, PhD, CPA
Dept. of Accounting &
Information Systems
College of Business &
Economics
California State University,
Northridge
Northridge, CA
91330
http://www.csun.edu/~vcact00f
January 3, 2005 reply
from Bob Jensen
Hi Glen,
I also watched the excellent
60 Minute module. Google is amazing in almost every aspect, including how it
is managed. I think that all business policy and organization behavior students
should watch this module. It will be interesting to see how long the company
can continue to grow at an exponential pace and maintain its long-standing motto
to “Do No Evil.” These guys really believe in that motto. Google is probably
the most cautious firm in the world about who gets hired and promoted.
There has never been anything
quite like Google in terms of management, except SAS probably comes a little bit
close.
Yes I think Google could become Skynet if it were not for the
serious policy of Google to not be a monopolist (except by default) which is the
antithesis of Microsoft Corporation. Also there is the black cloud of Microsoft
hanging over Google to pull down Google’s Skynet even if it takes a trillion
dollars.
There were some very
fascinating things that I learned from the 60 Minutes module. For one thing,
Google is getting closer to scanning the documents in alternate languages around
the world and then translating each hit into a language of choice (probably
English to begin with). Secondly, I knew that Google bought Keyhole, but I had
not played in recent years with the amazing keyhole (not Google Views) --- http://www.keyhole.com/
Readers interested in the
wonderful “Defining Google” 60 Minutes module should go to
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2004/12/30/60minutes/main664063.shtml
I might also add that this
module was followed by another module on The World’s Most Beautiful Woman ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2004/12/29/60minutes/main663862.shtml
She’s very articulate and a pure delight in this world of sinking morality even
though her movie roles to date have been
Bombay
frivolous.
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on June 6, 2014
What's the Real Cost of the EPA's Emissions Cap?
by:
Cassandra Sweet and Amy Harder
Jun 03, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Cost Behavior, Environmental Cleanup Costs, Forecasting
SUMMARY: This article examines whether the new federal limits on
greenhouse-gas emissions are going to cost a lot, primarily to the end user.
The impact on power companies is the focus of detailed questions in the
review.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any general
accounting class for discussion of this current topic. One assessment
question is advanced, it covers the requirement to show items as operating
versus non-operating in the income statement.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are greenhouse gases? What entities generate
greenhouse-gas emissions?
2. (Introductory) What new requirements to limit these emissions
have been established?
3. (Introductory) What are the business concerns about these new
limits?
4. (Advanced) What components of power companies' income statements
would be affected by the EPA changes to produce "potential financial
losses"-revenues, costs, or both? Explain your answer.
5. (Advanced) Who provided forecasts of the cost of implementing
the new greenhouse gas emission limits? What factors in these forecasts seem
to be sufficiently subjective and variable to produce varying forecasts?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
New EPA Carbon Rules Pinch States Unevenly
by Amy Harder and Alicia Mundy
Jun 03, 2014
Online Exclusive
"What's the Real Cost of the EPA's Emissions Cap?" by Cassandra Sweet and Amy
Harder, The Wall Street Journal, June 3, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/whats-the-real-cost-of-the-epas-emissions-cap-1401838933?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Are the new federal limits on greenhouse-gas
emissions going to cost a lot, as critics say, or a little, as the
Environmental Protection Agency asserts?
That depends on whether you think Americans are
going to use more electricity in coming years or cut way back.
The EPA assumes electricity consumption will drop
sharply. That plays a significant role in the agency's calculation of the
cost of complying with new rules to slash the carbon emissions from the
utility industry. The industry accounts for about a third of all U.S.
emissions, most of it from burning coal.
The agency forecasts that the effort to cut those
emissions by 30% from their 2005 level will cost utilities and their
customers $8.8 billion a year in 2030. That is less than the cost of other
recent EPA rules, such as a limit on mercury emissions from coal-fired power
plants that is costing utilities $9.6 billion a year.
"Other people using more realistic assumptions
would predict a higher cost," said Jeffrey Holmstead, an EPA official during
the Bush administration who now works as a lawyer and consultant for
Bracewell & Giuliani LLP in Washington.
The U.S. Chamber of Commerce put the carbon-limit
cost at up to $28.1 billion a year, in a study based on analysis by energy
consulting firm IHS. The report was done before the new rules came out,
however, and assumes they would require a bigger cut than the EPA ultimately
proposed.
But the main difference between the EPA and the
business group is their forecasts about energy usage.
A big factor in the EPA's cost forecast: successful
energy-efficiency programs. These can include steps consumers take, such as
more energy-efficient refrigerators, and programs utilities pay for, such as
giving companies credits for shifting power use to periods of low demand.
"If a utility is investing more in energy
efficiency that means they're going to spend less on things like fuel," an
EPA official said.
It was unclear whether the agency considered
potential financial losses by power companies that could end up selling less
electricity if growth in power demand slows, as the EPA predicts. The agency
points to energy-efficiency programs mandated in about half the states that
require utilities to try to cut electricity use.
But critics say few states have actually achieved
significant annual energy savings. The Electric Reliability Coordinating
Council, an industry group, recently called out the EPA for "highly
unrealistic assumptions regarding energy efficiency programs."
Unlike the EPA, which assumes growth in energy
demand will slow sharply, the Chamber of Commerce assumes a big increase—and
thus big spending on new plants or retrofitting to keep up with demand.
The chamber forecasts that Americans will use 1.4%
more electricity a year.
Critics of the study have noted that is about twice
the rate of increase in recent years. In fact, a problem for the electricity
business in recent years is that demand for power, which fell during the
recession, has remained slack even as the economy has picked up.
The federal Energy Information Administration last
month forecast electricity demand will grow 0.9% a year until 2040.
The EPA is proposing different emission-reduction
targets for each state, which then must develop a plan to meet its target
and submit it to EPA. That ultimately could mean that the compliance cost
could be higher or lower than the EPA estimated.
The EPA predicts that program would increase
average U.S. electricity prices by up to 7% by 2020 and another 3% by 2030.
"The reason EPA's electric bill impacts look so
good is they are assuming that demand-side energy efficiency will allow
electric customers to purchase as much as 12% less electricity per year by
2030," said Brian Potts, a partner at Foley & Lardner LLP, based in
Wisconsin.
Humor June 1-30, 2014
Flight Attendant Makes The Most Hilariously Sassy Safety
Speech Ever ---
http://www.businessinsider.com#ixzz35HaJNsck
Forwarded by Denny Beresford
Answering Machine Message at an Australian School ---
https://www.youtube.com/embed/Pwghabw4N80?rel=0
Jon Stewart Perfectly Mocks Liberals Who Deny Science ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/jon-stewart-samantha-bee-vaccination-2014-6
Dick Cavett’s Worst Show: Starring John Cassavetes, Peter Falk & Ben Gazzara
(1970) ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/06/dick-cavetts-worst-show.html
"Dumbest Burglar Ever Logs In to Facebook on Victim’s Home Computer, Forgets
to Log Out" ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/dumbest-burglar-ever-logs-in-to-facebook-on-victims-89779928159.html
This is dumb, but probably not the dumbest ever thief. Candidate 1 is the drunk
who tried to rob a bank but mistook it for the police station next door.
Candidate 2 is the bank robber who handed the robbery note to a teller with the
message written on the back of his personal deposit slip. There are many other
example of idiots who received Darwin Awards (nobody should breed with their
children) ---
http://www.darwinawards.com/
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
• Our Phones –
Wireless
• Cooking –
Fireless
• Cars – Keyless
• Food – Fatless
• Tires
–Tubeless
• Dress –
Sleeveless
• Youth –
Jobless
• Leaders –
Shameless
• Relationships
– Meaningless
• Attitudes –
Careless
• Babies –
Fatherless
• Feelings –
Heartless
• Education –
Valueless
• Children –
Mannerless
• Country –
Godless
Congress - Clueless
Forwarded by Maureen
SENIORS & COMPUTERS
As we Silver Surfers know, sometimes we have trouble with our
computers.
Yesterday, I had a problem, so I called Georgie, the 11 year old
next door, whose bedroom looks like Mission Control, and asked him to come
over.
Georgie clicked a couple of buttons and solved the problem.
As he was walking away, I called after him, 'So, what was wrong?
He replied, 'It was an ID ten T error.'
I didn't want to appear stupid, but nonetheless inquired, 'An,
ID ten T error? What's that? In case I need to fix it again.'
Georgie grinned...'Haven't you ever heard of an ID ten T error
before?
'No,' I replied.
'Write it down,' he said, 'and I think you'll figure it out.'
So I wrote down:
ID10T
I used to like Georgie, the little shithead.
Humor Between May 1-31, 2014,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor053114
Humor Between April 1-30,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor043014
Humor Between March 1-31,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor033114
Humor Between February 1-28,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor022814
Humor Between January 1-31,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor013114
Humor Between December 1-31,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor123113
Humor Between November 1-30,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor113013
Humor Between October 1-31,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor103113
Humor Between September 1 and September
30, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor093013
Humor Between July 1 and August 31,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor083113
Humor Between June 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor063013
Humor Between May 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor053113
Humor Between April 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor043013
And that's
the way it was on June 30, 2014 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

May 31, 2014
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks May 1-31, 2014
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
David Johnstone asked me to write a paper on the following:
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of Accountics
Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498
Hasselback Accounting Faculty
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/
Blast from the Past With Hal
and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm
2012 AAA
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
"CONVERSATION WITH DENNIS BERESFORD," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog,
March 26, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2014/03/conversation-with-dennis-beresford.html
"CONVERSATION WITH BOB JENSEN," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, October
8, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/10/conversation-with-bob-jensen.html
List of FASB Pronouncements
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_FASB_pronouncements
2013 IFRS Blue Book
(Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717
Links to
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Find comparison facts on most any Website ---
http://reviewandjudge.org/HOME.html
For example, enter "www.trinity.edu/rjensen/" without the http:\\
Find Accounting Software (commercial site) ---
http://findaccountingsoftware.com/
Galt Travel Reviews and Guides ---
http://www.galttech.com/
Quandl: over 8 million demographic, economic, and financial datasets
from 100s of global sources ---
http://www.quandl.com/
David Giles Econometrics Beat Blog ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Citations: Two Selected Papers About Academic Accounting Research Subtopics
(Topical Areas) and Research Methodologies
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations.htm
Alliance for Financial Inclusion (financial literacy initiative funded by
Bill and Melinda Gates) ---
http://www.afi-global.org/
Also see Bob Jensen's related helpers at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Find Real Estate for Sale ---
http://www.trulia.com/
GAO: Fiscal Outlook & The Debt ---
http://www.gao.gov/fiscal_outlook/overview
Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm
Statistical Science Reading List for June 2014 Compiled by David Giles in
Canada ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/05/june-reading-list.html
Put away that novel! Here's some really fun June reading:
-
Berger, J.,
2003. Could Fisher, Jeffreys and Neyman have agreed on testing?.
Statistical Science, 18, 1-32.
-
Canal, L. and R. Micciolo, 2014. The chi-square controversy.
What if Pearson had R? Journal of Statistical Computation and
Simulation, 84, 1015-1021.
-
Harvey, D. I., S. J. Leybourne, and A. M. R. Taylor, 2014. On
infimum Dickey-Fuller unit root tests allowing for a trend break under
the null. Computational Statistics and Data Analysis, 78,
235-242.
-
Karavias, Y. and E. Tzavalis, 2014. Testing for unit roots in
short panels allowing for a structural breaks. Computational
Statistics and Data Analysis, 76, 391-407.
-
King, G.
and M. E. Roberts, 2014. How robust standard errors expose
methodological problems they do not fix, and what to do about it.
Mimeo., Harvard University.
-
Kuroki, M. and J. Pearl, 2014. Measurement bias and effect
restoration in causal inference. Biometrika, 101, 423-437.
-
Manski, C., 2014.
Communicating uncertainty in official economic statistics. Mimeo.,
Department of Economics, Northwestern University.
-
Martinez-Camblor, P., 2014. On correlated z-values in hypothesis
testing. Computational
Statistics and Data Analysis,
in press.
My favorite critique of statistical inference:
The Cult of Statistical Significance: How Standard Error Costs Us Jobs,
Justice, and Lives ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm
A True Story of an Accounting Graduate: Her Student Loan Repayments are
over $1,400 per month
"Tales Of An Accountant: I'm $130K In Debt,"
by Danielle Mascio, as told to Meghan Rabbit, Forbes, May 29, 2014 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/learnvest/2014/05/29/tales-of-an-accountant-im-130k-in-debt/
Jensen Comment
In history a woman brought her dowry into the marriage. In the USA in the 21st
Century she (or he) might instead bring a huge negative dowry into the marriage.
This is a reason, certainly not the only reason, why couples today live together
without getting married. It's an even bigger reason why they delay having
children. Maybe student loans are more important than the pill in terms
declining birth rates.
Link forwarded by Tom Selling
"Student Debt and the Crushing of the American Dream," by Joseph E.
Stiglitz, The New York Times, January 12, 2014 ---
http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/05/12/student-debt-and-the-crushing-of-the-american-dream/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=0
A CERTAIN drama has become familiar in the United
States (and some other advanced industrialized countries): Bankers encourage
people to borrow beyond their means, preying especially on those who are
financially unsophisticated. They use their political influence to get
favorable treatment of one form or another. Debts mount. Journalists record
the human toll. Then comes bewilderment: How could we let this happen again?
Officials promise to fix things. Something is done about the most egregious
abuses. People move on, reassured that the crisis has abated, but suspecting
that it will recur soon.
The crisis that is about to break out involves
student debt and how we finance higher education. Like the housing crisis
that preceded it, this crisis is intimately connected to America’s soaring
inequality, and how, as Americans on the bottom rungs of the ladder strive
to climb up, they are inevitably pulled down — some to a point even lower
than where they began.
This new crisis is emerging even before the last
one has been resolved, and the two are becoming intertwined. In the decades
after World War II, homeownership and higher education became signs of
success in America.
Before the housing bubble burst in 2007, banks
persuaded low- and moderate-income homeowners that they could turn their
houses and apartments into piggy banks. They seduced them into taking out
home-equity loans — and in the end, millions lost their homes. In other
cases, the banks, mortgage brokers and real-estate agents pushed aspiring
homeowners to borrow beyond their means. The wizards of finance, who prided
themselves on risk management, sold toxic mortgages that were designed to
explode. They bundled the dubious loans into complex financial instruments
and sold them to unsuspecting investors.
Everyone recognizes that education is the only way
up, but as a college degree becomes increasingly essential to making one’s
way in a 21st-century economy, education for those not to the manner born is
increasingly unaffordable. Student debt for seniors graduating with loans
now exceeds $26,000, about a 40 percent increase (not adjusted for
inflation) in just seven years. But an “average” like this masks huge
variations.
According to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
almost 13 percent of student-loan borrowers of all ages owe more than
$50,000, and nearly 4 percent owe more than $100,000. These debts are beyond
students’ ability to repay, (especially in our nearly jobless recovery);
this is demonstrated by the fact that delinquency and default rates are
soaring. Some 17 percent of student-loan borrowers were 90 days or more
behind in payments at the end of 2012. When only those in repayment were
counted — in other words, not including borrowers who were in loan deferment
or forbearance — more than 30 percent were 90 days or more behind. For
federal loans taken out in the 2009 fiscal year, three-year default rates
exceeded 13 percent.
America is distinctive among advanced
industrialized countries in the burden it places on students and their
parents for financing higher education. America is also exceptional among
comparable countries for the high cost of a college degree, including at
public universities. Average tuition, and room and board, at four-year
colleges is just short of $22,000 a year, up from under $9,000 (adjusted for
inflation) in 1980-81.
Compare this more-than-doubling in tuition with the
stagnation in median family income, which is now about $50,000, compared to
$46,000 in 1980 (adjusted for inflation).
Like much else, the problem of student debt
worsened during the Great Recession: tuition costs at public universities
increased by 27 percent in the past five years — partly because of cutbacks
— while median income shrank. In California, inflation-adjusted tuition more
than doubled in public two-year community colleges (which for poorer
Americans are often the key to upward mobility), and by more than 70 percent
in four-year public schools, from 2007-8 to 2012-13.
With costs soaring, incomes stagnating and little
help from government, it was not surprising that total student debt, around
$1 trillion, surpassed total credit-card debt last year. Responsible
Americans have learned how to curb their credit-card debt — many have
forsaken them for debit cards, or educated themselves about usurious
interest rates, fees and penalties charged by card issuers — but the
challenge of controlling student debt is even more unsettling.
Curbing student debt is tantamount to curbing
social and economic opportunity. College graduates earn $12,000 more per
year than those without college degrees; the gap has almost tripled just
since 1980. Our economy is increasingly reliant on knowledge-related
industries. No matter what happens with currency wars and trade balances,
the United States is not going to return to making textiles. Unemployment
rates among college graduates are much lower than among those with only a
high school diploma.
America — home of the land-grant university, the
G.I. Bill and world-class public universities from California to Michigan to
Texas — has fallen from the top in terms of university education. With
strangling student debt, we are likely to fall further. What economists call
“human capital” — investing in people — is a key to long-term growth. To be
competitive in the 21st century is to have a highly educated labor force,
one with college and advanced degrees. Instead, we are foreclosing on our
future as a nation.
Student debt also is a drag on the slow recovery
that began in 2009. By dampening consumption, it hinders economic growth. It
is also holding back recovery in real estate, the sector where the Great
Recession started.
It’s true that housing prices seem to be on the
upswing, but home construction is far from the levels reached in the years
before the bubble burst of 2007.
Those with huge debts are likely to be cautious
before undertaking the additional burdens of a family. But even when they
do, they will find it more difficult to get a mortgage. And if they do, it
will be smaller, and the real estate recovery will consequently be weaker.
(One study of recent Rutgers University graduates showed that 40 percent had
delayed making a major home purchase, and for a quarter, the high level of
debt had an effect on household formation or getting further education.
Another recent study showed that homeownership among 30-year-olds with a
history of student debt fell by more than 10 percentage points during the
Great Recession and in its aftermath.)
It’s a vicious cycle: lack of demand for housing
contributes to a lack of jobs, which contributes to weak household
formation, which contributes to a lack of demand for housing.
As bad as things are, they may get worse. With
budgetary pressures mounting — along with demands for cutbacks in
“discretionary domestic programs” (read: K-12 education subsidies, Pell
Grants for poor kids to attend college, research money) — students and
families are left to fend for themselves. College costs will continue to
rise far faster than incomes. As has been repeatedly observed, all of the
economic gains since the Great Recession have gone to the top 1 percent.
Continued in article
Cancelled student loan debt is a taxpayer nightmare ---
http://blog.credit.com/2012/04/cancelled-student-loan-debt-creates-tax-nightmare-55658/
When Kim Thompson’s $91,000 student loan balance
was cancelled due to total disability, she thought she had put at least one
of her problems behind her. Instead, she traded it for another: a massive
debt to the IRS.
Two years ago, Thompson, who lives in New Jersey,
was diagnosed with a tumor that eventually led to the removal of most of her
small intestine, a pulmonary embolism, and 12-hour-a-day IV feeding
sessions. She retired from her job on a disability pension in July 2010, and
was able to get her federal student loans cancelled.
There was no mention, however, that the debt would
be reported to the IRS as Cancellation of Debt Income (CODI).
“They didn’t tell me it was taxable income,” she
says. “I had no idea.”
The Tax Man Will Come
The IRS considers most types of cancelled debt
taxable income. Lenders must report cancelled debts of $600 or more to the
IRS on a 1099-C
form. The IRS estimates some 6.3 million 1099-Cs –
for all types of debts, including student loans, credit cards, mortgages,
etc. – were filed to this year reporting CODI for the 2011 tax year.
Not all cancelled student loan debt is taxable. If
Thompson’s debt had been forgiven because she worked in a job that qualified
her to have some or all of her debt wiped out (certain medical, teaching or
law enforcement positions, for example) she wouldn’t now owe the IRS some
$26,000. In addition, she owes $5,000 to the state of New Jersey for
cancellation of debt income.
But there is no tax break for student loan debt
that has been cancelled due to disability, despite the fact that borrowers
who qualify for cancellation are considered totally and permanently
disabled, and may never work again. In fact, the Department of the Treasury
has specifically stated that
student loans cancelled due to the Death and Disability Discharge (Section
437(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965) are taxable.
Your Options
Another option, the
insolvency exclusion, which requires debtors to be
insolvent immediately prior to the discharge, may have allowed her to avoid
paying taxes on some or all of the $91,000 of CODI. Thompson’s accountant
concluded she did not qualify, though she’s has some doubt as to whether
that’s true.
“The (IRS) forms are incredibly confusing,” she
notes.
As a former social worker with a Master’s degree,
Thompson says she’s not intimidated by government forms. She filled out all
her paperwork to file for disability on her own, for example. However, even
though she spent hours researching the rules surrounding cancellation of
debt income, she found no relief for her situation. She tried calling the
IRS for assistance. The first time she called, she says the IRS
representative hung up on her. The second time, she says she waited on hold
for over an hour and was then told to call back after she filed her tax
return. She claims that ultimately she was warned that if she couldn’t pay
the amount due, the IRS would put a tax lien on her house and report her to
the credit reporting agencies. (We’ve reached out to the IRS a number of
times on this and other issues relating to the 1099-C, but to date haven’t
gotten a response.)
Continued in article
My Questions
Loan Forgiveness in a Real Estate Foreclosure
I have unanswered questions about loan forgiveness
following a real estate foreclosure. The issue
concerns a situation where the value of the
collateral (e.g. a building and its lot) is less
than the debt --- what we call an underwater
mortgage.
If the bank insists of collecting this difference
perhaps the only way out of the debt is to declare
corporate or personal bankruptcy. But it's extremely
common for banks to forgive the difference above and
beyond the value of the collateral.
If the bank essentially forgives collecting the difference
there's still a problem of loan forgiveness which the IRS
says is taxable income (at least in theory). However, the
IRS seems to have let a lot of homeowners off the hook
following the millions of foreclosures when the real estate
bubble burst in 2006.
My question concerns the issue of when and how
the IRS lets a homeowner off the hook for debt forgiveness in a
foreclosure?
If the homeowner is a corporation that receives loan forgiveness in
a property foreclosure the corporation is technically liable for for
income taxes on the amount of loan forgiveness by the bank. If this
is a big deal the corporation may have to simply go out of business.
Unless there is fraud, the owners of the corporation are not
liable for the corporate taxes owed to the IRS. If the
corporation stays in business then the amount of loan forgiveness is
taxable income (I think). If there's fraud the guilty parties should
tremble in fear of the IRS.
If the homeowner is not a corporation then my confusion begins.
Presumably the homeowner is liable for the income tax on the amount of
loan forgiveness when the bank forecloses on the home in an underwater
mortgage situation. Unlike a corporation, the homeowner cannot simply
get out of the tax due by declaring personal bankruptcy since the
bankruptcy does not wipe out the amount owed to the IRS for individuals
unless the homeowner dies a pauper before the tax is collected.
I have not investigated the situation, but I don't think the IRS is
enforcing loan forgiveness taxation on millions of homeowners who lost their
homes after the real estate bubble burst in 2006.
My questions to the AECM:
- Is the IRS enforcing loan forgiveness taxation on homeowners who lost
their homes due to bank foreclosures?
- If the answer is yes, then I think there would be riots in the streets.
- If the answer is no then there are probably complicated tax rules
similar to the complicated rules for student debt forgiveness. Does
anybody know where to read about those rules?
May 13, 2014 reply from Elliot Kamlet
Hi Bob
You were not the only one concerned about
riots in the streets over taxation of cancellation of home mortgage
debt. Congress came to the rescue. From 2007-2013 (it has expired now)
there was a provision of the code excluding home mortgage debt
cancellation from income.
Sec. 108 (a) Exclusion
from gross income
(1) In
general
Gross
income does not include any
amount which (but for this subsection) would be includible in
gross income by reason of the discharge (in whole or in part) of
indebtedness of the taxpayer —
(A) the
discharge occurs in a title 11 case,
(B) the
discharge occurs when the taxpayer is insolvent,
(C) the
indebtedness discharged is qualified farm indebtedness,
(D) in
the case of a taxpayer other than a C corporation, the
indebtedness discharged is qualified real property business
indebtedness, or
(E) the
indebtedness discharged is qualified principal residence
indebtedness which is discharged before January 1, 2014.
As far as the woman
in the disability case goes, I would think she is a good
candidate for an "offer in compromise", an IRS program meant to
relieve taxpayers of their past due tax burden if their future
prospects for earnings are minimal.
May 16, 2014 reply from Bob Jensen
Thank you Elliott,
That's the reference I was looking for but could
not find.
I assume that the sole shareholder of a corporation
that owns a hotel is off the hook for a tax on debt forgiveness as long as
the corporation simply closes for good when the hotel is foreclosed on by
the bank.
However, readers should not take my word for this.
The above statements could be wrong.
May 24, 2014 update from Elliot Kamlet
As a follow up to the thread on
taxability of forgiven mortgage debt, and under the better late than
never category, the IRS has just released this YOUTUBE video:
Taxpayers may not need to report
forgiven mortgage debt as income on their tax returns. Get more
information by watching this new
YouTube video.
Watch this and other videos on the
IRS YouTube Channel.
Dupont Formula Partitioning of Return on Equity ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DuPont_formula
I really liked the following "classic" article by Selling and Stickney:
A New
Approach," by T.I. Selling and C.P. Stickney, Accounting
Horizons, December 1990, pp. 9-17.
"Goldman Sachs Explains The 'Return On Equity' Formula That Every CFA Test
Taker Needs To Know," by Sam Ro, Business Insider, May 26, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/cfa-dupont-roe-model-2014-5
For investors, one of the most important metrics of
a company is return on equity (ROE), which can be calculated by taking net
income and dividing it by equity.
"The decision to expand into the market of a
competitor and seek additional return is not a decision driven by the
expected profit margin, the expected return relative to the anticipated
quantity of sales,"
said Jesse Livermore, the pseudonymous author of
the Philosophical Economics blog. "Rather, it’s a decision driven instead by
the expected ROE, the expected return relative to the amount of capital that
will have to be invested, put at risk, in order to earn it."
Unfortunately, ROE alone doesn't tell you much
about a company's operating or capital structure. That's why analysts
decompose the ROE into multiple components,
including a measure of profit margin (see article).
The Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) exam, which
will be
administered on June 7, is among the advanced Wall
Street exams that tests test-takers on at least two decompositions of ROE.
The more complicated one is the
DuPont model.
Goldman Sachs' Stuart Kaiser recently included the
formula for reference in an April 2 note sent out to its clients.
[Exhibit not shown here]
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I want to especially thank
David Stout, Editor of the May 2001 edition
of Issues in Accounting Education. There has been something special in
all the editions edited by David, but the May edition is very special to me.
All the articles in that edition are helpful, but I want to call attention to
three articles that I will use intently in my graduate Accounting Theory course.
- "Questrom vs. Federated Department
Stores, Inc.: A Question of Equity Value," by University of Alabama faculty
members Gary Taylor, William Sampson, and Benton Gup, pp. 223-256.
This is perhaps the best short case that I've ever read. It will
undoubtedly help my students better understand weighted average cost of
capital, free cash flow valuation, and the residual income model. The three
student handouts are outstanding. Bravo to Taylor, Sampson, and Gup.
- "Using the Residual-Income Stock
Price Valuation Model to Teach and Learn Ratio Analysis," by Robert
Halsey, pp. 257-276.
What a follow-up case to the Questrom case mentioned above! I have long
used the Dupont Formula in courses and nearly always use the excellent paper
entitled "Disaggregating the ROE: A New
Approach," by T.I. Selling and C.P. Stickney, Accounting
Horizons, December 1990, pp. 9-17. Halsey's paper guides students
through the swamp of stock price valuation using the residual income model
(which by the way is one of the few academic accounting models that has had
a major impact on accounting practice, especially consulting practice in
equity valuation by CPA firms).
- "Developing Risk Skills: An
Investigation of Business Risks and Controls at Prudential Insurance Company
of America," by Paul Walker, Bill Shenkir, and Stephen Hunn, pp. 291
I will use this case to vividly illustrate the "tone-at-the-top" importance
of business ethics and risk analysis. This is case is easy to read and
highly informative.
There is a flurry of literature flying
by us daily, and it is rare to find three articles in one journal that will
become central to my theory course. Thank you David for giving me those three
articles in this AAA journal that now rejects over 90% of the submissions. I am
grateful that you did not reject the three articles mentioned above.
Bob Jensen's threads on ROE and ROI ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
"Harvard and MIT Release MOOC Student Data Set," Inside Higher Ed,
June 2, 2014 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2014/06/02/harvard-and-mit-release-mooc-student-data-set#sthash.Rvg8e49L.dpbs
Harvard University and the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, the two universities behind the massive open online course
provider edX, on Friday released the data sets behind the data visualization
tool
Insights. The data covers students who enrolled in
the 16 edX courses offered by the two institutions during 2012-13, and has
been scrubbed for information that could identify individuals. The data set
can be downloaded from the
MITx and
HarvardX Dataverse.
"Will MOOCs Undermine Top Business Schools, or Help Them?"
Chronicle of Higher Education, June 3, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/will-moocs-undermine-top-business-schools-or-help-them/53021?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
"
Massive open online courses are not currently
cannibalizing tuition-based programs at top business schools, according to
an enthusiastic
report from the
University of Pennsylvania. Rather, MOOCs could become a recruiting tool for
tapping new pools of potential students.
Business schools that offer MOOCs should also
figure out how to charge the many students who sign up for the online
courses without intending to complete them, write the authors of the report.
The report looks at data and survey responses from
students in nine MOOCs offered by Penn’s Wharton School. The researchers
found that 78 percent of the students were from outside the United States,
and 35 percent of the U.S. residents taking the business MOOCs were
foreign-born. Among the Americans, 19 percent were members of
underrepresented minority groups, compared with 11 percent among M.B.A.
students as a whole.
“Our data suggest that, at least at present, MOOCs
run by elite business schools primarily attract students for whom
traditional business-school offerings are out of reach,” write the authors.
Rather than undermine the existing business model,
MOOCs may help Wharton and other business schools recruit outside the normal
pipelines, the researchers speculate. “These three groups—students from
outside the United States, especially developing countries, foreign-born
Americans, and underrepresented American minorities—are students that
business schools are trying to attract,” they write.
The Penn report also reiterates a point that has
become a refrain among researchers looking at free online courses:
Completion rates are poor metrics for judging the success of a MOOC because
the goals of students who register for such courses vary. Indeed, only 5
percent of the registrants in Penn’s business MOOCs finished their courses,
and those who completed were “disproportionately male, well-educated,
employed,” and from countries in the Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development; also, American students “tend to be white.” But a mere 43
percent of students who were surveyed said that obtaining a certificate of
completion was important to them.
Based on the apparently diverse motivations of
people who sign up for MOOCs, the Penn researchers offer some business
advice to institutions offering them: Find ways to charge students who have
no plans to complete their MOOCs.
“Business schools must bear this in mind and move
away from a business model of charging for certificates of completion,” the
authors advise. “Instead, they must tailor offerings to the goals of these
learners, whatever they may be.”
Penn, which has released several reports (not
all of them flattering) based on data from its
MOOCs, was an early institutional partner with Coursera, the largest MOOC
company. The university also
owns a stake in the
company. Penn’s provost, Vincent Price, is
listed as a member of Coursera’s advisory
board.
Bob Jensen's threads on MOOCs and other free education materials from
prestigious universities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Question
"What accounting courses are available on a listing of 1,000 free courses from
prestigious universities?" Chronicle of Higher Education, June 3,
2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/will-moocs-undermine-top-business-schools-or-help-them/53021?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Note that advanced accounting is not covered nearly as well as philosophy,
ethics, computer science, literature, history, etc.
A Master List of 1,000 Free Courses From Top Universities: 30,000 Hours of
Audio/Video Lectures ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/05/list-of-1000-free-courses-from-top-universities.html
There are 150 free business courses ---
http://www.openculture.com/business_free_courses
Principles of Managerial Accounting - Free iTunes Audio -
Anthony Catanach & Noah Barskey, Villanova
---
https://itunes.apple.com/us/itunes-u/principles-managerial-accounting/id388954205?mt=10
Accounting and Its Use in Business Decisions - Free – Alison ---
http://alison.com/courses/Accounting-and-Its-Use-in-Business-Decisions
Accounting in 60 Minutes: A Brief Introduction - Free - Udemy ---
https://www.udemy.com/accounting-in-60-minutes-a-brief-introduction/?dtcode=th48xvn5
Fundamentals of Accounting – Free - Alison ---
http://alison.com/courses/Introduction-to-Accounting-1
Introduction to Accounting - Free – US Small Business Administration ---
http://www.sba.gov/sba-learning-center/training/introduction-accounting
Introduction to Cash Accounting - Free – Alison ---
http://alison.com/courses/Introduction-to-Cash-Accounting
Managerial Accounting - Free – Saylor.org ---
http://www.saylor.org/courses/bus105/
Bob Jensen's threads on free course material, videos,
tutorials, and entire courses from prestigious universities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 3, 2014
Good morning. The reports are in on
companies’ first attempts to scour their supply chains for metals tied to
armed militias in Africa, and so far there are a lot of maybes and not-sures.
But among the nearly 1,300 U.S. listed firms that have filed their first
audits on the use of “conflict minerals,” a dozen companies, including
Google Inc. and
J. Crew Group Inc.,
said they or their suppliers may have obtained metals from mines in a region
known to use mining to fund militias,
CFOJ’s John Kester and Maxwell Murphy report.
Most of the companies whose filings were
reviewed by The Wall Street Journal said they still haven’t been able to
figure out whether their products contain metals with the tainted sourcing.
J.C. Penney Co.,
for example, listed an array of goods that could have components difficult
to trace, such as zippers and window coverings. Many companies said their
suppliers didn’t respond to questionnaires or gave incomplete answers.
The inconclusive filings follow years of
work, and millions of dollars in expenditures, to comply with a regulatory
deadline that was part of the 2010 Dodd-Frank Act. The SEC estimated
conflict-mineral reports would cost companies up to $4 billion in the first
year, and drop to between $200 million and $600 million in later years. A
March court ruling struck down part of the rule that said companies had to
list their products as “conflict-free” or not, but the audits were still
required, and their conclusions, even when inconclusive, still needed to be
filed with the SEC.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 31, 2014
Good
morning. The 12-year collaboration on revenue-recognition standards between
the Financial Accounting
Standards Board and the
International Accounting
Standards Board came to fruition
Wednesday, with new rules that will affect
companies ranging from software firms to auto makers around the globe, the
WSJ’s Michael Rapoport reports.
The new standards will take effect in 2017, and will
lead many firms to shift the pace at which revenue is booked—in some cases
more quickly, in others, more slowly.
The
rules aim to simplify and inject more uniformity into how sales of products
and services are reported. Software companies, for instance, currently must
delay recognizing part of their revenue until software upgrades that are
part of the initial purchase are delivered months or years later. But under
the rules, they will be able to book more revenue upfront, since it will be
easier to value the upgrades separately. Auto makers, on the other hand,
must delay recognizing the part of the sale of a vehicle that is assigned to
future maintenance.
The
2017 start date for the rules gives financial chiefs ample time to prepare,
CFOJ’s Maxwell Murphy reports.
“We’ve been waiting for it for a long time,” said Ken Goldman, CFO of
Black Duck Software Inc.
“This levels the playing field and takes a lot of the ambiguity out of what
are overly restrictive rules.” But not all CFOs were entirely pleased. Sean
Aggarwal, CFO of Trulia
Inc., said the new guidance should be easier to implement, but he’s
concerned about the “additional disclosures” that will be required. “I’m
curious at what point we stop adding new disclosures and instead focus on
simplifying redundant portions of the current disclosures.”
From EY
The FASB and the IASB
released new converged standards for recognizing revenue. Our
To the Point
publication tells you what you need to know about the final standards.
To the Point Article ---
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2753_JointRevenue_28May2014/%24FILE/TothePoint_BB2753_JointRevenue_28May2014.pdf
What you need to know
• The FASB and the IASB issued a
comprehensive new revenue recognition standard that will supersede
virtually all existing revenue guidance under US GAAP and IFRS.
• Calendar year - end public entities will
be required to apply the standard for the first time in the first
quarter of 2017.
• While the effect on companies will
vary, some companies may face significant changes in revenue
recognition . Companies should assess how they will be affected as
soon as possible so they can determine how t o prepare to implement
the new standard. • Public entities should disclose information
about the new standard in their next SEC filing .
Overview The Financial Accounting Standard s
Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Boa rd (IASB)
(collectively, the Boards) jointly issued a comprehensive new revenue
recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue
recognition guidance under US GAAP and IFRS .
The standard ’s core principle is that a
company will recognize revenue when it transfer s promised goods or
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to
which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or
services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make
more estimates than under today’s guidance . These may include
identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the
amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and
allocating the transaction price to each separate performance
obligation.
"The Cost of Compliance: FIN 48 and Audit Fees," by Matthew Erickson ,
Nathan C. Goldman and James Stekelberg, SSRN, Date posted: 16 May 2014 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2437072
Abstract:
We investigate the cost of compliance with FIN 48
uncertain tax benefit (UTB) disclosure requirements in terms of external
audit fees, based on the proposition that mandatory disclosure of
estimated UTBs may lead auditors to increase their assessed levels of
effort and risk. We document a positive association between UTBs and
audit fees and find that this association is stronger among firms with
greater R&D expenditures and tax haven operations, our proxies for the
uncertainty of the specific tax positions comprising firms’ UTBs. We
also find that only auditors with informational advantages — expert
auditors and auditors whose firm also provides tax services — charge a
fee premium to examine UTBs. This study quantifies and identifies the
determinants of a specific and economically significant cost associated
with FIN 48 and thus may be of interest to standard setters, firms, and
auditors. Our findings also add to the literatures on the effect of
regulatory reform on audit fees and the auditing of
accounting estimates.
Number of Pages in PDF File: 46
"Does it Matter Who Serves on the Financial Accounting Standards Board?
Bob Herz's Resignation and Fair Value Accounting for Loans," by John (Xuefeng)
Jiang , Isabel Yanyan Wang and Yuan Xie, SSRN, Date posted: 10 May 2014
Abstract:
Despite the perceived
importance of accounting standard setters, it remains unknown whether
and how much individual FASB board members can influence specific
accounting policies because it is difficult to measure any board
member’s impact during the process of accounting standard setting absent
an exogenous shock. In this study we utilize a unique setting to answer
this question. On August 24, 2010, the then FASB chairman Bob Herz
resigned unexpectedly. Prior to his resignation, he had supported a
highly contested accounting proposal on fair value on bank loans.
Earlier in May Herz cast the deciding vote for the FASB to propose
applying fair value to bank loans, causing strong pushbacks from banks
and bank regulators. We examine whether Herz’s abrupt resignation
changes the market’s expectation on whether the fair value proposal
would be finalized. We find that banks responded positively to Herz’s
resignation, more so for banks that would be affected more. They also
responded negatively when the FASB first proposed the fair value
requirement and positively when the FASB later dropped it. Our results
indicate that the stock markets believe that Herz’s position is crucial
in affecting the direction of the fair value accounting for bank loans.
Our study provides initial evidence of a single FASB board member’s
influence on accounting policymaking.
Number of Pages in PDF File: 37
Jensen Comment
It's very hard to extrapolate from the data built upon one FASB Board Member.
Counter evidence should be considered regarding other FASB Board Members on
other controversial issues. For example, the tech industry in the Roaring 1990s
lobbied heavily to prevent FAS 123R (requiring
the booking of employee stock options as expenses) and FAS 133 (requiring
the booking of some derivative financial instruments not previously even
disclosed such as interest rate swaps and forward contracts).
Although I'm inclined to believe the FASB takes input from constituencies
quite seriously, often heavy lobbying pressure has failed to make the FASB adopt
what it thinks is bad accounting. The one constituency that probably has more
clout on the FASB is the SEC. In the case of FAS 123R and FAS 133 the SEC wanted
these standards but might have itself caved if the decisions were left up to the
SEC. The SEC is more vulnerable to pressures from the legislative branch of the
USA government (Exhibit A the way the SEC caved to the oil industry in an
override of the new FASB standard regarding expensing of dry holes).
I would argue that on many controversial standards the FASB stood its ground
amidst overwhelming pressures to change its positions. The Bob Herz resignation
(perhaps for reasons we will never know) may be somewhat unique, but I'm
inclined to think that the fair value of bank loans accounting faced many
obstacles (justified obstacles in my opinion) that may have prevented Bob from
winning the day had he remained Chairman of the FASB.
Without all the accountics science findings, it's obvious, at least to me,
that at times "Who Serves on the Financial Accounting Standards Board" will
matter. Some Board members at varying times and circumstances are going to
have more or less influence than thousands of others who might fill their shoes.
Board members are human beings subject to group dynamics like everybody else on
juries, committees, etc. But I don't think one resignation at one point in time
says a whole lot about future group dynamics.
There are too many missing variables to rely on accountics science findings
regarding the fair value of bank loans proposal.
From the CPA Newsletter on June 3, 2014
The AICPA issues its revised Code of Professional Conduct
The revised AICPA Code of Professional
Conduct is accessible on a dynamic electronic platform that allows users to
conduct and save basic and advanced searches. The platform includes features
such as pop-ups for defined terms, the ability to create and name bookmarks,
and create and save notes, as well as hyperlinking to content in the code
and to external nonauthoritative material issued by staff of the Ethics
Division. Visit
aicpa.org/newcode
to access the revised code
From the CPA Newsletter on May 30, 2014
6 things to consider about new revenue recognition guidance
After releasing the much-awaited new revenue recognition standard
Wednesday, members of the Financial Accounting Standards Board
and the International Accounting Standards Board shared some of the most
important things to consider in the guidance.
Explore the AICPA's revenue recognition resources, including industry task
forces, video, webcasts and more.
Journal of Accountancy online (5/28)
Bob Jensen's threads on revenue accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
"Barclays Manipulated Gold as Soon as It Stopped Manipulating Libor,"
by Matt Levine, Bloomberg View, May 23, 2014 ---
http://www.bloombergview.com/articles/2014-05-23/barclays-manipulated-gold-as-soon-as-it-stopped-manipulating-libor
Libor Fraud (bigger than Enron) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libor
Jensen Comment
The London banks may be the most fraudulent of the global banks (with the
exception of enabling global tax evasion in Swiss, Cayman Island, and Luxemburg
banks).
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Fraudulent Government Accounting: How Congress disguises the real
cost of federal loan guarantees," The Wall Street Journal, June 2,
2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/fraudulent-government-accounting-1401662602?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
This headline will strike many readers as
redundant. But we're hoping that through repetition Members of Congress may
be motivated to stop misleading their constituents about the cost of federal
credit programs.
Many politicians still claim that taxpayers make
money on things like student loans, single-family home mortgages backed by
the Federal Housing Administration, and long-term guarantees from the
Export-Import Bank. Yet under honest accounting, taxpayers lose on all
three.
The Congressional Budget Office, Washington's
official financial scorekeeper, says in a new report that the Department of
Education's four largest student loan programs will yield an official
savings of about $135 billion in fiscal years 2015-2024. That's $135 billion
that Congress will claim it has available to spend.
But CBO also notes that under fair-value accounting
that is practiced in the real world, the four student loan programs will
likely cost $88 billion. An official $14 billion projected taxpayer gain at
the Export-Import Bank is actually a $2 billion loss. And the official $63
billion windfall expected from the FHA's single-family mortgage guarantee
program is in reality a $30 billion taxpayer fleecing.
CBO is obligated to practice bogus accounting under
the amusingly titled Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990. But CBO periodically
does a public service by calling attention to this legal fraud and
explaining why its official estimates don't accurately measure what these
programs really cost. CBO's new report is especially informative. You see,
federal law does not allow official bookkeeping to account for a phenomenon
that must seem alien to the Beltway culture: "market risk."
As CBO helpfully explains: "The government is
exposed to market risk when the economy is weak because borrowers default on
their debt obligations more frequently and recoveries from borrowers are
lower." Yet even after the financial crisis and a historically weak
recovery, Washington officially will not admit that such a scenario is
possible.
Just as loans look less expensive for taxpayers
than they really are, government guarantees can appear to be nearly a free
lunch under federal accounting rules. But the government bears the risk of
losses. "Because of that government commitment a lender places more value on
a loan with a guarantee than on the same loan without a guarantee. The
difference in value between them is the 'fair value' of the guarantee," says
CBO.
As bad as the math appears once honest accounting
is applied, it still doesn't fully describe the problem for taxpayers.
That's because none of these figures includes the administrative costs of
federal credit programs, which are counted separately in the federal budget.
CBO is expecting robust growth in loan volumes at
both the FHA and the Department of Education. If taxpayers are forced to
come along for this ride, the least the Congress should do is enact Rep.
Scott Garrett's (R., N.J.) plan to require fair-value accounting in
government loan programs.
And as for the Export-Import Bank—a corporate
welfare program that disproportionately benefits a handful of giant
multinationals—bogus accounting is one more reason to allow its charter to
expire on schedule at the end of September.
"The Government Doesn’t Know How Much Its Student Loans Cost," by
Karen Weise, Bloomberg Businessweek, January 31, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-01-31/the-government-doesnt-know-how-much-its-student-loans-cost
Depending on whom you ask, the government
either makes tens of billions of dollars on the
backs of student borrowers, or more or less breaks even. The debate, which
boils down to the
arcana of accounting techniques, was hotly
contested last year, with Democrats such as Massachusetts Senator Elizabeth
Warren decrying how the government “profits” off student loans. The
controversy caused Congress
to ask the Government
Accountability Office to weigh in, which led to a
report
released today. The GAO came back with a non-answer,
finding that there’s no good way to know how much the government spends or
makes on funding student loans.
The GAO said it could take as long as 40 years to
figure the true costs of the program because there are so many variables,
from the overall interest rate environment to the number of students who
take advantage of different
repayment options. In the meantime, the government
is stuck using estimates that can vary greatly based on several factors,
most important the amount students pay in interest and what it costs the
government itself to borrow. The government readjusts its models each year
based on more recent data, which can lead to highly volatile results. One
year the budget assumed loans taken out in 2008 made the government
$9.09 per hundred dollars borrowed. The next year it estimated the very same
loans cost the government 24¢ per hundred dollars.
One figure is pretty clear: how much the Department
of Education spends administering the loans. That’s jumped from $314 million
in 2007 to $864 million in 2012, reflecting changes in the federal program
that removed banks as intermediaries and caused the number of loans directly
issued by the government to increase threefold. Overall, the administration
costs per borrower has stayed the same or even fallen slightly.
The overall difficulty in nailing down these
estimates is an increasingly relevant problem as student debt
tops $1 trillion—most of it financed by the
government.
Jensen Comment
It might be a good project for governmental accounting or managerial accounting
students to be assigned to advise the government on how to compute the cost of
student loans.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
Note the KPMG lettering on Phil's cap in this WSJ article. Check in future
tournaments if he changes caps at the request of KPMG.
"Insider-Trading Probe Hits Snag News of Investigation Derails Effort to
Deploy Wire Taps," by Michael Rothfeld and Susan Pulliam, The Wall Street
Journal, June 1, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/insider-trading-probe-1401665146?tesla=y&mod=djemCFO_h&mg=reno64-wsj
A snag has hit the insider-trading investigation of
investor Carl Icahn, golfer Phil Mickelson and sports bettor William "Billy"
Walters: News of the probe derailed government efforts to secretly deploy
wiretaps, which have been key components of many successful insider-trading
cases.
Criminal and civil investigators are examining
whether Mr. Icahn tipped Mr. Walters about his plans relating to stocks of
several companies, including Clorox Co. CLX +0.16% , according to people
briefed on the probe. The investigation was first reported by The Wall
Street Journal on Friday. Messrs. Icahn, Walters and Mickelson have denied
any wrongdoing.
Mr. Walters on Sunday declined to comment on the
latest development, and Mr. Icahn didn't return calls for comment.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
If Phil Mickelson was an employee of KPMG such accusations this far along
probably would result in termination. However, since Phil is only a spokesman
and promoter for KPMG it is less clear whether his efforts on behalf of KPMG
will be suspended.
Note the KPMG lettering on Phil's cap in this WSJ article. Check in future
tournaments if he changes caps at the request of KPMG.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"How Statisticians Found Air France Flight 447 Two Years After It Crashed
Into Atlantic," MIT's Technology Review, May 27, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/view/527506/how-statisticians-found-air-france-flight-447-two-years-after-it-crashed-into-atlantic/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20140528
After more than a year of unsuccessful searching,
authorities called in an elite group of statisticians. Working on their
recommendations, the next search found the wreckage just a week later.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Quantitative methods often do very well in conditions of steady states and
equilibrium. However, if the underwater currents and other forces moved this
wreckage daily, the quant experts lose a lot of their powers. This is why the
same statisticians who found Flight 447 usually do not get rich in the stock
markets.
A Good Site for Accountics Scientists Who Want to Learn More Than
Regression
MoneyScience ---
http://www.moneyscience.com/
Financial Education Focus ---
http://www.moneyscience.com/pg/education
From the Financial Education Daily on May 31, 2014
A case study of how to obtain 140 times speed-ups
over C++ code for your Monte Carlo pricing models using the open source
project Kooderive and a Tesla K20 graphics card. This is a practical
course.---
http://www.moneyscience.com/
Really difficult environmental decisions should be studied from the
standpoint of decision theory
"California Drains Reservoirs in the Middle of a Drought: The state
desperately needs water, yet federal policy sends huge 'pulse flows' into the
Pacific to benefit fish," by Tom McClintock, The Wall Street Journal,
May 23, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304547704579565622649474370?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Jensen Comment
There are two environmental benefit and cost factors going on where accountants
and economists really do not have good answers about measurement.
- Accountants and economists are not good at measurement when their
are externalities (non-convexities) that blow up their simplistic models
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Externalities
- Accountants and economists are not good at measurement of long-term
costs and benefits. The water for fish versus farms illustration above
is a perfect example of where food prices for the most people in the
short term are helped by diverting water to Sacramento Valley farmers
but the resulting long-term harm to fishing may be more costlly in the
long term. Also, with El Nino becoming more likely, perhaps the rains
might come in time to save the farmers but not the fisheries (but I'm
just guessing here).
I don't fault accountants and economists for being so hapless when it comes
to measuring environmental benefits and costs. Some problems just cannot be
solved in today's world.
I once wrote a research monograph for the American
Accounting Association with the title Phantasmagoric Accounting which was
critical of misleading simplistic benefit and cost modeling that can be more
misleading than helpful.
Scroll down to Volume 14 at
http://aaahq.org/market/display.cfm?catID=5
Large CEO pay raises only for a handful of executives and "largest rewards
did not necessarily correlate to a company’s size or results"
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 28, 2014
Good
morning. Pay packages for most big company CEOs are rising moderately, with
compensation increasingly tied to future financial performance – with some
big exceptions. The Wall Street Journal’s
annual compensation survey
found that big pay raises were concentrated among a
relatively small handful of executives, and that the largest rewards did not
necessarily correlate to a company’s size or results.
CEO
compensation across the 300 large, publicly-traded U.S. firms in the survey
rose by a median 5.5% to $11.4 million, nearly two-thirds of which was tied
to performance. That’s a smaller increase than the companies’ median profit
rise of 8% and median total shareholder return of 34%. Pay for ordinary
employees in the private sector, meanwhile, only rose an average of 1.8%
last year, according to the Labor Department.
But
companies with the highest-paid CEOs often bucked the pay-for-performance
trend. None of the companies with the 10 best-paid CEOs ranked in the top
10% by 2013 performance.
Oracle Corp.’s Larry Ellison, last year’s top earner in the group,
received $76.9 million in total direct compensation. That marked the fourth
time he has been in the top 10 since 2010. But Oracle came in 152nd
in the group by 2013 performance.
Jensen Comment
The system is rigged. The Board members that approve an outrageous compensation
package of a CEO were all appointed by that CEO.
Bob Jensen's threads on outrageous executive compensation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#OutrageousCompensation
The First-Ever Look at the Original Disneyland Prospectus (1953) ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/05/original-disneyland-prospectus.html
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory
"The Wild West of “Nonauthoritative” GAAP," by Tom Selling, The
Accounting Onion, May 19, 2014 ---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/05/the-wild-west-of-nonauthoritative-gaap.html
. . .
Background
The latest pronouncement on the matter of
nonauthoritative GAAP is Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168
(2009). As the last SFAS issued by the FASB, it pronounced that the
Accounting Standards Codification would become the sole “authoritative”
source of U.S. GAAP. As to the enduring question of what to do when
authoritative sources do not directly (or by suitable analogy) address a
particular transaction, ASC 105-10-05-3 enumerates the following potentially
permissible nonauthoritative sources that could be referred to as GAAP:
- Practices that are widely recognized and
prevalent either generally or in the industry;
- FASB Concepts Statements;
- AICPA Issues Papers;
- IFRSs;
- Pronouncements of professional associations or
regulatory agencies;
- Technical Information Service Inquiries and
Replies included in AICPA Technical Practice Aids;
- Accounting textbooks, handbooks, and articles.
ASC Topic 105 makes clear that an issuer has broad
discretion to choose amongst analogy to authoritative GAAP or from the above
smorgasbord of nonauthoritative sources. Although auditors would have some
say on the matter, the PCAOB’s guidance to them is clear as mud. Per AU 411
as amended by the PCAOB:
“The auditor’s opinion that financial
statements present fairly … in conformity with [GAAP] should be based on
his or her judgment as to whether (a) the accounting
principles [whatever that means] selected and applied
have general acceptance [whatever that means]; (b) the
accounting principles are [merely] appropriate in the
circumstances; (c) the financial statements, including the related
notes, are [merely] informative … and (e) the financial
statements reflect the underlying transactions and events …
within a range of acceptable limits, that is, limits that are reasonable
and practicable….”
I encourage you to think about how the auditors
have applied AU 411 when reading the following two cases.
Case #1: Revenue Recognition by For-Profit
Universities
About five years ago, I had occasion to
review the revenue recognition policies of a
for-profit university (FPU). Below is what I found for what evidently
constitutes “practices that are … prevalent … in the industry.”
Students are billed on a course-by-course
basis. They are billed on the first day of attendance, and a journal
entry is made to debit A/R and credit deferred revenue for the amount of
the billing. The A/R is ultimately adjusted by an allowance for
uncollectible accounts of around 30%, and the deferred revenue is
recognized pro rata over the duration of the course.
Does prevalent industry practice justify
recognition of executory contracts? FPUs, like other enterprises engage in
all manner of executory contracts; but, with the exception of some lease
contracts, none are given accounting recognition before any performance has
occurred. Evidently, if FPUs act together to violate a broad-based
convention, that’s okay, because it makes ‘industry practice.’
But, recognition of executory contracts is not even
the most glaring inconsistency with authoritative GAAP by FPUs.
Long-established and generally accepted (literally, for once) principles of
revenue recognition run counter to what FPUs are doing. Specifically, SFAC
No. 5 enshrines the long-held view that revenue should not be recognized
until it is earned and realizable (or realized), and practically all of the
specifics in the ASC, not to mention SEC interpretive guidance, is
consistent with this aspect of SFAC No. 5.
Is anything “earned” by an FPU until grades are
recorded in transcripts? I think it’s safe to stipulate two things: (1)
from a student’s perspective, nothing is owed if the FPU doesn’t fulfill the
obligation of recording a grade in a transcript that a student can use to
document performance; yet (2) there is no “authoritative” GAAP that
specifically speaks to this question. Ergo:
“If the guidance for a transaction or event is
not specified within a source of authoritative GAAP for that entity, an
entity shall first consider accounting
principles for similar transactions … and then consider nonauthoritative
guidance.” [ASC 105-10-05-2, emphasis supplied]
Call me cynical, but that language is squishy
enough for an FPU to do pretty much anything it wants regarding the timing
of revenue recognition. So it does.
But, determining the revenue recognition trigger is
still a mere quibble compared to the “realizable” question. A typical
company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts to be around 2% of
gross accounts receivable; but an FPU’s allowance could be 30%. If,
after an allowance is initially accrued, it is discovered that the actual
uncollectible amount was one-third higher than the accrual, the premature
recognition of earnings by the typical company may or may not be material;
but for an FPU, it will be a cataclysmic income statement event.
Continued in article
Notice from the SEC to the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
(SASB) and Other Unauthorized Accounting Standard Setters
Only the FASB is Authorized by the SEC to Set Accounting Standards
"SEC's Gallagher Rails on Third-Party Rule Makers," by Tammy Whitehouse,
Compliance Week, April 16, 2014 ---
http://www.complianceweek.com/secs-gallagher-rails-on-third-party-rule-makers/article/342928/
Third parties trying to set disclosure standards
for public company financial reports are ruffling some feathers at the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
EC Commissioner Daniel Gallagher recently singled
out the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board as a group not authorized
by the SEC to tell companies what they should disclose in their financial
statements, even though SASB issues standards that it says tell companies
what they should disclose related to various sustainability topics. Aside
from the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which writes financial
accounting rules, the SEC has not given any other body the responsibility or
authority to establish disclosure requirements, he said.
Gallagher was speaking at a law conference when he
used SASB as an example of an outside entity trying to influence corporate
disclosures, especially as the SEC undertakes an effort to re-examine
corporate disclosure requirements. “We must take exception to efforts by
third parties that attempt to prescribe what should be in corporate
filings,” he said. “It is the commission's responsibility to set the
parameters of required disclosure.”
SASB is an independent, nonprofit group that writes
industry-specific standards for disclosing material sustainability issues
that the SEC requires companies to address in their mandatory filings. In a
letter to Gallagher, SASB pleads it is only trying to help. SASB "is a
market-driven response to the problem of disclosure overload and immaterial
information," says Jean Rogers, founder and CEO of the board. "SASB develops
standards that assist companies in fulfilling their disclosure obligations.
The standards help companies to identify those factors that are material to
the company's short- and long-term sustainability and to provide a model for
reporting on those factors in a decision-useful way for investors in the
MD&A section of the Form 10-K."
Rogers has said the board isn't seeking to supplant
SEC requirements, but to give companies some guidance around how to
determine materiality of sustainability issues and fulfill the disclosure
requirements that exist. She has said SASB seeks to provide an
infrastructure for how to comply with disclosure requirements related to
sustainability areas, much the way FASB provides the infrastructure for how
to comply with financial accounting requirements.
Gallagher, one of five commissioners, is having
none of it. “The SASB argues that its disclosure standards elicit material
information that management should assess for inclusion in companies'
periodic filings with the commission,” he said. Except for FASB, however,
the SEC has given no outside group such authority, he said. “So while
companies are free to make whatever disclosures they choose on their own
time, so to speak, it is important to remember that groups like SASB have no
role in the establishment of mandated disclosure requirements.”
Jensen Comment
There are ways to be misleading in standard setting. One is an act of commission
--- to lie about being authorized in the law as a standard setter. The other is
an act of omission --- to never lie about being authorized in the law but also
by never pointing out that your board is not authorized in the law. I seriously
doubt that the SASB is misleading by either commission or omission.
I think the following statement at the SASB Website suffers some from
omission ---
http://www.sasb.org/sasb/
What others write might be even less clear with respect to omission. For
example, the first paragraph in Wikipedia does not, in my opinion, make this
entirely clear at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sustainability_Accounting_Standards_Board
Both of the above Web pages should be rewritten to make it entirely clear
that the SASB standards are in no way recognized in the law, and that the SASB
is not authorized by the SEC or any other government agency to set accounting
standards.
Having said this I applaud the efforts of the SASB to set voluntary standards
with respected experts who have some reporting goals that are, in my viewpoint,
worthwhile. Compliance, however, with SASB standards probably will be totally
voluntary for quite a long time to come.
Bob Jensen's threads on standard setting controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
The "Hot Hand Fallacy" in Gambling (and investing)
"How Gamblers Get Hot," Jay Caspian Kang, The New Yorker, May 20,
2014 ---
http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/elements/2014/05/how-gamblers-get-hot.html
When your betting “hobby” goes degenerate and those
Sunday football bets spill over into Monday Night Football bets and then
Wednesday college-basketball bets and then lunch-break bets on the five
horse in the third race at the Aqueduct, there’s one mantra that can bring
you a measure of comfort: every gambling theory is wrong, and, because
gamblers all have theories, every gambler will eventually be as broke as
you. The sense of community among the people who fall asleep at poker tables
or ride the bus to Foxwoods or crowd around off-track betting screens comes,
in part, from a collective sense of bewilderment. How could all of us be
wrong all the time?
Last month, researchers at University College,
London, released a study that seems to confirm the existence of one of
gambling’s most ubiquitous and destructive theories: the “hot hand.” Loosely
defined, the hot hand, better known as the hot-hand fallacy, is the idea
that winning begets more winning. Suppose you’re playing blackjack and you
hit sixteen against the dealer’s ten and then pull a five. This swing of
luck prompts you, on your next hand, to double down on nine against a dealer
seven. When the dealer slides you an ace, for a total of twenty, you win,
and you certainly aren’t going to stop betting now. So, in the next hand,
you split sevens against a dealer eight (a terrible decision) because you’ve
just won two hands in a row and how could you possibly lose a third? That’s
the hot hand in all its ruinous glory.
Juemin Xu and Nigel Harvey, the study’s authors,
took a sampling of 569,915 bets taken on an online sports-gambling site and
tracked how previous wins and losses affected the probability of wins in the
future. Over all, the winning percentage of the bets was somewhere around
forty eight per cent. Xu and Harvey isolated the winners and tracked how
they fared in their subsequent bets. In bet two, winners won at a rate of
forty-nine per cent. From there, the numbers go haywire. A player who had
won two bets in a row won his third bet at a rate of fifty-seven per cent.
His fourth bet won sixty-seven percent of the time, his fifth bet
seventy-two. The best gamblers in Las Vegas expect to win fifty-five per
cent of their bets every year. Seventy-two per cent verges on omniscience.
The hot hand, it appears, is real.
Losers, unsurprisingly, continued to lose. Of the
190,359 bettors who lost their initial bet, fifty-three per cent lost their
next, and those who had enough money left for a third round lost sixty per
cent of the time. When unfortunate bettors got to five straight losses,
their chance of winning dropped to twenty-three per cent. The losing streaks
should be familiar to problem gamblers and can be explained by another
well-worn theory called the gambler’s fallacy. If you’ve ever called heads
on a coin flip, seen the coin land tails up, and then called heads again
because “heads is due,” you’ve been caught up in the gambler’s fallacy.
Winning and losing streaks had no correlation with
the skill or risk aversion of the gambler. Xu and Harvey examined the
over-all payoffs of gamblers across three currencies and found no
significant difference between hot-streakers and cold-streakers.
What the research did find was that gamblers on
streaks—good or bad—acted under the influence of the gambler’s fallacy.
Winning bettors began placing more prudent bets because they assumed their
luck would soon run out. Losers began placing bets with longer odds because
they wanted to win big when their luck finally, inevitably changed.
What this means is that streaky gamblers who win do
so because they expect to lose, and streaky gamblers who lose do so because
they expect to win. Or, more simply put, when you’re losing, you’re wrong,
but when you’re winning, you’re also wrong.
Xu and Harvey’s study was commissioned by the
Responsible Gambling Trust, an organization funded by casino companies which
seeks out ways to prevent problem betting. The headlines on articles about
the research, which include “Are ‘Lucky Streaks’ Real? Science Says Yes,”
and “The ‘Hot Hand’ of Gambling Is No Fantasy,” might suggest an ulterior
motive. For the most part, the articles written about the study will
eventually clarify the nuances of the researchers’ argument, but Xu has come
across a few sites that used the research as proof that God loves some
bettors more than others. She sent e-mails politely asking for corrections.
“I certainly don’t want people to think that if you’re winning that you’re
more likely to win and eventually you win, win, win,” Xu told me. “That’s
absolutely not the case.”
Continued in article
"The Backfire Effect: The Psychology of Why We Have a Hard Time Changing Our
Minds," by Maria Popova, Brain Pickings, May 13, 2014 ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2014/05/13/backfire-effect-mcraney/
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on June 2, 2014
The last decade saw several sudden “value-killer”
events impacting the shares of individual companies, and at times whole
markets. And not all share prices recovered. A report from Deloitte LLP, The
'Value Killers' Revisited: A Risk Management Study, looks at the top drivers
of value-killer share declines between 2003 to 2012, based on an analysis of
the 1,000 largest global public companies. It also discusses five major
themes underlying the declines and how companies can address potential
value-killer events.
Read More at CFO Journal ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/
"GASB proposal would define fair value," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of
Accountancy, May 15, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201410157.htm
A GASB proposal released Thursday
describes how fair value should be defined and measured in state and local
government financial reporting.
GASB is proposing in its Fair Value
Measurement and Application exposure draft that fair value be defined
as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date.
Under
the proposal, investments would generally be
measured at fair value. Investments would be defined as a security or other
asset that a government holds primarily for the purpose of income or profit
that serves solely to generate cash or to be sold to generate cash.
Certain investments continue to be
excluded from measurement at fair value, such as investments in money market
instruments with remaining maturities at time of purchase of one year or
less.
Current accounting standards require state
and local governments to disclose how they arrived at their measures of fair
value if they are not based on quoted market prices. GASB’s proposal would
expand those disclosures to include the input a government uses to measure
fair value and the judgments made to arrive at those inputs.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#FairValue
"DC Schools: $29,349 Per Pupil, 83% Not Proficient in Reading," by
Terence P. Jeffrey, CNS News, May 14, 2014 ---
http://www.cnsnews.com/commentary/terence-p-jeffrey/dc-schools-29349-pupil-83-not-proficient-reading
The public schools in Washington, D.C., spent
$29,349 per pupil in the 2010-2011 school year, according to the latest data
from National Center for Education Statistics, but in 2013 fully 83 percent
of the eighth graders in these schools were not "proficient" in reading and
81 percent were not "proficient" in math.
These are the government schools in our nation's
capital city — where for decades politicians of both parties have
obstreperously pushed for more federal involvement in education and more
federal spending on education.
Government has manifestly failed the families who
must send their children to these schools, and the children who must attend
them.
Under the auspices of the National Center for
Education Statistics, the federal government periodically tests elementary
and high school students in various subjects, including reading and math.
These National Assessment of Educational Progress tests are scored on a
scale of 500, and student achievement levels are rated as "basic,"
"proficient" and "advanced."
In 2013, students nationwide took NAEP reading and
math tests. When the NCES listed the scores of public-school eighth graders
in the 50 states and the District of Columbia, D.C. came in last in both
subjects.
D.C. eighth graders scored an average of 248 out of
500 in reading, and Mississippi finished next to last with an average of
253.
Only 17 percent of D.C. 8th graders rated
"proficient" or better in reading. In Mississippi, it was 20 percent.
In math, D.C. public-school eighth graders scored
an average of 265 out of 500, and only 19 percent were rated "proficient" or
better. Alabama placed next to last with an average math score of 269, with
20 percent rated "proficient" or better.
Some might argue it is unfair to compare,
Washington, D.C., a single city, with an entire state. However, D.C. also
does not compete well against other big cities.
The Department of Education's Trial Urban District
Assessments program compares the test results in 21 large-city school
districts, including Washington, D.C.
In these assessments, the scores of students from
charter schools were removed and the average reading score for D.C. public
school eighth-graders dropped to 245. That was below the national large-city
average of 258, and tied D.C. with Fresno for seventeenth place among the 21
big cities in the TUDA.
Continued in article
XBRL Update
May 16, 2014 message from Neal Hannon
What Kind of Firms Hold Level 3 Instruments and
Recognize Mark-to-Market Adjustments in Earnings?
Guest blog post by Robson Glasscock, CPA and Ph.D
Candidate. Robson uses Calcbench data in his dissertation project and is
sharing some of his findings here.
One of the benefits of using XBRL data from
Calcbench is the ability quickly obtain data that would otherwise only be
available via manual searches of EDGAR filings. As accounting rules and
disclosures evolve other database services may eventually be updated to
include the new information, but real-time access to machine-readable data
from fillings is advantageous for a variety of reasons.
The current example is related to firms that hold
Level 3 instruments per Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, and
recognize valuation changes in instruments still held at the balance sheet
date (i.e., mark-to-market adjustments) in earnings. ASC 820 defines Level 3
assets and liabilities as being valued using “unobservable” inputs. The
standard goes on to say that unobservable inputs, “… reflect the assumptions
market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.” This
post explores whether these assets and liabilities are typically held by
financial services firms and, if not, which non-financial services
industries tend to hold more Level 3 instruments.
Article continued here:
http://www.calcbench.com/blog/85121441513
Enjoy!
Bob Jensen's threads on XBRL ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm
From the CPA Newsletter on May 22, 201
U.S. Supreme Court to hear challenge on Md.'s out-of-state tax-collection
process
The U.S.
Supreme Court has agreed to hear a challenge to a ruling by the Maryland
Supreme Court that the way the state collects tax on out-of-state income
leads to some income being unconstitutionally taxed twice. The case could
affect how states across the country collect taxes.
The Baltimore Sun (5/27)
From the CPA Newsletter on May 22, 2014
Audits of internal controls improving
The Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board will soon start publishing its 2013
inspection reports, and they will reveal that while audit firms have
improved internal-controls audits, there is still progress to be made, says
PCAOB member Jay Hanson.
Compliance Week/Accounting & Auditing blog
(5/20)
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 11, 2014
Mark-to-market
(fair value) accounting and testing of corporate internal controls
challenge auditors
A review of audit inspections by 30 regulators around the
world found key trouble spots for auditors,
CFOJ’s
Emily Chasan reports. Auditors
of public firms were most likely to be cited for improperly auditing
fair-value measurement, troubles in testing internal controls and
evaluating the adequacy of financial statements and disclosures,
according to the International Forum of Independent Audit
Regulators. Audit deficiencies also rose last year to 1,260, an 18%
increase from 2012.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#FairValue
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
From the CPA Newsletter on May 22, 2014
CFOs ocus on misaligned marketing ROIs with eye on greater accuracy
CFOs are stepping up
their attention on their companies' marketing spend with the goals of
gaining a more accurate return-on-investment figure. One example is VF
Corp., which is matching marketing spend in certain regions with revenue
growth in those areas. CoreBrand estimates that about 10% of companies match
their marketing spend to their return-on-investment targets.
The Wall Street Journal (tiered subscription model)/CFO Journal blog
(5/20)
Bob Jensen's threads on ROIs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
From the CPA Newsletter on May 16, 2014
Credit Suisse pleads guilty to aiding Americans' tax evasion
Credit Suisse has
become the first major bank in about 20 years to plead guilty to a criminal
charge. The Swiss bank agreed to pay about $2.6 billion in fines as it
acknowledged that it helped American clients evade taxes.
Reuters (5/19),
The
New York Times (tiered subscription model)/DealBook blog
(5/19),
Financial Times (tiered subscription model) (5/19)
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
From the CPA Newsletter on May 16, 2014
U.K. boasts most billionaires per capita in the world
The U.K. has one
billionaire for every 607,692 residents, the highest per-capita level in the
world. The U.S. is second with one billionaire for every 1,022,475
residents. One reason for Britain's ascendency may be that it doesn't tax
non-domicile residents on their global wealth.
The Daily Mail (London)
(5/12)
Jensen Comment
The United Kingdom's corporate tax rate is half the corporate tax rate in the
USA. Roger Collins pointed out that this was a huge factor in the decision by
Phizer to move its headquarters to England.
"Pfizer admitted that moving to the UK would also
give it "substantial tax benefits" at the expense of US taxpayers. The
company will save millions by spending its £40bn cash pile it has built up
overseas on buying AstraZeneca rather than bringing the money back to
America, where it would be taxed.
The tax plans have been attacked by prominent US
senators Carl Levin and Roy Wyden, who are working to urgently to close the
loophole.
Pfizer said the UK's 20% corporate tax rate from
next year compared with 40% in the US was "very attractive".
Read praised the UK government's "very clever" tax
breaks strategy and said it was crucial to Pfizer's decision to make an
offer for AstraZeneca. "We would change the price we are offering if we
didn't have the advantage of the tax," he said.
He highlighted the UK's "patent box" tax -
introduced by George Osborne - which allows companies to pay just 10% tax on
profits derived from UK research."
For more, see..
http://www.theguardian.com/business/2014/may/13/pfizer-astrazeneca-uk-job-cuts-mps-hostile
Roger
DATE |
May 2, 2014
|
SPEAKER(S): |
James R. Doty,
Chairman |
EVENT: |
Northwestern University
School of Law 34th Annual Ray Garrett Jr. Corporate and Securities
Law Institute |
LOCATION: |
Chicago, IL
|
FASB proposes an optional pushdown accounting model (a significant change)
EY Commentary ---
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2748_Pushdown_1May2014/%24FILE/TothePoint_BB2748_Pushdown_1May2014.pdf
What you need to know
• The FASB proposed allowing acquired entities
to choose to apply pushdown accounting (i.e., reflect the acquirer ’ s
basis of accounting for the acquired entity ’ s assets and liabilities )
when an acquirer obtains control of the m.
• The proposal would appl y to all entities.
• The proposal would not include certain
concepts that exist in current SEC guidance such as “ substantially
wholly owned ” and “ collaborative group.”
• Comments are due by 3 1 July 2014
"KKR Error Raises Question: What Cash Should Go to Investors?
Private-Equity Firm KKR Isn't Sharing Certain Fees Because It Doesn't See Unit
as an Affiliate," by Mark Maremount, The Wall Street Journal, May 21,
2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303749904579576171785616910?mod=djemCFO_h&mg=reno64-wsj
KKR KKR +2.41% & Co. has made several erroneous
disclosures about its ties to an in-house consulting unit, a lapse that
highlights a broader issue of private-equity firms' duties to pass along fee
income to investors.
The investing giant said it incorrectly listed the
unit, KKR Capstone, as a subsidiary in a 2011 annual report. Several KKR-controlled
public companies erroneously described Capstone as a KKR "affiliate" in
regulatory filings. And statements on investor calls identifying Capstone's
top executive as a KKR partner weren't "technically correct," an official of
the private-equity firm says. Similar mentions of the Capstone executive as
a partner by KKR co-founder Henry R. Kravis, KKR said, were a "collegial
reference."
Behind the admissions of mistakes—in response to
inquiries from The Wall Street Journal—is a ticklish legal situation that
hasn't before come to public light.
KKR is required to share with investors in its
largest buyout fund 80% of any "consulting fees" collected by any KKR
"affiliate," under a confidential pact struck with public pension funds and
other investors in that 2006 fund. Terms of that deal were reviewed by the
Journal. The private-equity firm manages other funds, but terms governing
them couldn't be determined.
Capstone earns consulting fees, which constitute
the bulk of the roughly $170 million in such fees KKR reported as revenue
over the past three years. But KKR says the group is owned by Capstone's
management, not KKR, and isn't an affiliate. As a result, KKR—which is
required by accounting rules to include Capstone's financial results with
its own—has told investors it doesn't share the firm's fees with them.
A KKR official says the firm in some cases has
"corrected" miscues and in another instance didn't change a regulatory
filing because it considered the error "immaterial." A Capstone
representative declined to comment Wednesday.
The KKR fee-sharing issue comes as the Securities
and Exchange Commission ramps up scrutiny of fees and disclosures in the
private-equity industry. Andrew Bowden, a senior SEC official, said in a
speech earlier this month that the agency has found "broad, imprecise
language" in firms' limited-partnership agreements struck with investors,
which in some cases creates an "enormous gray area" when it comes to fees.
Mr. Bowden didn't mention KKR in his remarks, and
the SEC declined to comment on KKR for this article.
An affiliate, legal experts said, is an entity
controlled by, or under common control with, another.
Some legal experts note that KKR directs Capstone's
services and holds significant sway over its executives' pay. "There is a
very strong case to be made that it is an affiliate, and KKR ought to be
sharing some of these fees from Capstone," said James D. Cox, a Duke
University securities-law professor.
Big investors now routinely demand a share of fees
private-equity firms charge their portfolio companies—often 80% to
100%—arguing that the charges drain companies bought with their money.
Investors generally don't collect fees directly, but use them to offset a
portion of annual management fees they would otherwise owe private-equity
firms.
When raising $17.6 billion for its 2006 fund, KKR
agreed to share 80% of a range of fees collected by its management company
or any "KKR affiliate."
KKR declined to say how much Capstone has collected
in fees from companies bought through the 2006 fund. One such company, First
Data Corp., an Atlanta-based provider of credit-card-processing services,
paid Capstone $35.4 million from 2011 through 2013, according to its
regulatory filings.
Capstone Consulting LLC—which licenses the name KKR
Capstone from the private-equity firm—was founded in 2000 to help KKR
improve operations at the companies it was buying. Filings show it has grown
to employ more than 50 operating consultants; its leader sits on KKR's key
portfolio-management committee, and its top executives participate in KKR's
share of its deal-making profits.
"I can't think of any other group that is probably
as important to the success of each of our businesses," Mr. Kravis said in a
2012 investor meeting.
In 2011, KKR began including Capstone's results in
its own financial statements, under accounting rules mandating such
consolidation if one company has a "controlling financial interest" in
another.
Continued in article
From the PwC Newsletter on May 16, 2014
In brief: Consolidation - changes may affect all industries
The FASB's consolidation project nears completion with
more decisions made at last week's meeting. Significant changes have been
made by the Board to the principal versus agent proposal that was exposed in
2011, making the potential impacts more broad than initially anticipated.
The FASB's initial goal was to make a surgical fix to one aspect of the
consolidation guidance (adding a new principal versus agent step in the VIE
model) to avoid asset managers needing to consolidate the funds they manage.
Since then, the Board has made decisions that will impact several aspects of
the consolidation guidance with applicability to all companies.
Read more at
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief/2014-08-consolidation-changes-may-affect-all-industries.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief&j=470422&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=757997_HTML&u=18511933&mid=7002454&jb=0
From the CPA Newsletter on May 6, 2014
Aging America will put pressure on Social Security, Medicare
America is aging, with
the number of people 65 and older expected to nearly double by 2050, putting
pressure on programs such as Social Security and Medicare. The Census Bureau
reports the number of older U.S. residents will grow from 43 million in 2012
to nearly 84 million in 2050.
Reuters
(5/6)
Bob Jensen's threads on the entitlements disasters ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm
From the CPA Newsletter on May 6, 2014
Taxpayer who won't provide cost basis owes large tax bill
A taxpayer who refused
to provide cost-basis information for securities he sold must pay over $5
million in tax after the 11th Circuit Court of Appeals agreed with the Tax
Court that
he must treat the
entire sales price as capital gain.
The taxpayer failed to establish his basis in the securities, despite many
attempts by the Internal Revenue Service to obtain the information from him.
Journal of Accountancy online
(5/5)
Cash Flow and Motive for Fraud
RGL Forensics
http://www.rgl.com/pubs/xprPubDetail.aspx?xpST=PubDetail&pub=1151dfb2-4570-400b-8cfa-74da7231acfd&RSS=true
Thank you M. Raza for the heads up.
Cash Flow and Motive for Fraud
A company’s statement
of cash flows offers an invaluable view into the sources and uses of
cash in the organization’s operations. At the same time, the cash
flow statement can provide important clues about the operation’s
financial stability and solvency (ability to meet obligations as
they are due or sufficient assets to meet ongoing liabilities). For
example, poor cash flow and the likelihood of insolvency can
represent a critical set of numerical red flags for uncovering the
motives for committing accounting or insurance fraud.
Moreover, investigative analysis of a company’s cash flow numbers
can uncover incentives to commit fraud in two key categories--motive
out of desperation (to stave off insolvency, for instance), and
motive out of intentional calculation.1
ESSENTIAL ACCOUNTING
RULES
Publication of the
statement of cash flows is required by Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP) in the United States.2 Essentially,
the cash flow statement provides for the sources and uses of cash
within three categories of activities within each entity—operating,
investing and financing operations. The combined net cash provided
or used for each of the three groupings of activity equals the
company’s overall increase or decrease in the cash balance during
the year.
Example:
The operating activities for a cash flow statement using the
indirect method:
Cash Flow from Operating
Activities
Net
Income $500,000
Adjustments to
Reconcile Net Income
to Net Cash from
Operating Activities:
Depreciation (Non-Cash
Expense) $100,000
(Increase) / Decrease
Receivables ($400,000)
(Increase) / Decrease
in Inventories ($200,000)
Increase / (Decrease)
Payables ($200,000)
Increase / (Decrease) in
Taxes Payable ($200,000)
Net Cash Provided by
Operating Activities ($400,000)
As you can see, this
particular entity earned $500,000 in net profit for the year while
operations actually resulted in a $400,000 decline in cash due to
the ways in which cash was generated and used for operations. The
change in accounts receivable provides important insight into the
difficulty the entity has had in converting sales to cash.
Key: If
the accounts receivable balance increases during a year it means
that cash receipts were less than sales for the year. This is often
symptomatic of a strain on available cash for operating activities,
which in turn could be caused by other problems such as the
following:
• Financial
difficulties at one or more customers. In today’s economic
times, many companies are facing financial difficulty that often
translates into slower payment of suppliers and vendors. This could
be a widespread problem or one that is isolated to few customers.
Accounts receivable
aging reports will help to shed light on the specific accounts that
are slow in paying.
• Customer
service or billing difficulties. Another possible explanation
for the increase in the receivables balance is that the entity is
not providing quality customer service (including sub-par product
quality) and customers are refusing to pay the amount owed on
account or are demanding an allowance as compensation. These
problems may or may not be properly accounted for through the
establishment of a reserve for doubtful accounts. And, of course,
these types of problems may be indicative of a larger more systemic
customer service problem.
Helpful:
Speaking with selected customers about the reasons for delay in
payment is often very valuable in this regard. Confirmation of
receivable balances could also include an opportunity for the
customer to provide feedback on the customer service received.
• Artificial
overstatement of sales and accounts receivable. The cash strain
described above could also be the result of fictitious entries to
the ledger. This results in artificial overstatement of sales and
accounts receivable. This is a common form of financial statement
fraud designed to misrepresent the financial condition of the entity
for a fraudulent purpose. The result is to overstate assets –
primarily accounts receivable-- and sales, thus artificially
inflating profitability and equity balance of the operation.
Tracing these
transactions to the underlying sales invoices and other supporting
documentation as well as to specific confirmations of the receivable
balance with the customer is essential to this analysis.
Of course, there could
be other explanations for the increase in the receivables balance
that may suggest that it is a normal, temporary increase. To
determine if this is the case, analyze and understand the trends and
cycles of the receivables to discover whether the correlation of
sales to receivables balance is seriously eroding or simply
fluctuates over time.
For illustration, in
the example above, it is possible that the previous year experienced
a dramatic decrease in the receivable balance, which
translated to a dramatic increase in cash on hand.
Key:
The timing and history of transactions are important to the
investigation and understanding of the financial situation in the
context of financial motive to commit fraud.
Bottom line:
Getting to the true facts about this entity’s financial activities
requires an understanding of the “why” and not simply the
transactions and account balances.
As mentioned, an
important factor is the timing of changes and their correlation —or
lack thereof— to the approach to insolvency. The question that must
be asked in order to determine if there is a motive to commit fraud
is whether there is a trend towards insolvency. If there is,
the pressure on management to falsify its financial reports may be
great enough to push them to commit fraud. If, on the other hand,
you determine that legitimate forces are behind the entities cash
flow problems, you must assess the ability of the operation to
survive through alternative financing or investment with a plan to
turn it around. This is the nature of structured turnarounds;
rethinking the financial model and business concept with the goal of
returning the operation to solvency.
CASH FLOW FROM
FINANCING
Another section of the
Statement of Cash Flows that is of particular
significance to the analysis of financial motive for fraud is that
relating to cash flow from financing activities.
In this situation, the
motive investigation should always include an analysis of the
ability of the business entity to meet its debt obligations (and
preferred stock dividends if applicable) as they come due. And,
while there is important information provided in the cash flows
statement relevant to this issue, more investigation is required to
unravel the real story behind the numbers.
Cash Flow from Financing
Activities
Payments of Loan
Principal ($500,000)
Loan
Proceeds
200,000
Net Cash Provided by
Financing Activities ($300,000)
A quick glance of this
abbreviated section of the cash flow statement tells you that
payments toward the principal balance of the entity’s debt made
during the year totaled $500,000 and the loan proceeds from
new debt were $200,000. The result is a further $300,000 decline in
the cash balance. While this is valuable information, it does not
give us sufficient understanding of the cash flow and financing of
the operation.
For example, while
$500,000 in payments were made towards the principal on the entity’s
debt, the statement does not reveal the amount of debt principal
that was due and owing during the year. It could be that the
principal portion of loan payments scheduled for remittance totaled
more than $1 million, but the entity lacked sufficient cash or
additional financing to meet that obligation. As such, the entity
may have been forced to pursue restructuring of its debt -- by, for
example, having the principal amount due in the current year pushed
to the following. This would help to ease the entity’s current cash
flow problem, but it would increase the risk of being unable to
meet its obligations in the subsequent period.
The notes to the
financial statements often will provide some additional insight to
the loan balances, due dates, amounts due during the year,
refinances, liquidations and new loans. There may also be
information on the collateral or security pledged for the loans and
even compliance with loan covenants and other requirements. These
covenants and requirements are designed to assist the lending
institution in managing its financial interest in the underlying
security protecting its investment.
Where this information
is not disclosed on the financial statements or notes, the analyst
must seek the details in order to completely understand the nature
and complexity of the entity’s debt financing. This is critical to
understanding the financial implications to negative cash flow and
its relationship to the approach of insolvency.
And perhaps most
importantly, the ability of an entity to finance its operation is
critical in understanding the potential motive for fraud. In the
case of the desperate entity, for example, current debt payments due
may outweigh the entity’s ability to generate cash from other
sources. Thus, among the main ways for such an organization to
obtain the desperately needed cash are refinancing or borrowing
additional funds. An investigation of the cash flow from financing
activities provides insight into whether management has
misrepresented its financial records to facilitate such borrowing
potential.
GETTING THE NEEDED
INFORMATION
Often, the most
important source for this information is directly from the company’s
financial institution itself.
Important:
Whenever you request information about a specific entity from its
bank, be sure to ask for complete copies of loan files, loan
underwriting files, loan agreements including covenants, loan
payment history, as well as collateral and security interests,
procedures for loan approval and covenant violation as well as
financial information files, etc.
Continued in article
Which is More Value-Relevant: Earnings or Cash Flows?
Go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#CashVsAccrualAcctg
This is the worst article that I've read in a long,
long time.
"Let's All Stop Worrying About Grade Inflation," by David Goobler,
Chronicle of Higher Education, May 21, 2014 ---
https://chroniclevitae.com/news/506-let-s-all-stop-worrying-about-grade-inflation?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comments
Grade Inflation is the Number 1 Disgrace in Higher Education ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#RateMyProfessor
- The article by Goobler provides no evidence for its speculations that
grades don't matter.
Grades do matter. If all graduates have nearly an A average then prospective
employers and graduate schools adapt by either using other measures of
quality or by raising standards.
For example, graduate schools may adapt to relying more on admission test
scores like the MCAT, LSAT, GRE, and GMAT when grades can no longer be
meaningfully evaluated (all graduates had high grades).
For example, prospective employers adapt by keeping secret books of
standards for different colleges. The large CPA firms, for example, keep
such books such that College A graduates are interviewed only if their gpa
exceeds 3.5 since nearly all accounting graduates of College A have a higher
gpa than 3.0. The firms may set the target for interviewing at 3.0 for
College B where most accounting graduates have a gpa lower than 3.0 in
college B.
- There's a lot of anecdotal evidence that students don't put in as
much effort if grading is not competitive.
Why put in blood, sweat, and tears if you are assured of getting an A with
minimal effort?
Students have to make tough decisions of where to allocate their study time.
The courses with high grade competition will get more of their study time
allocation than the gut courses where top grades for little effort are
assured (because the teachers in those courses are paranoid over getting
poor teaching evaluations).
- Do you want a physician who shed blood, sweat, and tears to for an A
average or a physician who spent most of his time in the pub while getting
an A average in medical school?
- There's some anecdotal evidence that students are tempted to game the
assignments of the course.
For example, some students may cooperate with each other by dividing up
assignments and then copying each others' answers. Exhibit A is a political
science course at Harvard where over 60 students were expelled for doing
this type of plagiarism of each otherss' assignments.
"Cheating Scandal at Harvard," Inside Higher Ed, August 31,
2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2012/08/31/cheating-scandal-harvard
Harvard University is investigating about 125 students
-- nearly 2 percent of all undergraduates -- who are suspected of cheating
on a take-home final during the spring semester,
The Boston Globe reported Thursday. The
students will appear before the college’s disciplinary board over the coming
weeks, seem to have copied each other’s work, the dean of undergraduate
education said. Those found guilty could face up to a one-year suspension.
The dean would not comment on whether students who had already graduated
would have their degrees revoked but he did tell the Globe, “this
is something we take really, really seriously.” Harvard administrators said
they are considering new ways to educate students about cheating and
academic ethics. While the university has no honor code, the Globe
noted, its official handbook says students should “assume that collaboration
in the completion of assignments is prohibited unless explicitly permitted
by the instructor.”
"The Typo That Unfurled Harvard’s Cheating Scandal," Chronicle of
Higher Education, September 12, 2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/jp/the-typo-that-unfurled-harvards-cheating-scandal?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
"Facing Cheating Inquiry, Harvard Basketball Co-Captains Withdraw,"
Inside Higher Ed, September 12, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2012/09/12/facing-cheating-inquiry-harvard-basketball-co-captains-
Jensen Comment
The main issue is whether students plagiarized work of other students.
Ironically the course involved is "Government 1310: Introduction to
Congress." So why is does cheating in this course come as a surprise?
"Harvard Students in Cheating Scandal Say Collaboration Was Accepted,"
by Richard Perez-Pena, The New York Times, August 31, 2012 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/09/01/education/students-of-harvard-cheating-scandal-say-group-work-was-accepted.html?_r=1
¶. . .
In years past, the course, Introduction to
Congress, had a reputation as one of the easiest at Harvard College. Some of
the 279 students who took it in the spring semester said that the teacher,
Matthew B. Platt, an assistant professor of government, told them at the
outset that he gave high grades and that neither attending his lectures nor
the discussion sessions with graduate teaching fellows was mandatory.
¶ “He said, ‘I gave out 120 A’s last year, and I’ll
give out 120 more,’ ” one accused student said.
¶ But evaluations posted online by students after
finals — before the cheating charges were made — in Harvard’s Q Guide were
filled with seething assessments, and made clear that the class was no
longer easy. Many students, who posted anonymously, described Dr. Platt as a
great lecturer, but the guide included far more comments like “I felt that
many of the exam questions were designed to trick you rather than test your
understanding of the material,” “the exams are absolutely absurd and don’t
match the material covered in the lecture at all,” “went from being easy
last year to just being plain old confusing,” and “this was perhaps the
worst class I have ever taken.”
¶ Harvard University revealed on Wednesday that
nearly half of the undergraduates in the spring class were under
investigation for suspected cheating, for working together or for
plagiarizing on a take-home final exam. Jay Harris, the dean of
undergraduate education, called the episode “unprecedented in its scope and
magnitude.”
¶ The university would not name the class, but it
was identified by students facing cheating allegations. They were granted
anonymity because they said they feared that open criticism could influence
the outcome of their disciplinary cases.
¶ “They’re threatening people’s futures,” said a
student who graduated in May. “Having my degree revoked now would mean I
lose my job.”
¶ The students said they do not doubt that some
people in the class did things that were obviously prohibited, like working
together in writing test answers. But they said that some of the conduct now
being condemned was taken for granted in the course, on previous tests and
in previous years.
¶ Dr. Platt and his teaching assistants did not
respond to messages requesting comment that were left on Friday. In response
to calls to Mr. Harris and Michael D. Smith, the dean and chief academic
officer of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, the university released a
statement saying that the university’s administrative board still must meet
with each accused student and that it has not reached any conclusions.
¶ “We expect to learn more about the way the course
was organized and how work was approached in class and on the take-home
final,” the statement said. “That is the type of information that the
process is designed to bring forward, and we will review all of the facts as
they arise.”
¶ The class met three times a week, and each
student in the class was assigned to one of 10 discussion sections, each of
which held weekly sessions with graduate teaching fellows. The course grade
was based entirely on four take-home tests, which students had several days
to complete and which were graded by the teaching fellows.
¶ Students complained that teaching fellows varied
widely in how tough they were in grading, how helpful they were, and which
terms and references to sources they expected to see in answers. As a
result, they said, students routinely shared notes from Dr. Pratt’s
lectures, notes from discussion sessions, and reading materials, which they
believed was allowed.
¶ “I was just someone who shared notes, and now I’m
implicated in this,” said a senior who faces a cheating allegation.
“Everyone in this class had shared notes. You’d expect similar answers.”
¶ Instructions on the final exam said, “students
may not discuss the exam with others.” Students said that consulting with
the fellows on exams was commonplace, that the fellows generally did not
turn students away, and that the fellows did not always understand the
questions, either.
¶ One student recalled going to a teaching fellow
while working on the final exam and finding a crowd of others there, asking
about a test question that hinged on an unfamiliar term. The student said
the fellow defined the term for them.
¶ An accused sophomore said that in working on
exams, “everybody went to the T.F.’s and begged for help. Some of the T.F.’s
really laid it out for you, as explicit as you need, so of course the
answers were the same.”
¶ He said that he also discussed test questions
with other students, which he acknowledged was prohibited, but he maintained
that the practice was widespread and accepted.
¶
2012 Harvard Cheating Scandal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2012_Harvard_cheating_scandal
"Half of students in Harvard cheating scandal required to withdraw from
the college," by Katherin Landergan, Boston.com, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.boston.com/yourcampus/news/harvard/2013/02/half_of_students_in_harvard_cheating_scandal_required_to_withdraw_from_the_college.html
In an apparent disclosure about the Harvard
cheating scandal, a top university official said Friday that more than half
of the Harvard students investigated by a college board have been ordered to
withdraw from the school.
In an e-mail to the Harvard community, Dean of the
Faculty of Arts and Sciences Michael D. Smith wrote that more than half of
the students who were brought before the university's Administration Board
this fall were required to withdraw from for a period of time.
Of the remaining cases, approximately half the
students received disciplinary probation, while the rest of the cases were
dismissed.
Smith's e-mail does not explicitly address the
cheating scandal that implicated about 125 Harvard students. But a Harvard
official confirmed Friday that the cases in the email solely referred to one
course.
In August, Harvard disclosed the cheating scandal
in a Spring 2012 class. It was widely reported to be "Government 1310:
Introduction to Congress."
“Consistent with the Faculty’s rules and our
obligations to our students, we do not report individual outcomes of
Administrative Board cases, but only report aggregate statistics,” the
e-mail said. "In that tradition, the College reports that somewhat more than
half of the Administrative Board cases this past fall required a student to
withdraw from the College for a period of time. Of the remaining cases,
roughly half the students received disciplinary probation, while the balance
ended in no disciplinary action.''
Smith wrote that the first set of cases were
decided in late September, and the remainder were resolved in December.
The e-mail said that "The time span of the
resolutions in this set had an undesirable interaction with our established
schedule for tuition refunds. To create a greater amount of financial equity
for all students who ultimately withdrew sometime in this period, we are
treating, for the purpose of calculating tuition refunds, all these students
as having received a requirement to withdraw on September 30, 2012."
In a statement released when the cheating scandal
became public, Harvard president Drew Faust said that the allegations, “if
proven, represent totally unacceptable behavior that betrays the trust upon
which intellectual inquiry at Harvard depends. . . . There is work to be
done to ensure that every student at Harvard understands and embraces the
values that are fundamental to its community of scholars.”
As Harvard students returned to classes for the
current semester, professsors included explicit instructions about
collaboration on the class syllabus.
On campus Friday afternoon, students reacted to the
news.
Michael Constant, 19, said he thinks the college
wanted to make a statement with its decision. But when over half of the
students in a class cheat, not punishing them is the same as condoning the
behavior.
“I think it’s fair,” Constant said of the board’s
disciplinary action. “They made the choice to cheat.”
Georgina Parfitt, 22, said the punishment for these
students was too harsh, and that many students in the class could have been
confused about the policy.
Parfitt said she does not know what the college is
trying to achieve by forcing students to leave.
Continued in article
Jensen Question
The question is why cheat at Harvard since almost everybody who tries in a
Harvard course receives an A. We're left with the feeling that those 125 or so
students who cheated just did not want to try?
The investigation revealed that 91 percent of
Harvard's students graduated cum laude.
Thomas Bartlett and Paula Wasley, "Just
Say 'A': Grade Inflation Undergoes Reality Check: The notion of a decline
in standards draws crusaders and skeptics," Chronicle of Higher Education,
September 5, 2008 ---
http://chronicle.com/weekly/v55/i02/02a00104.htm?utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
Grade Inflation is the Number 1 Disgrace in Higher Education ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#RateMyProfessor
From 24/7 Wall Street newsletter on May 12, 2014
The U.S. Postal Service
on Friday reported a net loss of $1.9
billion in the second quarter of its 2014 fiscal year.
The total is equal to almost half the USPS’s reported loss for the first
nine months of the 2013 fiscal year, and marks the 20th loss in the past 22
quarters. Revenue rose and expenses fell -- the results should perhaps have
been better. And they were in one area -- package delivery service where
revenue rose by $252 million or 8% to $3.38 billion and volume rose 7.3% to
986 million packages. The USPS may have hit upon a way to improve its
fortunes, and the key may be in a deal it has with Amazon.com.
Can Amazon save the U.S. Postal Service?
This must really complicate FX hedging decisions and accounting for FX
speculation and hedging
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 27, 2014
Good morning. The highest inflation rate in the
Americas and at least five currency devaluations in the past decade have
turned Venezuela into a guessing game for multinational firms, and that may
force them to take write-downs, report WSJ’s Maxwell Murphy and Kejal Vyas
on the front page of today’s Marketplace. The country now has three exchange
rates for its currency, plus a sizable black market which accounts for about
10% of currency transactions.
Venezuela’s foreign-exchange system puts companies
on an uneven playing field, depending on their business. Some firms can
import goods at 6.3 bolivars to a U.S. dollar, but for others a dollar can
cost as much as 50 bolivars. And without access to official channels, a
dollar can cost 70 bolivars on the black market.
The president of the Venezuelan legislature’s
finance commission said authorities are working to unify the rates, but
until they do, companies must decide which exchange rate to use, so
investors should brace for more write-downs. Avon Products Inc. switched to
the newest government-sanctioned rate in the first quarter and took a $42
million charge, and Estée Lauder Cos. took a $38 million hit. Most companies
are still using more-favorable exchange rates in their accounting.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 27, 2014
Employee fraud is often an unrecoverable bite
A growing percentage of companies can’t get their money back when
employees steal,
CFOJ’s John Kester
reports. In a survey late last year by
the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners, 58% of companies said they
failed to recover any money lost through employee fraud in 2012 and 2013, up
nine percentage points from the previous study released in 2012.
Jensen Comment
Firms can obtain bonding insurance for those employees confronted with the
greatest moral hazard such as those that handle cash, payrolls, precious
inventory, etc. But this is expensive for smaller firms and government agencies
on tight budgets. Deep pockets auditors sometimes take the hit like the audit
firm that overlooked Dixon, Illinois Comptroller Rita Crundwell's theft of
nearly $54 million over two decades. That auditing firm repaid about 80% of the
loss to the Town of Dixon.
From CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 30, 2014
China hacking is deep and diverse
China’s Internet espionage capabilities are deeper and more widely dispersed
than believed, the WSJ
reports, underscoring the challenge the
U.S. faces in addressing what Washington considers economic espionage. Some
of the most sophisticated intruders observed by U.S. officials and
private-sector security firms work as hackers for hire. Sometimes
freelancers appear to take orders from the military, at other times from
state-owned firms seeking a competitive advantage.
That would make KPMG the largest auditor of hedge funds based on client
numbers, up from fifth currently
From CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 30, 2014
KPMG to buy New Jersey accounting firm Rothstein Kass
KPMG LLP agreed
Thursday to buy
Rothstein Kass, a
firm that caters to hedge funds and other alternative investment firms, the
WSJ’s Michael Rapoport reports. That would
make KPMG the largest auditor of hedge funds based on client numbers, up
from fifth currently.
Ernst & Young LLP currently holds the top spot.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 27, 2014
Health-law costs snarl union contract talks
Labor talks nationwide are becoming more challenging as unions and employers
butt heads over who should pick up the tab for new costs associated with the
Affordable Care Act,
the WSJ reports.
Coverage for dependent children up to age 26 is already an issue, but future
costs, like a tax on premium health plans that starts in 2018, are also
coming up. Labor experts say the law doesn’t take into account that health
benefits have been negotiated over decades, and that rewriting plans to meet
end requirements can affect wages and other labor terms.
Jensen Comment
Many firms like Walgreen have already dropped employee health insurance plans.
On a separate matter, the Obama Administration recently ruled that salary
increases to replace employer-funded medical insurance contributions with
ACA private exchange plans will not be tax deductible. This complicates
payroll and tax accounting for business firms. Of course this will not
matter to government agencies and other non-profit organizations since they do
not seek tax deductions..
From the CPA Newsletter on May 27, 2014
IRS
sets high penalties for companies that send employees to ACA health
exchanges
According to an Internal Revenue Service
ruling, employers that move employees to health insurance exchanges by
reimbursing them for their premiums do not satisfy the requirements of the
Affordable Care Act. Companies that send workers to the exchanges face a tax
penalty of $100 a day, or $36,500 a year, per employee.
The New York Times (tiered subscription model)
(5/
Bob
Jensen's universal health care messaging ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 20, 2014
Is your in-house consulting unit an “affiliate,” or
a “variable-interest entity (VIE)?”
Private-equity firm KKR &
Co. is learning that it’s critical to apply specific language to
such matters across all of its regulatory filings, because the distinction
has a big impact on whether the fees that the unit collects need to be
shared with investors.
The investing giant listed
KKR Capstone as a
subsidiary in its 2011 annual report, something it now describes as a
mistake, the
WSJ’s Mark Maremont reports. And
several KKR-controlled companies erroneously described Capstone as a KKR
“affiliate” in regulatory filings. KKR is required to share with investors
in its largest buyout fund 80% of any “consulting fees” collected by any KKR
“affiliate,” under a confidential pact struck with investors. But KKR says
the unit is owned by Capstone’s management, not KKR, and isn’t an affiliate,
so it hasn’t shared the firm’s fees with investors. And the fees are
considerable—Capstone’s consulting fees constitute the bulk of the roughly
$170 million in such fees KKR reported as revenue over the past three years.
A KKR official says the firm in some
cases has “corrected” misstatements, though in another instance it didn’t
change a filing because it considered the error “immaterial.” But this is
news to some KKR investors. “I always thought Capstone was part of the
firm,” said Christopher Wagner, a private-equity officer with the
Los Angeles County
Employees Retirement Association, which is an investor in the fund.
What's Right and What's Wrong With
(SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 20, 2014
Mortgage, home-equity woes linger
Nearly 10 million U.S. households remain stuck in homes worth less
than their mortgage, and a similar number have so little equity they can’t
meet the expenses of selling a home, the
WSJ’s Conor Dougherty reports.
In addition to the homeowners who are underwater,
roughly 10 million households have 20% or less equity in their homes, which
makes it difficult to sell without dipping into savings.
Jensen Comment
If a lender forgives the difference between the mortgage debt owing and the
lesser value of the property, the homeowner may have been better off from a tax
standpoint to have the debt forgiven in 2013 versus after 2013.
May 13, 2014 message from Elliot Kamlet
Hi Bob
You were not the only one concerned about
riots in the streets over taxation of cancellation of home mortgage
debt. Congress came to the rescue. From
2007-2013 (it has expired now)
there was a provision of the code excluding home mortgage debt
cancellation from income.
Sec. 108 (a) Exclusion
from gross income
(1) In
general
Gross
income does not include any
amount which (but for this subsection) would be includible in
gross income by reason of the discharge (in whole or in part) of
indebtedness of the taxpayer —
(A) the
discharge occurs in a title 11 case,
(B) the
discharge occurs when the taxpayer is insolvent,
(C) the
indebtedness discharged is qualified farm indebtedness,
(D) in
the case of a taxpayer other than a C corporation, the
indebtedness discharged is qualified real property business
indebtedness, or
(E) the
indebtedness discharged is qualified principal residence
indebtedness which is discharged before January 1, 2014.
As far as the woman
in the disability case goes, I would think she is a good
candidate for an "offer in compromise", an IRS program meant to
relieve taxpayers of their past due tax burden if their future
prospects for earnings are minimal.
Conflict Minerals Regulation and Accounting Confusion
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 20, 2014
Good morning. The
June 2 regulatory deadline for corporate disclosures on
so-called conflict minerals is fast approaching, but most companies are
still struggling to determine how much to reveal about their suppliers and
audit trails,
CFOJ’s Emily Chasan and Joel Schectman
report.
Some 6,000 U.S.-listed companies are expected to release details about their
supply chains in the next few weeks, but few conclusions are likely to
appear in the reports.
The disclosures are mandated by a part of the
Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, and were intended to stop the flow of money to
violent militia groups in and around the Democratic Republic of Congo. But
business groups have insisted that the requirement is too burdensome.
Even after a court ruling that struck
down part of the regulation, companies are still required to prove that
they’ve investigated their supply chains.
AMD Inc., for
example, has spent years investigating the manufacture of its computer
chips, and yet it still can’t say whether its suppliers used any tin,
tungsten, gold or tantalum sold by armed groups in the Congo region.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 16, 2014
GE Capital insider case is a new test for SEC
Fresh off a major courtroom victory, the Securities and Exchange
Commission will test its insider-trading theories in another long-running
case set for
Monday, the
WSJ’s Joe Palazzolo reports.
Regulators say Nelson J. Obus, a principal at hedge
fund Wynnefield Capital
Inc., traded on an inside tip about an acquisition he received from
one of his analysts, who got the tip from a college friend at
General Electric Co.’s
GE Capital unit. The SEC sued Mr. Obus in 2006 and a federal trial judge
threw out the case, but an appeals court reinstated it in 2012.
Wal-Mart will not oppose an increase in the federal minimum wage
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 16, 2014
Wal-Mart sales decline,
again
For the fifth quarter in a row, Wal-Mart
Stores Inc. reported a decline in U.S. sales,
the WSJ reports, and
the company sees further weakness ahead. The results underscore ongoing
softness in the economy, particularly for Americans at the lower end of the
income scale. The retailer also said that it
would not oppose an increase in the federal minimum wage,
the
WSJ’s Shelly Banjo reports.
It is the most explicit remark the company has made on the matter, though a
spokeswoman added that its position has not changed, and that it remains
neutral on whether the minimum wage should be raised or not.
Why isn't this surprising?
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 8, 2014
Judge criticizes Nortel legal fees
A Canadian judge blasted the lawyers involved in the fight over
$7.3 billion raised in the sale of
Nortel Networks Inc.’s
businesses, calling their tactics “a huge waste of money” and their fees
shocking,” the
WSJ’s Peg Brickley reports. The trial is set to
run for six weeks in the U.S. and Canada at an expected cost of at least $1
million a day. It will determine how to split the proceeds of the sale of
Nortel’s businesses among its creditors.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 13, 2014
Restatements pack less of a punch.
The average financial restatement cost companies $3.2 million last
year, less than half of the average $6.5 million they cost in each of the
previous six years,
CFOJ’s John Kester reports.
Regulators at the SEC have been filing fewer
accounting-fraud cases, reducing companies’ restatement risks, though that
could change in light of new investigations under way, SEC Chairwoman Mary
Jo White said last month.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 8, 2014
Good morning. Increases in business hiring and
consumer spending have convinced the Federal Reserve of the arrival finally
of green shoots of economic growth this springtime. But as
The
Wall Street Journal’s Jon Hilsenrath and Nick Timiraos
report, that optimism is tainted by
concerns that the housing sector isn’t part of that growth. Fed Chairwoman
Janet Yellen,
testified before Congress’s Joint Economic Committee
Wednesday that the economy was on track for
“solid growth” in the current quarter, but she flagged that housing was
potentially still in a slump. Existing home sales in March fell for the
seventh time in eight months and were 7.5% below the seasonally adjusted
annual rate of a year earlier.
New building permits for single-family
homes stood below the year-earlier level for the second straight month in
March. Sales of new homes during the first quarter were 1.8% below the
year-earlier level, punctuated by a 13% decline in March. On the record for
the first time about fears for the housing market, Ms. Yellen warned
lawmakers: “The recent flattening out in housing activity could prove more
protracted than currently expected, rather than resuming its earlier pace of
recovery.” A slow recovery in the housing sector could make the Fed’s
decision on interest-rate increases even more protracted.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 8, 2014
FASB Proposes Clean Up For Newly Acquired Entities
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has proposed changes to
the way newly acquired companies apply existing accounting rules, in a bid
to streamline the variation currently in practice.
Compliance Week reports
that the FASB has issued an exposure
draft to spell out some new requirements for “pushdown accounting,” or the
establishment of a new accounting basis for a target company after an
acquisition when the acquired company will continue to publish its own
financial statements. The FASB said companies following existing accounting
guidance have developed different practices because the guidance is limited.
The update is intended to spell out when and where an acquired business
would apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 6, 2014
Corporate pension plans reverse recent gains (after a good 2013 year)
Rising interest rates and stagnant stock prices are taking a toll
on corporate pension plans,
CFOJ’s Vipal Monga reports.
Companies that had been plotting buybacks or dividends
instead of pension contributions may be forced to revisit those plans. The
funding deficit for S&P 1500 defined-obligation pension plans totaled about
$360.3 billion in April, the largest funding gap since April last year and
almost four times the $102.9 billion recorded at the end of 2013.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 2, 2014
FASB's Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08 aims to
elevate the threshold for a disposal transaction to qualify as a
discontinued operation, as too many disposal transactions were qualifying as
discontinued operations under existing guidance. It also amends the
definition of a discontinued operation and requires entities to disclose
more information about disposal transactions that do not meet the
discontinued-operations criteria, as discussed in Deloitte's "Heads Up"
newsletter.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 2, 2014
Securities Exchange Commission wonders, where are the accounting questions?
Companies have been asking fewer questions of the Securities and Exchange
Commission’s accounting staff this year, and regulators aren’t sure why,
CFOJ’s Emily Chasan reports. “The
drop-off is pretty significant at around 40%,” said Daniel Murdock of the
SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant. “It just makes me pause with respect
to what it is [that’s causing the decline].”
Jensen Comment
When students don't ask questions it's usually because they know the answers or
because they're so hopelessly lost it's a waste of time to listen to the
answers.
"White-Collar World: What the office has done to
American life," by Nikil Saval, Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle
Review, April 14, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Paper-Pushers/145839/
The law does not pretend to punish
everything that is dishonest. That would seriously interfere with business.
Clarence Darrow
That some bankers
have ended up in prison is not a matter of scandal, but what is outrageous is
the fact that all the others are free.
Honoré de Balzac
"Why Only One Top Banker Went to Jail for the Financial Crisis," by
Jesse Eisinger, The New York Times, April 30, 2014 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2014/05/04/magazine/only-one-top-banker-jail-financial-crisis.html?hpw&rref=magazine&_r=0
Thank you Denny Beresford for the heads up!
This article is a collaboration between The Times
and ProPublica, the independent nonprofit investigative organization.
On the evening of Jan. 27, Kareem Serageldin walked
out of his Times Square apartment with his brother and an old Yale roommate
and took off on the four-hour drive to Philipsburg, a small town smack in
the middle of Pennsylvania. Despite once earning nearly $7 million a year as
an executive at Credit Suisse, Serageldin, who is 41, had always lived
fairly modestly. A previous apartment, overlooking Victoria Station in
London, struck his friends as a grown-up dorm room; Serageldin lived with
bachelor-pad furniture and little of it — his central piece was a night
stand overflowing with economics books, prospectuses and earnings reports.
In the years since, his apartments served as places where he would log five
or six hours of sleep before going back to work, creating and trading
complex financial instruments. One friend called him an “investment-banking
monk.”
Serageldin’s life was about to become more ascetic.
Two months earlier, he sat in a Lower Manhattan courtroom adjusting and
readjusting his tie as he waited for a judge to deliver his prison sentence.
During the worst of the financial crisis, according to prosecutors,
Serageldin had approved the concealment of hundreds of millions in losses in
Credit Suisse’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio. But on that November
morning, the judge seemed almost torn. Serageldin lied about the value of
his bank’s securities — that was a crime, of course — but other bankers
behaved far worse. Serageldin’s former employer, for one, had revised its
past financial statements to account for $2.7 billion that should have been
reported. Lehman Brothers, AIG, Citigroup, Countrywide and many others had
also admitted that they were in much worse shape than they initially
allowed. Merrill Lynch, in particular, announced a loss of nearly $8 billion
three weeks after claiming it was $4.5 billion. Serageldin’s conduct was, in
the judge’s words, “a small piece of an overall evil climate within the bank
and with many other banks.” Nevertheless, after a brief pause, he eased down
his gavel and sentenced Serageldin, an Egyptian-born trader who grew up in
the barren pinelands of Michigan’s Upper Peninsula, to 30 months in jail.
Serageldin would begin serving his time at Moshannon Valley Correctional
Center, in Philipsburg, where he would earn the distinction of being the
only Wall Street executive sent to jail for his part in the financial
crisis.
American financial history has generally unfolded
as a series of booms followed by busts followed by crackdowns. After the
crash of 1929, the Pecora Hearings seized upon public outrage, and the head
of the New York Stock Exchange landed in prison. After the savings-and-loan
scandals of the 1980s, 1,100 people were prosecuted, including top
executives at many of the largest failed banks. In the ’90s and early aughts,
when the bursting of the Nasdaq bubble revealed widespread corporate
accounting scandals, top executives from WorldCom, Enron, Qwest and Tyco,
among others, went to prison. Continue reading the main story
The credit crisis of 2008 dwarfed those busts, and
it was only to be expected that a similar round of crackdowns would ensue.
In 2009, the Obama administration appointed Lanny Breuer to lead the Justice
Department’s criminal division. Breuer quickly focused on professionalizing
the operation, introducing the rigor of a prestigious firm like Covington &
Burling, where he had spent much of his career. He recruited elite lawyers
from corporate firms and the Breu Crew, as they would later be known, were
repeatedly urged by Breuer to “take it to the next level.”
But the crackdown never happened. Over the past
year, I’ve interviewed Wall Street traders, bank executives, defense lawyers
and dozens of current and former prosecutors to understand why the largest
man-made economic catastrophe since the Depression resulted in the jailing
of a single investment banker — one who happened to be several rungs from
the corporate suite at a second-tier financial institution. Many assume that
the federal authorities simply lacked the guts to go after powerful Wall
Street bankers, but that obscures a far more complicated dynamic. During the
past decade, the Justice Department suffered a series of corporate
prosecutorial fiascos, which led to critical changes in how it approached
white-collar crime. The department began to focus on reaching settlements
rather than seeking prison sentences, which over time unintentionally
deprived its ranks of the experience needed to win trials against the most
formidable law firms. By the time Serageldin committed his crime, Justice
Department leadership, as well as prosecutors in integral United States
attorney’s offices, were de-emphasizing complicated financial cases — even
neglecting clues that suggested that Lehman executives knew more than they
were letting on about their bank’s liquidity problem. In the mid-’90s,
white-collar prosecutions represented an average of 17.6 percent of all
federal cases. In the three years ending in 2012, the share was 9.4 percent.
After the evening drive to Philipsburg, Serageldin
checked into a motel. He didn’t need to report to Moshannon Valley until 2
p.m. the next day, but he was advised to show up early to get a head start
on his processing. Moshannon is a low-security facility, with controlled
prisoner movements, a bit tougher than the one portrayed on “Orange Is the
New Black.” Friends of Serageldin’s worried about the violence; he was
counseled to keep his head down and never change the channel on the TV no
matter who seemed to be watching. Serageldin, who is tall and thin with a
regal bearing, was largely preoccupied with how, after a decade of 18-hour
trading days, he would pass the time. He was planning on doing math-problem
sets and studying economics. He had delayed marrying his longtime
girlfriend, a private-equity executive in London, but the plan was for her
to visit him frequently.
Other bankers have spoken out about feeling
unfairly maligned by the financial crisis, pegged as “banksters” by
politicians and commentators. But Serageldin was contrite. “I don’t feel
angry,” he told me in early winter. “I made a mistake. I take
responsibility. I’m ready to pay my debt to society.” Still, the fact that
the only top banker to go to jail for his role in the crisis was neither a
mortgage executive (who created toxic products) nor the C.E.O. of a bank
(who peddled them) is something of a paradox, but it’s one that reflects the
many paradoxes that got us here in the first place. Continue reading the
main story
Part of the Justice Department’s futility can be
traced to the rise of its own ambition. Until the 1980s, government
prosecutors generally focused on going after individual corporate criminals.
But after watching their fellow prosecutors successfully take down entire
mafia families, like the Gambino and Bonanno clans, many felt that they
should also be going after more high-profile convictions and that the best
way to root out corruption was to take on the whole organization. A
long-ignored Supreme Court ruling, from 1909, conveniently opened the door
for criminal charges against entire corporations. And in 2001, Michael
Chertoff, George W. Bush’s new criminal division chief, arrived at the
Justice Department ready to put it to use.
Chertoff, who worked at the U.S. Attorney’s office
under Rudolph W. Giuliani, the godfather of the Wall Street perp walk,
seemed like just the guy to jump-start the initiative — and he arrived at an
opportune moment. Prosecutors were beginning their investigation of Enron
and probe into Arthur Andersen, the accounting firm that had blessed the
energy-trading giant’s phony balance sheets and shredded documents shortly
after it detonated. Early in his tenure, Chertoff found himself sitting in a
conference room at Justice Department headquarters on Pennsylvania Avenue,
listening with growing irritation as lawyers for Arthur Andersen tried to
dispose of the Enron case with yet another settlement. The company
previously oversaw the fraudulent books of Waste Management and Sunbeam, and
it dealt with those previous scrapes by reaching settlements and a consent
decree with regulators, vowing never to commit such a crime again. For its
Waste Management infractions, the firm paid $7 million. Then, it was the
largest civil penalty ever paid.
Andersen was expecting the same kind of wrist-slap.
As Chertoff recalls, one high-ranking executive noted brazenly that such
settlements were merely “a cost of doing business” — the routine surcharges
applied to the nation’s largest corporations. That comment enraged Chertoff,
and soon after, his prosecutors indicted the firm. “Destroy documents?” he
told me. “It’s hard to view that as a stumble outside of its core business.”
In June 2002, Arthur Andersen was convicted by a jury, and within months,
the firm closed down, costing tens of thousands of people their jobs.
The Andersen case was supposed to embolden the
Justice Department, but it quickly backfired. Chertoff’s chutzpah shocked
much of the corporate world and even many prosecutors, who thought the
department had abused its powers at the cost of thousands of innocent
workers. Almost immediately, the Andersen verdict resulted not in more
boldness but in more caution on the part of federal prosecutors, including
Chertoff himself. In 2003, his investigators were digging into questionable
off-balance-sheet deals between the Pittsburgh-based PNC Bank and AIG
Financial Products. They contemplated indicting the bank, which spurred
Herbert Biern, at the time a top banking-supervision official at the Fed, to
demand a meeting with Chertoff to warn him against it. Chertoff told Biern,
according to attendees, that if the Justice
Department “can’t bring these cases because it may bring harm, then maybe
these banks are too big.” In the end,
though, Chertoff and the Justice Department blinked. They didn’t indict, and
PNC entered into a deferred prosecution agreement. No bank executives were
prosecuted. Two years later, the Supreme Court overturned the Arthur
Andersen conviction. Continue reading the main story
From 2004 to 2012, the Justice Department reached
242 deferred and nonprosecution agreements with corporations, compared with
26 in the previous 12 years, according to a study by David M. Uhlmann, a
former prosecutor and law professor at the University of Michigan. And while
companies paid large sums in the settlements — the days of $7 million
cost-of-doing-business fees were over — several veteran Justice Department
officials told me that these settlements emboldened defense lawyers. More
crucial, they allowed the Justice Department’s lawyers to “succeed” without
learning how to develop important prosecutorial skills. Investigations of
individuals are more time-consuming and require a different approach than
those of a corporation. Indeed, the department now effectively outsources
many of its investigations of corporate executives to outside firms, which
invariably produce reports that exculpate those at the top. Jed Rakoff, the
U.S. District Court judge and former federal prosecutor who has become the
most prominent legal critic of the Justice Department, explained the process
to me this way: “The report says: ‘Mistakes were made. We are here to take
our lumps’ ” — in other words, settlements and, if the transgressions are
particularly bad, further oversight. “Lost in that whole thing,” Rakoff
said, “was anyone trying to investigate whether the individuals did
something wrong.”
The Bush administration may have earned a
reputation as being friendly to business interests, but it wasn’t always
that way. Around the time of the Andersen investigation, Larry Thompson, the
deputy attorney general, was summoned to the White House to defend his
department. He and Robert Mueller, the director of the F.B.I., met with the
president in the Roosevelt Room of the White House, where they decided not
to present legal theory but to show evidence that prosecutors had amassed in
matters like the Enron case, demonstrating that executives had made up
numbers and lied to the public. Bush seemed stunned. He turned to Mueller
and Thompson and said, “Bobby and L.T., continue what you are doing.”
If Chertoff had signaled a green light for going
after entire companies, Thompson drafted a memo in 2003 that offered a
post-Andersen playbook that went right at the heart of how large
corporations protected themselves. For years, big businesses, like tobacco
companies, shielded questionable conduct by invoking attorney-client
privilege, which could render details of troubling executive dealings
inadmissible in court. If a company came under federal scrutiny, it
typically paid its executives’ legal bills, hiring some of the nation’s best
firms, those who could slow or derail any inquiries. And when multiple
executives fell under suspicion, their lawyers would often sign joint
defense agreements allowing them to share with one another what they learned
about the feds’ case.
Thompson’s memo declared that prosecutors could, in
essence, offer a deal, but it wasn’t a very generous one. Companies could
win Brownie points for being cooperative only if they eschewed privileges
like joint defense agreements. Almost immediately, members of the
white-collar bar asserted that this overreach eroded a fundamental right,
but they didn’t have to argue incessantly; once again, the Justice
Department’s ambition backfired. In the summer
of 2006, the government’s once-promising prosecution of executives from
KPMG, an accounting and consulting firm suspected of selling illegal tax
shelters to wealthy clients, started going bad.
(The U.S. attorney’s office in Manhattan felt so confident that it indicted
17 KPMG executives.) The case fell apart when the judge ruled that those
prosecutors had violated constitutional rights by pressuring the firm to
waive attorney-client privilege and stop paying employees’ legal fees; the
government’s zeal, he noted, had gotten “in the way of its judgment.” With
the “greatest reluctance,” he threw out the cases against 13 of the
executives. (Two others were convicted.)
Soon after, the counteroffensive to the Justice
Department’s overreach peaked, led by the white-collar bar and corporate
lobbies and aided by The Wall Street Journal’s editorial page, the U.S.
Chamber of Commerce and even the American Civil Liberties Union. Senator
Patrick Leahy, Democrat of Vermont, contended that the department was
abusing corporations; his colleague Arlen Specter, then a Republican from
Pennsylvania, readied a bill to prevent the Justice Department from
receiving attorney-client privilege waivers. To cut that off, Paul McNulty,
the deputy attorney general, released a revised set of rules stating, among
other things, that no federal prosecutor could ask a company to waive
attorney-client privilege without permission from higher-ups. Continue
reading the main story
Over the years, the KPMG debacle and the corporate
revolt would lead the Justice Department to roll back the Thompson memo to
nearly the point of reversal. Today prosecutors are prohibited from even
asking companies to waive their attorney-client privilege. They are also
prohibited from pushing a company to cut off the legal fees for indicted
executives or pressuring it to forgo joint defense agreements. “It was very
much a game-changer in the business of investigating and defending in those
cases,” says Michael Bromwich, a top white-collar lawyer and former
inspector general of the Department of Justice.
In the decade since, the courts dulled other
prosecutorial tools. A Supreme Court ruling allowed sentences to be set
below previously determined mandatory minimums (which made executives less
likely to “flip”). Another narrowed an often-used legal theory that said
employees were guilty of fraud if they deprived their companies of “honest
services” (which helped nab Enron’s former C.E.O., Jeffrey Skilling, among
others). No change was momentous on its own — and some may have legitimately
restored the rights of defendants — but taken together they marked a
significant, if almost unnoted, shift toward the defense. After Lanny Breuer
entered the Department of Justice, he testified in front of Congress to
restore the honest-services charge for corrupt government officials. But he
didn’t even try to broach the topic of a private-sector fix.
Life on Wall Street is often portrayed as hours of
kinetic fury with billions on the line, but the work is more often suited to
wonks who are comfortable digesting Excel spreadsheets. Serageldin, who
joined Credit Suisse’s information-technology department right out of Yale
in 1994, was assigned the late-night job of “cracking tapes” — transferring
magnetic tape reels of data, decoding them and running analyses. Senior
bankers quickly identified his talent and brought him over to the
moneymaking side, where he was soon working in the bank’s catastrophe-bonds
business, or securities that transfer the risk of earthquakes and hurricanes
from seller to investor. It required mastering geology, fault lines and
property-damage projections. In order to achieve the kind of informational
advantages that Wall Street requires to make money, Serageldin had to put
the statistical runs on a personal computer, waking up in the middle of the
night for days at a time to reset it. By 2007, he oversaw about 70 people
and generated $1.3 billion in trading revenue.
Serageldin’s group made so much money that some
colleagues believed his bosses gave him a pass on risk controls. But by
disposition, and by practice, he was anything but a swashbuckler. When the
value of mortgage securities began to crater, on what became known as the
Valentine’s Day Massacre of February 2007, most traders kept trading,
pumping out securities, boosting their personal earnings while endangering —
and in some cases destroying — their institutions. Serageldin, however,
began ordering his traders to get out of their riskiest positions. The
bank’s head of fixed income at the time, James Healy, would later note that
Serageldin’s decisions “took courage and personal conviction, in the face of
immense pressure” from the sales force. Continue reading the main story
Yet Serageldin’s caution failed him in one crucial
moment. Later that summer, traders in one of his portfolios began to avoid
taking the necessary losses on their mortgage-backed securities. Traders are
required to hold securities at their current value, known as marking to
market, determining how much the portfolio made or lost that day. At one
desperate point, one of Serageldin’s traders approached a friend at a small
regional bank to give him a so-called independent price that happened to be
nearly identical to the prices in the portfolio, enabling them to conceal
the size of the losses. In early December, that spreadsheet tallying the
losses made its way to Serageldin, who would later admit to recognizing that
the prices should have been lower. He had assumed the positions were hedged,
a friend of his told me, but instead of saying anything, he tried to protect
his reputation. By early 2008, he was out at Credit Suisse. The bank
reported him to the U.S. attorney’s office in the Southern District of New
York.
In a matter of months, the markets plummeted in a
financial crisis that made Enron look like small-time pilfering. And as tens
of millions of Americans lost their jobs or homes, an inchoate but palpable
demand for justice — for a crackdown — emerged. Breuer may have come with
the right pedigree, but he now faced troubles that hurt as much as the
debacles of Arthur Andersen and KPMG, or the retreat from the Thompson memo:
austerity. The department faced periodic hiring freezes. The F.B.I., which
assigned dozens of agents to Enron, had shifted resources to terrorism. The
Postal Service wound down an elite unit that had specialized in complex
financial investigations. President Obama’s Fraud Enforcement and Recovery
Act, which was designed to give hundreds of millions to prosecute financial
criminals, was able to deliver only $65 million in 2010 and 2011.
Prosecutors reporting to Breuer proposed setting up a mortgage-fraud
initiative, a “Prosecutorial Strike Force,” as one July 2009 memo put it,
but the Justice Department dithered. Finally it set up the Financial Fraud
Enforcement Task Force, an enormous coordinating committee with essentially
no investigative operation. One former Justice Department official derided
it as “the turtle.”
Resources aside, the erosion of the department’s
actual trial skills would soon become apparent. In November 2009, the U.S.
attorney’s office in Brooklyn lost the first criminal case of the crisis
against two Bear Stearns executives accused of misleading investors. The
prosecutors rushed into trial, failing to prepare for the exculpatory emails
uncovered by the defense team. After two days, the jury acquitted the two
money managers. “For sure,” one former federal prosecutor told me, “it put a
chill” on investigations. “Politicos care about winning and losing.”
Continue reading the main story Recent Comments Fernando 9 hours ago
Extremely easy question: The rich normally do not
go to jail in the US. Norm 9 hours ago
Once Corzine didn't go to the pen, it was pretty
hard to prosecute anyone else. SG 9 hours ago
If you want to change behavior, you lock people up.
Folks get the message. Simple as that. As an example, everyone working in
banking in...
See All Comments Write a comment
The fear first wrought by the Andersen case,
meanwhile, ossified around financial firms. In early 2009, the Obama
administration deliberated over serious tax misconduct by UBS, the Swiss
bank, but top Treasury and Justice department officials worried about the
effects criminal charges could have on the financial system. UBS settled
with the government. Breuer had another shot, in 2012, when the department
was moving toward a resolution of a six-year investigation into HSBC, which
had become the preferred bank for Mexican and Colombian drug cartels and
conducted transactions with countries under American sanctions, including
Iran and Libya. Breuer surveyed Washington and London regulators and policy
hands and sought assurance that the system could weather an indictment. A
top Treasury Department official told Breuer, in carefully couched language,
that an indictment could cause broader problems in the financial system.
Breuer even went as far as discussing whether banks were too big to indict
with H. Rodgin Cohen, a partner at Sullivan & Cromwell, who was representing
HSBC in his very own case. Cohen told Breuer that while the Justice
Department can’t have a rule not to indict a large bank, prosecutors should,
well, take into account how the target has cooperated and what changes it
has made to fix the problems. Of course, HSBC happened to have taken those
very measures. The Justice Department blinked again. That December, the bank
was fined $650 million and forfeited almost $1.3 billion in profits. No one
went to jail.
Continued in article
March 4, 2013 message from Roger Collins
From
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-21653131
Some quotes
"HSBC paid out $4.2bn (£2.8bn) last year to cover
the cost of past wrongdoing. As well as $1.9bn in fines for money
laundering, the bank also set aside another $2.3bn for mis-selling financial
products in the UK. The figures came as HSBC reported rising underlying
profitability and revenue in 2012, and an overall profit before tax of
$20.6bn
Chief executive Stuart Gulliver's total
remuneration for 2012 was some $7m, compared with $6.7m the year before. And
after taking account of the deferral of pay this year and in more
highly-remunerated years previously, Mr Gulliver actually received $14.1m in
2012, up from $10.6m in 2011.
The company's 16 top executives received an average
of $4.9m each."
"During a conference call to present the results,
Mr Gulliver told investors that the bank was not reconsidering whether to
relocate its headquarters from London back to Hong Kong, in order to avoid a
recently agreed worldwide cap on bonuses of all employees of banks based in
the EU."
"HSBC's underlying profits - which ignore one-time
accounting effects as well as the impact of changes in the bank's
creditworthiness - rose 18%."
"The bank's results were heavily affected by a
negative "fair value adjustment" to its own debt of $5.2bn in 2012, compared
with a positive adjustment of $3.9bn the year before. The adjustment is an
accounting requirement that takes account of the price at which HSBC could
buy back its own debts from the markets. It has the perverse effect of
flattering a bank's profits at a time when markets are more worried about
its ability to repay its debts, and vice versa."
More in article.
Regards,
Roger Roger Collins
Associate Professor
OM1275 TRU School of Business & Economics
Jensen Comment
This forthcoming Jesse Eisinger piece is a long article that pointed out things
I did not know before. However, the author overlooked some of the real villains
of Wall Street that and chronicled in the timeline at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Sometimes the dividing line is fuzzy between "bankers" versus "investment
bankers" versus "hedge fund managers" versus "brokers" versus "analysts" versus
Wall Street lawyers versus etc. For example
Matthew Taylor, Ex-Goldman Trader, Sentenced To Prison (nine months joke
sentence) ---
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/12/06/matthew-taylor_n_4400600.html
Was this case an oversight by Eisinger or did Taylor just not fit his definition
of a "banker," To me Taylor's duties did not seem a whole lot different than
those of Kareem Serageldin.
New York attorney Marc Dreier went to prison for stealing over $380 million
from investors.
"Feds Now Say Dreier Bilked Investors Of $380 Million," Liz Moyer,
Forbes, December 12, 2008 ---
http://www.forbes.com/2008/12/11/legal-fraud-dreier-biz-wall-cx_lm_1211dreier_print.html
I guess he, like Bernie Madoff, was left out of the article for not being a
"banker."
. . .
Dreier led an opulent, jet-setting life by most
reports, with several homes and a 120-foot yacht. Now he sits in a maximum
security wing of the federal prison in Manhattan, where he has no books, no
television and no visitors. His lawyer asked the judge Thursday to at least
have him moved to a more suitable part of the prison. "You could lose your
mind in there," Shargel argued.
"Billionaire among 6 nabbed in inside trading case Wall Street wake-up
call: Hedge fund boss, 5 others charged in $25M-plus insider trading case,"
by Larry Neumeister and Candice Choi, Yahoo News, October 16, 2009 ---
Click Here
One of America's wealthiest men was
among six hedge fund managers and corporate executives arrested Friday
in a hedge fund insider trading case that authorities say generated more
than $25 million in illegal profits and was a wake-up call for Wall
Street.
Raj Rajaratnam, a portfolio manager
for Galleon Group, a hedge fund with up to $7 billion in assets under
management, was accused of conspiring with others to use insider
information to trade securities in several publicly traded companies,
including Google Inc.
U.S. Magistrate Judge Douglas F. Eaton
set bail at $100 million to be secured by $20 million in collateral
despite a request by prosecutors to deny bail. He also ordered
Rajaratnam, who has both U.S. and Sri Lankan citizenship, to stay within
110 miles of New York City.
U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara told a
news conference it was the largest hedge fund case ever prosecuted and
marked the first use of court-authorized wiretaps to capture
conversations by suspects in an insider trading case.
He said the case should cause
financial professionals considering insider trades in the future to
wonder whether law enforcement is listening.
"Greed is not good," Bharara said.
"This case should be a wake-up call for Wall Street."
Joseph Demarest Jr., the head of the
New York FBI office, said it was clear that "the $20 million in illicit
profits come at the expense of the average public investor."
The Securities and Exchange
Commission, which brought separate civil charges, said the scheme
generated more than $25 million in illegal profits.
Robert Khuzami, director of
enforcement at the SEC, said the charges show Rajaratnam's "secret of
success was not genius trading strategies."
"He is not the master of the universe.
He is a master of the Rolodex," Khuzami said.
Galleon Group LLP said in a statement
it was shocked to learn of Rajaratnam's arrest at his apartment. "We had
no knowledge of the investigation before it was made public and we
intend to cooperate fully with the relevant authorities," the statement
said.
The firm added that Galleon "continues
to operate and is highly liquid."
Rajaratnam, 52, was ranked No. 559 by
Forbes magazine this year among the world's wealthiest billionaires,
with a $1.3 billion net worth.
According to the Federal Election
Commission, he is a generous contributor to Democratic candidates and
causes. The FEC said he made over $87,000 in contributions to President
Barack Obama's campaign, the Democratic National Committee and various
campaigns on behalf of Hillary Rodham Clinton, U.S. Sen. Charles Schumer
and New Jersey U.S. Sen. Robert Menendez in the past five years. The
Center for Responsive Politics, a watchdog group, said he has given a
total of $118,000 since 2004 -- all but one contribution, for $5,000, to
Democrats.
The Associated Press has learned that
even before his arrest, Rajaratnam was under scrutiny for helping
bankroll Sri Lankan militants notorious for suicide bombings.
Papers filed in U.S. District Court in
Brooklyn allege that Rajaratnam worked closely with a phony charity that
channeled funds to the Tamil Tiger terrorist organization. Those papers
refer to him only as "Individual B." But U.S. law enforcement and
government officials familiar with the case have confirmed that the
individual is Rajaratnam.
At an initial court appearance in U.S.
District Court in Manhattan, Assistant U.S. Attorney Josh Klein sought
detention for Rajaratnam, saying there was "a grave concern about flight
risk" given Rajaratnam's wealth and his frequent travels around the
world.
His lawyer, Jim Walden, called his
client a "citizen of the world," who has made more than $20 million in
charitable donations in the last five years and had risen from humble
beginnings in the finance profession to oversee hedge funds responsible
for nearly $8 billion.
Walden promised "there's a lot more to
this case" and his client was ready to prepare for it from home.
Rajaratnam lives in a $10 million condominium with his wife of 20 years,
their three children and two elderly parents. Walden noted that many of
his employees were in court ready to sign a bail package on his behalf.
Rajaratnam -- born in Sri Lanka and a
graduate of University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School of Business --
has been described as a savvy manager of billions of dollars in
technology and health care hedge funds at Galleon, which he started in
1996. The firm is based in New York City with offices in California,
China, Taiwan and India. He lives in New York.
According to a criminal complaint
filed in U.S. District Court in Manhattan, Rajaratnam obtained insider
information and then caused the Galleon Technology Funds to execute
trades that earned a profit of more than $12.7 million between January
2006 and July 2007. Other schemes garnered millions more and continued
into this year, authorities said.
Bharara said the defendants benefited
from tips about the earnings, earnings guidance and acquisition plans of
various companies. Sometimes, those who provided tips received financial
benefits and sometimes they just traded tips for more inside
information, he added.
The timing of the arrests might be
explained by a footnote in the complaint against Rajaratnam. In it, an
FBI agent said he had learned that Rajaratnam had been warned to be
careful and that Rajaratnam, in response, had said that a former
employee of the Galleon Group was likely to be wearing a "wire."
The agent said he learned from federal
authorities that Rajaratnam had a ticket to fly from Kennedy
International Airport to London on Friday and to return to New York from
Geneva, Switzerland next Thursday.
Also charged in the scheme are Rajiv
Goel, 51, of Los Altos, Calif., a director of strategic investments at
Intel Capital, the investment arm of Intel Corp., Anil Kumar, 51, of
Santa Clara, Calif., a director at McKinsey & Co. Inc., a global
management consulting firm, and Robert Moffat, 53, of Ridgefield, Conn.,
senior vice president and group executive at International Business
Machines Corp.'s Systems and Technology Group.
The others charged in the case were
identified as Danielle Chiesi, 43, of New York City, and Mark Kurland,
60, also of New York City.
According to court papers, Chiesi
worked for New Castle, the equity hedge fund group of Bear Stearns Asset
Management Inc. that had assets worth about $1 billion under management.
Kurland is a top executive at New Castle.
Kumar's lawyer, Isabelle Kirshner,
said of her client: "He's distraught." He was freed on $5 million bail,
secured in part by his $2.5 million California home.
Kerry Lawrence, an attorney
representing Moffat, said: "He's shocked by the charges."
Bail for Kurland was set at $3 million
while bail for Moffat and Chiesi was set at $2 million each. Lawyers for
Moffat and Chiesi said their clients will plead not guilty. The law firm
representing Kurland did not immediately return a phone call for
comment.
A message left at Goel's residence was
not immediately returned. He was released on bail after an appearance in
California.
A criminal complaint filed in the case
shows that an unidentified person involved in the insider trading scheme
began cooperating and authorities obtained wiretaps of conversations
between the defendants.
In one conversation about a pending
deal that was described in a criminal complaint, Chiesi is quoted as
saying: "I'm dead if this leaks. I really am. ... and my career is over.
I'll be like Martha (expletive) Stewart."
Stewart, the homemaking maven, was
convicted in 2004 of lying to the government about the sale of her
shares in a friend's company whose stock plummeted after a negative
public announcement. She served five months in prison and five months of
home confinement.
Prosecutors charged those arrested
Friday with conspiracy and securities fraud.
A separate criminal complaint in the
case said Chiesi and Moffat conspired to engage in insider trading in
the securities of International Business Machines Corp.
According to another criminal
complaint in the case, Chiesi and Rajaratnam were heard on a government
wiretap of a Sept. 26, 2008, phone conversation discussing whether
Chiesi's friend Moffat should move from IBM to a different technology
company to aid the scheme.
"Put him in some company where we can
trade well," Rajaratnam was quoted in the court papers as saying.
The complaint said Chiesi replied: "I
know, I know. I'm thinking that too. Or just keep him at IBM, you know,
because this guy is giving me more information. ... I'd like to keep him
at IBM right now because that's a very powerful place for him. For us,
too."
According to the court papers,
Rajaratnam replied: "Only if he becomes CEO." And Chiesi was quoted as
replying: "Well, not really. I mean, come on. ... you know, we nailed
it."
Continued in article
A federal judge on Friday sentenced Joseph P.
Nacchio, the former chief executive of Qwest Communications International, to
six years in prison in what prosecutors called the largest insider-trading case
in history.
Dan Frosch, The New York Times, July 28, 2007 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/28/business/28qwest.html
"The Stanford Sentence SEC examiners first flagged Stanford way back in
the 1990s," The Wall Street Journal, June 15, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303734204577466672525877312.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t
Convicted Ponzi schemer
R. Allen Stanford was sentenced Thursday to 110 years in federal prison for his
$7 billion fraud. Stanford victimized thousands of individual investors to fund
a lifestyle of private jets and island vacation homes. Now the question is
whether there will be anything left at all for these victims once authorities in
jurisdictions around the world finish sifting through the wreckage.
Stanford "stole more
than millions. He stole our lives as we knew them," said victim Angela Shaw,
according to Reuters. Certificates of deposit issued by a Stanford bank in
Antigua promised sky-high returns but succeeded only in destroying the savings
of middle-class retirees. More than three years after U.S. law enforcement shut
down the Stanford outfit, victims have recovered nothing.
A receiver appointed by
a federal court, Ralph Janvey, has collected $220 million from the remains of
Stanford's businesses but has already used up close to $60 million in fees for
himself and other lawyers, accountants and professionals, plus another $52
million to wind down the Stanford operation.
And then there's the
Securities and Exchange Commission, which didn't charge Stanford for years even
after its own examiners raised red flags as early as the 1990s. The SEC has
lately pursued a bizarre attempt at blame-shifting, trying to get the Securities
Investor Protection Corporation to cover investor losses. Even the SEC must know
that SIPC doesn't guarantee paper issued by banks in Antigua—or anywhere else
for that matter.
SEC enforcers should
instead focus on catching the next Allen Stanford. Careful investors should
expect that they won't.
1995
The Queen's Bank, Barings Bank, in the United Kingdom ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicholas_Leeson
2006
A federal judge in Houston gave two former Merrill Lynch & Co. officials
substantially shorter prison sentences than the government was seeking in a
high-profile case that grew out of the Enron Corp. scandal. In a separate
decision yesterday, another Houston federal judge said that bank-fraud charges
against Enron former chairman Kenneth Lay would be tried next year, immediately
following the conspiracy trial against Mr. Lay, which is set for January. Judge
Sim Lake had previously separated the bank-fraud charges from the conspiracy
case against Mr. Lay and his co-defendants, Enron former president Jeffrey
Skilling and former chief accounting officer Richard Causey. The government had
been seeking to try Mr. Lay on the bank-fraud charges within about the next two
months . . . Judge Ewing Werlein, Jr. sentenced former Merrill investment
banking chief Daniel Bayly to 30 months in federal prison and James Brown, who
headed the brokerage giant's structured-finance group, to a 46-month term. The
federal probation office, with backing from Justice Department prosecutors, had
recommended sentences for Messrs. Bayly and Brown of about 15 and 33 years,
respectively. Mr. Brown had been convicted on more counts than Mr. Bayly.
John Emshwiller and Kara Scannell, "Merrill Ex-Officials' Sentences Fall Short
of Recommendation," The Wall Street Journal, April 22, 2005, Page C3 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111410393680013424,00.html?mod=todays_us_money_and_investing
Jensen Comment: I double dare you to go to the top of this document and search
for every instance of "Merrill" ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
2008
Matthew Taylor, Ex-Goldman Trader, Sentenced To Prison (nine months joke
sentence) ---
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/12/06/matthew-taylor_n_4400600.html
"Former Diebold Sales Rep Settles Inside Trading Charges," Securities
Law Prof Blog, November 26, 2008 ---
http://lawprofessors.typepad.com/securities/
n late 2007, with a seven-figure bonus and his
reputation at Goldman Sachs Group Inc. GS -2.28% on the line, Matthew Taylor
placed an $8.3 billion futures bet and hid it from his bosses. Now, he faces
a possible long prison sentence.
On Wednesday, Mr. Taylor pleaded guilty to a single
count of wire fraud for concealing the trades, which cost Goldman $118.4
million to unwind. He told a federal judge he made the big bets to boost his
reputation and bonus at the bank.
"I accumulated this trading position and concealed
it for the purpose of augmenting my reputation at Goldman and increasing my
performance-based compensation," Mr. Taylor said at a hearing in Manhattan
federal court on Wednesday. "I am truly sorry for my actions." Related
U.S. Attorney's Case Against Taylor Plea Agreement
CFTC Complaint Against Trader Taylor's Response to CFTC Complaint
Ex-Trader's Gambit Bites Goldman CFTC Charges Trader With Concealing $8.3
Billion Trade
Prosecutors recommended a sentencing-guidelines
range of two years and nine months to three years and five months in prison.
The range was based in part on Mr. Taylor's compensation for 2007—$150,000
in salary and an expected $1.6 million bonus—rather than the loss suffered
by Goldman.
But the judge in the case sent a signal that the
ex-trader might face an even stiffer sentence. U.S. District Judge William
Pauley III questioned why prosecutors, in negotiating a plea agreement,
didn't seek a longer potential sentence. "He cooked the books," the judge
said.
Sentencing is set for July 26.
Wednesday's plea is the latest twist in the case of
a young trader whose career went off track in the final days of 2007, just
as the securities industry was bracing for the looming crisis.
It also comes as time is running out for
prosecutors and regulators to bring actions related to the events that
occurred in the months leading up to and during the downturn.
Mr. Taylor attended high school in suburban Boston,
where his guidance counselor, Adelaide Greco, remembers him as the class
valedictorian once named "most likely to succeed." While enrolled at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, he returned to his high school to
talk to students about achieving one's dreams, Ms. Greco said. "Kids looked
up to him," she said.
From MIT, Mr. Taylor headed to Wall Street. He
worked for Morgan Stanley MS -2.72% from 2001 until 2005, then landed at
Goldman.
By November 2007, Mr. Taylor was an
equity-derivatives trader on Goldman's Capital Structure Franchise Trading
desk and had lost a "significant portion" of the trading profits he had
accumulated earlier that year, according to criminal charging documents
filed by prosecutors Wednesday.
Because of his lost profits and the general market
conditions, his supervisors ordered him to rein in the risks he was taking.
By December, they had told him his annual bonus would decline
"significantly," according to the document.
In mid-December, Mr. Taylor ratcheted up the size
of his bet on electronic futures contracts tied to the Standard & Poor's
500-Stock Index, accumulating a position with a face value of $8.3 billion.
That figure, court records show, exceeded the risk
limits for his entire desk at Goldman, a group of about 10 traders.
At the same time, Mr. Taylor also made false trade
entries that appeared to take the opposite side of that bet. The purpose,
according to court records: "to conceal and understate the true size" of his
long position on so-called S&P 500 E-mini futures.
Goldman fired Mr. Taylor on Dec. 21, 2007, for
"alleged conduct related to inappropriately large proprietary futures
positions in a firm trading account," the bank wrote in a filing submitted
to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which oversees
broker-dealers.
Goldman agreed to pay $1.5 million in December to
settle civil charges by the CFTC that it failed to supervise Mr. Taylor. The
agency also said in its complaint against the bank that it wasn't fully
forthcoming with regulators when Mr. Taylor was fired. Goldman settled the
charges without admitting or denying wrongdoing.
The bank cooperated in the probe, according to a
person familiar with the investigation. "We are very disappointed by Mr.
Taylor's unauthorized conduct and betrayal of the firm's trust in him," a
Goldman spokeswoman said Wednesday.
The episode didn't bring an immediate end to Mr.
Taylor's Wall Street career. In March 2008, he returned to Morgan Stanley as
trader in the firm's equities division. He left Morgan Stanley a second time
last August, according to Finra.
Continued in article
If Jesse Eisinger had kept on digging he would find various other
derivatives traders and sellers employed by Wall Street investment banks who
went to prison. Some of these are chronicled in my derivatives frauds timeline
that reviews books by insiders Frank Partnoy, Michael Lewis, and others at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
But certainly not enough went to prison to discourage droves of fraudsters
that followed.
White Collar Crime Pays Big Even If You
Get Caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Question
Is it impossible to audit, as the GAO used to insist, the fraud-infested
finances of the Pentagon?
"Pentagon Backtracks on Goals for First Audit, GAO Says," by Tony
Capaccio, Bloomberg, May 13, 2014 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-05-13/pentagon-backtracks-on-goals-for-first-audit-gao-says.html
The Pentagon has backtracked from a pledge to have
all budgetary accounts ready by Sept. 30 for the initial step toward its
first-ever full financial audit.
Then-Defense Secretary Leon Panetta pledged an
“all-hands effort” in 2011 to prepare for evaluation a “Statement of
Budgetary Resources” -- covering funds received, unspent, obligated or put
under contract over several years -- by the end of this fiscal year so that
an audit could begin in 2015.
Instead the Defense Department has decided to
“narrow the scope” of the initial budgetary data to a one-year snapshot of
spending and accounts covering about 77 percent of those funds, according to
a report by the U.S. Government Accountability Office scheduled for release
today.
The delay may further undercut public confidence in
the department’s ability to manage billions of dollars effectively even as
the military seeks permanent relief from the automatic budget cuts known as
sequestration. The current efforts are focused on having the initial set of
budget books ready to start an audit in fiscal 2015 and the rest by 2017.
“The Pentagon’s accounting system is a broken
mess,” a new advocacy group, Audit The Pentagon, said in a posting on
Facebook. “The Defense Department is the only major federal agency that
cannot pass an audit -- and DoD has no serious target date to do so.”
The GAO, the watchdog agency for Congress, has
criticized the department for its inability to properly account for an
inventory that makes up 33 percent of the federal government and includes
$1.3 trillion in property, plants and equipment. The Pentagon’s budget
accounts for almost half of the discretionary spending that Congress
approves annually. Hagel’s Pledge
The new GAO report praised the Pentagon for
committing “significant resources to improving funds controls for achieving
sound financial management operations and audit readiness” and increasing
the training of its workforce. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel said on
assuming office in 2013 that he was committed to Panetta’s initiative.
The narrowed scope of the initial data excludes all
unspent funds previously appropriated by Congress “as well as information on
the status and use of such funding in subsequent years,” the GAO said in its
report for Senator Tom Carper, a Delaware Democrat who’s chairman of the
Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs committee. Carper’s
Criticism
“Federal agencies have been required to produce
auditable financial statements since the mid-1990s,” Carper said in an
opening statement prepared for a committee hearing today. “Unfortunately,
nearly two decades later, the Department of Defense -- which spends more
than $2 billion every day -- has yet to meet this obligation. In fact, its
books are so bad that auditors cannot even attempt to perform a complete
audit.”
Navy Commander William Urban, a spokesman for the
Defense Department comptroller, said in an e-mail that the Pentagon “is not
backing off the goal for a full audit of the Statement of Budgetary
Resources.”
“About a year ago, we did modify our audit plan in order to pursue a
cost-effective strategy as required by law,” Urban said. “Congress was
informed of the change shortly after it was put in place.”
Jensen Comment
The GAO also claimed that it would be impossible to audit the IRS. I don't think
there's anybody to date that argues that it's possible to audit the IRS.
Meet Maria Contreras-Sweet, The New Head Of The U.S. Small Business
Administration ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/meet-maria-contreras-sweet-head-of-the-small-business-adminstration-2014-5#ixzz32CKVjIPD
"Hawaii's Top Marginal Tax Rate: 367,100%," by Paul Caron, TaxProf
Blog, May 9, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/05/hawaiis-top.html
Jensen Comment
Hawaii is still a pretty good place to retire if you're on welfare. If you make
under $200,000 the high cost of living will suck up your savings. Willie Nelson
and Chris Kristofferson pay a heavy price in terms of taxes for residencies in
Hawaii ---
http://www.npr.org/2013/02/03/170872651/kris-kristofferson-on-writing-for-and-outliving-his-idols
The last time I was on Maui I looked out at what used to be pineapple
plantations. Taxes did not drive those plantations to further out in the
Pacific. We can thank differential labor costs for the elimination of jobs on
former plantations ---
http://darrow.law.umn.edu/documents/Labor conditions Hawaii.pdf
Dole still raises some pineapple in Hawaii, but not what used to be the case.
Hawaii Pineapple: The Rise and Fall of an Industry ---
http://hortsci.ashspublications.org/content/47/10/1390.full.pdf
Hedging Fair Value versus Hedging Cash Flows at Starbucks
This is a possible illustration for showing students how it's impossible
to hedge fair value of inventory and future cash flow of inventory purchases
simultaneously. If Starbucks buys puts 40% of its coffee in physical
inventory it has fair value risk but no cash flow risk. If it hedges the fair
value of this inventory it takes on cash flow risk while at the same time
eliminating fair value risk to the extent that the hedging is effective.
If it locks hedges with futures price or a strike price fore forecasted
purchase transactions it also has no cash flow risk but it has fair value risk.
If it subsequently hedges that future fair value it must take on cash flow risk.
FAS 133 accounting rules are different between fair value hedges versus cash
flow hedges ---
www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/JensenPowerPoint/03forfut.ppt
www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/JensenPowerPoint/05options.ppt
Other tutorials on accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging
activities
www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/JensenPowerPoint/
Superimposed on all of this is the possible accounting for hedging of foreign
currency transactions.
FAS 133 does not have a lot to say about hedging profits because business
firms seldom if ever hedge the aggregated bottom line. Companies hedge the
components of the net profit but this entails hedging different types of risks.
It's important for students to learn why firms seldom hedge the bottom line
of their income statements.
"Why Rising Coffee Prices Are Great For Starbucks," by Celan Bryant,
Business Insider, May 5, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/why-rising-coffee-prices-are-great-for-starbucks-2014-5#!INwMy
Also see
http://www.fool.com/investing/general/2014/05/05/why-does-starbucks-like-rising-coffee-prices.aspx#ixzz30qeHAEeQ
2013 was a rough year for Dunkin' Brands (NASDAQ:
DNKN ) . Same-store sales growth stalled in every segment. On the
first-quarter earnings call, CEO Nigel Travis reported another poor quarter
but reminded investors about the volatile weather that had a strong effect
on peak morning business.
When our guests' normal morning routine gets
disrupted by store closings as a result of snow and bad storms, we lose
their visit on that particular day. That visit, in most cases, is not
recoverable.
Then on April 24 Starbucks (NASDAQ: SBUX ) made
Travis look stupid by reporting record financial results for the quarter
ended March 30. Global same-store sales were up 6%, net sales increased 9%,
and operating income rose 18%. By all accounts the trend was positive,
despite Starbucks having to deal with the same headwinds as Dunkin'. If you
believe most headlines, however, that trend is about to change due to the
rising price of coffee. Don't be fooled. Historically, an increase in the
price of coffee has benefited same-store sales growth for Starbucks, just
like it did last quarter. Historical coffee prices
At year-end 2010 coffee futures were at the same
level they are at today; the trend is up due to Brazil's drought. Volcafe
cut its forecast for coffee supply by 11% due to the drought, but the full
impact won't be known until the end of May.
As you can see from the chart below, a similar
increase in coffee prices began in mid-2010 and ended in mid-2011. The
question for major sellers of coffee products is whether or not they're
prepared to weather the upcoming price storm if the drought continues.
According to The Wall Street Journal, Craig
Russell, Starbucks' head of coffee, has already purchased 40% of next year's
supply needs. Dunkin' has prices locked in through the end of this fiscal
year but may decide to make purchases in the fourth quarter. "Eventually,
you have to buy coffee," said Russell. It is this eventuality that is
Starbucks' secret weapon, and opportunity, against competitors. High coffee
prices present an opportunity for Starbucks
As Russell said, at some point coffeehouses will
have to buy more coffee.
These may be smaller stores or independent coffee
shops that don't sell enough coffee to make forward purchases of the
commodity at locked-in prices like Starbucks and Dunkin'.
As a result, these smaller coffeehouses are forced
to either eat the costs or pass them on to customers. By around the third
price increase, even the most loyal customers begin migrating to Starbucks;
it feels more like an independent coffeehouse than Dunkin Donuts does, but
the prices are affordable. It's a survival-of-the-fittest
customer-acquisition strategy that fuels growth for Starbucks in times of
rising coffee prices. Indeed, Starbucks' same-store sales peaked in 2011,
and earnings per share grew more than 100% from 2009 to 2011. Takeaway
People go to Starbucks for more than the insanely
addictive commodity it sells -- there's something about the place that makes
you feel like you're "cool." Maybe it's the music or the heavy
conservationism theme that permeates the stores; perhaps it's the hip,
multicultural baristas who write your name on every cup. It has all the feel
and charm of a cozy coffee shop; and when one independent coffeehouse is
closed, there's usually a Starbucks around the corner.
In all appearances, there's no difference between
Starbucks and the independent coffeehouse, but Starbucks is really a large,
multinational conglomerate with a slick business model that thrives when
coffee prices rise. Look for increases, not decreases, in same-store sales
growth over the next year, as increases in coffee prices tend to add value
to this company.
Read more:
http://www.fool.com/investing/general/2014/05/05/why-does-starbucks-like-rising-coffee-prices.aspx#ixzz30qec3OXX
Bob Jensen's tutorials on accounting for derivative transactions and
hedging activities ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/why-rising-coffee-prices-are-great-for-starbucks-2014-5#!IN44j
Jensen Comment
Starbucks also actively lobbies for an increase in the minimum wage. Even if
this is more costly for Starbucks in some instances, especially for some
part-time workers, raising the minimum wage for Starbucks is a huge profit
booster. The reason is that many of the mom and pop coffee shop and restaurant
competitors operating on the edge will be pushed off the cliff by increases in
the minimum wage.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 6, 2014
Good morning. Currencies in at least 20 countries have
fallen 6% to 37% against the U.S. dollar over the past year, and that is
forcing CFOs to look beyond traditional hedging strategies,
CFOJ’s Maxwell Murphy reports.
Relationships with suppliers and distributors, corporate structures and
sometimes prices are getting fresh scrutiny as companies seek to enhance
their hedging programs.
Smaller companies and even startups are selling
abroad, and larger companies are penetrating deeper into emerging markets.
Those trends mean that companies are more exposed to currency swings than
they have been in the past.
Some firms, like
Air Tractor Inc.
in Olney, Texas, demand payment in U.S. dollars to protect against currency
swings. But that strategy carries the risk of lost sales, when a foreign
company’s local currency plummets and makes dollar-based products too
expensive. Strategically placed subsidiaries overseas can also allow a
country to leave money in countries with weaker currencies. But sometimes,
firms have little choice but to raise prices, at which point they can only
hope their competitors face the same pressures.
"Two Carbon-Trapping Plants Offer Hope of Cleaner Coal: Coal power plants
in Saskatchewan and Mississippi will produce fewer emissions, but rely on
special circumstances," by Peter Fairley, MIT's Technology Review,
May 5, 2014 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/527036/two-carbon-trapping-plants-offer-hope-of-cleaner-coal/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20140505
Two of the world’s first coal-fired power plants
with integrated carbon capture are nearing completion in Saskatchewan and
Mississippi, providing a rare lift for a technology that has languished in
recent years.
Carbon capture and sequestration (CCS) remains
expensive, but the cost of stabilizing the climate could be much higher
without it, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (see
“The
Cost of Limiting Climate Change Could Double without Carbon Capture
Technology”). In a report last month, the IPCC
noted that CCS is the only way to cut the carbon emissions of existing power
plants, and that CCS-equipped power plants burning biomass could help remove
carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. The IPCC says both strategies may be
essential to limit global warming.
A 110-megawatt plant in Saskatchewan, a refurbished
coal-fired generator, is set to restart in a matter of weeks with carbon
capture added, according to Robert Watson, CEO for provincial power utility
SaskPower.
Under Canadian regulations, the Boundary Dam power
station can release no more than 420 tons of carbon dioxide per
megawatt-hour of power generation—the same as a state-of-the-art plant fired
with natural gas. This is a tall order since the power station will burn
lignite—the dirtiest form of coal. Yet SaskPower expects to release just 150
tons of carbon dioxide per day thanks to its new carbon dioxide scrubber,
which will absorb and capture 90 percent of the carbon in the plant’s
exhaust.
SaskPower could afford to build the $1.2 billion
plant partly because lignite is so cheap, but also because Boundary Dam is
adjacent to a lignite strip mine. Extra revenue will come from piping most
of the 3,000 tons of carbon dioxide that the plant captures per day to
Cenovus, a Calgary-based oil and gas firm. Leftover carbon dioxide will be
stored in an aquifer 3.5 kilometers below the plant.
“If they couldn’t sell the CO2 for enhanced oil
recovery, the project wouldn’t have been economic,” says
Howard Herzog, an expert on carbon sequestration,
and a senior research engineer with the MIT Energy Initiative.
SaskPower CEO Watson says that the cost of the
power from Boundary Dam will be “comparable” to natural gas-fired generation
providing the recent price increase in natural gas holds. He expects that
natural gas prices will tend to rise over the next 30 years-plus that the
Boundary Dam plant will operate.
The other coal plant with carbon capture, in
Kemper, Mississippi, should start up later this year. Its owner, Mississippi
Power, is counting on similar strategies to minimize operating costs. The
plant is also adjacent to a lignite strip mine, and will boost revenues by
selling its carbon dioxide to oilfield operators. The project also received
$270 million from the U.S. Department of Energy.
However, at 565 megawatts, the Mississippi plant is
five times bigger than the Saskatchewan plant, and it uses less conventional
technology. It has also been far more controversial than the Boundary Dam
project because it gasifies its coal, and because its price tag is now
expected to be more than double Mississippi Power’s original projection of
$2.4 billion.
The Mississippi plant uses a proprietary gasifier
designed by Southern Company and Houston-based engineering firm KBR to turn
lignite into a mix of carbon dioxide and hydrogen. The firms have also
licensed the design for use in China (see “Cleaning
Up on Dirty Coal”). Another novel component is the
plant’s carbon dioxide capture system, which will remove 65 percent of the
carbon dioxide from its gas mix prior to firing the turbines. The carbon
dioxide will be captured at the same time that the plant captures its sulfur
dioxide, using the same solvent scrubber that conventional coal plants use
to remove sulfur dioxide.
Despite the controversy, experts are not greatly
concerned by the cost overruns. “The costs of a first-of-a-kind plant are
always going to be higher than the cost of your nth plant,” says Sarah
Forbes, a senior associate at the
World
Resources Institute in Washington, D.C.
Herzog agrees: “Kemper was a real first of a kind.
You’ve got a lot of first-mover costs in there, and people tend to
underestimate first mover costs drastically. By the time you do it half a
dozen times, you’re knocking out a lot of cost.”
Continued in article
"Georgia Tech Professor Resigns After Allegedly Bilking Students," by
Charles Huckabee, Chronicle of Higher Education, May 6, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/jp/georgia-tech-professor-resigns-after-allegedly-bilking-students?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
This is an egregious extension of what is some times a problem when teachers
maintain their own commercial Websites related to their courses or require their
own textbooks in courses. One of my textbook author friends donated the profits
of his courses as a contribution (of course a tax-deductible contribution to
offset his incremental income taxation) to our department. Some might argue that
that he was still bilking students. His argument was that they would have to pay
for the textbooks even if he required a competitor's textbook.
Returning the profits to students can get messy like any other cash dealings
with students.
Then there's the related problem of student labor. A professor might assign
case writing to teams of students. Some of these cases might then be used,
possibly with proper attribution, in his commercial casebook or commercial
Website where he keeps all the profits or royalties. All good accountants know
that attributing the profit of an entire case book with 40 cases to three of the
cases written by students is possibly very complicated and controversial.
Life is often not as simple as we would like.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
2006 Déjà Vu All Over Again
"$30M Long Island Mortgage Fraud Scam Busted, Feds Say," by Timothy
Bolger, Long Island Press, May 6, 2014 ---
http://www.longislandpress.com/2014/05/06/30m-long-island-mortgage-fraud-scam-busted-feds-say/
Aaron Wider, 50, of Copiague, owner of Garden
City-based mortgage company HTFC Corp., was described by authorities as the
ringleader of the alleged scheme.
“Instead of using their skills in banking, the law
and investing to assist individuals pursuing the American Dream, the
defendants cooked up a sophisticated scheme that defrauded lenders and then
fed toxic debt to the investigating public at large in the secondary
mortgage market,” Loretta Lynch, U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of
New York, said in a statement.
Wider’s codefendants include 46-year-old Manjeet
Bawa of Dix Hills, 54-year-old Joseph Mirando of Centereach, 68-year-old
John Petiton of Garden City and 70-year-old Joseph Ferrara of Long Beach.
Eric Finger, 48, of Miami, was also charged. Four were scheduled to appear
at Central Islip federal court Tuesday and the other two Wednesday.
Prosecutors said that after the group obtained
mortgages using artificially inflated prices of the properties in Nassau and
Suffolk counties, they resold the loans in the secondary mortgage market,
causing millions in losses when the loans went into foreclosure.
Lynch described the alleged schemed as “a prime
example of the type of corrupt mortgage-lending practices that preceded the
bursting of the real estate bubble, the loss of faith in securitized
mortgage obligations, and the financial collapse of 2007 and 2008.”
Petiton, an attorney, allegedly orchestrated the
inflated sales transactions. Mirando, a real estate appraiser, allegedly
prepared false reports to justify the prices. And Finger, another attorney,
allegedly concealed the true sales prices at closings, then shared the
difference in price with the others.
Prosecutors are moving to seize 19 properties
between the six men or restitution. They face up to 30 years in prison, if
convicted.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Remember those phony "repos"
"Ernst & Young Settles With CalPERS Over Lehman Audit," by Max
Stendahl, Law 360, May 2, 2014 ---
http://www.law360.com/bankruptcy/articles/534188/ernst-young-settles-with-calpers-over-lehman-audit
"$99 Million Buys EY Ticket Out Of Private Lehman
Litigation, Finally," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors,
October 21. 2013 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/10/21/99-million-buys-ey-ticket-out-of-private-lehman-litigation-finally/
Last defendant standing. Not an
enviable place for EY in the case, In re Lehman Brothers
Securities and Erisa Litigation.
Everyone else had folded their
tent, paid the price to cross this dog off the list. Lehman
underwriters agreed in 2011 to a $426.2 million settlement. UBS, one
of the underwriters, held out and settled last August for another
$120 million. Even before the UBS and EY settlements,
Bernstein Litowitz Berger & Grossmann, attorneys for the plaintiffs,
claimed the combined
recovery of $516,218,000 is the third largest recovery to date in a
case arising from the financial crisis.
The $99 million EY will pay is
more than Lehman’s officers and directors, who settled for $90
million. That’s a big deal considering the executives typically say,
“The auditors said it was ok,” and the auditors say, “Management
duped us.” But it’s not that much considering that EY agreed to pay
C$117 million ($117.6 million) last December to settle claims in a
Canadian class action suit against Sino-Forest Corp, a Chinese
reverse merger fraud. That settlement is the largest by an auditor
in Canadian history, according to the the law firms.
And it’s not as much as some
thought EY would pay for Lehman. In fact, many thought Lehman would
finish off EY for good.
John Carney, now of CNBC,
writing for Business Insider
at the time:
“The Examiner concludes that
sufficient evidence exists to support colorable claims against
Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) for professional malpractice
arising from Ernst & Young’s failure to follow professional
standards of care with respect to communications with Lehman’s
Audit Committee, investigation of a whistleblower claim, and
audits and reviews of Lehman’s public filings.”
That may not sound like a
mortal threat against Ernst & Young. But the damages here could
be enormous. A successful lawsuit against E&Y could result in a
court finding that the failure to properly advise the audit
committee prevented Lehman from taking genuine steps to
substantially reduce its leverage, which may have saved the firm
from bankruptcy. Which is to say, E&Y could find itself blamed
for all the losses to Lehman
shareholders. That
would be a stretch—such a claim would be speculative—but it
still should be scaring the heck out of the partners.
When the bankruptcy examiner’s
report on Enron came out, the language about Arthur Andersen was
quite mild. It merely noted there was “sufficient evidence from
which a fact-finder could conclude that Andersen: (1) committed
professional negligence in the rendering of accounting services
to Enron…” It went on to note that Andersen likely had a strong
defense against liability since so many Enron executives were
implicated.
“Enron brought down Arthur Andersen,”
Felix Salmon notes. “Will Lehman do the same for E&Y?”
In July of 2011, New
York Federal Court Judge Lewis Kaplan decided
to allow substantially all of the
allegations against Lehman executives and at least one of the
allegations against Ernst & Young to move forward to discovery and
trial. One month later Lehman Brothers executives, including its
former chief executive Richard S. Fuld Jr., agreed to pay $90
million to settle. Insurance proceeds paid for their settlement.
What was the
remaining allegation
against Ernst & Young? That the auditor had reason to know Lehman’s
2Q 2008 financial statements could be materially misstated because
of the extensive use of Repo 105 transactions.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Demystify the Lehman Shell Game,"
by Floyd Norris, The New York Times, April 1, 2010 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2010/04/02/business/02norris.html
Making unattractive assets disappear from corporate balance
sheets was one of the great magical tricks performed by accountants over the
last few decades.
Whoosh went assets into off-balance-sheet vehicles that
seemed to be owned by no one. Zip went assets into securitizations that
turned mortgage loans for poor credit risks into complicated pieces of paper
that somehow earned AAA ratings.
As impressive as those accomplishments were, they did not
make the assets vanish altogether. If you dug deep enough, you could find
the structured investment vehicle or the underlying assets of that strange
securitization.
Now there is another possibility in the world of accounting
magic. Did accountants find a way to make some assets disappear altogether?
Was it possible for everybody with an interest in them to disclaim
ownership?
Until recently, it never would have occurred
to me that companies would want to do that — particularly if the assets in
question were perfectly respectable ones. But now that we have learned Lehman
Brothers did
it, the question arises of how far the practice went.
Lehman’s reasons for doing it were simple: to mislead
investors into thinking the company was not overleveraged. Were other firms
doing that? Are they still? Lehman thought not, but no one really knows.
Now the Securities
and Exchange Commission is
demanding that other firms disclose whether they did the same. If it finds
they did, the commission ought to go further and examine whether there were
conspiracies to make the assets vanish, thus making Wall Street appear to be
less leveraged than it was.
Lehman’s practices, outlined in a bankruptcy
examiner’s report released
last month, showed the creative use of accounting for repos.
Don’t let your eyes glaze over. I’ll try to keep it simple.
A repo is simply a “sale” of a financial
asset to someone else, with an agreement to repurchase it at a fixed price
and date. That amounts to borrowing secured by the asset, often a Treasury bond,
with the added security that the lender has the bond, and so can sell it
quickly if need be.
Normally, such transactions are accounted for as loans, as
they should be. They are often the cheapest way for a brokerage firm to
borrow money.
I had taken for granted that repos were
always accounted for as loans, but it turns out there was a loophole. The Financial
Accounting Standards Board had
accepted that under some conditions a repo could be treated as a sale. One
condition: if the securities securing the transaction were worth
significantly more than the loan, that could be a sale.
In the examples the board provided, it concluded that
securing the loan with assets worth 102 percent of the amount borrowed did
not produce a sale, but that 110 percent would push the deal over the line.
In between was a gray area.
Lehman appears to have concluded that 105 percent was enough
if the assets being borrowed against were bonds. If they were equities, it
set the bar at 108 percent.
By doing such sales repos at the end of each quarter, and
reversing them a few days later, the firm could seem to have less debt than
it really did.
It started the practice in 2001 but really accelerated it in
2007 and early 2008, when investors belatedly discovered there were risks to
high leverage ratios. At the end of 2007, the bankruptcy examiner concluded,
Lehman’s real leverage ratio was 17.8 — meaning it had $17.80 in assets for
every dollar of equity. It reported a ratio of 16.1.
By the end of June 2008 — Lehman’s last public balance sheet
— it was hiding $50 billion of debt that way, enabling it to appear to be
reducing its leverage far more than it was. When investors asked how it was
doing that, Lehman officials chose not to explain what was actually
happening.
Lehman’s collapse is history, but after it was allowed to
collapse other firms were rescued. We don’t know whether those firms used
the same tricks, although we do know that Lehman thought they were not doing
so.
The questions sent
to financial companies by the S.E.C. this week should provide answers to
that question. Companies that classified repos as sales are going to have to
provide specifics and explain exactly why the accounting was justified. The
reports will go back three years, so we can see history as well as current
practices.
It would be nice if the commission found that other firms did
not choose to hide borrowing this way.
But if that is not what is found, then the commission should
dig deeper into actual transactions. It should find out how the firm on the
other side of each repo accounted for it.
There are at least two abuses that might have happened.
The first would stem from differing reporting periods. One
firm could hide debt with another when its quarter ended. Then, when the
other firm’s quarter ended, that firm could hide debt with the first firm.
The second method would reflect the fact that two companies
involved in a transaction do not have to use the same accounting. Lehman
could treat the repo as a sale, but the other firm could call it a
financing. Presto: Nobody reports owning the assets in question.
That could even be legal. The second firm could conclude that
an asset-to-loan ratio of 105 percent was not high enough to qualify for
sales treatment, while the first firm thought 105 percent was high enough.
But legal or not, it would be misleading.
Wall Street leverage remains an important issue. The S.E.C.
should discover if it was, or is, being concealed, and then get to the
bottom of how that was done.
Floyd Norris comments on
finance and economics in his blog at nytimes.com/norris.
The Financial
Accounting Standards Board moved last year to close the loophole that Lehman is
accused of using, Bushee says. A new rule, FAS 166, replaces the 98%-102% test
with one designed to get at the intent behind a repurchase agreement. The new
rule, just taking effect now, looks at whether a transaction truly involves a
transfer of risk and reward. If it does not, the agreement is deemed a loan and
the assets stay on the borrower's balance sheet.
"Lehman's Demise and Repo 105: No Accounting for Deception,"
Knowledge@Wharton, March 31, 2010 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=2464
More on the repo sales gimmicks (other companies, other audit firms) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo
"Three Book Reviews: Naked Bankers, Mute Watchdogs, And Youthful Luchre,"
by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, May 12, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/05/12/three-book-reviews-naked-bankers-mute-watchdogs-and-youthful-luchre/
Jensen Comment
These books are mostly about bad behavior in Wall Street firms. But in the end
of this article Francine equates Big Four scandals to Wall Street scandals. She
thinks they're all a bunch of crooks.
Educating the Net Generation
Diana G. Oblinger and James L. Oblinger, Editors
Educause,
ISBN 0-9672853-2-1 (free online)
2005
http://net.educause.edu/ir/library/pdf/pub7101f.pdf
Educating the Net Generation Diana G. Oblinger and James L. Oblinger,
Editors
Chapter 1: Introduction by Diana Oblinger, EDUCAUSE,
and James Oblinger, North Carolina State University
Chapter 2: Is It Age or IT: First Steps Toward
Understanding the Net Generation by Diana Oblinger, EDUCAUSE, and James
Oblinger, North Carolina State University
Chapter 3: Technology and Learning Expectations of
the Net Generation by Greg Roberts, University of Pittsburgh–Johnstown
Chapter 4: Using Technology as a Learning Tool, Not
Just the Cool New Thing by Ben McNeely, North Carolina State University
Chapter 5: The Student’s Perspective by Carie
Windham, North Carolina State University
Chapter 6: Preparing the Academy of Today for the
Learner of Tomorrow by Joel Hartman, Patsy Moskal, and Chuck Dziuban,
University of Central Florida
• Introduction • Generations and Technology
• Emerging Pattern s
• Assessing the Generations in Online Learning
• Learning Engagement, Interaction Value, and Enhanced Learning in the
Generation s
• Responding to Result s
• Excellent Teaching
• Conclusion • Endnote s
• Further Reading
• About the Authors
Chapter 7: Convenience, Communications, and
Control: How Students Use Technology by Robert Kvavik, ECAR and University
of Minnesota
Bob Jensen's threads on education technology ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/0000start.htm
It might be an interesting case study for managerial accountants to debate
the pros and cons of the GE purchase of Alstom of France for $13.5 billion.
It might also be an interesting case in the setting of teaching about the
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board and speculating how the SASB might set
disclosure rules for the global Alstrom.
"GE Crushes Obama's War on Coal," by Charles Payne, Townhall,
May 3, 2014 ---
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/charlespayne/2014/05/03/ge-crushes-obamas-war-on-coal-n1832967?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
"Probably for the next decade, the most dominate technology around
the world will be coal..."
-Jeff Immelt
The fastest growing source of energy in the world
last year was coal, and it is going to stay that way for a very long time.
With that in mind, one has to wonder why President Obama has insisted on the
gut-wrenching destruction of the coal industry that has costs thousands of
jobs, and has sent electricity costs to all-time highs. This, combined with
last month's report from the International Energy Agency, state that
reaching the goal of carbon emission reduction would cost $45 trillion;
which means that any notion of a global deal to stop using coal would be
folly.
The fact of the matter is that President Obama's
Jobs Czar just crushed his domestic opposition to fossil fuels in general,
but coal in particular.
General Electric (GE) is purchasing Alstom of
France for $13.5 billion, so that they can be more competitive in the rapid
growth of coal-fired power plants around the world.
. . .
It's no mystery that China and India will
not sign deals to reduce their use of coal, and make no mistake, outside of
the most jaded and aging developed nations the rest of the world is lining
up to power with coal, and to take their shot at the good life.
While Alstom has struggled for more than a decade,
it does have serious product offerings, including mills capable of crushing
anywhere from 15 to 200 tons of coal per hour: that generates serious heat
to steam turbines. The company has 20% of the world's installed base, and
this has been a great year in the coal power plant business, outside of
America:
- February 4, 2014: Alstom awarded contracts for
two of five units in what will be Poland's largest coal power plant at
€1.2 billion construction, which will power 2 million homes by 2019.
- February 7, 2014: First Northeast Electric
Power Engineering, unit of China Engineering Group awards Alstom a
contract to supply the parts for the coal power plant that should come
online by 2016.
- April 9, 2014: James River Coal announces it
is filing for bankruptcy protection, citing a sharp decline in
production and revenue, largely caused by new regulations that have
decimated the industry. The company's share price tumbled to $0.30 from
a recent high in 2007 of $29.00.
- April 18, 2014: Bharat Heavy Electrical awards
Alstom a contract to supply equipment for construction of a coal power
plant in Jharsaguda, Orissa.
Moreover, it has been a very good year; coal is
making money all over the world and GE wants in on the action. Alstom has
65,000 employees, but only 14% are in France, as 80% of its business is
outside that nation, and 85% of its business is outside the United States.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
It might be an interesting case study for managerial accountants to debate the
pros and cons of the GE purchase of Alstom of France for $13.5 billion.
Personally I think we should not give up on coal, but I think we should give
up as soon as possible the cutting off of mountain tops in West Virginia to
avoid traditional and more costly mining for coal. Two things really depress me.
One is the deforestation of rain forests uselessly since these forests have
terrible soil for farming. The other is the cutting off of mountain tops that
can never grow tall again. There are many other things that I favor in
environmental protection.
Jesus' Wife Hoax: This is not about Christianity per se. It's about
cheating and hoaxes in academe.
"How the 'Jesus' Wife' Hoax Fell Apart The media loved the 2012 tale from
Harvard Divinity School," by Jerry Pattengale, The Wall Street Journal, May
1, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304178104579535540828090438?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
In September 2012, Harvard Divinity School
professor Karen King announced the discovery of a Coptic (ancient Egyptian)
gospel text on a papyrus fragment that contained the phrase "Jesus said to
them, 'My wife . . .' " The world took notice. The possibility that Jesus
was married would prompt a radical reconsideration of the New Testament and
biblical scholarship.
Yet now it appears almost certain that the
Jesus-was-married story line was divorced from reality. On April 24,
Christian Askeland—a Coptic specialist at Indiana Wesleyan University and my
colleague at the Green Scholars Initiative—revealed that the "Gospel of
Jesus' Wife," as the fragment is known, was a match for a papyrus fragment
that is clearly a forgery.
Almost from the moment Ms. King made her
announcement two years ago, critics attacked the Gospel of Jesus' Wife as a
forgery. One line of criticism said that the fragment had been sloppily
reworked from a 2002 online PDF of the Coptic Gospel of Thomas and even
repeated a typographical error.
But Ms. King had defenders. The Harvard Theological
Review recently published a group of articles that attest to the papyrus's
authenticity. Although the scholars involved signed nondisclosure agreements
preventing them from sharing the data with the wider scholarly community,
the
New York Times
NYT +0.76%
was given access to the studies ahead of
publication. The newspaper summarized the findings last month, saying "the
ink and papyrus are very likely ancient, and not a modern forgery." The
article prompted a tide of similar pieces, appearing shortly before Easter,
asserting that the Gospel of Jesus' Wife was genuine.
Then last week the story began to crumble faster
than an ancient papyrus exposed in the windy Sudan. Mr. Askeland found,
among the online links that Harvard used as part of its publicity push,
images of another fragment, of the Gospel of John, that turned out to share
many similarities—including the handwriting, ink and writing instrument
used—with the "wife" fragment. The Gospel of John text, he discovered, had
been directly copied from a 1924 publication.
"Two factors immediately indicated that this was a
forgery," Mr. Askeland tells me. "First, the fragment shared the same line
breaks as the 1924 publication. Second, the fragment contained a peculiar
dialect of Coptic called Lycopolitan, which fell out of use during or before
the sixth century." Ms. King had done two radiometric tests, he noted, and
"concluded that the papyrus plants used for this fragment had been harvested
in the seventh to ninth centuries." In other words, the fragment that came
from the same material as the "Jesus' wife" fragment was written in a
dialect that didn't exist when the papyrus it appears on was made.
Mark Goodacre, a New Testament professor and Coptic
expert at Duke University, wrote on his NT Blog on April 25 about the Gospel
of John discovery: "It is beyond reasonable doubt that this is a fake, and
this conclusion means that the Jesus' Wife Fragment is a fake too." Alin
Suciu, a research associate at the University of Hamburg and a Coptic
manuscript specialist, wrote online on April 26: "Given that the evidence of
the forgery is now overwhelming, I consider the polemic surrounding the
Gospel of Jesus' Wife papyrus over."
Having evaluated the evidence, many specialists in
ancient manuscripts and Christian origins think Karen King and the Harvard
Divinity School were the victims of an elaborate ruse. Scholars had assumed
that radiometric tests would return an early date (at least in antiquity),
because the Gospel of Jesus' Wife fragment had been cut from a genuinely
ancient piece of material. Likewise, those familiar with papyri had
identified the ink used as soot-based—preferred by forgers because the Raman
spectroscopy tests used to test for age would be inconclusive.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
"What 'Hard Work U' Can Teach Elite Schools: 'We don't do debt
here,' says College of the Ozarks President Jerry C. Davis." by Stephen
Moore, The Wall Street Journal, May 16, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303380004579520261283934326?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Looking for the biggest bargain in higher
education? I think I found it in this rural Missouri town, 40 miles south of
Springfield, nestled in the foothills of the Ozark Mountains. The school is
College of the Ozarks, and it operates on an education model that could
overturn the perverse method of financing college education that is turning
this generation of young adults into a permanent debtor class.
At this college the tuition is nowhere near the
$150,000 to $200,000 for a four-year degree that the elite top-tier
universities are charging. At College of the Ozarks, tuition is free. That's
right. The school's nearly 1,400 students don't pay a dime in tuition during
their time there.
So what's the catch? All the college's
students—without exception—pay for their education by working 15 hours a
week on campus. The jobs are plentiful because this school—just a few miles
from Branson, a popular tourist destination—operates its own mill, a power
plant, fire station, four-star restaurant and lodge, museum and dairy farm.
Some students from low-income homes also spend 12
weeks of summer on campus working to cover their room and board. Part of the
students' grade point average is determined by how they do on the job and
those who shirk their work duties are tossed out. The jobs range from campus
security to cooking and cleaning hotel rooms, tending the hundreds of
cattle, building new dorms and buildings, to operating the power plant.
The college was founded in 1906 as the "School of
the Ozarks" atop local Mount Huggins, named for brothers Louis and William
Huggins from St. Joseph, Mo., who gave the school its first endowment. From
the start, the school was run on the same work-for-education principle as it
is today.
Just over 40 years ago, this newspaper made College
of the Ozarks famous with a 1973 front-page story that nicknamed the school
"Hard Work U." In 1988, when he became the school's president, Jerry C.
Davis, started plastering the moniker "Hard Work U" on nearly every
structure and piece of promotional material printed at the college. "We saw
this as a huge marketing coup because it sets us apart from nearly every
other school in the country," explains the colorful Mr. Davis, who in 26
years as head of the school has brought to campus such luminaries as
President George W. Bush, Margaret Thatcher, Tom Brokaw and Norman
Schwarzkopf.
"We don't do debt here," Mr. Davis says. "The kids
graduate debt free and the school is debt free too." Operating expenses are
paid out of a $400 million endowment. Seeing the success of College of the
Ozarks, one wonders why presidents of schools with far bigger endowments
don't use them to make their colleges more affordable. This is one of the
great derelictions of duty of college trustees as they allow universities to
become massive storehouses of wealth as tuitions rise year after year.
In an era when patriotism on progressive college
campuses is uncool or even denigrated as endorsing American imperialism,
College of the Ozarks actually offers what it calls a "patriotic education."
"There's value in teaching kids about the sacrifices previous generations
have made," Mr. Davis says. "Kids should know there are things worth
fighting for."
He says a dozen or so students will be taking a
pilgrimage to Normandy in June to commemorate the 70-year anniversary of
D-Day and the former College of the Ozarks students buried there. Amazingly,
four of the school's graduates served as generals in the U.S. military
during the Vietnam War.
The emphasis on work in exchange for learning
doesn't mean the classroom experience is second rate. The college has a
renowned nursing program, business school and agriculture program. As one
who has lectured at many universities, I can attest that the many students I
met on the campus are refreshingly respectful, inquisitive and grateful for
the opportunity to learn.
These aren't the highest academic status kids (the
average ACT score is 21), but there is an unmistakable quest to succeed. To
gain admittance, each student must demonstrate "financial need, academic
ability, sound character, and a willingness to work." Elizabeth Hughes, the
public-relations director, says: "We don't have a lot of rich kids . . .
they have plenty of other schools they can choose from."
That doesn't mean the school is not in high demand.
Unlike many small liberal-arts schools that are suffering a steep decline in
applications, last year College of the Ozarks had 4,000 applicants for about
400 freshman slots, which makes this remote little school among the nation's
most selective.
All of this raises the question: To bring down
tuition costs elsewhere, is it so unthinkable that college students be
required to engage in an occasional honest day's work? Many of the
privileged class of kids who attend Dartmouth or Stanford or Wesleyan would
no doubt call it a violation of their human rights. Others are too busy
holding rallies for unisex bathrooms, reparations for slavery and an end to
fossil fuels to work while in school. As the humorist P.J. O'Rourke once
wrote: "Everyone wants to save the world, but no one wants to do the
dishes."
At Hard Work U, the kids actually do the dishes and
much more while working their way through a four-year degree. Nearly 90% of
graduates land jobs—an impressive figure, given the economy's slow-motion
recovery.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I hate to sound elitist here, but I have some questions about academic honesty
here. The literature of the College of the Ozarks claims that there is an option
to major in accounting and take a curriculum that qualifies graduates to sit for
the uniform national CPA Examination.
However, the College only lists one accounting professor among five school of
business faculty ---
http://www.cofo.edu/Page/Academics/Academic-Programs/Business.167.html
Mr. Steven Flowler
Assistant Professor of Accounting
At another point it is stated that there are two "accounting faculty members"
---
http://www.cofo.edu/Page/Academics/Academic-Programs/Business.167.html
The objectives of the accounting major are to (1)
prepare students for placement in the competitive job market by teaching the
basic accounting skills necessary to succeed, (2) prepare those students who
are interested in and who qualify to pass the Certified Public Accountant
(CPA) exam or other professional exams, and (3) prepare students who wish to
further their education in graduate school with a strong foundation. The two
faculty members currently teaching accounting courses have combined teaching
experience of over 60 years.
The State of Missouri requires the following to sit for the CPA Examination
according to NASBA:
Have 150 semester hours of general college education
to include:
- a baccalaureate degree or higher;
- thirty-three semester hours in accounting (at
least one course in auditing and at least 18 semester hours of the
accounting courses must be upper division accounting). Please
Note: Accounting Law and Business Law courses are not acceptable toward
the accounting requirement regardless of the department in which they
were offered;
- twenty-seven semester hours in general
business courses (e.g., marketing, management, economics, finance,
etc.).
Even if there are two teachers for the accounting courses I cannot imagine
those two teachers are superhuman enough to teach all the content areas required
to sit for the CPA examination. I'm sure there are some disciplines outside
accountancy that are probably covered well at the College of the Ozarks. And
some areas of accounting and auditing may be covered very well by the two
teachers who supposedly teach all the accounting courses, but I cannot imagine
any two accounting teachers having such expertise and time to teach these 33
semester hours in accounting and auditing.
Chances are that graduates must go elsewhere to complete the requirements to
sit for the CPA examination. It might be useful if the literature noted that
accounting graduates at the College of the Ozarks are prepared for further
studies to sit for the CPA examination.
Aside from that there is certainly a lot to say for a "free" college degree
from the College of the Ozarks --- that has full accreditation from the North
Central Association. I would hate to be an admissions officer for this college
since it only has a capacity for around 1,400 students.
One stated goal of the College of the Ozarks is to foster the Christian
faith. That narrows down the number of applicants.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on May 5, 2014
Good morning. 2014 hasn’t been a big year for stocks,
with the Dow Jones Industrial Average down 0.4% so far and the S&P 500 up
just 1.8%. Investors have recently shunned technology shares and newly
minted stocks, but there has been a notable bright spot: deal activity.
Shares of companies targeted for acquisition have jumped an average of 18%
the day after a deal was announced, the WSJ’s
Dan Strumpf and Matt Jarzemsky report.
But oddly enough, the acquirers often get a boost too,
with their stocks rising an average of 4.6% the next day.
U.S. companies have proposed or agreed to $627.95
billion worth of mergers or acquisitions this year, the most at this point
since Dealogic started tracking figures in 1995. That takeover activity is
providing a welcome boost to portfolios that have struggled to realize
gains.
The lack of gains outside of the deal activity,
however, points to a fearful environment for investment, despite some
positive economic news,
E.S. Browning reports.
On Friday, a jobs report showed that U.S.
unemployment had fallen sharply to 6.3% from 6.7%, with the highest job
creation in April in more than a year. Stocks responded with across the
board declines. The response underlines ongoing worries that stocks have
risen too far, too fast.
"A Surprising Formula for Improved Supply Chain Performance," by Dale
Miller, Stanford Graduate School of Business, May 1, 2014 ---
http://csi.gsb.stanford.edu/surprising-formula-improved-supply-chain-performance
Gary Becker ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gary_Becker
"RIP: Gary S. Becker He was a pioneer in applying economics
to human behavior." Wall Street Journal, May 4, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304831304579541753098598552?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Modern economics too often seems to devolve into
statistics and mathematical formulas, which is only one of the reasons the
world will miss Gary Becker, who died on Saturday at age 83. The Nobel
laureate always put the study of humanity first and foremost, applying the
principles of his discipline to human capital and how it can best be
utilized for the common good.
Like so many other great free-market economists,
Becker flourished in the second half of the 20th century at the University
of Chicago, which rose as an alternative to the reigning orthodoxy of faith
in government economic management. Milton Friedman was a teacher and
colleague.
Gary Becker made his reputation in particular by
applying economics to human behavior and problems not typically thought to
be subject to economic analysis. His study of racial discrimination, for
example, upended the view that bias benefits those who discriminate. He
showed that an employer loses if he refuses to hire a productive worker for
reasons of bias, and he demonstrated that discrimination is less likely in
the most competitive industries that need to hire the best workers.
Becker also did ground-breaking work on the
economics of crime and punishment, the family, and investments in human
capital. He studied the allocation of time in the family unit, showing that
rising wages increase the value of time and thus the cost of such work in
the home as child-rearing. This combined with the need to provide more
costly education for children tends to reduce fertility rates.
Americans now know this application of economics to
human behavior as "Freakonomics," but Becker was a pioneer. He believed
governments should invest in human capital through education in particular,
but he also believed that humans flourish most when markets rather than
governments allocate resources. His work graced these pages many times over
the years, and we offer a sample nearby. Above all he believed in the
ability of human beings to improve themselves if given the opportunity to
exploit their talents.
Jensen Comment
I frequently quoted from the Becker-Posner Blog at
http://www.becker-posner-blog.com/
His final blog posting was entitled "The Embargo of Cuba: Time to Go" ---
http://www.becker-posner-blog.com/2014/03/the-embargo-of-cuba-time-to-go-becker.html
Richard Posner's reply is at
http://www.becker-posner-blog.com/2014/03/end-the-cuban-embargoposner.html
"IAASB reconsiders auditors’ “other information” duties," by Ken
Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, April 24, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201410023.htm
A new International Auditing and Assurance
Standards Board (IAASB) reproposal is intended to clarify and strengthen
auditors’ responsibilities related to “other information” that is included
in organizations’ annual reports outside the audited financial statements.
The reproposed International Standard on
Auditing 720 (Revised), The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Other
Information, would require the auditor to perform limited procedures to
evaluate the consistency of the other information with the audited financial
statements.
The
reproposal, released last week, would require the
auditor to consider whether there is a material inconsistency between the
other information and information the auditor learned while conducting the
audit. The auditor also would be required to remain alert for other
indications that the other information appears to be materially misstated.
IAASB Chairman Arnold Schilder said in a
news release that the importance financial statement users place on this
other information has increased in recent years.
“Auditors have certain responsibilities
relating to this other information as part of an audit of an entity’s
financial statements,” he said. “And the IAASB is intending to appropriately
strengthen them—and users need to know what those responsibilities are.”
The PCAOB also is
gathering
feedback on its own other information proposal,
which would require audits to evaluate and report on information that is
included in an annual report but is outside the financial statements.
Commenters on a previous IAASB other
information proposal in 2012 said the proposal needed to be clarified to
prevent divergent practices, according to the IAASB.
The IAASB also seeks comment on the
current reproposal, which can be submitted through July 18 at the
board’s website.
Jeopardy Television Game Show ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jeopardy!
Jeopardy Edutainment for Accounting Students
Years ago quite a number of accounting professors wrote accounting Jeopardy
games for their students. One such professor was David Fordham at James Madison
University ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
I miss David on the AECM. Several years ago he revealed that for health reasons
he would no longer be active on our listserv. Although he was an accounting
professor, David had an expertise in physics and engineering, particularly in
communications technology.
"Jeopardy-Style Game Show Helps Accounting Students,"\ by Deanna
White, AccountingWeb, May 8, 2014 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/jeopardy-style-game-show-helps-accounting-students/223332
On April 25, more than 60 college
accounting students from Kentucky competed in PEAK,
the Kentucky Society of Certified Public
Accountants' (KyCPA) annual accounting
competition.
PEAK, which stands for Promote
and Encourage Accounting in Kentucky, is an annual Jeopardy-style quiz
show competition that tests participants' knowledge of the accounting
profession, including questions that appear on the Uniform CPA Exam.
Thirteen teams from colleges and
universities across Kentucky vied against each other for the title of
PEAK champion at this year's fourth annual competition. Teams went
head-to-head on accounting questions in five categories; four categories
were directly related to the four sections of the Uniform CPA Exam, and
the fifth included questions regarding material on the KyCPA and
AICPA
websites.
"Regardless of how the team places at
PEAK, each participant walks away with a better understanding and
preparedness of the CPA Exam, and PEAK exposes students to the many
facets of accounting—camaraderie, knowledge, proficiency, pride in a job
well done," said Lorri Malone, director of communications for the KyCPA.
. . .
The 2014 PEAK winners were:
- Champions: Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond
- 2nd place: Western Kentucky
University, Bowling Green
- 3rd place: University of the
Cumberlands, Williamsburg
The winning team earned a traveling
trophy as well as a $1,000 KyCPA Educational Foundation Scholarship
awarded to each member of the championship team. But the real payoff,
KYCPA officials say, was the opportunity for students to prepare for the
rigorous CPA Exam, and have some fun doing it through friendly
competition.
Bob Jensen's threads on Edutainment
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
"Statement by Data Transparency Coalition Executive Director Hudson
Hollister on President Obama's Decision to Sign DATA Act," Data Coalition
Blog, May 3, 2014 ---
http://datacoalition.blogspot.com/2014/05/statement-by-data-transparency.html
On Monday, the House of Representatives unanimously
passed the DATA Act, following unanimous approval three weeks ago by the
Senate. On Tuesday, the White House announced that President Obama will sign
it.
The DATA Act's enactment will revolutionize federal
spending. The federal government's antiquated document-based reporting
apparatus will be transformed into an efficient flow of standardized, open
data. Open spending data will become a public resource for citizens,
watchdogs, and the tech industry.
Our nation leads the world in technological
innovation. We will finally be able to apply our technical ingenuity to the
inefficiencies of the federal government. The Data Transparency Coalition's
members have demonstrated their ability to republish, analyze, and automate
private-sector financial data. Now their solutions can transform the public
sector too.
Open federal spending data will bring democratic
accountability by expanding access to vital information about our
government's actions and priorities. Open federal spending data will allow
agencies and Congressional appropriators to deploy electronic management
tools. Open federal spending data will automate compliance for grantees and
contractors.
The DATA Act's chief champion in the House, Rep.
Darrell Issa, estimates that one-third of the federal deficit is waste and
fraud. The DATA Act will enable our government to deploy data analytics to
illuminate and eliminate waste and fraud.
The federal government is already constitutionally
obliged to report its expenditures. Under the DATA Act, technology will make
sense of them.
Tuesday's Data Transparency Summit brought together
all stakeholders to start transforming the largest, most complex
organization in human history. Our Coalition will continue to light the way
forward for the federal government. We will encourage the Treasury
Department and the White House OMB to follow the intent of the DATA Act by
adopting and implementing robust, nonproprietary, government-wide data
standards.
President Obama's May 2013 Open Data Policy
provides crucial context for the DATA Act's implementation by defining the
essential characteristics of open data and by bringing together a community
of practice that is now ready to focus its energies on federal spending
data. The DATA Act builds on the President's earlier work, too: the new law
amends and amplifies the Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act
of 2006, a collaboration between Sens. Tom Coburn and Barack Obama.
We applaud the President's decision to sign the
DATA Act. For both government transparency and the growing open data tech
industry, the DATA Act will be President Obama's enduring legacy.
IFRS Updates
From an EY newsletter on May 22, 2014
IASB publishes
amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38
The IASB published
amendments to IAS 16
Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38 Intangible Assets. The IASB has
clarified that the use of revenue-based methods to calculate the
depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an
activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other
than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset.
The IASB also clarified that revenue is generally presumed to be an
inappropriate basis for measuring the consumption of the economic benefits
embodied in an intangible asset. This presumption, however, can be rebutted
in certain limited circumstances.
http://lyris.ey.com/t/843640/1640432/6697/0/
Starting Salary for 2014 Accounting Grads Is $52,900: Report ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/starting-salary-2014-accounting-grads-52900-report/223321
Jensen Comment
I hope this is adjusted for cost of living. This is certainly not enough for a
good start in San Francisco but adequate for a start in San Antonio or Des
Moines. I always told my students the starting salary is not nearly as important
as the opportunity in terms of client exposure and training and, if necessary,
the time and money needed to pass the CPA examination.
Times have changed greatly since when I started out with a Big 8 firm. It
seemed like a tougher financial ordeal for the men (they were all men in our
Denver office of Ernst & Ernst) at the lower end of the pay ladder who had both
wives and children. Mothers tended not to work in those days such that
the salary earned from the firm had to cover all living expenses. There were
incentives to put off marriage and children, but more often than not it did not
happen for staff accountants in my day who were also fathers (except for me).
In the 21st century the couples (often unmarried) both have careers and
combined household incomes that exceed $125,000. This provides more income
flexibility even when a child comes along. More women are hired by the Big Six
than men these days. There are more incentives for them to put off having
children until they are further along in their careers, and when they do have
children they are less likely to give up their careers. The large CPA firms tend
to be much more tolerant of working at home for distant clients, an option
caused mainly by technology that did not exist when I was young. However, the
burden of lingering student debt can put a damper on finances.
Sadly, it's also more common in the 21st Century for parents to split up
later in life, often when their children are teenagers. Life is almost always
hard for single parents, especially at a time when children need to be driven
everywhere for extracurricular activities. But more often than not things manage
to work out for career accountants and/or educators.
Last night on television I watched a segment about a divorced mother of two
or three small children who managed to go back to college to finish both her
undergraduate and masters degrees. Life would now perhaps be tolerable even as a
single parent if she had not amassed a $65,000 student debt burden at an 8%
fixed and non-negotiable rate. This huge student debt that helped give her hope
(college degrees) also gave her Hell in life.
I do hope Senator Warren's bill to allow refinancing of student debt to
lower rates passes Congress in record time. It's long overdue!
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on June 2, 2014
Gap Earnings Decline 22%, Hurt by Foreign Currencies
by:
Maria Armental
May 23, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
SUMMARY: "As reported May 8, total [Gap] sales rose 1% as growth in
Europe, Asia and other regions offset drops in the U.S. and Canada."
However, Gap's profit was down in the quarter. Foreign currency fluctuations
"lowered earnings by about 5 percentage points." In addition, the comparison
is difficult because last year's profit was favorably impacted by a tax
adjustment.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used to discussed general
financial statement terms about performance or, with later questions, the
more advanced topic of foreign currency impact on financial performance.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) How well did Gap generate sales during the first
quarter of 2014?
2. (Advanced) Define the term gross margin. What changed in the
Gap's gross margin in the first quarter of 2014 as compared to the first
quarter of 2013?
3. (Introductory) What happened to Gap's profit in the first
quarter of 2014?
4. (Advanced) How did the location of Gap's sales affect the
resulting profitability? Clearly state how foreign currency fluctuations
caused this effect on profitability.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Gap Earnings Decline 22%, Hurt by Foreign Currencies," by: Maria
Armental, The Wall Street Journal, May 23, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303980004579578341937153778?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Gap Inc.
GPS +0.91% reaffirmed its full-year
outlook Thursday as the apparel retailer reported a 22% decline in
first-quarter earnings, hurt by weakening foreign currencies.
For the quarter ended May 3, Gap reported a profit
of $260 million, or 58 cents a share, down from $333 million, or 71 cents a
share, a year earlier. Foreign-currency fluctuations, the company noted,
lowered earnings by about 5 percentage points while last year's figure
included a four-cent benefit from a tax adjustment.
"After a disappointing start, I'm pleased with how
the business performed toward the end of the quarter, especially at Old
Navy," said
Glenn Murphy,
chairman and chief executive officer.
Earlier this month, Gap said sales at stores opened
a year or more fell 1% in the first quarter, marking the retailer's first
quarter of declining same-store sales in a couple of years. Still, the San
Francisco retailer—which operates its namesake stores as well as the Old
Navy and Banana Republic chains—has been considered a bright spot in an
otherwise difficult retail industry because of its ability to tap into
current fashions.
As reported May 8, total sales rose 1% to $3.77
billion, as growth in Europe, Asia and other regions offset drops in the
U.S. and Canada. Same-store sales fell 5% at its Gap stores and 1% at Banana
Republic, but grew 1% at Old Navy.
Net sales in the U.S., which accounts for the
largest share of sales, edged down to $2.9 billion. In Canada, sales fell 4%
while sales in Asia increased 12%. Sales in Europe rose 13%. Online net
sales rose 13% to $575 million.
Gap, which continues to expand outside the U.S., in
March opened its first company-operated Old Navy Store and e-commerce site
in China and its first Old Navy franchise-operated store in the Philippines.
The company said it plans to open five more Old Navy franchises in China
this year.
The company also has been expanding its Athleta
line of active wear.
The retailer's gross margin narrowed to 38.8% from
41.4% a year earlier.
Shares, up 5% for the year, were slightly down in
after-hours trading to $40.56.
Jensen Comment
To its credit Gap recently raised its minimum wage to $10 per hour (as I
dimly recall). However, Gap avoids paying benefits by hiring a lot of part-time
workers.
Mr. Ravitch is the former lieutenant governor of New York and an adviser
to the bankruptcy judge in Detroit.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on May 23, 2014
More Detroits Are on the Way
by:
Richard Ravitch
May 16, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Generally accepted accounting principles, Governmental
Accounting
SUMMARY: "The most significant step taken after New York City's
near-bankruptcy in 1975 was to curb creative-accounting
practices...accomplished...[t]hrough a state requirement that the city
balance its budget in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles." So opines the "former lieutenant governor of New York [who is]
an an adviser to the bankruptcy judge in Detroit." Various accounting and
operating practice issues are raised in the article; Mr. Ravitch attributes
choices in these reporting and operating activites to the fact that "no
other local government chose to follow the example of New York City...." A
recent report issued by the author and former Federal Reserve Chairman Paul
Volcker entitled the Final Report of the State Budget Crisis Task Force"
finds that most cities' and states' fiscal problems are structural, not
cyclical (tied to economic cycles) and "the crisis is deepening."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a government
accounting course.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What report has the author of this opinion-page
article recently issued? Why was the report commissioned?
2. (Advanced) Cite one example of a way in which, according to the
author, states and cities are practicing "creative accounting." In your
answer, state whether you believe the accounting is in accordance with
authoritative guidance and support your position.
3. (Advanced) The operating activities and reporting problems
highlighted in the article include states borrowing to cover operating
deficits. How is this done "indirectly" as described in the article?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Taking New York Back to the Bad Old Days
by Fred Siegel and Nicole Gelinas
May 20, 2014
Online Exclusive
"More Detroits Are on the Way," by Richard Ravitch, The Wall Street
Journal, May 16, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304101504579546263639995456?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
The most significant step taken after New York
City's near-bankruptcy in 1975 was to curb creative-accounting practices.
How was that accomplished? Through a state requirement that the city balance
its budget in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The
city has not had a fiscal crisis since.
So it's not surprising that since the city's new
mayor, Bill de Blasio, released his first budget last week, there's been
intense public debate involving the comptrollers of both the city and the
state about whether the deferral of payments contractually due city
employees was properly accounted for. Between the scrutiny of the press,
civic organizations and public officials, the city's record of 30 years
without a fiscal crisis is likely to last.
Sadly, no other local government chose to follow
the example of New York City, a choice that has led to chronic shortfalls.
Earlier this year, former Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker and I
released the "Final Report of the State Budget Crisis Task Force" after
nearly three years of study and analysis. The report sought to understand
whether the states' current fiscal problems were cyclical—caused by the
financial collapse of 2008 and likely to abate with economic recovery—or
whether they were structural, the result of long-term revenue and spending
imbalances. The report's main finding is that in most states and cities the
problems are structural and the crisis is deepening.
The crisis has many elements but a few stand out.
First, contributions to employee pension funds are often well below the
levels needed to ensure the payment of the benefits that are contractually
or constitutionally guaranteed, let alone those that past trustees and
legislatures added on a discretionary basis. Sometimes the contributions are
not made at all for years at a time. Everyone with a role in determining
these contribution levels has an incentive to keep them as low as possible.
Politicians don't like to raise taxes to meet future obligations, while
public unions would rather take the long-term risk of underfunding rather
than face immediate layoffs or benefit reductions.
The largest single expenditure in most state
budgets is for Medicaid. Unfortunately, health-care costs have been rising
faster than either inflation or state and local tax revenues, and most
economists believe they will rise even faster in the next few years.
But the most critical piece of the states' fiscal
dilemma is that they are borrowing to cover their operating deficits. They
do this directly—by issuing debt securities—but also indirectly. Some
states, like New York, make contributions to their pension systems in
promissory notes rather than cash. States and cities also sell assets and
treat the proceeds as operating revenues, in effect selling off the family
silver to stay afloat.
In 2009 Arizona sold its capitol buildings for more
than $700 million. In 2008 Chicago leased its parking meters for 75 years
for nearly $1.2 billion. In 1991 New York sold Attica Prison for $200
million to itself through a bond issuance, providing a temporary revenue
boost but costing taxpayers far more in the long run in interest. While
state constitutions contain various balanced-budget clauses, they generally
don't define revenues or prevent such creative accounting.
The consequences of our state and municipal fiscal
crises are plain: We are drastically underinvesting in physical
infrastructure—roads, bridges, ports, etc.—the necessary underpinning of
future growth. Just as important, we are also underinvesting in human
infrastructure, most notably our children's ability to compete. No one is
satisfied with the output of our educational system, yet states spent over
half a billion dollars less on prekindergarten education last year than they
had the year before.
Permitting states and municipalities to continue
these practices will result—indeed, has already begun to result—in harmful
service cuts and a failure to fund promises made to creditors, public
employees and the beneficiaries of essential public services, including
elderly people without minimal levels of financial support. What this means
is we can expect to see more Detroits. Last July the Motor City filed the
country's largest municipal bankruptcy after racking up $18 billion in
promises it could no longer afford to keep.
Meanwhile, the federal government is facing
understandable pressure to rein in spending and reduce deficits. One
proposal is to reduce health-care spending by raising the age of Medicare
eligibility to 67 from 65. Yet this would greatly increase the spending
burden on state and local governments currently obligated to fund health
care for some 19 million retirees until they are eligible for Medicare.
Worse, we can only guess the scale of such impact since there is currently
no mechanism in the federal government that properly measures the effects of
federal proposals on the states.
No one seriously argues that when credit markets
won't allow more state or local government borrowing, Washington should
write checks to get them through their crises. Even if an administration
proposed such a Band-Aid, it would be politically impossible for Congress to
approve it. Yet if the number of cities and states in extreme distress were
to grow significantly, the political pressure to do something would increase
inexorably. The ultimate cost would be staggering.
It is time for the federal government to take the
steps needed to avoid the social and financial crisis that must be expected
if nothing changes. Washington now provides almost 30% of what the states
spend annually and already imposes many mandates on states and localities in
return for its largess. The federal government could condition its continued
financial support on states and local governments adopting budget systems
that would require recurring expenses to be matched by current revenues.
Continued in article
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on May 16, 2014
Studying Philosophy is Good for Business
by:
Marcelo Bucheli and R. Daniel Wadhwani
May 12, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting Education
SUMMARY: The article is written by two professors, one at the
University of Illinoi, Urbana-Champaign and one at the University of the
Pacific. The related article is the original report on changes in MBA
programs to which these two professors have responded in this letter to the
WSJ editors. The professors focus on market-related benefits of broad
thinking capabilities. The related article describes employers' concerns
about current teaching methods and focus in business programs.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: While the articles focus on MBA programs,
questions ask students to consider whether these issues apply in accounting
programs. The article may be used in any accounting class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) What do you understand is the meaning of critical
thinking?
2. (Introductory) What concerns are raised in the main and related
articles about development of students' critical thinking skills in business
programs?
3. (Advanced) While the two articles are focused on MBA programs,
do you feel that your accounting curriculum helps to develop your critical
thinking skills? Support your answer.
4. (Introductory) Refer to the related article. What do employers
cite as a problem with the thinking skills of business school graduates?
5. (Advanced) Could this issue being raised by employers apply to
accounting graduates as well as MBAs? Explain.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Why Some M.B.A.s Are Reading Plato, Kant
by Melissa Korn
May 01, 2014
Page: B6
"Studying Philosophy is Good for Business," Marcelo Bucheli and R. Daniel
Wadhwani, The Wall Street Journal, May 12, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB20001424052702303948104579533610289092866
Most business-school students are gunning for jobs
in banking, consulting or technology. So what are they doing reading Plato?
The philosophy department is invading the M.B.A.
program—at least at a handful of schools where the legacy of the global
financial crisis has sparked efforts to train business students to think
beyond the bottom line. Courses like "Why Capitalism?" and "Thinking about
Thinking," and readings by Marx and Kant, give students a break from Excel
spreadsheets and push them to ponder business in a broader context, schools
say.
The courses also address a common complaint of
employers, who say recent graduates are trained to solve single problems but
often miss the big picture.
"Nobel Thinking," a new elective at London Business
School, explores the origins and influence of economic theories on topics
like market efficiency and decision-making by some Nobel Prize winners. The
10-week course—taught by faculty from the school's economics, finance and
organizational behavior departments—might not make students the next James
Watson or Francis Crick, but it aims to give them a sense of how
revolutionary ideas arise.
"It's important to know why we're doing what we're
doing," says Ingrid Marchal-Gérez, a second-year M.B.A. who enrolled in
Nobel Thinking to balance her finance and marketing classes. "You can start
to understand what idea can have an impact, and how to communicate an idea."
Students write narrative essays to explain how
ideas—such as adverse selection, or what happens when buyers and sellers
have access to different information—gain currency. Joao Montez, the
economics professor leading Nobel Thinking, says he wants students to
reflect, if only for a short while, on world-changing thought.
Career advancement and salary outrank ideas about
world peace and humanity's future for many M.B.A.s, but Dr. Montez says LBS
students have requested more opportunities to step back and consider
big-picture ideas.
"You can leave the classroom with these ideas in
the back of your mind, and then maybe one day it will be useful," he says.
That's true to a point: Ms. Marchal-Gérez, 38 years
old, says she is somewhat concerned she'll "have a good time, but then
what?"
Abstract ideas remain a hard sell for many M.B.A.s.
Patricia Márquez, an associate professor of
management at the University of San Diego's School of Business
Administration and an anthropologist by training, has struggled for nearly
20 years to teach M.B.A.s to dream up business solutions for poverty, her
area of scholarly focus. Students, she found, needed a great deal of
coaching to apply theories from anthropology and ethnography to the business
world.
She eventually replaced theory-based readings with
traditional case studies, though she still tries to conduct discussions on
abstract topics, such as how cultural stereotypes stymie innovation.
"I spent six years thinking about the definition of
culture. At a business school, culture can be measured through a survey,"
she says. "It's so solution-oriented. We don't ask, and we don't let them
have space to ask better questions."
To give students room for questions, Bentley
University in Waltham, Mass., introduced "Thinking about Thinking" as a unit
in its one-year M.B.A. program last year. Students spend two weeks studying
art, reading fiction and even meditating.
"There's too much emphasis in leadership work on
understanding followers," says Duncan Spelman, management department chair
and co-instructor. "We're really trying to emphasize understanding the self"
to make students effective leaders.
Mariia Potapkina, a 29-year-old Russia native who
plans to work in consulting or strategy after graduation, says the class was
"a nonstop, 14-day discovery of yourself." For example, she learned that she
became more organized in the face of ambiguity.
But ambiguity can be unsettling for some. Esteban
Hunt, an M.B.A. student who hails from Buenos Aires, recalled a class when
an artist presented a piece of artwork and asked students to describe what
they saw.
The variety of interpretations, and the realization
that there was no single right answer, left him frustrated, Mr. Hunt says,
and produced palpable anxiety among his classmates.
That's the point, says Dr. Spelman, adding that
uncertainty is a reality in life and business.
Expect more abstract ideas in business schools
soon.
To meet student demand, Copenhagen Business School
is expanding its 15-year-old master of science in business administration
and philosophy program this year, shifting to English-language instruction
from Danish and taking in more international students.
"The tension between the two words business [and]
philosophy appeals to quite a lot of young students," says Kurt Jacobsen,
program director and a professor of business history. He says students want
to better understand market and business dynamics after the extreme economic
upheaval of recent years.
Continued in article
Critical Thinking: Why's It So Hard to Teach
Go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#CriticalThinking
May 22, 2014 reply from M. Raza
Hi Bob, thanks for the heads up. One of the
interesting books I read on critical thinking is by Roy Van den Brink-Budgen
(2010) that looks into the concept from the "asking possible meaning and
significance of the claim, be it predictive or evidential," point of view.
http://www.amazon.co.uk/Critical-Thinking-Students-Analysing-Evaluating/dp/1845283864/ref=sr_1_1/279-2615269-5537961?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1400790116&sr=1-1
The one by Gary Kirby and Jeffery Goodpaster (2007)
is also pretty good. Here is an interesting link on critical thinking
http://www.criticalthinking.org/pages/research-from-the-center-for-critical-thinking/595
Regards,
Raza
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on May 16, 2014
When Hedging Isn't Enough
by:
Maxwell Murphy
May 06, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Foreign Currency Exchange Rates, Hedging
SUMMARY: "Currencies in at least 20 countries have fallen 6% to 37%
against the U.S. dollar in the past year." The global nature of business
operations for even small companies in today's environment means "'companies
have never been as exposed as they are now to the violent movements of
foreign currencies across the globe,' said Wolfgang Koester... [who]
advises...on currency risk." With this high volatility, options can be
costly as a long-term solution and companies are reacting by "rethinking
their relationships with suppliers and distributors, their corporate
structures, and their prices."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article is an excellent one to introduce
basic foreign currency issues and hedging strategies in an advanced
financial accounting class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the reasons for recent wide swings in
currencies relative to the U.S. dollar? Where are these currencies' home
countries?
2. (Advanced) How does a strong U.S. dollar typically affect U.S.
export sales? State how the Olney, Texas, company Air Tractor, Inc. provides
an example of this situation.
3. (Advanced) Consider the case of Infor Inc. How does its CFO
decide whether to accept payment from customers in foreign currency? What
happens to the amount of reported sales in those foreign currencies? How
does the use of the currency for local operating expenses offset that
effect?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"When Hedging Isn't Enough," by Maxwell Murphy, The Wall Street Journal,
May 6, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303948104579537190594132178?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Violent currency swings are the new normal for
finance chiefs, forcing them to go beyond traditional hedging strategies.
Currencies in at least 20 countries have fallen 6%
to 37% against the U.S. dollar over the past year. The economic turmoil in
Argentina and Venezuela and the conflict between Russia and Ukraine have hit
their currencies, as well as the first-quarter earnings of dozens of
international companies, such as Avon Products Inc., AVP +0.44% Coca-Cola
Co. KO +0.71% and Ford Motor Co. F +0.89%
To augment or replace hedging programs, more CFOs
are rethinking their relationships with suppliers and distributors, their
corporate structures and, when they can get away with it, their prices.
"Companies have never been as exposed as they are
now to the violent movements of foreign currencies across the globe," said
Wolfgang Koester, chief executive of FiREapps, which advises clients on
currency risk.
That's partly because smaller companies and even
startups are selling abroad, he said, and larger companies are penetrating
faster and deeper into emerging markets. Roughly 98% of U.S. exporters are
small and medium-size companies, according to the U.S. Department of
Commerce, though they represent less than a third of the value of American
exports.
Companies typically hedge to protect their profits
by buying contracts for the option to buy or sell currencies at a fixed
price in the future. But the more volatile a currency, the more costly the
contract, making that a poor long-term solution.
The increasingly sophisticated approaches companies
are taking to manage their currency exposures are why an April 2013 survey
by the Bank for International Settlements showed that corporate
foreign-exchange trading had fallen 50% from the bank's previous survey in
2010.
Of course, renegotiating business contracts or
finding new suppliers takes time, and a currency swing can come suddenly.
Russia's ruble has tumbled 8% against the dollar
since January and has been mentioned in more than 115 company conference
calls, according to FactSet. The drop is a problem for McDonald's Corp. MCD
+1.01% restaurants in Russia, which import almost half of their food and
typically pay for it in dollars or euros.
"If you assume the ruble is going to stay at this
depressed level, that's something we're going to be battling with for the
rest of the year in our European margins," Chief Financial Officer Peter
Bensen told investors recently on a conference call.
To help offset the ruble's decline against the
dollar and euro, Alexey Kornya, CFO of Mobile TeleSystems MBT +1.45% OJSC,
said the Moscow-based cellular carrier is asking certain foreign suppliers
to accept payment in rubles.
By contrast, Air Tractor Inc., a closely held
Olney, Texas, maker of crop-dusting and firefighting aircraft, has "lost
sales" in places like South Africa recently, because it demands payment in
dollars, said CFO David Ickert. In the past year, the rand has fallen 15%
against the dollar.
Nicole Anasenes, CFO of Infor Inc., a New
York-based business-software provider, said she might consider accepting
payment in a foreign currency, but only "if it's an existing customer," and
she could use the money locally for salaries and other operating costs.
Having strategically placed subsidiaries overseas
can help insulate companies from currency swings.
When Northern Technologies International Corp. NTIC
0.00% expanded into nearly two dozen countries, including Russia, Malaysia
and Indonesia, the Minneapolis-based maker of anti-corrosion packaging
materials, took on local partners. The strategy initially was about growth,
but CFO Matthew Wolsfeld said it helps to offset currency volatility. If
need be, the company's joint ventures can leave cash in countries with
weaker currencies and extract it from those with stronger currencies.
Mr. Wolsfeld said the firm is most affected by the
euro's swings, and has used the euro's recent strength to pull dividends out
of its German joint venture.
Sometimes, currency changes leave companies with
little choice but to raise prices, which can be especially hard to do on
discretionary products or those on which a local competitor isn't facing the
same margin squeeze. A company's best hope is that its rivals will have to
do so too.
That can happen with latex gloves, most of which
are made in Malaysia, whose currency has weakened 7% in the past year. When
currency swings prompt local vendors to raise prices, medical-products
suppliers like Henry Schein Inc. HSIC +0.82% typically raise prices in lock
step. Where Henry Schein can pass prices along, it does, said CFO Steve
Paladino.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on hedging and hedge accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on May 6, 2014
Teaching Case
Ford Profit Falls on Warranty Costs
by: Mike Ramsey
Apr 26, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Contingent Liabilities, Earning Announcements
SUMMARY: "Ford Motor Co., largely untainted by the big
safety recalls affecting rivals, said its first quarter net income fell
39% in part because it expects to spend more to recall and fix defective
vehicles....Ford's pretax profit fell 36% to $1.38 billion, or 25 cents
a share, below analysts' 31-cent estimate. Despite lower earnings, Ford
generated $2 billion in net cash in the quarter, in part because the
higher warranty reserve isn't a cash expense."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article describes factors
considered in warranty liability accounting and, as noted above,
mentions the difference that generates between net income and cash flows
from operations.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) Describe in general the accounting for warranty
costs.
2. (Introductory) Relative to its first quarter net income, how
large was the warranty expense recorded by Ford Motor Co.?
3. (Advanced) What factors led to Ford Motor Company to greatly
increase its liability for warranty costs at this time?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Ford Profit Falls on Warranty Costs," by Mike Ramsey, The Wall Street
Journal, April 26, 2014 ---
http://www.wsjsmartkit.com/wsj_redirect.asp?key=AC20140501-01&mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
From the CPA Newsletter on May 9, 2014
What's next in U.S. standard setting?
The Financial
Accounting Foundation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the
Governmental Accounting Standards Board described priorities for the future
in their 2013 annual report, which was released
Thursday.
Journal of Accountancy online
(5/8)
From the CPA Newsletter on May 9, 2014
Many states watching tax revenues drop in 2014
Tax revenues have
fallen in many states, especially compared with the windfalls many states
experienced in the first half of 2013. This was because of the widespread
expectation that tax rates would rise due to fiscal cliff talks, prompting
corporations, money managers and high-net worth individuals to report income
or sell stock at the end of 2012. For the first quarter of 2014, corporate
tax revenue dropped in 20 states and personal income tax revenues decreased
in 10.
The Washington Post (tiered subscription model)/GovBeat blog
(5/8)
The dog ate my alimony check
The IRS finds billions in the reporting gap between alimony paid and
alimony received
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/1/#inbox/1461f9f7079bf9c2
America’s Most Unusual Public Companies
One company has fueling stations only for natural gas vehicles ---
http://247wallst.com/special-report/2014/05/09/americas-most-unusual-public-companies/?utm_source=247WallStDailyNewsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_content=MAY092014A&utm_campaign=DailyNewsletter
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on May 9, 2014
Elite Colleges Don't Buy Happiness for Graduates
by:
Douglas Belkin
May 06, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Work
SUMMARY: "A Gallup survey of 30,000 college graduates of all ages
found that highly selective schools don't produce better workers or happier
people, but really inspiring professors-no matter where they teach-just
might....The poll is the brainchild of former Indiana Republican Governor
Mitch Daniels who became president of Purdue University in January 2013."
The data presented in tables also includes employment levels for graduates
holding different broad categories of degrees: science, business, social
sciences, and arts and humanities.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any class. It
contains good suggestions for gleaning benefit from students' college
education at any type of institution.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Who developed this survey of college graduates?
What entity administered the survey? To whom and how many was it
administered?
2. (Introductory) What is the measure of happiness that is used in
this poll?
3. (Introductory) What factors in the survey provided "the
strongest correlation" with well-being later in life?
4. (Advanced) What caveats exist in the ability to interpret the
survey results? That is, do the associations found in this study truly
explain factors leading to college graduates' happiness? Explain.
5. (Advanced) What points from this article can you take away to
enhance your educational experience? Do you think these points will also
help you later in life? Explain.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Elite Colleges Don't Buy Happiness for Graduates, by Douglas Belkin, The
Wall Street Journal, May 6, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303417104579544161033770526?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
A word to high-school seniors rejected by their
first choice: A degree from that shiny, elite college on the hill may not
matter nearly as much as you think.
A new Gallup survey of 30,000 college graduates of
all ages in all 50 states has found that highly selective schools don't
produce better workers or happier people, but inspiring professors—no matter
where they teach—just might.
The poll, undertaken this spring, is part of a
growing effort to measure how well colleges do their jobs. This survey adds
an interesting twist, because it looked not only at graduates after college;
it tried to determine what happens during college that leads to well-being
and workplace engagement later in life.
The poll didn't measure graduates' earnings.
Rather, it was rooted in 30 years of Gallup research that shows that people
who feel happy and engaged in their jobs are the most productive. That
relatively small group at the top didn't disproportionately attend the
prestigious schools that Americans have long believed provided a golden
ticket to success. Instead, they forged meaningful connections with
professors or mentors, and made significant investments in long-term
academic projects and extracurricular activities.
"It matters very little where you go; it's how you
do it" that counts, said Brandon Busteed, executive director of Gallup
Education. "Having a teacher who believes in a student makes a lifetime of
difference."
Charts not shown here
The poll is the brainchild of former Indiana
Republican Gov. Mitch Daniels, who became president of Purdue University in
January 2013. As he prepared for the job, Mr. Daniels said he kept bumping
into the same problem: a lack of benchmarked data to measure the value of a
college degree. Last spring, during a trip to Gallup's D.C. offices, he
seized on the idea of applying their engagement and well-being questions,
which had been used in other contexts, to college graduates. The index will
soon be broken down to the level of individual schools "for those that have
the will, and frankly, the nerve," Mr. Daniels said.
"There is a lot we don't know about higher
education, and there is a sense it's skating on its reputation," Mr. Daniels
said. "We needed to know with more rigor how well the experience is serving
people."
The poll found that just 39% of college graduates
feel engaged at work—meaning, for instance, that they enjoyed what they did
on a daily basis and are emotionally and intellectually connected to their
jobs. And only 11% reported they were "thriving" in five different aspects
of their lives, among which are financial stability, a strong social network
and a sense of purpose.
That relatively small handful of graduates—who tend
to be more productive—went to a variety of colleges, though they were
slightly more likely to go to larger schools and less likely to have
attended for-profits.
The strongest correlation for well-being emerged
from a series of questions delving into whether graduates felt "emotionally
supported" at school by a professor or mentor. Those who did were three
times as likely to report they thrived as adults. Graduates who reported
having "experiential and deep learning" were twice as likely to be engaged
at work as those who didn't.
University of Pennsylvania Professor Martin
Seligman, who has studied the psychology of happiness, said it was
impossible to know whether the college experiences Gallup asked about were
the cause of later success or simply coincidental to it.
"One hopeful possibility is that if college were
changed to produce more emotional support, this would result in much more
engagement later in life," he wrote in an email. "Another, less interesting
possibility" is that people engaged at work who said they were emotionally
supported in college are simply upbeat to begin with, and that rosy outlook
colors their memories.
Other, less fuzzy correlations were between debt
and entrepreneurship. About 26% of graduates with no undergraduate debt
started their own business, compared with just 20% of those carrying debt
from $20,000 to $40,000. Nearly three-quarters of U.S. college graduates
leave school with debt; among those who do, the average is nearly $30,000.
Graduates with that amount of debt were one-third as likely to report they
were "thriving" as graduates without debt reported.
Continued in article
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on May 9, 2014
Lawmakers Struggle Over Web Tax
by:
John D. McKinnon
May 07, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Internet, Internet Commerce, sales tax, Tax Law
SUMMARY: The Internet Tax Freedom Act was enacted 15 years ago to
prevent states and local governments from taxing access to the internet. It
expires in November 2014. Lawmakers are trying to combine re-enacting this
moratorium with a new law "to allow states to collect sales tax from
out-of-state online merchants....Key lawmakers who support the online
sales-tax legislation view the extension of the moratorium as a potential
vehicle for their bill."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used when covering sales
taxes in a financial accounting class or to cover current issues in a
corporate or personal tax class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) How are sales taxes collected?
2. (Advanced) What moratorium on taxing is about to expire? Why do
you think this moratorium was originally enacted?
3. (Introductory) Why do "some experts say that even if the
moratorium expires, few if any states automatically would being taxing
internet access...."? What do others say about the possibility of states
taxing internet access?
4. (Advanced) Why are state sales taxes not collected on internet
sales? How might that situation change in November?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Lawmakers Struggle Over Web Tax," by John D. McKinnon, The Wall Street
Journal, May 7, 2014 ---
http://www.wsjsmartkit.com/wsj_redirect.asp?key=AC20140508-04&mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Millions of Americans could be threatened with new
state taxes on their Internet access this fall, as Congress struggles with
how to extend an expiring moratorium on such levies.
The 15-year-old Internet Tax Freedom Act prevents
most states and local governments from taxing access. The moratorium enjoys
widespread bipartisan support in Congress.
The tax reprieve, however, is set to expire on Nov.
1, and so far, lawmakers have taken few concrete steps to re-enact it as
they debate whether to combine it with a separate, more controversial bill.
That measure would allow states to collect sales tax from out-of-state
online merchants.
Proponents hope that combining the two bills will
increase pressure on Congress to negotiate a compromise on the long-delayed
online sales-tax legislation.
"I think enough interested parties would insist
that if we're going to pass that [Internet-access tax moratorium], this
other component might be attached to it," said Rep. Jason Chaffetz (R.,
Utah), who is leading a House effort to reach a compromise on the sales-tax
bill. He added: "To think the first would move unattached is fantasy land at
this point."
Combining the two issues, however, could create a
legislative logjam. Anticipating the possibility of a standoff, many
telecommunications companies already are preparing to send out notices to
their customers in July or August, notifying them that they might have to
start paying state taxes on their Internet access if the moratorium expires.
"Washington always likes to walk right up to the
edge and look in the abyss," said Jot Carpenter, vice president for
government affairs for CTIA-The Wireless Association, an industry trade
group. "If they fail [to reach a compromise], then I think there is a risk"
that Internet services would become subject to new taxes.
Some experts say that even if the moratorium
expires, few if any states automatically would begin taxing Internet access,
and many likely would need new authorizing legislation to do so.
"I would not expect there to be a great rush to
immediately start imposing tax on Internet access," said Gale Garriott,
executive director of the Federation of Tax Administrators.
Others contend that many states simply could modify
their rules to impose a tax, without new legislation.
"I would say there is an unknown but significant
number of states where…the tax department could write a new rule" applying
the tax, said Scott Mackey, a wireless-industry consultant. A few states
have legislation that specifically prohibits taxation of the Internet, while
some other states were grandfathered under the moratorium and collect taxes
now.
An average household could face an additional $50
to $75 a year if states decide to apply their sales or telecommunications
taxes to Internet access, Mr. Mackey estimates.
Many firms in the wireless industry say their voice
services already are subject to high state and local taxes, while some new
Internet-based communications technologies aren't subject to state taxation.
That leaves today's big players worried they will be at an increasing
disadvantage.
While the potential total take from taxing Internet
access is hard to gauge, industry experts say it could run to several
billion dollars annually—up to $2 billion for wireless alone, even more for
cable-based Internet customers. There are about 262 million Internet
connections in the U.S., according to federal data.
Telecommunications providers have begun seeking
guidance from states on whether they would seek to tax Internet access if
the moratorium expires. One group that tries to harmonize state tax rules,
the Streamlined Sales Tax governing board, is surveying its 24 member states
to find out whether they expect providers to start collecting taxes.
It is "entirely possible" that some states have
laws that would allow them to seek the tax, said executive director Craig
Johnson.
Continued in article
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on May 6, 2014
Teaching Case
Error by BofA Scuttles Buyback
by:
Christina Rexrode, Dan Fitzpatrick and Ryan Tracy
Apr 29, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Debt, Fair Value Accounting
SUMMARY: As described by David Reilly in the first related article,
the "The issue that led BofA to unveil Monday a more-than-$4 billion capital
hole revolved around how it classified changes in the value of what had
become its own debt. (Technically, the debt, or so-called structured notes,
was issued by Merrill Lynch, but it became BofA's when the bank acquired the
broker back during the financial crisis.)" BofA had elected the fair value
option to account for these structured notes and therefore included realized
and unrealized gains and losses on the debt in its earnings. However,
unrealized gains and losses must be excluded from regulatory capital but
BofA had not been separating the realized and unrealized gains for this
adjustment. BofA found the error, reported to the Fed, and now must submit a
revised plan to be authorized to issue any dividends or undertake a planned
stock buyback. The amounts previously planned will certainly be reduced.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used when covering fair
value reporting or simply to focus on varying accounting requirements
between U.S. GAAP and, in this case, bank capital requirements.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) When are banks allowed to use the fair value option
in accounting for long term debt?
2. (Introductory) According to the article, with what type of debt
do banks typically choose to use the fair value option?
3. (Advanced) When do banks earn unrealized gains on debt valued at
market value? In your answer comment on how this accounting result is
counterintuitive when dealing with the bank's own debt.
4. (Introductory) What is the difference between realized and
unrealized losses? According to the article, how are these different types
of gains and losses treated differently for bank regulatory capital purposes
than under generally accepted accounting principles?
5. (Advanced) According to the main and related articles, what was
the error that BofA made in reporting its regulatory capital?
6. (Introductory) What was the result of this error for investors
holding the bank's common stock?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Heard on the Street: Bank of America's Capital Offense
by David Reilly
Apr 28, 2014
Online Exclusive
Explaining the BofA Error: Debt Accounting Rule Bites Again
by Michael Rapoport
Apr 28, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Error by BofA Scuttles Buyback," by Christina Rexrode, Dan Fitzpatrick and
Ryan Tracy, The Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2014 ---
http://www.wsjsmartkit.com/wsj_redirect.asp?key=AC20140501-03&mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
"Professor in Florida Is Accused of Forging His Doctoral Credentials," by
Charles Huckabee, Chronicle of Higher Education, May 22, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/professor-in-florida-is-accused-of-forging-his-doctoral-credentials/78247?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
David Scott Broxterman, a professor of business
administration at Polk State College, in Florida, was arrested Wednesday on
charges related to accusations that he forged the transcript and doctoral
diploma he used to get the job, according to the Ledger Media Group.
Mr. Broxterman, who was placed on administrative
leave at the end of the spring semester, has taught at the college since
January 2009 and was hired as a full-time professor in January 2010. In his
application, he had claimed to have received a doctorate in business
organization and management from the University of South Florida in 2007.
But state prosecutors say their investigation has determined that he was
never a student there.
Rachel Pleasant, a spokeswoman for Polk State, said
Mr. Broxterman’s transcripts had been verified by college personnel, which
was college’s policy at the time he was hired. In response to this case,
however, the college will now use a third party to verify academic degrees
before employment.
All student credits from his courses will remain
intact, Ms. Pleasant said. The college is cooperating with the state
investigation and is conducting its own internal investigation, she said.
Bob Jensen's threads on
professors who cheat ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#ProfessorsWhoPlagiarize
Humor May 1-31, 2014
KFC Corsage ---
ttp://mashable.com/2014/04/14/kfc-corsage/
Celeb Psychic Sally Morgan Embarrassed After 'Contacting' Spirit of Woman
Sitting ALIVE in Audience ---
http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/uk-news/celeb-psychic-sally-morgan-embarrassed-3611040
I'll bet the Q/A session was interesting
Dick Cavett’s Worst Show: Starring John Cassavetes, Peter Falk & Ben Gazzara
(1970) ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/06/dick-cavetts-worst-show.html
Johnny Cash Impersonates Elvis Presley: A Slapstick Version of “Heartbreak
Hotel” (1959) ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/05/johnny-cash-impersonates-elvis-presley.html
Advertising More: Madison Avenue Features Advertising Mad Men 'MAD MEN' vs.
REALITY: Compare Don Draper's Ads With Those That Actually Ran In The 1960s ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/don-drapers-mad-men-ads-vs-the-real-thing-2014-4?op=1#ixzz307LT1Dtv
Peter Sellers Presents The Complete Guide To Accents of The British Isles ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/04/peter-sellers-presents-the-complete-guide-to-accents-of-the-british-isles.html
Yakov Smirnoff Remembers “The Soviet Department of Jokes” & Other Staples of
Communist Comedy ---
http://www.openculture.com/2013/12/yakov-smirnoff-remembers-the-soviet-department-of-jokes.html
Cute cats waking up owners - Funny cat compilation ---
http://youtu.be/fHU7pC6ejxE
Slavoj Žižek’s Jokes: A Sampling of the Theorist’s
Philosophical, Political & Sexual Humor (NSFW) ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/05/slavoj-zizeks-jokes.html
Forwarded by Maureen
SENIORS & COMPUTERS
As we Silver Surfers know, sometimes we have trouble with our
computers.
Yesterday, I had a problem, so I called Georgie, the 11 year old
next door, whose bedroom looks like Mission Control, and asked him to come
over.
Georgie clicked a couple of buttons and solved the problem.
As he was walking away, I called after him, 'So, what was wrong?
He replied, 'It was an ID ten T error.'
I didn't want to appear stupid, but nonetheless inquired, 'An,
ID ten T error? What's that? In case I need to fix it again.'
Georgie grinned...'Haven't you ever heard of an ID ten T error
before?
'No,' I replied.
'Write it down,' he said, 'and I think you'll figure it out.'
So I wrote down:
ID10T
I used to like Georgie, the little shithead
Forwarded by Paula
A woman arrived at the Gates of Heaven. While she was waiting for Saint Peter
to greet her, she peeked through the gates. She saw a beautiful banquet table.
Sitting all around were her parents and all the other people she had loved and
who had died before her.
They saw her and began calling greetings to her.
"Hello - How are you! We've been waiting for you! Good to see you."
When Saint Peter came by, the woman said to him, "This is such a wonderful
place! How do I get in?"
"You have to spell a word," Saint Peter told her.
"Which word?" the woman asked.
"Love"
The woman correctly spelled 'Love', and Saint Peter welcomed her into Heaven.
About a year later, Saint Peter came to the woman and asked her to watch the
Gates of Heaven for him that day.
While the woman was guarding the Gates of Heaven, her husband arrived.
I'm surprised to see you," the woman said. "How have you been?"
"Oh, I've been doing pretty well since you died," her husband told her. I
married the beautiful young nurse who took care of you while you were ill. And
then I won the multi-state lottery. I sold the little house you and I lived in
and bought a huge mansion. And my wife and I traveled all around the world. We
were on vacation in Cancun and I went water skiing today. I fell and hit my
head, and here I am. What a bummer! How do I get in?"
"You have to spell a word," the woman told him.
"Which word?" her husband asked.
"Czechoslovakia."
Moral of the story: Never make a woman angry … There will be Hell to pay
later!
Some New and Some Old
25 Jokes That Only Accountants Will Find Funny ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/jokes-for-accountants-2014-5
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting humor ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm#Humor
Keep scrolling down!
Humor Between May 1-31, 2014,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor053114
Humor Between April 1-30,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor043014
Humor Between March 1-31,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor033114
Humor Between February 1-28,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor022814
Humor Between January 1-31,
2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor013114
Humor Between December 1-31,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor123113
Humor Between November 1-30,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor113013
Humor Between October 1-31,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor103113
Humor Between September 1 and September
30, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor093013
Humor Between July 1 and August 31,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor083113
Humor Between June 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor063013
Humor Between May 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor053113
Humor Between April 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor043013
And that's
the way it was on May 31, 2014 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

April 30, 2014
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks April 1-30, 2014
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
David Johnstone asked me to write a paper on the following:
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of Accountics
Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498
Hasselback Accounting Faculty
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/
Blast from the Past With Hal
and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm
2012 AAA
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
"CONVERSATION WITH DENNIS BERESFORD," by Joe Hoyle,
Teaching Blog, March 26, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2014/03/conversation-with-dennis-beresford.html
"CONVERSATION WITH BOB JENSEN," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, October 8,
2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/10/conversation-with-bob-jensen.html
List of FASB Pronouncements ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_FASB_pronouncements
2013 IFRS Blue Book
(Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717
Links to
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Find comparison facts on most any Website ---
http://reviewandjudge.org/HOME.html
For example, enter "www.trinity.edu/rjensen/" without the http:\\
Find Accounting Software (commercial site) ---
http://findaccountingsoftware.com/
Galt Travel Reviews and Guides ---
http://www.galttech.com/
Quandl: over 8 million demographic, economic, and
financial datasets from 100s of global sources ---
http://www.quandl.com/
David Giles Econometrics Beat Blog ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Citations: Two Selected Papers About Academic Accounting Research Subtopics
(Topical Areas) and Research Methodologies
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations.htm
Alliance for Financial Inclusion (financial literacy
initiative funded by Bill and Melinda Gates) ---
http://www.afi-global.org/
Also see Bob Jensen's related helpers at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Find Real Estate for Sale ---
http://www.trulia.com/
If my father had hugged me even once, I'd be an
accountant right now.
Ray Romano, American comedian
As quoted in the CPA Newsletter on April 16, 2014
From the CPA Newsletter on April 25, 2014
Tax fraud hits
health care providers in New England (including
150 physicians in Maine and NH)
More than 150
cases of tax fraud have affected doctors and health care providers in New
Hampshire and Vermont. Hospitals and private providers were targeted. The
theft involved Social Security numbers that were then used to file
fraudulent tax returns. Other states have reported similar cases.
Boston.com/The Associated Press
(4/24),
Portland Press Herald (Maine) (4/24)
150 Doctors Targeted for Tax Fraud in NH, Vt. ---
http://www.boston.com/business/news/2014/04/24/doctors-targeted-for-tax-fraud/fW2cJu6EjU1boZDAYQoefM/story.html
CONCORD, N.H. (AP) — New Hampshire Sen. Jeanne
Shaheen has asked the Secret Service and Internal Revenue Service to
investigate reports of tax fraud affecting more than 150 doctors and health
care providers in the state and in Vermont.
The medical societies in both states say Social
Security numbers have been stolen and used to file fraudulent federal tax
returns. At least several hospitals and some private providers have been
targeted.
Rick Adams, a spokesman for Dartmouth-Hitchcock
Medical Center, tells the Valley News about 50 doctors and other employees
who work at the hospital have been affected.
Scott Colby of the New Hampshire Medical Society
says similar cases have been reported in other states, such as Maine,
Connecticut and Massachusetts.
Shaheen is asking for a joint investigation between
the Secret service and IRS.
"IRS is overwhelmed by identity theft fraud: Billions wrongly
paid out as scammers find agency an easy target," by Michael Kranish,
Boston Globe, February 16, 2014 ---
http://www.bostonglobe.com/news/nation/2014/02/16/identity-theft-taxpayer-information-major-problem-for-irs/7SC0BarZMDvy07bbhDXwvN/story.html
Jensen Comment
My family physician was a victim last year when somebody filed a fake tax
return in his name and collected an illegal tax refund from the IRS. It sounds
like a gang of insiders who perhaps work for the hospitals and health clinics.
Each year the IRS pays out billions in phony refunds and is making little
progress detecting and preventing such crimes.
Identity Theft Information and Tools from the AICPA and IRS ---
http://www.aicpa.org/interestareas/tax/resources/irspracticeprocedure/pages/idtheftinformationandtools.aspx
Tax
practitioners and their clients are concerned about the growing epidemic of
tax-related identity theft in America - both refund theft and employment
theft. At the end of fiscal 2013, the IRS had almost 600,000 identity theft
cases in its inventory, according tothe IRS National Taxpayer Advocate.
The AICPA shares
members' concerns about the impact of identity theft and offers the
resources below to help them learn more about this issue and advise clients.
We have provided recommendations to Congress and the IRS Oversight Board on
ways to further protect taxpayers and preparers.
IRS Identity
Protection Specialized Unit at 800-908-4490
Identity Theft Resource Center
---
http://www.idtheftcenter.org/
Note the tab for State and Local Resources
The IRS has an Identity Theft Web Page at
http://www.irs.gov/uac/Identity-Protection
"Devil's Advocate: The Most Incorrect Beliefs of Accounting Experts,"
by Sudipta Basu, SSRN, December 1, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2426581
This commentary reflects the views of a panel of
six experts tasked with writing an essay on the most incorrect beliefs of
accounting experts. The title provides ample motivation for this discussion
– to document the views of some thought leaders in accounting research on a
seldom-debated and mostly ignored issue – incorrect beliefs. While each
essay offers a thoughtful message on its own, in combination they reflect an
even stronger view, and offer sound advice for accountants of all stripes
and persuasions.
Free Download ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Delivery.cfm/SSRN_ID2426581_code105808.pdf?abstractid=2426581&mirid=1
Accounting Horizons, Vol. 27, No. 4, 2013
The video of this presentation, as well as the presentations
for the other commentaries in thisissue is available by clicking on the link
below.
Devils_Advocate:
http://dx.doi.org/10.2308/acch-10364.s1
KPMG's Former Los Angeles Managing Partner Headed for Prison
Scott London Sentenced to 14 Months in the Can and a $100k Fine
PMG partner who gave tips to golf buddy sentenced for insider trading ---
http://www.latimes.com/business/money/la-fi-mo-kpmg-scott-london-sentencing,0,3315282.story#axzz2zuM77Xjv
A former partner with accounting giant KPMG was
sentenced to 14 months in federal prison for giving confidential information
about his firm’s clients to a golfing buddy, who used it to make more than
$1 million in profits trading stocks.
Scott London, 51, pleaded guilty to insider trading
last year, admitting that he gave confidential information about KPMG
clients, including Herbalife Ltd. and Skechers USA Inc., to his
stock-trading friend several times from October 2010 to May 2012.
U.S. District Judge George Wu issued the sentence
Thursday in Los Angeles. He also ordered London to pay a $100,000 fine.
Defense attorney Harland Braun had argued for a
sentence of 6 to 12 months, noting that his client had already paid dearly
for his crime: losing his $900,000-a-year job, his reputation and a host of
KPMG friends who are not permitted to talk to him.
The prosecutor in the case, Assistant U.S. Atty.
James A. Bowman, said three years was appropriate because of the significant
violation of London’s duties to his clients and the damage it caused them.
Herbalife and Skechers were required to hire new accounting firms and
restate their earnings after learning of London’s actions.
London benefited from the crimes. As a reward for
the tips, London’s friend, Bryan Shaw, gave him thousands of dollars in
cash, concert tickets and jewelry, including a Rolex watch, prosecutors
said.
London was a senior partner at KPMG in charge of
the audit practice for clients in California, Arizona and Nevada. He also
personally oversaw audits of Herbalife and Skechers.
He gave Shaw inside information at least 14 times,
reading him news releases before they were issued, telling him about planned
acquisitions and giving him advance word about company earnings, prosecutors
said.
The tips enabled Shaw to make numerous profitable
trades.
Shaw snapped up thousands of Herbalife shares in
the weeks before a May 2011 announcement of the company's record sales,
prosecutors said. The news drove Herbalife shares up 13%. Shaw sold his
shares within days, netting about $450,000 in profit.
In February 2012, London told Shaw that KPMG client
Pacific Capital Bancorp was about to be acquired by Union Bank, prosecutors
said. Pacific Capital's shares soared 57% when the news was announced in
March 2012. Shaw made $365,000.
The scheme unraveled after regulators became
suspicious of Shaw’s well-timed trades. He later agreed to cooperate in an
investigation of London, secretly recording their conversations and handing
him an envelope stuffed with cash while FBI agents snapped photographs.
Shaw, who has also pleaded guilty, is scheduled to
be sentenced May 19.
In April 2012, KPMG shocked the financial world by
announcing it had fired London and withdrawn several past audits of
Herbalife and Skechers. The criminal case was filed a few days later.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on KPMG are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Barry Minkow (who became a preacher after his first conviction) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barry_Minkow
Barry Minkow is headed back to prison for his third conviction --- why
doesn't California's Three Strikes Law apply to him for life?
"Barry Minkow gets 5 years for embezzling from San Diego church The former whiz
kid whose ZZZZ Best carpet-cleaning firm turned out to be a scam is sentenced
for embezzling $3 million from his congregation. It was
his third fraud conviction," by E. Scott Reckard, Los Angeles
Times, April 28, 2014 ---
http://www.latimes.com/business/la-fi-minkow-sentence-20140429,0,4879604.story#axzz30Hn5lPRH
What a Neat Invention for the Blind
"Awesome FingerReader Gadget Lets the Blind Read Printed Text," Chris
Smith, Yahoo Tech, April 18, 2014 ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/awesome-fingerreader-gadget-lets-the-blind-read-printed-83091898650.html
Jensen Comment
This could be especially helpful for sight-impaired online learners. It enables
them to read email messages and printed online course materials. Online
instructors should be especially careful in fully explaining charts, exhibits,
and other visuals that are difficult to comprehend with the FingerReader.
Now if we could get a reader for Division 1 varsity athletes life would be
even better.
"Apple’s AssistiveTouch Helps the Disabled Use a Smartphone," by David
Pogue, The New York Times, November 10, 2011 ---
http://pogue.blogs.nytimes.com/2011/11/10/apples-assistivetouch-helps-the-disabled-use-a-smartphone/
Bob Jensen's threads on education technology for disabled and otherwise
handicapped learners (including the blind) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Handicapped
"Rating My Professor," by Colleen Flaherty, Chronicle of Higher
Education, April 21, 2014 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2014/04/21/u-minnesota-proposes-plan-offer-students-access-course-evaluations#sthash.u3pHWNGp.dpbs
Students at the University of Minnesota have for
years called for access to student course evaluations that they provide at
the end of courses, saying they’ve got a right to know what peers have
thought of the classes they’re considering. Now they might get their wish –
at least part of it. The University Senate is considering a proposal to make
student feedback about courses public. But student responses about questions
specifically related to professors would remain private, in accordance with
state privacy laws for employees.
The university hopes the data will help students
make more informed class selections, and offer more comprehensive and
relevant information than that which is currently available on
student-driven feedback sites, such as RateMyProfessors.com (the Minnesota
evaluations don’t have a question on instructor “hotness,” for example).
"We think this is an excellent step forward in
providing students quality information,” said Robert McMaster, vice provost
and dean of undergraduate education. “I’m not going to say anything negative
about RateMyProfessors.com, but that’s a much different kind of thing than
this rigorous, standardized approach.”
And while McMaster politely avoided the question of
RateMyProfessor.com, faculty members and academic leaders at many campuses
hate the site as much as some students love it. (Some students also dislike
it, including Minnesota's own student government, which said third-party
sites contain "polarized" and "unverifiable" data in a recent position
statement asking for more transparency of official student feedback.) But at
many campuses, the professors' and administrators' dislike for the site
hasn't translated into giving students something more educationally
meaningful to consider when evaluating potential courses.
In an email, Carlo DiMarco, senior vice president
of strategic partnerships for MTV, which owns RateMyProfessors.com, defended
the site's worth.
"What we love about RateMyProfessors
is that it is 100 percent driven by college students," DiMarco said.
"Each year, millions of students use the site to help plan their
class schedules, making it a uniquely valuable resource for
them. All of the praise and critiques that professors receive on the
site come directly from students, which means our site does what
students have been doing forever: checking in with each other —
their friends, their brothers, their sisters — to figure out who’s a
great professor." (DiMarco also noted that the website's "easiness"
and "hotness" ratings do not factor into the overall quality rating,
and that the site employs a third party to vet comments and ratings
to ensure reliability.)
Under the Minnesota proposal, student
evaluations would have 11 questions. The first half would elate to
the professor specifically, such as whether he or she was clear, or
prepared for class. Those would remain a private part of the
instructor’s personnel file, in line with the Minnesota Data
Practices Act, which prohibits the release of information about
specific public employees. But the second half of the questions
would relate to the course itself -- Was my interest in the subject
matter stimulated by this course? Would I recommend this course to
other students? – and go live in a university database starting this
fall. Although the vast majority of courses are offered by one
professor, McMaster said those with multiple sections would be coded
by instructor.
One common criticism of
student-driven feedback sites is their potential for low response
rates, and that only students with something to complain about are
driven to comment. And that's a fear that some professors have about
even their own institutions' evaluations if they're only offered
online. McMaster said the new system can't guarantee a high response
rate but that professors may distribute the evaluation forms in
paper in class or offer them online. Valkyrie Jensen, an officer in
the Minnesota Student Association and co-author of the recent
position statement, said everyone typically fills out student
evaluations in her classes. "It's a chance to have your voice heard,
regardless of a positive or negative impression, and most students
appreciate the opportunity," she said.
The university previously created a way for
professors to elect to make
some
evaluation data public to students (the Dartmouth
University faculty is currently considering a similar "opt-in" release
option), but less than 10 percent did – in part simply because it was an
extra hurdle for them to cross, McMaster said. So Minnesota thought about
changing the default status of evaluations to public, giving professors the
opportunity to opt out, instead of in. But that didn’t pass muster with the
university’s legal department, given state restrictions on releasing
information about employee performance.
The proposal, which is up for a vote in the
universitywide senate next month, is a kind of “compromise” between what
students want and state law allows, and faculty members appear to generally
be on board, said Joseph A. Konstan, chair of the department of computer
science and engineering as well as the senate’s Faculty Affairs Committee.
“I think it’s a good compromise given the
constraints that we’re under here,” he said. “I haven’t heard much in the
way of complaints about it, much in the way of advance concerns, as with
other proposals in the past.”
Konstan said he didn’t have a problem with faculty
evaluations that evaluate faculty members by name, but, like McMaster, he
said that the new process would still be a more reliable alternative to
third-party feedback sites.
He added that “anything can happen when you get a
large group of faculty together,” but that he believes the motion will pass.
Konstan acknowledged general faculty fears about student evaluators – that
students might translate an easy course to a good course, for example – but
said that aggregate evaluative data, as would be included in the new student
resource, tends to paint a reliable picture of a course.
Excluding inappropriate or discriminatory comments,
Konstan said, “My experience has been that when student say things
consistently, there’s usually something behind them.” (Interestingly,
a 2011 study
from the University of Wisconsin at Eau Claire
suggested something similar, in relation to RateMyProfessors.com. The study
found that 10 reviews showed about the same consensus about a professor as
did 50 reviews, a much larger sample size, or even more. The study also
found that the site's users are "likely providing each other useful
information about quality of instruction.")
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Minnesota is certainly not the first university to make student evaluations
known among the campus community. Some universities claim that doing so did not
much change the grade inflation tendencies. Professors giving easy top grades
did not tend to toughen up. Tough grading professors tended not to ease up. The
reasons are fairly obvious. Teaching evaluations before and after this change in
policy generally spread across campus by word of mouth from former students.
The campus community is more apt to take notice of internal course
evaluations than was notice taken of the self-selecting sample responses on
RateMyProfessor.
Professors, however, may change their courses somewhat. Those who skate on the
edge of unprofessional political bias (right or left) as defined by AAUP rules
may become a bit more cautious about politics in the classroom. Those are known
to miss quite a few classes (sometimes because of travel or family
responsibilities) may be more responsible about meeting classes. Both biased and
absentee professors may become concerned about their reputations among parents,
alumni, and prospective students, especially in the case of private universities
who are more dependent upon recruiting students. Even if outsiders cannot have
easy access to teaching evaluations, word spreads in this era of networked
messaging.
There are some myths about the RateMyProfessor site. The general feeling is
that the self-selecting students tend to be disgruntled students. My opinion is
that the opposite is the case where more of the raters are supportive rather
than critical of the professors rate on that site. This to a certain extent is
because the most popular professors on
RateMyProfessor
tend to be the easiest grading professors.
There's a marked shortage of responses from graduate students on
RateMyProfessor.
My opinion here is that most the graduate programs generally only give A or B
grades where grades below a B are almost rare. This results in fewer disgruntled
students in graduate programs.
My experience is that an easy grader is more apt to be a tenured professor
than a non-tenured professor. The reason is that non-tenured professors often
get rated down if they are perceived as having low academic standards. But there
are wide variances in grading reputations among tenured and non-tenured faculty.
A few professors like Harvey Mansfield at Harvard give two grades. One is the
often higher grade that goes on the official transcript and the other arrives in
a sealed envelope telling the student the grade he or she should have earned in
the course. This does not make Harvey especially popular among his colleagues,
although he quite popular among students.
The Panic of 1907 gave birth to modern financial
forecasting. The tools back then were crude and unreliable. Are they much better
today?
"The Dismal Art Economic forecasting has become much more sophisticated in
the decades since its invention. So why are we still so bad at it?" by
James Surowiecki, Democracy Journal, Issue #32, Spring 2014 ---
http://www.democracyjournal.org/32/the-dismal-art.php?page=all
We live in an age that’s drowning in economic
forecasts. Banks, investment firms, government agencies: On a near-daily
basis, these institutions are making public predictions about everything
from the unemployment rate to GDP growth to where stock prices are headed
this year. Big companies, meanwhile, employ sizable planning departments
that are supposed to help them peer into the future. And the advent of
what’s often called Big Data is only adding to the forecast boom, with the
field of “predictive analytics” promising that it can reveal what we’ll
click on and what we’ll buy.
At the dawn of the twentieth century, by contrast,
none of this was true. While Wall Street has always been home to tipsters
and shills, forecasting was at best a nascent art, and even the notion that
you could systematically analyze the U.S. economy as a whole would have
seemed strange to many. Economics, meanwhile, had only recently established
a foothold in the academy (the American Economic Association, for instance,
was founded in 1885), and was dominated by Progressive economists whose
focus was more on reforming capitalism via smart regulation rather than on
macroeconomic questions.
Walter Friedman’s Fortune Tellers is the story of
how, over the course of two decades, this all changed. In a series of short
biographical narratives of the first men to take up forecasting as a
profession, Friedman shows how economic predictions became an integral part
of the way businessmen and government officials made decisions, and how the
foundations were laid for the kind of sophisticated economic modeling that
we now rely on. Friedman, a historian at Harvard Business School, also shows
how the advent of forecasting was coupled with (and fed on) a revolution in
the way information about the economy was gathered and disseminated.
Relative to today, of course, the forecasters Friedman writes about were
operating in the dark, burdened with fragmentary data and unreliable
numbers. But the work they did, flawed as it was, would eventually make it
possible for decision-makers to get a much better picture of how the economy
as a whole was doing. And even as it’s easy to see how the forecasts of
today are much more rigorous and complex than those of Friedman’s pioneers,
that only makes one question seem all the more salient: Why, if forecasting
has come so far, did so many people fail to predict the crash of 2008 and
the disastrous downturn that followed?
It’s fitting that Friedman’s book starts with a
financial crisis, namely the Panic of 1907, which he argues in some sense
gave birth to modern forecasting. That panic began with a failed attempt by
the financier Heinze brothers, Otto and Augustus, to corner the copper
market. The collapse of their scheme drove institutions that had lent money
to the Heinzes into bankruptcy and created a climate of fear that led to
massive runs on New York banks and a series of bank failures, even as the
Dow fell by almost half. More important, the crisis on Wall Street spilled
over into the real economy, with industrial production taking a major hit
and economic growth falling sharply. The crisis was shocking both because
major panics were thought to be a thing of the past, and because the
economic consequences of the crash seemed out of all proportion to the
causes. And while there had obviously always been people on Wall Street
trying to predict the future, the panic fueled people’s appetite for any
information that could insulate them from market turmoil.
That appetite was also growing because the capital
markets were booming—stocks, for instance, went from a niche investment at
the turn of the century to, by the 1920s, being a crucial part of the way
companies raised money (and investors made money). And the upheaval in the
real economy—which was benefiting from an explosion in innovation that
brought Americans widespread electrification, the automobile, the telephone,
the phonograph, the movie camera, and the airplane—gave people “an
insatiable demand for information that could shed light on future economic
conditions.”
The first person to really meet that demand,
Friedman argues, was Roger Babson, who began putting out regular forecasts
about the U.S. economy after 1907. Babson was the most obvious huckster of
Friedman’s subjects. He was given to faddish beliefs. He was a serial
entrepreneur who came up with a host of odd inventions, and he was
peculiarly obsessed with Isaac Newton. And his view of the business cycle,
which he saw as oscillating regularly between boom and bust, was both
simplistic and informed by a highly moralistic notion of excess and
punishment. But Babson did two important things, Friedman argues. First, he
solidified the notion that there was something called the “U.S. economy”
whose different parts were connected to one another in systematic ways. And
he popularized the idea that economies were subject to business cycles,
about which coherent prognostications could be made. These seem, today, like
obvious insights. But at the time, Friedman argues, they were quite new. As
he writes, “The economic booms and busts of the previous century were
typically ascribed not to any sort of regular business cycle but to fate,
the weather, political schemes, divine Providence, or unexpected shocks like
new tariffs or earthquakes.”
Babson’s analysis of those cycles was dubious at
best (though his emphasis on the way emotions affect economic activity
anticipated, in a crude way, both Keynes and today’s behavioral economists).
But Babson’s forecasts, which were built on the idea that historical
patterns repeated themselves, reflected an enormous amount of data-gathering
work. He collected and published statistics about industrial production,
immigration, imports and exports, commodity prices, and so on, and
eventually began constructing time-series charts that were meant to forecast
the performance of the economy as a whole. This was both a conceptual
advance and a practical one: Much of this information had never been
collected in one place before.
The same can be said, only more so, of the data
offered to subscribers by John Moody, founder of Moody’s Investors Service
and Moody’s Analyses Publishing, a ratings agency. If Babson was ultimately
interested in the macro-economy, Moody’s focus was much more on the
micro-economy, because he believed that getting a real picture of what was
happening required you to look in detail at what the country’s big companies
were doing. The challenge was that companies at the time typically didn’t
disclose all that much information about their performance, and certainly
didn’t do so in any kind of systematic fashion. Most companies didn’t even
issue annual reports, and investors were perennially left at sea, wondering
just what was happening to their money. Moody played a key role in changing
this state of affairs. He began by publishing a regular manual that
contained detailed financial information about almost 2,000 industrial
companies. Then he moved from statistics to prediction, starting a ratings
agency in 1909 that advised investors about the creditworthiness of
bond-issuing companies. One of Moody’s key ideas was that capitalism is all
about future value, so that the value of an asset in the present really
consists of how much income it can generate in the future (discounted by the
relevant interest rate). The need to forecast is, in that sense, built into
the system.
The problem, of course, is figuring out just what
variables you have to take into account in order to make an accurate
prediction. The crucial insight of the economist Irving Fisher, a
contemporary of Babson and Moody, was that one of the most important
variables was the supply of money. Fisher believed that there was a tight
relation between changes in the money supply and what happened in the real
economy, and while he overestimated and oversimplified the relationship
between the two factors, you can see in his work the roots of what we now
call monetarism (including the notion that having the Federal Reserve print
money is a smart response to a recession). Fisher’s reputation as a
forecaster was famously destroyed in 1929, when he said on the eve of the
Great Crash that stocks had reached a “permanently high plateau.” (Babson,
by contrast, called the crash in advance.) But of all the people Friedman
writes about, Fisher is the most interesting thinker—his theories about the
role of money and, later, his ideas about the relationship between debt and
financial crises continue to seem relevant even today.
Fisher is also important because he learned from
failure. One of the great perils of being a forecaster, particularly one who
enjoys early success, is that it becomes difficult to recognize one’s blind
spots and easy to stay fixed in one way of seeing the world. Philip Tetlock,
a professor of psychology and management at Penn who conducted a 20-year
study asking almost 300 experts to forecast political events, has shown that
while experts in the political realm are not especially good at forecasting
the future, those who did best were, in the terminology he borrowed from
Isaiah Berlin, foxes as opposed to hedgehogs—that is, the best forecasters
were those who knew lots of little things rather than one big thing. Yet
forecasters are more likely to be hedgehogs, if only because it’s easier to
get famous when you’re preaching a simple gospel. And hedgehogs are not
good, in general, at adapting to changed conditions—think of those bearish
commentators who correctly predicted the bursting of the housing bubble but
then failed to see that the stock market was going to make a healthy
recovery. Fisher, by contrast, reacted to his failure to see the 1929 crash
coming by looking at what he had missed, and in doing so came to focus on
the importance of debt, and the way an overhang of debt can hold back an
economy as it tries to get out of recession, an idea that has gained new
popularity as economists try to explain the relative weakness of our current
recovery. (While Fisher was discredited as a forecaster, his reputation as
an economist was eventually revived.)
What Fisher didn’t give up on, though, was the
notion that a couple of key variables could really explain the business
cycle. But as Friedman explains, that kind of formulaic approach was
gradually eclipsed by one that relied on a more complicated blend of
empirical data, historical analysis, and mathematical modeling, an approach
pioneered by the economist Wesley Mitchell, founder of the National Bureau
of Economic Research. (C.J. Bullock and Warren Persons, who founded an
institution called the Harvard Economic Service and whom Friedman also
discusses, relied on similar techniques.) Mitchell’s attitude, as Friedman
puts it, was more “circumspect” than those of previous forecasters, more
cognizant of the limitations of forecasting, and more aware that while
history may rhyme, it does not repeat itself. Mitchell’s work was, in many
ways, the forerunner of today’s best forecasts. And it was also important
because it marked the entrance of the government into the forecasting
business, since in the 1920s Mitchell worked closely with Herbert Hoover,
who was then secretary of commerce. This may seem surprising, given Hoover’s
reputation, but he was a fierce advocate for the idea that the government
should collect and disseminate as much economic information as possible,
believing that if businesspeople had access to accurate forecasts about the
economy, they would make smarter decisions that would help mitigate the
excesses of the boom-bust cycle.
Continued in article
The limits of mathematical and statistical analysis of big data
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 18, 2014
The limits of social engineering
Writing in MIT
Technology Review, tech reporter Nicholas
Carr pulls from a new
book by one of MIT’s noted data scientists to explain why he thinks Big Data
has its limits, especially when applied to understanding society. Alex
‘Sandy’ Pentland, in his book “Social Physics: How Good Ideas Spread – The
Lessons from a New Science,” sees a mathematical modeling of society made
possible by new technologies and sensors and Big Data processing power. Once
data measurement confirms “the innate tractability of human beings,”
scientists may be able to develop models to predict a person’s behavior. Mr.
Carr sees overreach on the part of Mr. Pentland. “Politics is messy because
society is messy, not the other way around,” Mr. Carr writes, and any
statistical model likely to come from such research would ignore the
history, politics, class and messy parts associated with humanity. “What big
data can’t account for is what’s most unpredictable, and most interesting,
about us,” he concludes.
Jensen Comment
The sad state of accountancy and many doctoral programs in the 21st Century is
that virtually all of them in North America only teach the methodology and
technique of analyzing big data with statistical tools or the analytical
modeling of artificial worlds based on dubious assumptions to simplify reality
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
The Pathways Commission sponsored by the American Accounting Association
strongly proposes adding non-quantitative alternatives to doctoral programs but
I see zero evidence of any progress in that direction.
The main problem is that it's just much easier to avoid
having to collect data by beating purchased databases with econometric sticks
until something, usually an irrelevant something, falls out of the big data
piñata.
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of
Accountics Science"
Bob Jensen Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 30, 2014
Accounting class actions were flat last year
Just 47 accounting class actions were filed against companies in
2013, nearly matching the 46 in 2012, according to a report from Cornerstone
Research, but that could change as regulators increase their focus on
accounting fraud,
CFOJ’s John Kester reports.
The SEC is actively “looking for certain patterns that
might be an indication of fraud,” said Laura Simmons, a senior adviser at
Cornerstone.
Jensen Comment
The depth of Francine's depression is unknown at this point.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 30, 2014
EBay Inc. took
the unusual step of bringing home the bulk of its foreign-held cash, and
triggered a
$3 billion tax bill
in the process
That marks a sharp contrast from
Apple Inc., which
went
back to bond markets for $12
billion to fund its buybacks and dividends even though it is sitting on $150
billion in cash, much of it overseas.
EBay’s chief financial officer, Bob Swan,
said, “We are an acquisitive company and we need to ensure we have the
resources available to capitalize on targets that become available,” though
he was quick to add that no large U.S.-based acquisitions are currently
being announced. Still, $3 billion is a considerable hit for M&A plans that
are merely speculative. Other companies have successfully tapped foreign
cash for acquisitions without triggering a U.S. tax bill by focusing on
foreign targets.
For Apple, the bond sale was its second in a
year, and most of it went for less than a percentage point above comparable
Treasurys. Other companies this year that have sold debt with a mind to turn
around and hand that cash to shareholders include Gilead Science Inc. and
AutoZone Inc. The low yields on the Apple debt show that investors remain
confident in the iPhone maker’s prospects, but not all investors jumped at
the sale. Evercore Wealth Management portfolio manager Brian Pollak said his
firm sat out the offering, as it expects rates on Treasurys to rise this
year as the economy improves.
Only Three Companies Remain That Have AAA Credit Ratings
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 24, 2014
Good morning. The top-notch triple-A
credit rating has largely vanished from corporate America, but nobody seems
to care. Only three companies—Microsoft Corp., Johnson & Johnson and Exxon
Mobil Corp.—are still rated triple-A, compared with 60 companies in 1980,
report CFOJ’s Vipal Monga and Mike Cherney.
Automatic Data Processing Inc. lost the top
credit rating April 10, and since then its stock has risen 0.6%. “There was
no fallout,” said ADP Chief Financial Officer Jan Siegmund. “We feel that
double-A is a perfectly fine rating.”
ADP isn’t alone in holding that view.
Historically low interest rates and economic growth have dulled investors’
fear of default, and many see little difference between double-A and
triple-A. As a result, analysts and investors say shareholders of triple-A
firms are paying for a privilege that offers little reward. Johnson &
Johnson says it likes the highest rating because it gives it “greater
flexibility in managing our business, virtually unlimited access to the
capital markets and the most favorable interest rates to finance our
business,” and there are certainly investors who believe that those
companies remain the best bet in times of stress. But some analysts say that
maintaining the highest ratings is a costly endeavor, and perhaps not worth
the price.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 24, 2014
Wal-Mart outlines compliance reforms.
Wal-Mart
Chief Compliance Officer Jay Jorgensen chose to split its
compliance and legal operations into separate departments as part of its
overhaul of compliance programs,
reports
Compliance Week’s Matt Kelly. That
change was one of many outlined in the company’s Global Compliance Program
Report, which gives a detailed review of changes made so far. Mr. Jorgensen
also sought to bring consistency to compliance efforts which often vary
dramatically between regional divisions.
Jensen Comment
In his shortened lifetime Will Yancey had great vision on the future of
compliance careers. To prove it he made a lot of money consulting in one
aspect of compliance testing. He became an expert in stratified sampling as
applied to a wide variety of compliance issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Yancey.htm
Will also became my hero for his open sharing of knowledge.
From the CPA Newsletter on April 24, 2014
IAASB proposes requirements for auditors
The International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board has a
proposal for an enhanced International Standard on
Auditing. It clarifies what information should be included in corporate
annual reports as well as introduces new auditor reporting responsibilities.
Under the proposed standard, auditors would have to evaluate other
information with the audited financial statements to ensure there are no
material inconsistencies between the information and the auditor's knowledge
of the company gathered during the audit. In general, an auditor has to be
watchful for signs that the other information is materially misstated.
Accounting Today (4/23)
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
College Textbook Inflation Is Out Of Control ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/textbook-price-inflation-2014-4
Our friend David Albrecht is mentioned in the article below.
"For Professors, Online Presence Brings Promise (and Peril) Many say they
must be careful about what they write on the unedited Internet," by Seth
Zweifler, Chronicle of Higher Education, April 21, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/For-Professors-Online/145961/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
Although I never post to social networks like LinkedIn, Facebook, or Twitter I
do have a presence on the Web in my three blogs and my enormous two Websites.
Some people might view it as a problem if their email increases with comments
and requests for favors from strangers around the world. Because of legal
liability for online consulting and my not wanting to answer homework of
students, I generally beg off most requests for favors unless they are simple
requests such as where to find something on the Web.
I did notice that a lot of my pictures get reproduced without attribution.
But I don't get upset about this.
My pictures are free to the world at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
I have found where portions of my writings get used without attribution. But
I just won't let myself get upset over this --- certainly not to a point where I
stop writing for the Web.
By the way I don't join in the social networks like LinkedIn, Facebook, or
Twitter because in my busy world there are only 24 hours in each day. I let the
Web crawlers like Google and Yahoo find the stuff I post to my Websites.
Harvard Business School professor Clayton
Christensen has predicted that as many as half of the more than 4,000
universities and colleges in the U.S. may fail in the next 15 years. The growing
acceptance of online learning means higher education is ripe for technological
upheaval, he has said.
Clayton Christensen, Harvard Business School
"Small U.S. Colleges Battle Death Spiral as Enrollment Drops," by
Michael McDonald, Bloomberg News, April 14, 2014 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-04-14/small-u-s-colleges-battle-death-spiral-as-enrollment-drops.html?cmpid=yhoo.inline
Jensen Comment
It's not quite as bad when so many bookstores (e.g., Borders) were literally
wiped out by online technology, but the outlook is not good for small private
universities with small endowments and less than spectacular success in a niche
market.
Having said this, the small private universities that have substantial
endowments will probably carry on but with little or no growth and somewhat
lowered admission standards. What they will continue to offer is maturation
living and learning opportunities beyond the classroom. For example, the
University of Texas has a dorm complex with two zip codes and a population
bigger than most small towns in the USA. Nearby Trinity University with nearly a
billion dollar endowment has wonderful dormitories for around 2,000 students
that is much more appealing to parents concerned about college life for their
children leaving the nest for the first time.
At Trinity there are many opportunities to participate in sports without
having to be professional quality like is virtually required to participate in
varsity athletics at the University of Texas. At Trinity there is a much greater
likelihood of participating in the performing arts (like theatre and orchestras)
relative to the University of Texas. And in the classrooms the basic courses
will have less than 35 students whereas many lecture courses at the University
of Texas will have 500 to over 1,000 in a lecture hall.
Heavily endowed small schools like Trinity can afford expensive faculty who
teach very few students in wonderful facilities like science labs.
My point is that the endowed small colleges and universities will probably
carry on in the face of competition from distance education and lower priced
state-supported universities and colleges. And they will perhaps do so without
having to offer distance education themselves except in cases where an
occasional course is outsourced to cover gaps in curricula.
See below for outsourcing to
Oplerno
for such purposes.
If it grows, this may be a great opportunity for genuine experts who are good
at online teaching and want to "own" and "promote" their own courses
"New Adjunct-Focused Venture Wins Approval to Offer Courses," by Goldie
Blumenstyk, Chronicle of Higher Education, April 16, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/bottomline/new-adjunct-focused-venture-wins-approval-to-offer-courses/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
A new
for-profit education organization, designed to
give more academic and financial control to the adjunct instructors who
teach its online courses, has just won approval from the state of Vermont to
operate.
The Vermont State Board of Education’s approval of
Oplerno
(the company’s name stands for “open learning
organization”) means that its courses can qualify for credit at colleges and
universities, at the institutions’ discretion.
Robert Skiff, the entrepreneur behind Oplerno, says
he plans to begin offering the first classes within three weeks and to offer
as many as 100 by the end of 2014. Already, he says, more than 80 faculty
members have signed up to develop classes in the sciences, humanities, and
social sciences.
Under the Oplerno model, tuition per course would
run from about $500 to $1,500, with a maximum of 25 students per
class. Instructors will design—and own—the content and set the price of the
course, within those parameters. The instructors would then earn 80 percent
to 90 percent of the revenue the class generates.
Jensen Comment
The key to success is for instructors to be so good that they can persuade
accredited colleges and universities to offer their courses. In turn this is an
opportunity for financially-strapped schools to fill in gaps in their curricula.
Although in most instances transcript credit will be given for these courses, I
can also anticipate that some colleges may find this to be an opportunity to
provide more offerings in non-credit remedial courses.
For example, accounting Ph.D,s are among the most highly paid faculty on
campus with starting salaries now in excess of $120,000 plus summer deals. Urban
colleges can generally fill in accounting faculty gaps with local experts in
such areas as advanced tax, advanced accounting, auditing, and AIS. But remote
colleges, like most of those in Vermont, generally do not have a pool of local
experts to serve as accounting adjuncts. The above
Oplerno
innovative approach is a great way to fill in faculty gaps with outstanding
experts, some of whom may even have Ph.D. credentials such as retired accounting
faculty like me.
Even urban schools might fill in gaps. For example, this year SMU in Dallas
had a gap in faculty to teach advanced-level accounting courses. They paid my
friend Tom Selling in Phoenix a generous stipend plus air fare to commute and
teach regularly on the SMU campus in Dallas. Tom does have an accounting Ph.D.
from OSU and research and teaching experience in several outstanding
universities including Dartmouth. But he now primarily earns a living in
consulting. Those weekly flights plus long taxi rides are not only expensive to
SMU, but the the round trip travel times must be a real waste of time for Tom.
Think of how much more efficient it would be to buy Tom's online
advanced-level accounting courses if (a big IF) Tom was willing to teach online
for a much higher stipend.
I anticipate resistance from tenured faculty in some colleges and
universities to this type of coverage on the grounds that it may become an
excuse to not hire expensive faculty to serve on campus. However, I assume that
control for each outsourced course will primarily reside within each on-campus
department where local faculty generally have a lot of power in their small
domains. There can be added incentives such as the spreading of performance
raises and travel budgets over fewer onsite faculty.
The main objection, a big one, will be that faculty on campus have many more
responsibilities than to teach their courses. They assist in recruiting and
advising students and serve on all sorts of academic and administrative
committees. They are responsible for research and become a major factor in the
reputations of their departments and their colleges. They are huge factors
in alumni relations and student placement. Hence, I
foresee that outsourced coverage of courses will only be a small part of the
curriculum of any department. It could become a means of having a better
curriculum for a few courses, particularly those advanced specialty courses that
are really impossible do well with existing onsite faculty.
Macro hedging problem --- using a single hedge of a portfolio of securities
having multiple financial risks
"IASB seeks improvement for macro hedging accounting," by Ken Tysiac,
Journal of Accountancy, April 17, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/20149975.htm
Jensen Comment
FAS 133 denied hedge accounting for portfolios or securities having more than
one type of financial risk. For example, a portfolio of mortgage investments or
liabilities might have securities with differing maturity dates, different
interest rates, different currencies, different embedded payoff options, etc.
FAS 138 became somewhat of an exception after the FASB learned that it was
common to hedge a given security called a "cross currency" security having both
interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. FAS 133 overturned the FAS 133 ban
on simultaneous hedging of a given security's simultaneous risk of interest rate
fluctuation and FX fluctuation. However, the cross currency hedging instrument
itself must simultaneously hedge both risks. There are cross currency hedging
instruments in the financial world that do so.
The FASB, however, has never allowed hedge accounting for portfolios of
securities unless all components of the portfolio have the same risks such as
the same fixed or variable interest rates, the same maturity dates, the same
foreign exchange risk, etc. Such portfolios almost never exist in the financial
world.
Now the IASB is somehow miraculously trying to provide hedge accounting for
heterogeneous portfolios. All I can say is good luck!
Although there has been considerable convergence of IASB and FASB standards,
the accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting has
been marked by increased divergence as the IASB
tries to make marshmallows out of complicated hedge accounting rules that once
existed in IAS 39.
One thing is set in stone. If a portfolio has more than one type of financial
risk, a hedging instrument that does not hedge all those risks simultaneiously
is not a hedging instrument in the financial world. It may one day be one in the
fantasyland of the IASB obsessed with principles-based standards having no
bright lines.
Volcker Rule Won't Allow Banks to Use 'Portfolio Hedging' ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303722104579238622934171230?mod=djemCFO_h
Bob Jensen's helpers for learning about accounting for derivative
financial instruments and hedge accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Shortage of young people entering New Hampshire’s accounting industry is a
worrisome trend ---
http://www.nhbr.com/April-18-2014/Shortage-of-young-people-entering-New-Hampshires-accounting-industry-is-a-worrisome-trend/
A high demand for qualified, entry-level
accountants is driving up starting salaries and creating an environment of
almost full employment for these young workers.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
The "high demand" assertion for CPAs may be a bit misleading and controversial.
Economic growth is pretty much at a standstill in nearly all the New England
territory north of Boston. The Big Six accounting firms are not seeking to
expand services in these territories of Maine, New Hampshire, or Vermont. In New
Hampshire there's negligible population growth and economic growth apart from
Hanover and Lebanon surrounding Dartmouth College and the Dartmouth-Hitchcock
Medical Center.
Relatively high property taxes in all New England states are discouraging
growth of the vacation home industry near the ocean, lakes, and mountains.
Property values in the White Mountains where I live are in rather steep decline.
The village boards that issue building permits feel like Maytag repairmen.
New England is salted with empty mills, especially pulp and paper mills. The
tourist industry is still somewhat viable, but hotels and resorts are
finding it harder and harder to compete with cruise ships and lures of foreign
adventure. Downhill skiing survives by making its own snow during the global
warming trend, but this does not apply to the winter sports attractions of
cross-country skiing and snow machine recreation. My tractor dealer and friend
said that this was a good year for snow, but that the timing of the snows were
not good for his snow mobile business. Our big snows in late March should have
hit in December or January for his business.
The few colleges that have five-year accounting programs have small classes,
and most of those who do graduate are lured away to states having more economic
growth and opportunity. And yet the CPA firms and corporations that have aging
accountants are evidently seeking replacements. Those are mostly in the larger
towns in northern New England and not in the boondocks where I live. You can
live better up here in the White Mountains as a retired CPA than a practicing
CPA.
Identity Theft Information and Tools from the AICPA and IRS ---
http://www.aicpa.org/interestareas/tax/resources/irspracticeprocedure/pages/idtheftinformationandtools.aspx
Tax
practitioners and their clients are concerned about the growing epidemic of
tax-related identity theft in America - both refund theft and employment
theft. At the end of fiscal 2013, the IRS had almost 600,000 identity theft
cases in its inventory, according tothe IRS National Taxpayer Advocate.
The AICPA shares
members' concerns about the impact of identity theft and offers the
resources below to help them learn more about this issue and advise clients.
We have provided recommendations to Congress and the IRS Oversight Board on
ways to further protect taxpayers and preparers.
IRS Identity Protection
Specialized Unit at 800-908-4490
Identity Theft Resource Center
---
http://www.idtheftcenter.org/
Note the tab for State and Local Resources
The IRS has an Identity Theft Web Page at
http://www.irs.gov/uac/Identity-Protection
FTC Identity Theft Center ---
http://www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/microsites/idtheft/
"IRS is overwhelmed by identity theft fraud:
Billions wrongly paid out as scammers find agency an easy target,"
by Michael Kranish, Boston Globe, February 16, 2014 ---
http://www.bostonglobe.com/news/nation/2014/02/16/identity-theft-taxpayer-information-major-problem-for-irs/7SC0BarZMDvy07bbhDXwvN/story.html
"The Quick and Dirty on Data Visualization," by Nancy Duarte,
Harvard Business Review Blog, April 16, 2014 ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/04/the-quick-and-dirty-on-data-visualization/
"Harvard and MIT Release Visualization Tools for Trove of MOOC Data,"
Chronicle of Higher Education, February 20, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/harvard-and-mit-release-visualization-tools-for-trove-of-mooc-data/50631?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Visualization of Multivariate Data (including faces) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of
Accountics Science"
Bob Jensen Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
"Where the Jobs Are," Inside Higher Ed, April 23, 2014 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2014/04/23/where-jobs-are#sthash.NKe4NhNO.dpbs
A new analysis of available jobs finds that the
highest demand (among openings for college graduates) is for white-collar
professional occupations (33 percent) and science and technology occupations
(28 percent). The analysis -- by the Georgetown University Center on
Education and the Workforce -- is consistent with that center's past
research, in finding many more opportunities for those with a bachelor's
degree than for those without a college degree.
The new study is based on online job
advertisements. The most in-demand
professional jobs are accountants/auditors
and medical/health service managers. In STEM, the most in-demand jobs are
for applications software developers and computer systems analysts.
Jensen Comment
There's a bit of mixing of apples and oranges here. The study says it looks at
bachelor's degrees. But in in order to take the CPA exam accountants and
auditors mush have 150 credits which for most graduates translates to a masters
degree. Also many medical/health service programs are graduates of masters of
health care administration programs such as the graduate health care
administration program at Trinity University.
In some cases like chemistry and biology the job prospects with a bachelor's
degree are mostly lousy McJobs. But those majors have an edge for being admitted
to graduate programs, especially medical schools, where opportunities abound
upon graduation.
For those rejected for graduate schools or who cannot afford graduate
schools, career opportunities are probably better in the skilled trades such as
those $150,000 - $200,000 welding jobs.
Bob Jensen's career helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
"Welders Make $150,000? Bring Back Shop Class Taking pride in learning to
make and build things can begin in high school. Plenty of jobs await," by
John Mandel, The Wall Street Journal, April 21, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303663604579501801872226532?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
In American high schools, it is becoming
increasingly hard to defend the vanishing of shop class from the curriculum.
The trend began in the 1970s, when it became conventional wisdom that a
four-year college degree was essential. As Forbes magazine reported in 2012,
90% of shop classes have been eliminated for the Los Angeles unified school
district's 660,000 students. Yet a 2012 Bureau of Labor Statistics study
shows that 48% of all college graduates are working in jobs that don't
require a four-year degree.
Too many young people have four-year liberal-arts
degrees, are thousands of dollars in debt and find themselves serving coffee
at Starbucks SBUX +1.10% or working part-time at the mall. Many of them
would have been better off with a two-year skilled-trade or technical
education that provides the skills to secure a well-paying job.
A good trade to consider: welding. I recently
visited Pioneer Pipe in the Utica and Marcellus shale area of Ohio and
learned that last year the company paid 60 of its welders more than $150,000
and two of its welders over $200,000. The owner, Dave Archer, said he has
had to turn down orders because he can't find enough skilled welders.
According to the 2011 Skills Gap Survey by the
Manufacturing Institute, about 600,000 manufacturing jobs are unfilled
nationally because employers can't find qualified workers. To help produce a
new generation of welders, pipe-fitters, electricians, carpenters,
machinists and other skilled tradesmen, high schools should introduce
students to the pleasure and pride they can take in making and building
things in shop class.
American employers are so yearning to motivate
young people to work in manufacturing and the skilled trades that many are
willing to pay to train and recruit future laborers. CEO Karen Wright of
Ariel Corp. in Mount Vernon, Ohio, recently announced that the manufacturer
of gas compressors is donating $1 million to the Knox County Career Center
to update the center's computer-integrated manufacturing equipment, so
students can train on the same machines used in Ariel's operations.
In rural Minster, Ohio, near the Indiana border,
electrician and entrepreneur Jack Buschur is creating the Auglaize & Mercer
County Business Education Alliance, which will use private-sector dollars to
fund a skilled-trade ambassador to walk the halls of local high schools with
the mission of recruiting teenagers into these fields. This ambassador will
also work to persuade school guidance counselors and administrators to
change their tune that college is the only route to prosperity, and to
encourage them to inform their students about the many opportunities in
skilled trades.
At Humtown Products in Columbiana, Ohio, near the
Pennsylvania border, CEO Mark Lamoncha is coordinating tours for local
high-school guidance counselors to visit his company so that they can learn
about job opportunities in advanced manufacturing and 3-D printing. Rather
than having students seeing posters only for Ohio State, Pitt, Harvard and
Yale in their high-school hallways, he wants to convince the schools'
guidance counselors to also post signs for the Choffin Career & Technical
Center in Youngstown and the New Castle School of Trades in Pulaski, Pa.
The Ohio School Board Association recently heard a
similar message—from the actor John Ratzenberger, whom you might remember as
Cliff Clavin, the mailman from the 1980s sitcom "Cheers." Mr. Ratzenberger
these days is devoting considerable charitable time and dollars toward
raising the profile of America's skilled laborers as role models for young
people.
He began this effort in 2004 with a TV show called
"Made in America," focusing attention on the rewarding labor of blue-collar
workers making everything from Steinway pianos and Wonder Bread to
Caterpillar CAT +1.37% equipment and Chris Craft yachts. Now he's
crisscrossing the country urging schools to invest in vocational education.
On "Cheers," Cliff Clavin never appeared to be overly industrious, but in
promoting the restoration of shop class in U.S. high schools, Mr.
Ratzenberger is working hard to put young Americans in good jobs. Educators
could learn a thing or two from him.
Mr. Mandel is the treasurer of Ohio.
2013-14 AAUP Faculty Salary Survey ---
http://www.aaup.org/reports-publications/2013-14salarysurvey
For accounting and business faculty in AACSB-accredited universities the
AACSB survey is probably more informative. The AAUP salaries are pulled downward
by lower-paying colleges and universities not accredited by the AACSB. The AACSB
survey is not free but chances are the Dean's Office in an AACSB school can
provide access to that data.
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sustainability_Accounting_Standards_Board
"Accounting Group Taps Michael Bloomberg, Mary Schapiro Bloomberg to Be Board
Chairman, Schapiro Vice Chair," by Andrew Ackerman, The Wall Street Journal,
April 30, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303678404579534250764796972?mod=djemCFO_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Jensen Comment
Even though Mary Schapiro is a former Chairman of the SEC, the SEC is not
overwhelmed by this firepower leading the SASB.
Notice from the SEC to the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)
and Other Unauthorized Accounting Standard Setters
Only the FASB is Authorized by the SEC to Set Accounting Standards
"SEC's Gallagher Rails on Third-Party Rule Makers," by Tammy Whitehouse,
Compliance Week, April 16, 2014 ---
http://www.complianceweek.com/secs-gallagher-rails-on-third-party-rule-makers/article/342928/
Third parties trying to set disclosure standards
for public company financial reports are ruffling some feathers at the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
EC Commissioner Daniel Gallagher recently singled
out the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board as a group not authorized
by the SEC to tell companies what they should disclose in their financial
statements, even though SASB issues standards that it says tell companies
what they should disclose related to various sustainability topics. Aside
from the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which writes financial
accounting rules, the SEC has not given any other body the responsibility or
authority to establish disclosure requirements, he said.
Gallagher was speaking at a law conference when he
used SASB as an example of an outside entity trying to influence corporate
disclosures, especially as the SEC undertakes an effort to re-examine
corporate disclosure requirements. “We must take exception to efforts by
third parties that attempt to prescribe what should be in corporate
filings,” he said. “It is the commission's responsibility to set the
parameters of required disclosure.”
SASB is an independent, nonprofit group that writes
industry-specific standards for disclosing material sustainability issues
that the SEC requires companies to address in their mandatory filings. In a
letter to Gallagher, SASB pleads it is only trying to help. SASB "is a
market-driven response to the problem of disclosure overload and immaterial
information," says Jean Rogers, founder and CEO of the board. "SASB develops
standards that assist companies in fulfilling their disclosure obligations.
The standards help companies to identify those factors that are material to
the company's short- and long-term sustainability and to provide a model for
reporting on those factors in a decision-useful way for investors in the
MD&A section of the Form 10-K."
Rogers has said the board isn't seeking to supplant
SEC requirements, but to give companies some guidance around how to
determine materiality of sustainability issues and fulfill the disclosure
requirements that exist. She has said SASB seeks to provide an
infrastructure for how to comply with disclosure requirements related to
sustainability areas, much the way FASB provides the infrastructure for how
to comply with financial accounting requirements.
Gallagher, one of five commissioners, is having
none of it. “The SASB argues that its disclosure standards elicit material
information that management should assess for inclusion in companies'
periodic filings with the commission,” he said. Except for FASB, however,
the SEC has given no outside group such authority, he said. “So while
companies are free to make whatever disclosures they choose on their own
time, so to speak, it is important to remember that groups like SASB have no
role in the establishment of mandated disclosure requirements.”
Jensen Comment
There are ways to be misleading in standard setting. One is an act of commission
--- to lie about being authorized in the law as a standard setter. The other is
an act of omission --- to never lie about being authorized in the law but also
by never pointing out that your board is not authorized in the law. I seriously
doubt that the SASB is misleading by either commission or omission.
I think the following statement at the SASB Website suffers some from
omission ---
http://www.sasb.org/sasb/
What others write might be even less clear with respect to omission. For
example, the first paragraph in Wikipedia does not, in my opinion, make this
entirely clear at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sustainability_Accounting_Standards_Board
Both of the above Web pages should be rewritten to make it entirely clear
that the SASB standards are in no way recognized in the law, and that the SASB
is not authorized by the SEC or any other government agency to set accounting
standards.
Having said this I applaud the efforts of the SASB to set voluntary standards
with respected experts who have some reporting goals that are, in my viewpoint,
worthwhile. Compliance, however, with SASB standards probably will be totally
voluntary for quite a long time to come.
Bob Jensen's threads on standard setting controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"Think Cheating Is Down at B-Schools? Researcher Says ‘Don’t Believe It’,"
by Patrick Clark, Bloomberg Businessweek, April 24, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-04-24/think-cheating-is-down-at-b-schools-researcher-says-dont-believe-it
An academic who’s made waves in the past by
documenting cheating among graduate students is on the verge of completing a
new study. Business school administrators should probably be quivering.
In 2006, Donald McCabe, a professor at Rutgers
University,
published survey results with disturbing
implications for graduate business schools in the U.S. and Canada. McCabe
and fellow researchers polled more than 5,000 graduate students at 32
schools. Fifty-six percent of business students—mostly
MBAs (PDF)—admitted to cheating during the past
academic year, compared with 47 percent of grad students in other subjects.
Now McCabe is back. Later this year, he’ll complete
a follow-up survey that’s likely to show even more dramatic results. “Some
say cheating has gone down slightly,” McCabe told Toronto’s Globe and
Mail in an article
this week. “Don’t believe it. Students are doing
it more, but they don’t consider it cheating. You don’t have to look that
hard to find cheating.”
McCabe’s last study turned out to be prescient: Two
memorable scandals broke in the years following its publication. Duke’s
Fuqua School of Business
suspended or expelled 24 students amid charges
that they cheated on a 2007 exam. The next year the Graduate Management
Admission Council canceled GMAC scores of dozens of
would-be MBAs who used a test-prep site that
published exam questions the council was actively using.
Given the choice, many business schools would
prefer to pretend that cheating isn’t an issue. In 2007, Bloomberg
Businessweek asked 25 top MBA programs to reveal
specific instances of cheating at their schools.
The University of Chicago, the University of Virginia, and Duke were the
only three schools that provided specific information. Fifteen business
schools told us about their ethics policies. Seven schools, including
Harvard, Northwestern, and Columbia, didn’t provide Businessweek with
any info at all.
McCabe didn’t respond to an e-mail seeking more
information about his new study. Some reasons that cheating may be on the
rise include online resources that make it easier as well as
millennials’ attitudes toward institutions.
McCabe’s 2006 report didn’t throw individual institutions under the bus. If
his next study is like the last one, however, the business school community
still has plenty to worry about.
Bob Jensen's threads on plagiarism and other forms of cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
For many wealthy residents of New York: It's time to move ---
immediately!
Think of all that sunshine in Florida or those cool summers in the mountains of
New Hampshire. But you may have to move to Ireland or Switzerland to beat
the incrasing taxes on wealth throughout the USA.
"Wealthy New Yorkers Face 164% Estate Tax Rate," by Paul Caron,
TaxProf Blog, April 9, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/04/wealthy-new-yorkers.html
Jensen Comment
I read where the teachers union in NYC is going to sign an 8-year generous
contract in case the current socialist NYC mayor gets booted in a re-election
bid.
"Avoiding the squeeze: Trusts, estates, and the new ATRA tax regime:
Higher income tax rates and the net investment income tax change the rules for
trust and estate planning," by Robert S. Barnett and Elizabeth Forspan,
Journal of Accountancy, April 2014 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2014/Apr/trusts-estate-planning-20138750.htm
Taxes rose significantly in 2013,
with new top rates of 39.6% on ordinary income and 20% on capital gain
income and the new 3.8% net investment income tax.
These taxes apply to trusts and
estates at much lower income levels than for individuals, changing
the tax planning that must be done to maximize the income that is
distributed to beneficiaries.
Distributing income subject to the
3.8% net investment income tax to beneficiaries may avoid the tax
entirely because the tax applies to individuals at much higher income
thresholds than for trusts and estates. Those beneficiaries are also subject
to the top income tax rate of 39.6% at much higher income levels, so
distributing more income to beneficiaries will further reduce income taxes.
Capital gain income, which is
normally taxed to the trust and estate and not distributable to
beneficiaries, may be distributable, in some circumstances, to
beneficiaries and deductible from gross income, another planning technique
to lessen taxes.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"IRS Debunks Tax Protester (mostly frivolous) Arguments," by
Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog, April 12, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/04/irs-debunks.html
Half of the IRS computers are still on the aging XP operating system
IRS will pay Microsoft millions for Windows XP security support ---
http://www.engadget.com/2014/04/13/irs-pays-microsoft-for-windows-xp-support/
Clawback ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clawback
PwC: Executive Compensation: Clawbacks 2013 proxy disclosure study
---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/human-resources/clawbacks-2013-proxy-disclosure-study.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/human-resources&j=444160&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=727944_HTML&u=17822686&mid=7002454&jb=0
"A Dangerous Pattern: Rewarding Failure," by Ron Kensas,
Harvard Business Review Blog, March 9, 2010 ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/ashkenas/2010/03/a-dangerous-pattern-rewarding.html?cm_mmc=npv-_-DAILY_ALERT-_-AWEBER-_-DATE
Bob Jensen's threads on outrageous executive compensation, perks, and
platinum parachutes ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#OutrageousCompensation
"Danny Kuo Wants His MBA Diploma Before Getting His Insider-Trading
Sentence," by Patrick Clark and Patricia Hurtad, Bloomberg
Businessweek, April 16, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-04-16/danny-kuo-wants-his-mba-diploma-before-getting-his-insider-trading-sentence
Here’s proof that there is life after
securities fraud: Danny Kuo, who
pleaded guilty in 2012 to swapping illegal stock
tips, asked a judge on Tuesday to delay his sentencing so he can attend next
month’s commencement ceremony at the University of Southern California’s
Marshall School of Business and receive his MBA.
Kuo was working as an analyst at Whittier Trust,
which is based in South Pasadena, Calif., when he ran afoul of the Justice
Department. Going to business school gave Kuo a productive way to fill the
time between pleading guilty to securities fraud charges and his eventual
sentencing. “He thought it would be a good way to improve his résumé during
a period … when he had difficulty working because of the pendency of this
case,” his lawyer, Roland Riopelle, said in an interview. Kuo has even been
telling his classmates about his experience, his lawyer said, as a way to
warn others about insider trading.
Amy Blumenthal, a spokeswoman for Marshall,
confirmed Kuo is enrolled as an MBA student in the school’s part-time
program. She wouldn’t comment on his guilty plea or the school’s knowledge
of his record.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I suggest that USC run a plagiarism check on the writings of Danny Kuo while in
the MBA program. Seems like this guy is willing to skirt ethics to acieve his
personal goals.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Questions
What European nations have the highest death (estate) taxes?
Are they higher or lower than death taxes in the USA?
Hint: This is a trick question
From the AccoungWeb newsletter on April 30, 2014
Complaining that the estate tax is destroying
wealth is not just a U.S. tradition. In fact, UHY Hacker Young, a firm of
U.K.-based chartered accountants,
released a study in March saying it's
even worse over there.
The U.S. rate may be high, but with a threshold of $5,340,000, relatively
few get hit. The study says the United Kingdom rates are also high, but that
threshold is a paltry £325,000 (about $588,000), which is less than the cost
of an average house in London. (U.S. readers: The last season of Downton
Abbey is now making a lot more sense, isn't it?)
But outside of Europe and the United States, some countries have decided
estate and inheritance taxes do more harm than good. The study noted that
Israel, Australia and New Zealand have abolished them. Other countries that
don't tax estates include China, India and Russia.
The UK and Ireland have the highest death duties among all major economies
---
https://secure.uhy-uk.com/resources/news/uk-and-ireland-have-highest-death-duties-of-all-major-economies/
Jensen Comment
Darn --- just as I was preparing to sell out and move to Ireland to save on
taxes. Are Ireland's tax savings merely gimmicks to get your savings when you
die? Please no jokes about the Irish signs in pubs reading: "Buy two and
get the second one free."
Ireland has long been tax free for immigrants who are qualified as being
artists and authors. I'm not sure what it takes to be qualified. And I'm not
sure whether tax collectors are simply crouching behind Shamrocks waiting to
spring when artists and authors die.
From the CPA Newsletter on April 30, 2014
How does the net investment income tax affect Americans
overseas?
The new
3.8% net investment income tax raises a host of questions for Americans
living overseas for which there are currently no official answers. Kevyn
Nightingale, CPA, explores whom the tax applies to and whether it might be
affected by existing totalization agreements, income tax treaties and the
foreign tax credit.
The Tax Adviser
(4/2014)
Net Investment Income Tax
---
http://taxes.about.com/od/Types-of-Taxes/fl/Net-Investment-Income-Tax.htm
Man Convicted Of Selling $2.6 Million In Knockoff Batteries To The US Navy
---
http://www.businessinsider.com/man-convicted-battery-fraud-2014-4#ixzz2zF7bUx8o
Bank CFO Banned From Industry For Using Bailout Money To Buy A Condo
---
http://www.businessinsider.com/darryl-woods-banned-from-banking-sector-2014-4#ixzz2zFNavqMJ
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 23, 2014
Sales taxes depress Amazon sales
In one of the first efforts to quantify the impact of states
accruing more tax revenue from Web purchases, researchers at Ohio State
University published a paper this month that found sales dropped for Amazon
when the online charge was introduced,
Bloomberg reports. In states that have the tax,
households reduced their spending on Amazon by about 10% compared with
those in states that don’t have the taxes, and for online purchases of more
than $300, sales fell by 24%, Bloomberg said.
Jensen Comment
Sales taxes are not collected from most online and onsite vendors in New
Hampshire except for hotels and restaurants. This saves a lot when it comes to
big ticket items like vehicles. But there is a troublesome sales tax of 15% on
sales of real estate that really depresses the real estate market. I don't think
Amazon sells real estate (yet).
Some Sectors of the Economy are Going Down Instead of Up
"Retail Store Closures Soar In 2014: At Highest Pace Since Lehman Collapse,"
by Tyler Durden, Zero Hedge, April 21, 2014 ---
http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2014-04-21/retail-store-closures-soar-2014-highest-pace-lehman-collapse
What a better way to celebrate the rigged markets
that are telegraphing a "durable" recovery, than with a Credit Suisse report
showing, beyond a reasonable doubt, that when it comes to traditional bricks
and mortar retailers, who have now closed more stores, or over 2,400 units,
so far in 2014 and well double the total amount of
storefront closures in 2013, this year has been the worst year for
conventional discretionary spending since the start of the great financial
crisis!
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Reasons for store closings are complicated. Erika and I shop at retail stores
less and less --- especially Wal-Mart and grocery stores. It's just too easy to
search on Amazon, instantly find what we want for about the same price as at
Wal-Mart, and get it to our cottage in the boondocks in two days or less for
free shipping via Amazon Prime. In the past four days I've received my Amazon
shipments for three terrific Wrangler work shirts (that could pass for casual
dress shirts), new thermal underwear for next winter, new buckskin mittens, a
new pair of tennis shoes, a case of Kraft macaroni and cheese, a case of rice
bran (showing my age), a pack of DVD discs, a new Cannon camera ($96 on sale),
new dress slacks, a pair of work coveralls, three new stretch belts, a case of
oatmeal, case of barley, some mole-tunnel smoke bombs, two dozen flex base
driveway poles for snow season, and some other items I can't think of at the
moment. We also download one movie a day from Amazon or NetFlix.
Who needs retail stores?
Actually I do shop quite often at an old fashioned hardware store (Franconia
Hardware) down the road where I can still by two screws and one bolt in just the
sizes I need. We get our proscription drugs from the Wal-Mart pharmacy along
with milk and some other food items. I don't shop online for toilet paper and
paper towels. I will soon be spending quite a lot at Wal-Mart for about 30 huge
bags of potting soil and 20 bags of mulch. I will soon be buy about 200
seedlings from a green house complex in Lancaster. We buy Salmon and quite a few
grocery items from what would not be called a supermarket in the big cities.
I just bought a new $3,000 chipping machine from a New Holland dealer that
connects on the back of my tractor. I would rather buy major equipment, cars,
tractors, and attachments from from nearby dealers who provide warranty service
locally or have in-home service warranties.
I did buy a new $400 ceiling fan (Tiffany style made in China) from Lowes. I
could have purchased the same fan from Lowes online, but if I buy it for the
same price in the store I can take it back to the store if it does not work
correctly. That beats having to box it up for shipping, although I learned that
both Lowes and Home Depot will now take your online purchase back at nearby
stores even if you did not buy the items at those stores. That's nice for big
and heavy items that I don't want to repack for shipment.
Erika window shops online for clothing. By this I mean she looks it over,
tries it on, and returns about half of her purchases. For that I often have to
pay for return shipping, but it's not a whole lot more expensive than
having to drive from town to town in these mountains to take her shopping. And I
don't have to waste a lot of days waiting for her to find and try on clothing.
It's hard for her to walk, and she likes to let her fingers do the walking.
The bottom line is that local retail stores are handy for some things. But
like a lot of folks these days Erika and I find shopping in stores a waste of
time and gasoline. My guess is that 70% of our shopping purchases this year will
be online mostly because of the convenience of online shopping. Our local
stores, for example, seldom have what we want or do not have the correct sizes
on hand.
It's no wonder so many retail stores are closing down and so many glitzy
malls have mostly empty stores.
From the CPA Newsletter on April 23, 2014
IASB launches IFRS Research Centre to help academic community
The
International Accounting Standards Board has started the online IFRS
Research Centre with the goal of encouraging the academic research community
to participate in the standard-setting process. It would like to see
research professionals involved in research projects of interest to the IASB
and help move the standard-setting body closer to a more evidence-based
methodology.
Accounting Today (4/22
"The 50-year snooze Brazilian workers are gloriously unproductive:
For the economy to grow, they must snap out of their stupor," The
Economist, April 19, 2014 ---
http://www.economist.com/news/americas/21600983-brazilian-workers-are-gloriously-unproductive-economy-grow-they-must-snap-out
PECKISH revellers at Lollapalooza, a big music
festival in São Paulo earlier this month, were in for a treat. In contrast
to past years’ menus of reheated hamburgers, they could plump for pulled
pork, barbecue ribs or corn on the cob, courtesy of BOS BBQ, a Texan eatery
in the city. More surprising than the fare, however, was the pace at which
BOS’s two tents dished it out. Over the course of two days the booths, each
manned by six people, served 12,000 portions, or more than one every 15
seconds, boasts Blake Watkins, who runs the restaurant. Such efficiency is
as welcome as it is uncommon. Neighbouring stands needed two to three
minutes to serve each customer, leading to lengthy lines and rumbling
stomachs.
“The moment you land in Brazil you start wasting
time,” laments Mr Watkins, who moved to the country three years ago after
selling a fast-food business in New York. To be sure of having at least ten
temporary workers at Lollapalooza, he hired 20 (sure enough, only half of
them turned up). Lu Bonometti, who opened a cookie shop 18 months ago in a
posh neighbourhood of São Paulo, has commissioned four different firms to
fix her shop sign. None has come. Few cultures offer a better recipe for
enjoying life. But the notion of opportunity cost seems lost on most
Brazilians.
Queues, traffic jams, missed deadlines and other
delays have been so ubiquitous for so long that “Brazilians have become
anaesthetised to them”, says Regis Bonelli of Fundação Getulio Vargas, a
business school. When on April 12th the boss of the state-owned operator
suggested that large chunks of the airport in Belo Horizonte that will not
be refurbished in time for the football World Cup in June should simply be
“veiled”, his remark elicited no more than a shrug of resignation.
Apart from a brief spurt in the 1960s and 1970s,
output per worker has either slipped or stagnated over the past half
century, in contrast to most other big emerging economies (see chart).
Total-factor productivity, which gauges the efficiency with which both
capital and labour are used, is lower now than it was in 1960. Labour
productivity accounted for 40% of Brazil’s GDP growth between 1990 and 2012,
compared with 91% in China and 67% in India, according to McKinsey, a
consultancy. The remainder came from an expansion of the workforce as a
result of favourable demography, formalisation and low unemployment. This
will slow to 1% a year in the next decade, says Mr Bonelli. If the economy
is to grow any faster than its current pace of 2% or so a year, Brazilians
will need to become more productive.
Economists trot out familiar reasons for the
performance. Brazil invests just 2.2% of its GDP in infrastructure, well
below the developing-world average of 5.1%. Of the 278,000 patents granted
last year by the United States patent office, just 254 went to inventors
from Brazil, which accounts for 3% of the world’s output and people.
Brazil’s spending on education as a share of GDP has risen to rich-world
levels, but quality has not, with pupils among the worst-performing in
standardised tests. Mr Watkins complains that his 18-year-old barbecuers
have the skills of 14-year-old Americans.
Less obviously, many Brazilian companies are
unproductive because they are badly managed. John van Reenen of the London
School of Economics found that although its best firms are just as well run
as top-notch American and European ones, Brazil (like China and India) has a
long, fat tail of highly inefficient ones.
Preferential tax treatment for firms with turnovers
of no more than 3.6m reais ($1.6m) has reeled many irregular enterprises
into the formal economy. But it discourages companies from growing. And as
big fish in areas like retail make efficiency gains they need fewer workers,
who instead swell the shoals of less productive minnows. Many hire trusted
kith or kin rather than a better-qualified stranger, to limit the risk of
being robbed or sued by employees for flouting notoriously worker-friendly
labour laws. The upshot is even more inefficiency.
Continued in article
"(USA) Businesses Say They're Having Trouble Finding People Who Will Show
Up For Work," by Matthew Boesler. Business Insider, April 16, 2014
---
http://www.businessinsider.com/skills-businesses-have-trouble-finding-2014-4#ixzz2z4A0Vp4K
Every month, the New York Fed conducts two surveys:
the Empire State Manufacturing Survey and its services-sector counterpart,
the Business Leaders Survey. And each April it asks respondents of both
surveys questions related to the difficulty of finding potential hires with
certain skills.
This year's pair of April surveys confirmed that,
as in previous years, employers are having trouble finding people with
advanced computer and interpersonal skills, punctuality, and reliability.
Further, businesses in both the manufacturing and
services sectors report that it is becoming increasingly difficult to retain
skilled workers.
Below are the two key tables from the survey. The
first shows that 36% of businesses in the manufacturing sector that
responded to the survey are having moderate difficulty finding workers who
are punctual and reliable, while 11% report great difficulty in finding
workers with those traits. In the services sector, it's not as bad — 22% of
respondents report moderate difficulty finding punctual, reliable workers,
whereas only 3% report great difficulty.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Some of the problems are the rising incidences of mental illness. Those diseases
that cause failure to show up for work include bipolar disease and depression in
general. I know of one instance where a teacher commenced to show up for work
less and less over several years (she had tenure). Then one day she simply
stopped going to work without telling the school system she never intended to
work again. However, she received over a year of full pay without ever returning
to work --- union rules since she was diagnosed with bipolar disease. She now
has lifetime Social Security disability compensation and Medicare.
There are tens of millions who would rather have checks or no checks instead
of a job according the the U.S. Census
U.S. Census Report:
Only a small percentage of impoverished adults actually say it's because they
can't find employment.
"Why The Poor Don't Work, According To The Poor," by Jordan Weissmann,
The Atlantic, September 23, 2013 ---
http://www.theatlantic.com/business/archive/2013/09/why-the-poor-dont-work-according-to-the-poor/279900/
New Huge Commodity Trading History Teaching Resource Reported in the
Chronicle of Higher Education
"Exploring Trading Consequences," by Konrad M. Lawson, Chronicle of
Higher Education, April 8, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/exploring-trading-consequences/56415?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
March, a fantastic new resource for studying the
history of commodity trade was announced:
Trading Consequences.
The project is the product of several years of
collaboration between York University,
Canada, the University
of Edinburgh, UK, the
University of St
Andrews, UK and the
University of Saskatchewan,
Canada.
The resource provides multiple interfaces to a rich
database of mentions of commodities and locations associated with
commodities from the 18th century and up to the mid-20th century. One
interface is a
Commodity Search tool, which allows you, for
example, to search for all documents that refer to
jute and display a world map that clusters
references by region until you zoom in for individually geolocated entries.
You may also search by location to show, for example, all commodities
associated in the documents with a location like
Hong Kong. In this interface, you can refine the
search by collection or by decades. Another powerful way to interact with
the material is through an
Interlinked Visualization (use the Chrome browser)
where, at a glance, you can view the distribution for mention of commodities
across the decades. Another
Location Cloud
Visualization lets you view relative frequency of
mentions of a commodity in various places over time.
There is so much that can be said for a monumental
effort of this kind, but in browsing through the resource, a few thoughts
come to mind:
- This project shows
what is possible with a broadly interdisciplinary and international
collaboration of a team
like this.
- One of the things
that impress me most about this project is the way that they have been
open about their progress. See for example some of their blog entries
(1,
2,
3) that contain a wealth of insight for others
who might want to take on a similar project. They also created a
detailed
white paper that tells you much more about how
the project was carried out. They have also made some of their code
available on a
repository at GitHub. While there is not much
in the way of scripts here, they include
CSV files with their lexicon of commodities,
and a gazetteer of 1710 ports and cities with ports.
- The project is not
just a collaboration among universities and across disciplines but
shows, like so many of these projects, how much we build upon the open
efforts of others. Their blog is on open source WordPress, they use
OpenStreetMap
for maps, the BSD free licensed
Leaflet
javascript library for plotting data on these maps and the
D3 javascript library
for their data visualizations. Their locations
link to the
Geonames geographical database of placenames
and their categories and commodities are tied with
Dbpedia
structured data which is extracted from Wikipedia.
- Just as this
project builds on powerful open tools and resources, it also shows how
much the world of digitized historical materials are in walled gardens
that are sometimes only accessible to institutions that can afford to
pay the subscriptions. As a historian or student digs into the Trading
Consequences site, they will see a single source may contain hundreds of
references that have appeared in the results. The next step will often
then be to go into the source in question and explore. Trading
Consequences conveniently provides links to the relevant page or source
in the various databases. Some sources are open, like this
letter in the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: Archives collection or this
entry in an early Canadian periodical. But
many others are not, including entries in the
House of Commons Parliamentary Papers – one of
the most amazing cases of historic public documents being made
accessible through a commercial subscription service (in this case
Proquest).
Now that the project is launched, we can look
forward to learning more about how historians can use the resource, whether
it be as a heuristic tool for discovery or for analysis. One thing I would
love to see at Trading Consequences and all projects like it is the
development of an open–and well documented–API to the database that would
allow outside send queries to the database that returned structured data.
This would allow others to continue to build creative ways to interact with
this rich data source.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This is a great site for teaching both trading history in the 1800s as well as
being an introduction to commodities trading in general. It would be helpful if
the site added sections on how companies accounted for commodities trading in
those days. In modern days this accounting has changed to accounting rules in
IAS 39 (soon to be in IFRS 9) except in the USA where FAS 133 and its amendments
rule the day for accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging
activities.
For example use of options contracts for speculation and hedging dates back
to Roman times. How did accounting for speculations versus hedging in
commodities trading differ in the 1800s relative to the 21st Century? This
accounting material would be a great addition to the
Trading
Consequences.history learning site.
Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives contracts history and scandals can be
found in the historical timeline at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory
April 4, 2014 message from Zane Swanson
Hi Bob,
If there is supply and demand to the accounting
social media, why do you think that AAA commons does not have the stature
(that you seem to think it should)? Just telling people to post is not going
to do it. Alternatively to previous question, what does AAA commons have as
positive features?
A sort of side question is: AAA sends a lot email
and so why doesn't that mail have a copy to AAA commons feature that would
prompt AAA commons visits/discussions?
Respectfully,
Zane Swanson
Reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Zane,
There are all sorts of factors to think about in connection with the
commons.
The Commons started out with a bang when it was new and actively promoted
by the AAA Leadership. Years afterwards, aside from my active postings (most
of which are probably ignored), the Commons is relatively quiet. But it is
still very useful in relation to AAA meetings, in part because it archives
the videos of luncheon speakers and plenary sessions. It also has AAA
announcements in general.
What the Commons needs are new initiatives from the AAA leadership. For
example, the AAA leadership should commence and promote a very active
syllabus project on the Commons.
The commons should develop a set of
correspondents who contribute weekly or monthly columns on the
Commons about topics of interest to researchers, teachers, and
practitioners. This is the approach that is somewhat successful for both the
Inside Higher Ed site and the Chronicle of Higher Education site.
Some of those new correspondents could be assigned
subtopics of the Pathways Commission initiatives
such that the Pathways Commission initiatives get more interaction with the
membership. For example, one correspondent could be assigned to monitor
progress that doctoral programs are making to promote research methodologies
other than accountics science --- which is one of the major initiatives of
the Pathways Commission Report.
The woman or man correspondent regarding doctoral programs should contact
directors of doctoral programs around the world and ask them to
write about what progress they are making toward
having doctoral students conduct research other than accountics science
research.
The AAA leadership should commence an active teaching resource initiative
such as a cataloging of teaching video links
and recent doctoral program dissertations.
The Commons should start a daily news service
that is somewhat similar but more extensive than the daily news that I bring
to the AECM. That would help draw members into the Commons daily.
One problem is that accountics scientists as a group seem to have zero
interest in communicating in any type of media other than published papers
and SSRN ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
That is a shame because the Commons is a perfect forum for summarizing
accountics science papers in English in an attempt to bring accountics
science research into the teaching world and into the practice world.
The Commons could start a global SSRN accounting update column, which
could be maintained by one of the correspondents mentioned above. Weekly or
monthly additions to SSRN could be summarized in the areas of accounting,
tax, auditing, and systems research.
The Commons had a lot of input from the largest auditing firms when they
were promoting replacing USA GAAP with IFRS. The firms spent a lot of money
developing IFRS education sites intended to be used by colleges and
universities in the transition to IFRS. Those sites were generally very
good. But after the SEC derailed the IFRS railroad for the USA, the firms do
not provide a whole lot of new educational links of any type on the Commons.
This is a shame since those education sites are still being generated weekly
by the large auditing firms. I seem to be the only one linking to the sites
on the Commons.
One correspondent, maybe a practitioner, on the Commons could
summarize practitioner journal articles
that might be of special interest to accounting educators.
Correspondents could give us latest updates on
what is happening in standard setting bodies.
The only thing holding back the Commons at the moment is lack of
innovative leadership and luddite accountics scientists who are only
interested in writing esoteric journal articles.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
"Proof of a Result About the "Adjusted" Coefficient of Determination,"
by David Giles, Econometrics Blog, April 16, 2014 ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/04/proof-of-result-about-adjusted.html
. . .
Let's take a look at the proof.
The model we're going to look at is the standard, k-regressor, linear
multiple regression model:
y = Xβ + ε .
(1)
We have n observations in our sample.
The result that follows is purely
algebraic, and not statistical, so in actual fact I don't
have to assume anything in particular about the errors in the model, and
the regressors can be random. So that the definition of the coefficient
of determination is unique, I will assume that the model includes
an intercept term.
The adjusted coefficient of determination
when model (1) is estimated by OLS is
RA2
= 1 - [e'e / (n - k)] / [(y*'y*) / (n - 1)] ,
(2)
where e is the OLS residual vector, and
y* is the y vector, but with each element expressed as a deviation from
the sample mean of the y data.
Now consider J independent exact linear
restrictions on the elements of β, namely Rβ = r, where R is a known
non-random (J x k) matrix of rank J; and r is a known non-random (J x 1)
vector. The F-statistic that we would use to test the validity of these
restrictions can be written as:
F = [(eR'eR
- e'e) / J] / [e'e / (n - k)] ,
(3)
where eR is the residual
vector when the restrictions on β are imposed, and the model is
estimated by RLS.
In the latter case, the adjusted
coefficient of determination is
RAR2 = 1
- [eR'eR / (n - k + J)] / [(y*'y*) / (n - 1)] .
(4)
From
equation (3), F ≥ 1 if and only if
(n - k) eR'eR ≥ (n - k + J) e'e .
(5)
From (2) and (4), RA2≥
RAR2 if and only if
(n - k) eR'eR ≥ (n - k + J) e'e.
But this is just the condition in (5).
So, we have the following result:
Imposing a set of exact linear
restrictions on the coefficients of a linear regression model will
decrease (increase) the adjusted coefficient of determination if the
F-statistic for testing the validity of those restrictions is greater
(less) than one in value. If this statistic is exactly equal to one, the
adjusted coefficient of determination will be unchanged.
Notice that the result quoted at
the beginning of this post is a special case of this result, where the
restrictions are all "zero" restrictions. Recalling that the square of a
t statistic with v degrees of freedom is just an F statistic with 1 and
v degrees of freedom, the other principal result given in the
earlier post is
also obviously a special case of this, with just one zero restriction:
Adding a regressor will increase (decrease) RA2 depending
on whether the absolute value of the t-statistic associated with
that regressor is greater (less) than one in value. RA2 is
unchanged if that absolute t-statistic is exactly equal to one.
Jensen Comment
My question is how robust these results are to the order in which regressors are
added or deleted from the model. The model is not very robust in there are
ordering effects. My experience years ago was that ordering effects are a
problem.
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of
Accountics Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
Important Question
What does the name "Strategy&" meant to you?
Hint
Andersen Consulting "accentuated the positive" with the new name "Accenture."
Answer
Watch the video that will drive Francine up a wall!
http://press.pwc.com/2014-pwc-completes-its-acquisition-of-booz-company
Japanese homes tend to be built with better lumber than USA and Canadian
homes but last on average many fewer years. Why is this?
"Why Use the Best Lumber in a House That Won’t Last?" by Stephen J. Dubner,
Freakonomics, April 7, 2014 ---
http://freakonomics.com/2014/04/07/why-use-the-best-lumber-in-a-house-that-wont-last/
How to Mislead With Statistics
From MIT: Living Wage Calculator ---
http://livingwage.mit.edu/
Jensen Comment
There are quite a few sources of error. For example, I live in Grafton County,
New Hampshire. Within Grafton County, the cost of housing has a wide variation
between Hanover (home of Dartmouth College) having very, very high housing
purchase and rental costs versus decadent mill towns in Grafton County like
Lisbon. But the Living Wage Calculator does not
distinguish between the living wage in Hanover versus the living wage in Lisbon
that has to much lower than that of Hanover.
Another source of error arises between larger towns and very small villages.
For example, larger towns in New Hampshire have free transportation services for
the poor and elderly. Small villages do not even have local taxi services. In
comparison large cities like Boston have various options for low cost public
transportation that do not exist for most of the rest of New England. Also a
city like Boston has wider ranging rental prices for housing that vary in
different parts of the city. The living wage calculator does not factor in the
fact that non-unionized big stores like Wal-Mart are not allowed in Boston,
thereby increasing the shopping costs of residents of Boston.
The living wage calculator factors in taxes when comparing living costs of a
New Hampshire county having no income or sales taxes versus an adjacent Vermont
county having the highest income, sales, and property taxes in New England. The
Living Wage Calculator will not, however, adjust for the fact that a Vermont
resident has a high probability of both working and shopping in New Hampshire if
the commuting distances are relatively short. Thus reported differences in
living wages for many counties in Vermont can be misleading.
Residents in northern New England have access to Canada's inexpensive
prescribed medications, where it is much more costly and inconvenient for
residents of southern New England to traverse back and forth to Canada.
Residents in San Antonio can and do live fairly well without air conditioning
(there's breeze almost every night caused by the
Balcones Fault). But residents of New England cannot live without heat. I'm
not certain how the Living Wage Calculator adjusts for this difference, but my
guess is that it factors in the costs of cooling and heating without accounting
for the fact that it's possible in many warm climates to live fairly well
without cooling. I should add, however, that I would not want to live in San
Antonio without air conditions, but many, many residents there do live without
air conditioning.
The list of variations in "living" expenses that are not factored into the
"Living Wage Calculator" is enormous.
No one variation may be significant but in aggregate I think they can add
significant error to the numbers pumped out of the "Living Wage Calculator."
"SEC Preparing To Implement Bulk of 'Conflict Minerals' Rule Plan Would
Implement All But One Provision Overturned by Court," by By Andrew Ackerman,
The Wall Street Journal, April 28, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304163604579530034284316424?mod=djemCFO_h&mg=reno64-wsj
WASHINGTON—U.S. securities regulators are preparing
to implement the bulk of a "conflict minerals" rule this spring despite a
U.S. court ruling that struck down a core provision on free-speech grounds,
according to a person familiar with the matter.
The Securities and Exchange Commission plans to
implement all but a portion of the rule requiring companies to list whether
their products are "conflict free," the person said. A federal appellate
court here struck down the provision two weeks ago in a tailored ruling that
stopped short of broadly overturning the measure.
Under the rule, a requirement of the 2010
Dodd-Frank financial overhaul, publicly traded U.S companies must scour
their supply chains for any of four minerals—tin, tantalum, tungsten and
gold—tied to armed conflicts in and around the Democratic Republic of Congo.
The minerals are commonly used in electronic devices, such as laptops and
DVD players.
In striking down the requirement companies list
specific products that might contain the four minerals, the court reasoned
such disclosures violate the First Amendment's free-speech protections by
forcing a company to "confess blood on its hands." It sent the case back to
a trial judge for further proceedings.
Still, SEC staff has interpreted the ruling as a
win for the commission since the appellate court upheld other requirements
in the rule, such as having companies investigate whether their products
include the minerals and file public reports on their investigations by
early June.
A dozen Senate and House Democrats wrote to SEC
Chairman Mary Jo White last week, urging the agency not to delay the rule
while the case is sent back to a trial judge. The letter was signed by
Richard Durbin of Illinois, the Senate's second-ranking Democrat, Senate
Banking Committee Chairman Tim Johnson (D., S.D.), and 10 other lawmakers.
Mr. Johnson's panel oversees the SEC.
The staff has recommended an approach broadly in
line with what the lawmakers outlined, an approach Ms. White supports, the
person said. The SEC is expected to announce the decision in the coming
days, the person said.
An SEC spokesman declined to comment.
The staff approach conflicts with one favored by
the SEC's two Republican commissioners, Daniel Gallagher and Michael Piwowar,
who on Monday called for the entirety of the rule to be stayed pending the
outcome of the litigation.
"A full stay is essential because the district
court could [and, in our view, should] determine that the entire rule is
invalid," the commissioners said in a joint statement.
From the CPA Newsletter on April 8, 2014
SEC updates audit guidance for conflict minerals
disclosure
The Securities and Exchange Commission has put out guidance on audit
requirements for companies disclosing their use of conflict minerals mined
in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. There have been nine topics added
to the list of frequently asked questions. For information on conflict
mineral reports, visit the AICPA's Conflict Minerals Resources webpage.
Conflict Minerals Resources webpage.
Compliance Week/The Filing Cabinet blog
(4/7)
"Reflections on 'How to Motivate Millennials' what Defines the Work
Character of the Millennial Generation?" by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage,
April 9, 2014 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2014/04/reflections-on-how-to-motivate-millennials.html
From EY
First Q uarter 201 4 Standard Setter Update Financial reporting and
accounting developments (current through 31 March 201 4 ) ---
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/StandardSetterUpdate_BB2734_10April2014/%24FILE/StandardSetterUpdate_BB2734_10April2014.pdf
From EY
FASB issues standard on reporting discontinued operations ---
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2738_DiscOps_11April2014/%24FILE/TothePoint_BB2738_DiscOps_11April2014.pdf
What you need to know
• The FASB issued final guidance that raises
the threshold for disposals to qualif y as discontinued operation s .
• The s tandard allows c ompanies to have significant continuing
involvement and continuing cash flows with the discontinued operation.
• The standard requires additional disclosures for discontinued
operations and new disclosures for individually material disposal
transactions tha t do not meet the definition of a discontinued
operation.
• For calendar year - end p ublic business entities and certain not -
for - profit entities , the standard is effective in 2015 and interim
periods within that year. For other calendar year - end entities , it is
effective in 2015 and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is
permitted, and calendar year - end companies may early adopt the
guidance in the first quarter of 2014.
"Why You Can Never Trust Samsung When It Comes To Actual Sales Numbers,"
by Jay Yaro, Business Insider, April 11, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/samsung-sales-numbers-apple-patent-trial-2014-4#ixzz2yZzQoDnI
SAC Capital Agrees To Pay $1.8 Billion In Largest Insider Trading
Settlement In History ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/sac-capital-settlement-2014-4#ixzz2ya0l6fo9
10 Countries Racing to by USA Homes ---
http://247wallst.com/special-report/2014/04/11/ten-countries-racing-to-buy-american-homes/?utm_source=247WallStDailyNewsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_content=APR112014A&utm_campaign=DailyNewsletter
Jensen Comment
I think there is even more interest in commercial properties like office
buildings that generate sufficient revenues to cover maintenance, insurance, and
tax expenses. Small scale houses and condos are are more troublesome to manage
annually.
Years ago we used to be worried that Asians would buy up our farmland.
However, I think that nearby farmers are so eager to increase the sizes of their
farms that farm land investments are not very profitable for remote landlords.
Also the costs of hiring farmers to plant, cultivate, and harvest crops are
quite high such that farm investments may be losers on a short term basis except
for farmers who tend their own land.
For the long term farmland investments in the "right parts" of the USA may be
good inflation hedges over a very long term. However, finding the "right parts"
is more risky in this era of global warming. For example, I suspect that farm
land in parched California is high risk these days even if prices are
plummeting.
From PwC on April 10, 2014
Potential impacts to Pharma and Life Sciences companies of the new
accounting definition of an "investment company" ---
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/industries/health-industries/impacts-pharma-definition-investment-company.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/industries/health-industries&j=438494&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=724689_HTML&u=17668377&mid=7002454&jb=0
Pharmaceutical, biotech, medical device and other
life sciences companies often invest through entities that are considered
“investment funds.” Before ASU 2013-08, the definition of an investment
company was broader under Topic 946 whereby more entities may have met that
definition. The new ASU provides a revised definition of an investment
company which may result in some investment funds no longer meeting the
definition of an investment company. If the entity does not meet the
definition of an investment company, then the company is at risk of
consolidating the operating activities of the investment fund’s investee or
accounting for them under the equity method of accounting. This Alert
focuses on the key accounting considerations when assessing whether an
entity is an investment company. The Alert also provides illustrative
examples.
Question
How can the following ranking be misleading?
How to Mislead With Statistics
"College Majors That Produce the Highest (and Lowest) LSATs and GPAs," by
Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog, April 8, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/04/muller-.html
Jensen Comment
Some ways the above ranking can be misleading are the omitted variables. One
omitted variable is the ranking of the university. For example, many of the top
ranking universities such as nearly all Ivy League universities like Harvard,
the very top liberal arts schools like Swarthmore, and other top universities do
not have business schools. Hence, there is zero chance of nonexistent business
majors in these schools that had the top SAT admission scores to have top LSAT
scores. Many of the business majors taking the LSAT examination came from lower
ranked universities that also have the lower ranked SAT students in their
undergraduate programs.
Another way the above ranking can be misleading is that business majors
deciding to try for law school tend to be the ones who did not get great job
offers. For example, the best accounting majors tend to accept jobs with the
large CPA firms. The ones that did not get any of those job offers think about
law school as a consolation prize. I've seen this happen quite often during my
40 years of teaching accounting. This problem is exacerbated since accounting
majors must now go five years in order to take the CPA examination. They are
less inclined to spend the time and money going to law school after completing
five full-time years majoring in accounting.
Consider why classics majors are probably at the top of the list. Even the
very top classics majors probably had zero job offers. Hence, classics majors
taking the LSAT examination are probably the top classics graduates. Top
science, engineering, nursing, and other professional graduates, including
education majors, probably had good job offers or intend to go on to graduate
school in their chosen discipline. Those at the lower end of their graduating
class may be more inclined to consider law school. This is reflected somewhat in
the gpa data shown alongside the LSAT sccores. Classica majors who took the LSAT
had an average gpa of 3.477. For the business majors who took the LSAT the
average gpa was 3.098. These where not the ream of the crop business students
choosing to take the LSAT.
Bob Jensen's threads on careers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
"US Department of Justice v KPMG: Document Shows “Too Few To Fail” Was
Opening Premise," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, April 18, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/04/19/us-department-of-justice-v-kpmg-document-shows-too-few-to-fail-was-opening-premise/
McGladrey LLP, also resigned on March 7
"The SEC’s AgFeed Complaint: No Restatement Means No Sarbanes-Oxley Clawback,"
by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, March 23, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/03/23/the-secs-agfeed-complaint-no-restatement-means-no-sarbanes-oxley-clawback/
The Securities and Exchange Commission says it’s
stepping up scrutiny of corporate accounting and disclosure fraud. That
means going after gatekeepers like auditors, lawyers, and directors under an
aptly named initiative
Operation Broken Gate. The AgFeed case is the
mother lode for an SEC that says it’s ready to rack up some accounting fraud
enforcement points and, perhaps, pursue a more aggressive enforcement
approach to
sparsely utilized Sarbanes-Oxley provisions like
Section 304, compensation clawbacks.
AgFeed has everything a reinvigorated corporate
fraud fighting and broken gate fixing SEC could want. My recent three part
series on this Chinese reverse merger gone bad and bankrupt was published
before the SEC recently filed a complaint against AgFeed and six executives.
The SEC complaint includes fifteen allegations
that cover a wide range of federal securities laws including Sarbanes-Oxley
law.
I previously wrote about the Audit Committee member, Milton Webster,
who was a whistleblower. The complaint alleges another
guy, an Audit Committee Chairman, “engaged in a scheme to avoid or delay
disclosure of the fraud.”
I previously wrote about the two audit firms that
missed the fraud, Goldman Parks Kurland Mohidin LLP and McGladrey & Pullen
LLP, defendants in private shareholder class action litigation alleging
malpractice. The SEC’s complaint says AgFeed executives deceived
the auditors, a violation of Rule 13b2-2 or
Section 303(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. (The SEC
has, in the interest of strengthening its own case against the executives,
given the audit firms
a big SEC-supported leg up in defending themselves
against private litigation for malpractice.)
The SEC’s complaint “anonymizes” two trusted
advisors, a firm and an individual, and credits them with trying to do the
right thing and warning executives about the potential for fraud. I wrote
about Fred Rittereiser, an advisor to the board that Milton Webster referred
to in his deposition as a “consiglieri”, and not the upstanding, law abiding
kind. I also wrote about Protiviti, a consulting firm with close ties to the
Audit Committee Chairman and, later, AgFeed CEO and Chairman Van Gothner.
Protiviti helped AgFeed management prepare its Sarbanes-Oxley internal
controls assessments starting in 2008, respond in March of 2012 to initial
SEC investigative inquiries and then doubled down in early 2013, after the
fraud was well-known, to be the company’s internal audit service provider.
The SEC complaint does not even mention law firm
Latham & Watkins, since the agency chose to focus only on the fraud in the
Chinese operations of AgFeed that allegedly occurred from 2008 until the end
of June 2011.
I wrote about Latham & Watkins, the firm that
began representing AgFeed and its officers and directors shortly they
disclosed the Chinese fraud and shareholders sued them. Latham continues to
represent the company and some executives. Latham & Watkins was hired as
counsel to a special investigative committee at the end of 2011 and the law
firm hired consulting firm FTI to act as forensic accountants under its
direction. A derivative suit was eliminated by the bankruptcy in July of
2013. Latham also now serves as special counsel to the company in
bankruptcy.
The SEC complaint includes a claim against the
former Chinese CEO and CFO and the subsequent US CFO for “failure to
reimburse”, a violation of Section 304(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
The Section 304 claim hits all the highlights of
the law:
“As a result of
the misconduct described above, AgFeed filed reports
that were in material non-compliance with its financial
reporting requirements under the federal securities laws.
AgFeed’s material non-compliance with its financial reporting
requirements resulting from the misconduct required the company
to prepare accounting restatements.” But the SEC admits
“the company prepared a draft restatement but never completed it because
on July 15, 2013, the company filed for protection under the United
States Bankruptcy Code.”
The SEC then makes a calculation of the impact of the restatement that
should have been, if only the AgFeed executives had completed and filed it.
“Based on the company’s draft restatement work,
the fraud caused AgFeed’s publicly-reported revenues to be overstated by
approximately $239 million over a three-and-a-half year period. On an
annual basis, for 2008, 2009, and 2010, the fraud caused revenue
inflation ranging from approximately 71% to approximately 103% and gross
profit inflation ranging from approximately 98% to approximately 153%.”
On March 7, 2014 AgFeed
filed an 8-K to, among other things, announce “the
Company has not completed, and is not working on, its financial statements
for the years ended 2013, 2012 or 2011, or its restated financial statements
for the year ended December 31, 2010.” The company’s auditor, McGladrey LLP,
also resigned on March 7.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
"PwC, And HP, Sued By Mobile Monitor Technologies LLC For Theft of Trade
Secrets," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, April 14, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/04/14/pwc-and-hp-sued-by-mobile-monitor-technologies-llc-for-theft-of-trade-secrets/
Jensen Comment
Innocent until proven guilty.
Deloitte published comment letters on IFRS Interpretations Committee agenda
decisions on IAS 1, IAS 12, IAS 16, IAS 19, IAS 32, IAS 37, IFRS 3 and IFRS 11,
as published in the January IFRIC Update ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2014/04/ifrs-ic-agenda-decisions
Best Business Schools 2014 according to US News ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/rankings#5?campaign_id=DN040414
Click on the Blue Tabs for "Graduate (182 schools),"
"International (non-USA)," and "Undergraduate
(186 schools)"
From US News in 2014
Best Online Degree Programs (ranked) ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education
Best Online Undergraduate Bachelors Degrees ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/bachelors/rankings
Central Michigan is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Business MBA Programs
---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/mba/rankings
Indiana University is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Education Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/education/rankings
Northern Illinois is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Engineering Programs
---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/engineering/rankings
Columbia University is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Information Technology
Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/computer-information-technology/rankings
The University of Southern California is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Nursing Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/nursing/rankings
St. Xavier University is the big winner
US News Degree Finder ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/features/multistep-oe?s_cid=54089
This beats those self-serving for-profit university biased Degree Finders
US News has tried for years to rank for-profit universities, but they
don't seem to want to provide the data.
Bob Jensen's threads on online programs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/CrossBorder.htm
"Diversity and Disgrace: How the U.S. News Law School Rankings Hurt
Everyone," by Paul Carone, TaxProf Blog, April 4, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/04/diversity-and-disgrace.html
Jensen Question
Have the U.S. News business school rankings "hurt everyone" the ways
mentioned by Paul above?
Jensen Answer
Yes, I think so. There are more programs ranked that include some programs that
have a majority of minority students such as Howard University. But the US News
rankings do not give extra credit for diversity. Most historically black
universities did not even make the listings. This is a thorny issue since the
programs not even listed are generally weak on the criteria upon which all
programs are ranked such as admissions criteria.
In fairness, US News does have a separate set of rankings for "Historically
Black Colleges and Universities"
http://colleges.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-colleges/rankings/hbcu
There are many business programs in those schools and a few law schools.
Bob Jensen's threads on rankings controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
This is an "almost" humorous account how the best of intentions can be turned
into crimes by scammers who are almost always more clever than professionals
trying to prevent scams.
"How Scammers Turn Google Maps Into Fantasy Land," by Dune Lawrence,
Bloomberg Businessweek, March 28, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-03-28/how-scammers-turn-google-maps-into-fantasy-land
Two Selected Papers About Academic Accounting Research
Subtopics (Topical Areas) and Research Methodologies
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations.htm
Bob Jensen
at Trinity University
Introduction
Jensen Comments on the Holderness, et al. (2014)
Paper ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations.htm
Jensen Comments on the Dunbar and Weber (2014) Paper
---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations.htm
Introduction
Two Selected Papers About Academic Accounting Research Subtopics (Topical
Areas) and Research Methodologies Published in the February 2014 Edition of
Issues in Accounting Education, American Accounting Association, 2014 ---
Volume 29, Issue 1 (March 2014) ---
http://aaajournals.org/toc/iace/29/1
Only the abstracts are free
"What Influences Accounting Research? A Citations-Based Analysis," by
Amy E. Dunbar and David P. Weber, Issues in Accounting Education, Volume
29, Issue 1 (March 2014), pp. 1-60 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/iace-50603
ABSTRACT
We compile and analyze the reference lists from papers
published in nine accounting journals over the period 1996 – 2011 to
identify the individual antecedent works that have been cited the most often
by accounting research. We conduct our analyses separately for different
topical areas (audit, financial, managerial, tax, other) and research
methodologies (archival, experimental, theoretical, other). We then
present and discuss lists of the individual works that are most heavily
cited by each category. Our results should be useful to Ph.D. students and
those who train them in identifying important prior work that continues to
motivate and provide a foundation for contemporary accounting research.
. . .
Our
approach is based on an analysis of the reference lists from papers
published in the following nine accounting journals during the period 1996 –
2011: Accounting, Organizations, and Society (AOS),
Auditing: A Journal of Practice and Theory (AJPT),
Contemporary Accounting Research (CAR), Journal of Accounting
and Economics (JAE), Journal of Accounting Research (JAR),
Journal of the American Taxation Association (JATA),
Journal of Management Accounting Research (JMAR), Review of
Accounting Studies (RAST), and The Accounting Review (TAR).
We refer to the papers published in these journals as the “citing papers.”
We classify each citing paper into one of five topics (auditing,
financial reporting, managerial accounting, tax, and other) and one of
four methodologies (archival, experimental, theoretical, and other). We then
use the reference lists from the citing papers to identify the individual
antecedent works that are the most heavily cited (we refer to these
antecedents as the “cited works”). We conduct our analysis separately for
each of the topical and methodological subfields.
"Accounting Education Research: Ranking Institutions and Individual
Scholars," by D. Kip Holderness Jr., Noah M. Myers, Scott L. Summers and
David A. Wood, Issues in Accounting Education, Volume 29, Issue 1 (March
2014), pp. 87-115 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/iace-50603
ABSTRACT
Previous rankings of accounting literature have
largely ignored the subtopic of accounting education research. Given
the important role that rankings play in creating incentives and benchmarks,
ranking education research may improve both the quality and quantity of
research in this subtopic. This paper ranks academic institutions and
individual accounting researchers based on their production of accounting
education research. We show that the correlation between education research
rankings and singular, noneducation research rankings is very low (i.e.,
ranges from 0.20 to 0.31), emphasizing the importance of considering
education rankings separately from other topical areas in accounting
research. We also provide evidence of the institutional factors that
contribute to producing accounting education research and when professors
produce this type of research in their careers. These findings will likely
be of interest to current faculty, administrators, and industry leaders as
they make decisions based on accounting education research.
. . .
To create the education rankings we start by using
an index of 11 major academic accounting journals first created by Coyne et
al. (2010). Coyne et al. (2010) examine all articles published since 1990 in
the following journals: Accounting, Organizations and Society (AOS);
Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory (Auditing); Behavioral Research in
Accounting (BRIA); Contemporary Accounting Research (CAR); Journal of
Accounting & Economics (JAE); Journal of Accounting Information Systems (JIS);
Journal of Accounting Research (JAR); Journal of Management Accounting
Research (JMAR); The Journal of the American Taxation Association (JATA);
Review of Accounting Studies (RAST); and The Accounting Review (TAR).
From these journals, we include all peer-reviewed, education-related
articles for examination in this study. In addition to these journals, we
add the education journals Issues in Accounting Education (IAE) and
Journal of Accounting Education (JAED).
Articles from six of these journals (AOS, CAR, JAE,
JAR, RAST, and TAR) are included because of their consistent rating in
numerous studies as top-tier accounting journals (e.g., see discussions in
Glover, Prawitt, and Wood [2006] and Glover, Prawitt, Summers, and Wood
[2012]). Coyne et al. (2010) included five additional journals (Auditing,
BRIA, JATA, JIS, and JMAR) in topical areas that are underrepresented by the
top-tier journals (Bonner et al. 2006).7 Because research in education spans
all topical areas of accounting, it is important to have representative
coverage from each area, as well as the top accounting education journals;
thus, we include education-related articles and cases from these five
journals in our index.
. . .
Ranking Methodology
To create the rankings, we index all peer-reviewed, education-related
articles and cases published in the aforementioned journals between 1990 and
2012. To be consistent with previous studies, we do not include articles
that were not peer-reviewed such as discussion papers, invited articles, and
editor’s comments. While significant effort has been put into producing
these articles, they have not gone through the same rigorous peer-review
process and we therefore do not include them in our rankings.
To create our index, one author scanned an online
listing of each article in each of the journals during the sample period and
copied information about the article such as title, publication date, volume
and issue number, and authorship into a database. Each article was then
classified as either education research or educational case by two authors
(we discuss the distinction between these classifications subsequently).
Disagreements were discussed and resolved among all authors.
In previous research studies ( Coyne et al. 2010 ;
Stephens et al. 2010; Pickerd et al. 2011 ), the rankings were separated by
research methodology, as well as topical area to enrich the resulting data.
As introduced earlier, our goal with this study is to highlight institutions
and individuals that excel in producing educational research, which
inherently covers all topical areas of accounting. Thus, our sample and
methodology differ from that of prior research in that no effort is made to
distinguish programs or individuals within the combined topical areas of
education and AIS, audit, financial, managerial, and tax. Rather, we simply
show educational research rankings in aggregate for a particular institution
or individual. Essentially, we treat educational research as its own topical
area independent of prior classification by other work.
With regards to research methodology, we recognize
that education research uses a more diverse set of research methodologies
than the methods categorized by Coyne et al. (2010 ) (i.e., archival,
analytical, or experimental). Thus, rather than categorize research by the
methodology used to produce the research, we categorize the research by the
intended use of the research. We categorize research into studies that aim
to help facilitate teaching (e.g., educational cases, which are mostly
unique to education journals) and those that focus on any of the additional
aspects of accounting education previously discussed. We therefore separate
articles into two methodological categories: (1) educational cases, and (2)
all other education articles, which we simply label ‘‘ other. ’’ This
distinction is important because it will provide more relevant information
to decision makers about the character of research an individual or
institution has produced. For example, a school with a heavier emphasis on
creating teaching materials may be interested to know which individuals or
institutions have most actively produced materials that facilitate student
learning
Jensen Comments on the Holderness, et al. (2014)
Paper ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations.htm
Jensen Comments on the Dunbar and Weber (2014) Paper
---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceCitations
Wow!
Finance Learning Modules at the Khan Academy ---
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9F0B2DF69976D8FE
"CONVERSATION WITH DENNIS BERESFORD," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, March
26, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2014/03/conversation-with-dennis-beresford.html
"CONVERSATION WITH BOB JENSEN," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, October 8,
2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/10/conversation-with-bob-jensen.html
The AAA elections for the 2014-2015 Board of
Directors positions have come to an end. Congratulations to the following new
Board Members who will begin their terms at the Annual Meeting in August:
President - Elect -
Bruce Behn
Vice
President - Education - Timothy Fogarty
Director - Focusing on
International - Gary Biddle
Director - Focusing on
Membership - Marc Rubin
Congratulations to all winners.
Things are looking up for the AAA Commons. To date Bruce Behn has had 117 posts
and 19 comments on the Commons, far more than any other AAA President in
history. Recent AAA Presidents have given virtually no boost to the Commons,
although President Elect Christine Botoson with 88 posts and 15 comments should
give the Commons a boost in August of 2014.
Tim Fogarty to date has zero posts
to the Commons. We're going to have to tell him to do better or break his knee
caps.
I post a heck of a lot to the
Commons, but I would like to back off if only you men and women would relieve me
of my "duties" in trying to keep the Commons alive.
"Statistical Flaw Punctuates Brain Research in Elite Journals," by
Gary Stix, Scientific American, March 27, 2014 ---
http://blogs.scientificamerican.com/talking-back/2014/03/27/statistical-flaw-punctuates-brain-research-in-elite-journals/
Neuroscientists need a statistics refresher.
That is the message of a
new analysis in Nature Neuroscience that
shows that more than half of 314 articles on neuroscience in elite journals
during an 18-month period failed to take adequate measures to ensure that
statistically significant study results were not, in fact, erroneous.
Consequently, at least some of the results from papers in journals
like Nature, Science, Nature Neuroscience and Cell
were likely to be false positives, even after going through the arduous
peer-review gauntlet.
The problem of false positives appears to be rooted
in the growing sophistication of both the tools and observations made by
neuroscientists. The increasing complexity poses
a challenge to one of the fundamental assumptions made in statistical
testing, that each observation, perhaps of
an electrical signal from a particular neuron, has nothing to do with a
subsequent observation, such as another signal from that same neuron.
In fact, though, it is common in neuroscience
experiments—and in studies in other areas of biology—to produce
readings that are not independent of one another. Signals from the same
neuron are often more similar than signals from different neurons, and thus
the data points are said by statisticians to be clustered, or “nested.” To
accommodate the similarity among signals, the authors from VU University
Medical Center and other Dutch institutions suggest that a technique called
multilevel analysis is needed to take the clustering of data points into
account.
No adequate correction was made in any of the 53
percent of the 314 papers that contained clustered data when surveyed in
2012 and the first half of 2013. “We didn’t see any of the studies use the
correct multi-level analysis,” says Sophie van der Sluis, the lead
researcher. Seven percent of the studies did take steps to account for
clustering, but these methods were much less sensitive than multi-level
analysis in detecting actual biological effects. The researchers note
that some of the studies surveyed probably report false-positive results,
although they couldn’t extract enough information to quantify precisely how
many. Failure to statistically correct for the clustering in the
data can increase the probability of false-positive findings to as high as
80 percent—a risk of no more than 5 percent is normally deemed acceptable.
Jonathan D. Victor, a professor of neuroscience at
Weill Cornell Medical College had praise for the study, saying it “raises
consciousness about the pitfalls specific to a nested design and then
counsels you as to how to create a good nested design given limited
resources.”
Emery N. Brown, a professor of computational
neuroscience in the department of brain and cognitive sciences at the
MIT-Harvard Division of Health Sciences and Technology, points to a dire
need to bolster the level of statistical sophistication brought to bear in
neuroscience studies. “There’s a fundamental flaw in the system and the
fundamental flaw is basically that neuroscientists don’t know enough
statistics to do the right things and there’s not enough statisticians
working in neuroscience to help that.”
The issue of
reproducibility of research results has preoccupied the editors of many top
journals in recent years. The Nature
journals have instituted a checklist to help authors on reporting on the
methods used in their research, a list that inquires about whether the
statistical objectives for a particular study were met. (Scientific
American is part of the Nature Publishing Group.) The one clear message
from studies like that of van der Sluis and others is that the statistician
will take on an increasingly pivotal role as the field moves ahead in
deciphering ever more dense networks of neural signaling.
Jensen Comment
Accountics science differs neuroscience in that reproducibility of research
results does not preoccupy research journal editors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Accounting Standard Convergence Dreams Turning Into Divergence Reality in
IFRS 9
From the CPA Newsletter on April 3, 2014
Convergence efforts flounder on IFRS 9
The
International Accounting Standards Board and the Financial Accounting
Standards Board have not been able to come to an agreement on a common
financial-instruments accounting standard (that includes accounting for
derivative financial instruments and hedging actictivities). Hans
Hoogervorst, IASB chairman, said regulators could impose additional
disclosures to bridge the gap, but one IASB member opined that the failure
to achieve convergence on IFRS 9 was a "terrible disappointment" for global
investors.
Financial Director (U.K.) (3/5)
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/fHeJBYbWhBCCfUknCidmwjCicNRoKW?format=standard
Jensen Comment
I blame a lot of this divergence on the unwillingness of the IASB to standup to
the EU lawmakers who in turn are unwilling to resist the lobbying efforts of
thousands on European banks who want weaker standards for financial instruments
and less costly accounting standards to implement, e.g., wanting to avoid the
costs of discovering and bifurcating embedded derivative clauses in financial
instrument contracts. Aside from ignoring embedded financial instruments risk
the milk toast accounting of hedging effectiveness is a real softening of IAS 39
that will soon move into IFRS 9.
The IASB is sets global accounting standards but is still heavily dependent
upon EU lawmakers for funding
From the CPA Newsletter on April 3, 2014
EU approves funding for accounting bodies with strings attached
The European Parliament approved
funding for the International Financial Reporting Standards Foundation and
other accounting standards groups, but imposed conditions requiring regular
updates on recommended reforms.
Compliance Week/Global Glimpses blog
(3/19),
The Telegraph (London) (tiered subscription model)
(3/15)
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/fHeJBYbWhBCCfUkxCidmwjCicNRZjj?format=standard
Bob Jensen's threads on hedge accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
"Court Case May Help Define 'Insider Trading'," by Christopher
Matthews, The Wall Street Journal, April 20, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304626304579508002188325992?mod=djemCFO_h&mg=reno64-wsj
What is insider trading?
A case pending before a federal appeals court could
help define a financial crime that has been in the spotlight for the past
few years.
The outcome of the appeal, which centers on two
former hedge-fund managers, could threaten some of the convictions won by
prosecutors in their yearslong crackdown on insider trading.
At issue in the appeal is whether, to be considered
to have traded on confidential material information, a trader must have
known the tip had been illegally disclosed in exchange for a reward.
The appeal is being pursued by Todd Newman and
Anthony Chiasson, two portfolio managers whose 2012 insider-trading
convictions were a significant victory for prosecutors. The two men, free on
bail pending the appeal, are seeking to have their convictions overturned.
Their case is scheduled to be heard Tuesday in the U.S. Court of Appeals for
the Second Circuit in Manhattan.
Lawyers for both men declined to comment.
Messrs. Newman and Chiasson were so-called
downstream tippees—meaning they didn't receive information on technology
companies Dell Inc. and Nvidia Corp. NVDA +0.38% directly from its source,
but were one or more layers removed.
The original trial judge told jurors that Messrs.
Chiasson and Newman could be convicted of insider trading even if they
hadn't known that the person who leaked the information had done so in
return for a "personal benefit."
Lawyers for Messrs. Newman and Chiasson say
prosecutors must show that their clients knew the tippers were somehow
compensated for the tips and that the judge's instruction was erroneous. The
inside tips on which the pair traded were conveyed through a network of
analysts before reaching analysts who worked for Messrs. Chiasson and
Newman, the lawyers said in court documents. Their clients didn't seek out
or knowingly use inside information, they said.
Prosecutors have said they need only show that
people who used the tips were aware the tipper disclosed the nonpublic
information in breach of a fiduciary duty when they traded on it.
Even if the instruction was erroneous, the jury
would have concluded the two men inferred the information was given in
exchange for a reward, prosecutors said in court documents.
If the court sides with Mr. Chiasson, who founded
Level Global Investors, and Mr. Newman, once a Diamondback Capital portfolio
manager, the two will either be granted a new trial or a judgment of
acquittal.
The question gets to the core of what defines
insider trading as companies sometimes officially sanction information leaks
and traders rely on a torrent of tips that may pass through many hands.
Whatever its outcome, the appeal won't affect most
of the 80 convictions for insider trading won by Manhattan federal
prosecutors over the past five years.
However, if the court rules in favor of Messrs.
Chiasson and Newman, defense lawyers will have new ammunition to overturn
several high-profile convictions, including that of Michael Steinberg, a
former SAC Capital LP portfolio manager, in December.
The confidential information used by Mr. Steinberg
reached him after being passed along a chain of analysts and traders. his
lawyers argued that he didn't know the information was illegally obtained.
The appeal by Messrs. Chiasson and Newman has drawn
the attention of top officials in the Manhattan U.S. attorney's office,
according to a person familiar with the matter, and is being closely watched
by lawyers and compliance officers on Wall Street, according to Amy Lynch,
who advises investment firms on regulatory compliance as president of
Frontline Compliance LLC.
Ms. Lynch said private investment funds don't
always ask analysts whether a personal benefit was given at some point for
the information they convey, and the outcome of this appeal would be
analyzed by those who advise investment firms.
The federal judiciary also is watching the appeal,
in part, because the law on insider trading is ambiguous. Judges in the
Manhattan federal courthouse, which has seen the vast majority of cases in
the government's insider-trading push, have come down on opposite sides of
the issue.
U.S. District Judge Naomi Reice Buchwald, who is
presiding over the coming insider-trading trial of Rengan Rajaratnam, the
younger brother of convicted hedge-fund manager Raj Rajaratnam, said last
month she hoped the appeals court would "finally speak" on the issue and
deferred making a decision on it herself. Rengan Rajaratnam's lawyer has
argued his client wasn't aware the alleged source of the inside information
received a personal benefit in exchange for the tip and should have charges
against him dropped.
Continued in article
"Is High-Frequency Trading Insider Trading?" by
Matthew Philips, Bloomberg Businessweek, April 4, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-04-04/is-high-frequency-trading-insider-trading?campaign_id=DN040414
Watch the Video
Ever since Michael Lewis went on
60 Minutes Sunday night to accuse high-frequency traders of rigging
the stock market, it has been hard to avoid the debate over
HFT’s merits and evils. Some
of it’s been useful; most has been a lot of angry yelling. The peak of
the frenzy came on Tuesday afternoon in a heated segment on CNBC with
IEX’s Brad Katsuyama and BATS Chief Executive Officer William O’Brien.
To me, this
debate is just circling the ultimate question: Should high-frequency
trading be considered insider trading?
Classically defined,
insider trading means having access to material,
non-public information before it reaches the rest of the market; it’s
like getting a heads-up about a merger before it’s announced, or maybe a
phone call from a Goldman
Sachs (GS)
board member saying that Warren Buffett is about
to invest $5 billion in the bank. Over the past few years, federal
prosecutors have
collected a
number of big insider-trading
convictions of people who got early word about a piece of highly
valuable information and made a lot of money as a result.
To its most
vehement critics, high-frequency trading is not terribly dissimilar. The
most common accusation is that these traders get better information
faster than the rest of the market. They do this through three primary
methods:
First, they put computer servers next
to those of the exchanges, cutting down the time it takes for an order
to travel from their computers to the exchanges’ electronic matching
engines. Second, they use faster pathways—fiber-optic
cables, microwave towers, and yes,
even laser beams—to trade more
quickly between far-flung markets such as Chicago and New York.
Last, they pay exchanges for
proprietary data feeds. This is where it gets really complicated. These
proprietary feeds are different than the public, consolidated data feed
maintained by the public exchanges, called the securities information
processor, or the SIP. Though it’s now a piece of software, the public
feed is the modern-day equivalent of the ticker tape that provided stock
price data to brokers, traders, and media outlets. It’s what feeds the
stock quotes crawling along the bottom of the screen on CNBC
(CMCSA)
Bloomberg TV, or on financial websites; when the
public feed
broke in August,
trading on NASDAQ stopped for 3 hours.
While the
purpose of the public feed is to ensure that everyone gets the same
price information at the same time, the playing field isn’t as level as
it would seem since exchanges sell proprietary feeds. And not just to
HFT firms. Lots of different types of investors buy proprietary market
data from exchanges. By law, prices must be entered into the SIP and the
proprietary feeds at the same time, but once the data leaves the
exchanges, the proprietary systems often process and transmit the
information faster. These feeds arrive sooner and contain more robust
information—including all prices being offered, not just the best ones.
From 2006 to 2012, Nasdaq’s
proprietary market data revenue more than doubled, to $150 million. The
money it earns from the public feed fell 21 percent over roughly the
same period. So while Nasdaq used to earn more money from its public
feed, it now makes more from proprietary ones. Especially after the
August outage, this has stirred a lot of complaints from market players
that the
SIP has been neglected in favor of prop feeds.
For its part, Nasdaq has been
lobbying the committee
that oversees the SIP to beef it up.
Speed traders
spend a lot of money for faster access to better information. This
allows them to react more quickly to news and, in some cases, jump in
front of other people’s orders by figuring out which way the market is
going to move. So is that insider trading?
New York Attorney General Eric
Schneiderman has called HFT “insider trading 2.0″ on a
number of
occasions. His office is looking into the
relationships between traders, brokers and exchanges and asking whether
it all needs to be reformed. The FBI spent the last year looking to
uncover manipulative trading practices among HFT firms; the federal
agency is
now asking speed traders to
come forward as whistleblowers.
U.S. laws
dealing with insider trading were first passed 80 years ago. Some
restrict the way corporate executives and board members can trade in and
out of their company’s shares. Others deal with the fair disclosure of
important information—which, when it comes to high-frequency trading, is
what we’re talking about here. These laws essentially require companies
to release material information, such as earnings, to everyone at the
same time. No playing favorites.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Michael Lewis: 'Wall Street Has Gone Insane' ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/michael-lewis-wall-street-has-gone-insane-2014-4
Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#EMH
"Why Those Guys Won the Economics Nobels," by Justin Fox, Harvard
Business Review Blog, April 2, 2014 ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/04/why-those-guys-won-the-economics-nobels/
Jensen Comment 1
They won their Nobel Prizes on the assumption of the speed and fairness to which
stock markets react under the Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH). In the recent
furor raised by Michael Lewis regarding high speed robot traders allegedly
skimming profits it will be interesting to see how Fama, Shiller, and Hansen
react to defend High Speed Trading in theory --- I assume they will come
to the defense of HSP for the sake of the EMH.
The may wait for the FBI and SEC findings, however, before they defend the
HSP as currently implemented and maligned by Machael Lewis.
Jensen Comment 2
When I had almost no money, while in college, I was a very, very small
time call options investor and sometimes went to a brokerage firm to watch the
NYSE trading prices flashing by on an electronic ribbon. In those days those
were the up-to-the-moment trading prices. Now they're misleading phony prices
that are skimmed by higher-speed robots that beat your orders in microseconds to
13 public exchanges armed with your bid or ask price just to steal some of your
money. Thank you Michael Lewis and the clever detectives you write about who
discovered how these high speed robots are ripping off investors --- no thanks
to the obsolete SEC.
In simple terms here's how the high speed robots work using an analogy form
one of the detectives described in 60 Minutes
segment. If you want to buy four online tickets for an event a robot detects
your order for four tickets costing at an unknown cost not to exceed $25
apiece.. Your order is immediately filled for only two tickets at $20 apiece.
The robot buys the adjoining two tickets for $20 apiece and makes them available
for $25 apiece. In the completed transaction you pay $90 for the four tickets.
High speed skimming ripoffs on the stock exchanges don't work exactly like that,
but the robots sneak ahead of your orders in microseconds to skim part or all of
your ultimate purchase or sale of stocks and bonds.
There is some debate as to whether this is illegal "stealing," but let's say
that the future of keeping investors in the stock market means that the
government and the stock exchange managers will have to put an end to this
practice or investors will abandon the market in droves or go to a new stock
exchange that is electronically blocking these robot ripoffs.
By All Means Watch the CBS 60 Minutes Interview With Michael Lewis (links
shown below)
"Book Review: 'Flash Boys' by Michael Lewis High-frequency traders use
dedicated data cables and specialized algorithms to trade milliseconds ahead of
the rest of the market.," by Philip Delves Broughton, The Wall Street
Journal, March 31, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304432604579473281278352644?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Back in the day, if an investor wanted to buy or
sell a stock, he would call a broker, who would find a way to execute the
trade as efficiently as possible by talking to other human beings. The
arrival of computerized exchanges slowly eliminated people from the process.
Instead, bids and offers were matched by servers. The shouting men in
colorful jackets on the exchange floors became irrelevant. In theory, this
meant that the cost of trading fell and that the markets became more
efficient. But the effects of technology are rarely so simple.
In 2002, 85% of all U.S. stock-market trading
happened on the New York Stock Exchange and the rest mostly on the Nasdaq.
NDAQ +0.60% By early 2008, there were 13 different public exchanges, most
just stacks of computer servers in heavily guarded buildings in northern New
Jersey. Now, if you place an order for 1,000 shares of Microsoft, MSFT
+0.32% it pings from exchange to exchange claiming a few shares at each
stop, seeking the best price until the order is completed. But the moment
that it hits the first exchange, the HFTs see it, and they race ahead to the
other exchanges, buy the stock you want, and sell it back to you for
fractionally more than you hoped to pay. All in a matter of milliseconds,
millions of times a day to millions of investors—your grandmother and
hedge-fund titans alike. These tiny but profitable trades, Mr. Lewis writes,
add up to big profits for firms like Getco and Citadel. He cannot put a hard
number on the size of the industry, suggesting only that many billions are
involved.
If this sounds like the old Wall Street scam of
front-running the market, that's because it is. Except, in this case, it is
entirely legal. Indeed, Mr. Lewis suggests, the strategies of high-frequency
traders were the unintended consequence of well-intentioned regulation. Back
in 2005 the SEC, in an effort to ensure greater fairness for investors,
changed a key rule. Once, brokers had to perform the "best execution" for
their clients. This meant taking into account factors such as timing and
likelihood of completing the transaction, as well as price. Now they have to
find the "best price," as determined by regulators' own creaky computers,
scanning the bids and offers available on the various exchanges. But traders
could do the same analysis more quickly using their own networks, and make
trades in the milliseconds between an investor placing an order, the SEC
establishing the best price and the broker executing the trade.
A decade later, the HFTs do such big business that
they have begun to influence the operations of the exchanges that depend on
them. The exchanges take fees from the HFTs for access to the flow of
orders, as do investment banks that run their own private exchanges, called
"dark pools." Exchanges bend their rules to the bidding of the
high-frequency traders: The HFTs wanted an extra decimal place added to
stock prices, for instance, so they could mop up every thousandth of a penny
in price fluctuations; the exchanges obliged. "By the summer of 2013,"
writes Mr. Lewis, "the world's financial markets were designed to maximize
the number of collisions between ordinary investors and high-frequency
traders—at the expense of ordinary investors."
"Flash Boys" is not as larky as "Liar's Poker"
(1989), Mr. Lewis's memoir of working at Salomon Brothers during the lead-up
to the 1987 crash, or as accessible as "The Big Short" (2010), his
jaw-dropping take on the subprime meltdown. It may end up more important to
public debate about Wall Street than either, however, in exposing what one
of his central characters calls the "Pandora's box of ridiculousness" that
financial exchanges have become.
Mr. Lewis wants to argue, though, that the markets
are not just ridiculous, but rigged. The heroes of this book are clear: Mr.
Katsuyama eventually assembles a team of talented misfits to create an
HFT-proofed exchange called IEX, where a price is a price is a price. It's
backed by leading hedge funds and banks (and Jim Clark, the co-founder of
Netscape and the subject of Mr. Lewis's 1999 book, "The New New Thing"). Mr.
Lewis gives the reader extensive insight into how his heroes see the market,
but the alleged villains of the piece—HFTs themselves—are all but silent in
their own defense. "Flash Boys" is a decidedly one-sided book.
Yet there are reasonable arguments to be made that
the frenetic trading by HFTs leads to greater liquidity and more efficient
pricing. Or, God forbid, that they are not nearly so harmful to investors'
returns as Mr. Lewis makes out. Their rise has coincided with a historic
bull market. It is not hard to imagine a different book by Michael Lewis,
one celebrating HFTs as revolutionary outsiders, a cadre of innovative
engineers and computer scientists (many of them immigrants), rising from the
rubble of 2008 and making fools of a plodding financial system. "Flash Boys"
makes no claim to be a balanced account of financial innovation: It is a
polemic, and a very well-written one. Behind its outrage, however, lies
nostalgia for a prelapsarian Wall Street of trust and plain dealing, which
is a total mirage.
Mr. Delves Broughton's latest book is "The Art of the Sale: Learning
From the Masters About the Business of Life."
"Speed Traders Play Defense Against Michael Lewis’s Flash Boys," by
Matthew Philips, Bloomberg Businessweek,
March 31, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-03-31/speed-traders-play-defense-to-michael-lewiss-flash-boys?campaign_id=DN033114
In Sunday night’s
60 Minutes interview about his new book
on high-frequency trading—Flash Boys—author Michael Lewis got right
to the point. After a brief lead-in reminding us that despite the strongest
bull market in years, American stock ownership is at a record low, reporter
Steve Kroft asked Lewis for the headline: “Stock market’s rigged,” Lewis
said nonchalantly. By whom? “A combination of stock exchanges, big Wall
Street banks, and high-frequency traders.”
Flash Boys was published today. Digital
versions went live at midnight, so presumably thousands of speed traders and
industry players spent the night plowing through it. Although the book was
announced last year, it’s been shrouded in secrecy. Its publisher,
W. W. Norton,
posted some excerpts briefly online before taking
them down.
Despite a lack of concrete details, word started
getting around a few months ago that Lewis had spent a lot of time with some
of the HFT industry’s most vehement critics, such as
Joe Saluzzi
at Themis Trading. The 60 Minutes interview
only confirmed what many people had suspected for months: Flash Boys
is an unequivocal attack on computerized speed trading.
In the interview, Lewis adhered to the usual
assaults: High-frequency traders have an unfair advantage; they manipulate
markets; they get in front of bigger, slower investors and drive up the
prices they pay to buy a stock. They are, in Lewis’s view, the consummate
middlemen extracting unnecessary rents from a class of everyday investors
who have never been at a bigger disadvantage. This has essentially been the
nut of the
HFT debate over the past five years.
Continued article
The Flash Boys book ---
http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_sb_ss_i_1_7?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=flash%20boys%20michael%20lewis&sprefix=Flash+B%2Cstripbooks%2C236
The Kindle Edition is only $9.18
Jensen Comment 3
The three segments on the March 30, 2014 hour of CBS Sixty Minutes were
exceptional. The most important to me was an interview with Michael Lewis on how
the big banks and other operators physically laid very high speed cable between
stock exchanges to skim the cream off purchase an sales of individuals, mutual
funds, and pension funds. The sad part is that the trading laws have a loop hole
allowing this type of ripoff.
The fascinating features of this show and a new book by Michael Lewis include
how the skimming operation was detected and how a new stock exchange was formed
to block the skimmers.
Try the revised links below. These are examples of links
that will soon vaporize. They can be used in class under the Fair Use
safe harbor but only for a very short time until you or your library
purchases these and other Sixty Minutes videos.
But the transcripts will are available from CBS and can be
used for free on into the future. Click on the upper menu choice "Episodes"
for links to the transcripts.
Note the revised video links. a menu should appear to the left
that can lead to the other videos currently available for free (temporarily).
The three segments on the March 30, 2014 hour of CBS Sixty
Minutes were exceptional. The most important to me was an interview with
Michael Lewis on how the big banks and other operators physically laid very
high speed cable between stock exchanges to skim the cream off purchase an
sales of individuals, mutual funds, and pension funds. The sad part is that
the trading laws have a loop hole allowing this type of ripoff.
The fascinating features of this show and a new book by Michael Lewis
include how the skimming operation was detected and how a new stock exchange
was formed to block the skimmers.
Free access to the video is very limited, so take
advantage of the following link now:
Lewis explains how the stock market is rigged ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/videos/is-the-us-stock-market-rigged/
Cliff Asness Explains How High-Frequency Trading Helps Us
And Why Everyone Else Is Making A Big Stink About It
http://www.businessinsider.com/cliff-asness-on-high-frequency-trading-2014-4#ixzz2xkXEzgt1
Jensen Comment
What Asness fails to mention is that high-frequency trading will be a
disaster if millions of investors and investment funds leave the HFT
exchanges in favor of other exchanges that ban high frequency trading the
HFT robots will be left making markets for one another without the trillions
of dollars of investors who are weary of being ripped off by HFT exchanges.
Time will tell, but it's great that alternatives will be available to
investors who fear the high speed robotic traders.
Department of Justice Investigating High Speed Insider
Trading
"Holder Says U.S. Is Investigating High-Speed Trading Attorney General
Says Practice Has 'Rightly Received Scrutiny From Regulators," by Andrew
Grossman and Devlin Barret, The Wall Street Journal, April 4, 2014
---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303532704579481232323439224?mg=reno64-wsj&url=http%3A%2F%2Fonline.wsj.com%2Farticle%2FSB10001424052702303532704579481232323439224.html
The Justice Department is
investigating high-speed trading practices to determine
whether they violate insider-trading laws,
Attorney General Eric Holder told lawmakers Friday.
Mr. Holder said
the practice has "rightly received scrutiny from regulators."
"The department
is committed to ensuring the integrity of our financial markets," Mr.
Holder said in testimony about the Justice Department's budget before
the House Appropriations Committee. "We are determined to follow this
investigation wherever the facts and the law may lead."
The Federal
Bureau of Investigation said earlier this week that it is probing
high-frequency trading. New York Attorney General Eric Schneiderman, the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange
Commission are also looking into the practice.
Pressed by Rep.
Jose Serrano (D., N.Y.), Mr. Holder acknowledged authorities aren't yet
sure whether some types of high-frequency trading might violate federal
law.
"I am really
getting up to speed on this,'' Mr. Holder said, to which Mr. Serrano
replied, "we all are.''
The attorney
general said the concern of federal prosecutors "is that people are
getting an inappropriate advantage, an information advantage...
Milliseconds can matter, so we're looking at this to try to determine if
any federal criminal laws have been broken.''
Jensen Comment 4
The big question remaining is why it is taking the SEC so long to put an end
to skimming by high speed traders? It may take a very long time given the
SEC's lousy track record in facing up to Wall Street frauds. For example,
look Gallagher's false claim about the
Liar's Poker book by Michael Lewis.
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-04-10/high-frequency-trades-are-intense-focus-of-sec-white-says-1-.html
High-Frequency Trades Are ‘Intense Focus’ of SEC, White
Says ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-04-10/high-frequency-trades-are-intense-focus-of-sec-white-says-1-.html
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Gasparino (Fox News) Shreds Michael Lewis, Says He's A
'Lefty' And 'Completely And Utterly Disingenuous'
http://www.businessinsider.com/gasparino-on-michael-lewis-2014-4#ixzz2xq53yeFp
Jensen Comment
Yeah right! Watch the naive Charlie Gasparino get shredded in the comments
to this naive article. Read the comments following the article if you can
overlook some of the foul language.
I don't think I want Charlie Gasparino to be my investment
adviser.
Charles Schwab Seems to Agree With Michael Lewis
SCHWAB: High-Frequency Trading Is A Growing Cancer That
Must Be Addressed ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/schwab-on-high-frequency-trading-2014-4#ixzz2xq82daen
Brokerages Make Millions Selling Orders To High
Frequency Trading Firms
http://www.businessinsider.com/brokerages-make-millions-selling-orders-to-high-frequency-trading-firms-2014-4#ixzz2yIfG9qh5
In his book
'Flash Boys', Michael
Lewis attempts to answer the question — what happens to my trade once I
hit 'execute' now that high frequency trading firms are in the market?'
Here's one answer — your
broker sells you trade to a high frequency trading firm in a bundle with
a bunch of other trades.
At that point they're
just orders. The high frequency trading firm that buys this bundle pays
your broker a lot of money for the privilege of executing your order and
turning it into a trade.
This practice is called
'payment for order flow', and it's not new to the market. Bernie Madoff
used to do it by paying other brokers a penny per share. Then his firm
would use that to trade with a better understanding price. (This part of
his business was totally different than the Ponzi scheme)
Think about it: If you
know demand in the market, and you know when/how other people (i.e. the
orders you just bought) are trading, you can trade smarter and better
for yourself — sometimes by sacrificing the best price for the order you
bought.
In our HFT world,
payment for order flow has a new incarnation that HFT critics have been
railing about for years.
Now it looks like regulators are going to start
looking into the practice. Because of that, says the
Wall Street Journal, stocks like Charles
Schwab, TD Ameritrade, and E*Trade got killed last week. E*Trade fell
10%, Schwab fell 5%, and TD Ameritrade fell 9.2%.
One look at Charles
Schwab's 2013 annual report and you can see why the bears came out in
full force on this news. In 2012 the brokerage took in $236 million from
"other revenue" sources. One of the sources was payment for order flow.
From the report:
Other revenue – net
decreased by $20 million, or 8%, in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due
to a non-recurring gain of $70 million relating to a confidential
resolution of a vendor dispute in the second quarter of 2012 and
realized gains of $35 million from the sales of securities available for
sale in 2012, partially offset by an increase in order flow
revenue that Schwab began receiving in November 2012.
Other revenue – net
increased by $96 million, or 60%, in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due
to a non-recurring gain of $70 million relating to a confidential
resolution of a vendor dispute mentioned above. In November 2012, the
Company began receiving additional order flow rebates from market venues
to which client orders are routed for execution. Order flow
revenue increased by $23 million due to this revenue and the inclusion
of a full year of optionsXpress’ order flow revenue.
Charles Schwab told the
WSJ that payment for order flow is "entirely different from the unfair
access and practices used by high-frequency trading outfits that put
investors at a disadvantage."
It also released a note
calling for the end of HFT saying that "traders are gaming the system,
reaping billions in the process and undermining investor confidence in
the fairness of the markets."
Yet at the same time,
payment for order flow gives HFT firms the ammo they need to do
everything that they do.
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
It pays to make contributions to selected politicians like
the controversial Sen. Robert Menendez, D-N.J
"Medicare Paid A Tiny Group Of Doctors A Whopping $1.5
Billion," by Ricardo Alonso-Zaldivar, Associated Press, Business
Insider, April 9, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/medicare-doctor-payments-database-2014-4
Jensen Comment
Like many government programs, such as Medicare and Pentagon spending
programs, the trillions in funds are giant pinatas for fraudsters of various
types, including those who overbill for services or bill for nonexistent
services.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
European Tax Avoiders Stay One Step Ahead of Authorities
---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/04/european-tax-avoiders-stay-one-step-ahead-of-authorities/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+harvardbusiness+%28HBR.org%29&cm_ite=DailyAlert-041014+%281%29&cm_lm=sp%3Arjensen%40trinity.edu&cm_ven=Spop-Email
"Historical Perspective on the Corporate Interest
Deduction," by Steven A. Bank (UCLA), TaxProf Blog, April 11, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/04/bank-historical-perspective-.html
One of the so-called “pillars of sand”
in the American business tax structure is the differential treatment of
debt and equity. Corporations may deduct interest payments on their
debt, but may not deduct dividend payments on their equity. This
“ancient and pernicious” feature is criticized because it distorts
corporate financing choices and inevitably leads to line drawing
problems as the government engages in a futile chase to catch up with
the latest financial innovation. Both the Obama administration and new
Senate Finance Committee Chairman Ron Wyden have proposed capping the
deductibility of corporate interest to mitigate these concerns. This has
led commentators to come to the defense of the full corporate interest
deduction, relying in part on a historical justification based on the
origins of the corporate income tax as a proxy for reaching shareholder
income. According to this argument, an entity-level tax was necessary to
reach income that might be distributedGiven as a dividend, since it
could otherwise be avoided by deferring the dividend, but an
entity-level tax was not necessary to reach income that might be paid
out as interest, since interest payments were fixed and regular and
non-deferrable. Therefore, interest payments were made deductible, but
dividend payments were not.
This Essay, prepared in connection
with a Chapman Law Review symposium on Business Tax Reform, contends
that although there may be appropriate arguments in favor of maintaining
a full corporate interest deduction, the historical premise for the
origins of the corporate income tax system is not one of them. Corporate
interest was deductible and dividend payments were not both in 1894,
when deferral was not a concern because corporations routinely
distributed all of their profits each year, and in 1909, when there was
no individual income tax and therefore no tax incentive to retain
earnings.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
The key economic concept, apart from taxation, of debt financing is
financial leverage. The idea is that required interest and debt payback
payments are required such that the debtor is hoping to invest the borrowed
proceeds at an after-tax rate of return that exceeds the after-tax cost of
the debt. Obviously, tax deductibility of the interest is a key factor in
financial leverage. Interest and debt payback payments are contractual such
that there is much more risk in debt financing relative to equity financing
where payments are generally discretionary. Also debt may be collateralized
such that debt financing is even more risky.
Given the tradition of corporate interest deductibility
for tax purposes, efforts to greatly reduce that tax break would greatly
clobber both the banking and real estate industries. This is one of the
problems of replacing the corporate income tax with a VAT tax. Corporations
may no longer have the same incentives to borrow as they have under an
income tax, although there still would be leverage incentives.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory
Because CVS's other bit of
naughtiness was accounting naughtiness.
"CVS's Optimistic Accounting Didn't Charm the
SEC," by Matt Levine, Bloomberg View, April 9, 2014 ---
http://www.bloombergview.com/articles/2014-04-09/cvs-s-optimistic-accounting-didn-t-charm-the-sec
For reasons of time management,
personal dignity and avoiding legal liability, I did my best to avoid
any involvement in securities offering due diligence when I was a
banker. Still, I think I have some idea of what goes on on a due
diligence call for a $1.5 billion bond offering by an investment-grade
company with $10 billion of debt already outstanding. So let me attempt
to dramatize for you the call between CVS Caremark, Barclays, BofA, BNY
Mellon, J.P. Morgan and Wells Fargo
on September 8, 2009:
Junior Barclays banker:
Anything we should know about?
Junior CVS treasury employee: Nah, everything's
fine.
Junior Barclays banker: Cool.
And off they went to push the
button on the deal. But everything was not, in fact, fine. CVS was
harboring a deep dark secret:
In offering documents for a $1.5
billion bond offering in 2009, CVS fraudulently omitted that it had
recently lost significant Medicare Part D and contract revenues in
the pharmacy benefits segment. Investors were therefore misled about
the expected future financial results for that line of business.
When CVS eventually revealed the full extent of the setbacks on Nov.
5, 2009, its stock price fell 20 percent in one day.
That's from
Tuesday's announcement of a $20 million
settlement between CVS and the Securities and Exchange Commission, for
two unrelated bits of naughtiness. The first naughtiness is that bond
deal: CVS sold some bonds without telling investors that it had lost a
bunch of contracts. This means that CVS, "in the offer or sale of
securities ... employed devices, schemes or artifices to defraud which
operated as a fraud or deceit upon purchasers of CVS securities," i.e.
those bonds.
This one is sort of weird, because
those bond purchasers probably didn't care that much. They're not buying
30-year CVS bonds for that year's earnings, and while a few lost
contracts don't fill debt investors with glee, nor do they seem to have
filled them with terror. "When CVS eventually revealed the full extent
of the setbacks on Nov. 5, 2009, its stock price fell 20 percent in one
day," but the price of the bonds it sold in that offering fell
by about 1.5 percent.
You might, if you were CVS, argue a little about whether this disclosure
failure was in fact material to the bondholders who were supposedly
defrauded by it.
But I guess you wouldn't argue that
much, since you're not supposed to put out misleading disclosure anyway,
because your equity investors might read it and get ideas. Here, the
idea that you hadn't lost a bunch of contracts that you had in fact
lost. I don't know. The moral here seems uncertain. Do better due
diligence? (But the banks didn't get in trouble for missing this.) Don't
issue bonds if you're trying to hide business problems from your
shareholders?
CVS lost its contracts in August 2009, but the SEC doesn't say that CVS
needed to disclose that at the time. It let its shareholders believe
that everything was fine throughout August, and the SEC is fine with
that -- it never says that CVS had an affirmative obligation to disclose
the lost contracts. The problem came in September, with this bond deal.
If not for the bond deal, everything would have been fine.
Except the other thing, I mean!
Because CVS's other bit of naughtiness was accounting naughtiness. While
my dramatic interpretation of the due diligence call has no names
attached, the accounting awkwardness is attributable to one particular
guy. That guy -- whom the SEC
went after individually, and who settled for a
$75,000 fine and a one-year bar from public-company accounting -- is one
Laird Daniels, the vice president for corporate budgeting at CVS until
May 2009, when he became retail controller.
He has since moved up in the world,
and you can see why. Most accountants come to work and ask themselves,
"How can I comply with generally accepted accounting principles and
accurately reflect the financial condition of my company?" This does not
always endear them to their co-workers, who tend not to feel the same
strong emotions about generally accepted accounting principles.
Daniels, on the other hand,
seems to have viewed himself as a revenue center. At the end of 2008,
CVS had
bought Longs Drug Stores for $2.9 billion in
cash, and by mid-2009 that acquisition seemed to be a drag on
profitability. Daniels
had other ideas:
On June 16, 2009, Daniels told a
co-worker that he had been making “some good progress on the
tangible asset side” with the valuation firm and that he was now
“extremely confident (by the way that’s the most confident I get)
that the final valuation will no longer be a bad guy but rather a
good guy.” (Daniels routinely used the terms “good guy” and “bad
guy” to indicate whether an item improved or harmed CVS’s purported
profitability.)
CVS had allocated the purchase price
of Longs among its assets, accounting for the deal as though it had
bought all of Longs's assets at their fair value, and putting the excess
in goodwill. Of the $2.9 billion, CVS had allocated $229.3 million of
the price to stuff that was in the Longs stores. Shelves and carpets and
whatnot, I guess. CVS was depreciating that property, which was a drag
on earnings. But in mid-2009, CVS was also remodeling some of the Longs
stores and throwing out some of the shelves and whatnot. Daniels had the
bright idea of:
- saying that that was the plan all
along,
- saying that CVS had always valued
the shelves and whatnot in the remodeled stores at basically zero
and planned to throw them away,
- changing the purchase price
allocation to allocate only $39.6 million to the stuff in the
drugstores, instead of $229.3 million,
- re-allocating the extra $189
million to goodwill, which unlike tangible property does not need to
be depreciated, and
- reversing $49 million of
deprecation that CVS had previously taken.
In general you are not supposed to
change your mind about your purchase price allocation: You get time to
figure out what it was, but it's supposed to be based on your plans and
information at the time you did the deal, to avoid exactly this sort of
thing. But Daniels managed to convince everyone that this was the
intention all along, so they scrapped the original "draft" allocation
that valued the stuff in the stores, replaced it with the new one that
basically didn't, and so reduced CVS's depreciation cost. That increased
third-quarter earnings per share by 2.4 cents, and I guess if you made
CVS $49 million in one quarter you'd get a promotion, too.
That's a good quarter.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I think EY became the independent auditor for CVS in 2013, but this appears
to be after the "accounting naughtiness" at CVS ---
http://biz.yahoo.com/e/130513/cvs8-k.html
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Casinos Know When to Fold 'Em
"Local Casinos Are a Losing Bet," by Christopher Palmeri, Bloomberg
Businessweek, April 3, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-04-03/casinos-close-as-revenue-falls-in-gambling-saturated-u-dot-s
The Harrah’s casino in Tunica, Miss.,
features a spa, three pools, a golf course, and a shooting range. But
there’s one thing the 18-year-old facility, the largest of 10 casinos in
the area, sorely lacks: gamblers. The northern Mississippi casino
industry saw gaming revenue shrink to $738 million last year from $1.2
billion in 2006. So Harrah’s parent,
Caesars Entertainment (CZR),
will shutter the resort on June 2, putting as many as 1,300 employees
out of work. “There’s just too much supply in that market,” says John
Payne, president of Caesars’s central markets division, which will
concentrate on two other casinos it owns in Tunica. “The Harrah’s has
not been profitable for a while.”
The closing could be a sign of things
to come as the $38 billion U.S. gambling industry bumps up against two
unlucky trends, a proliferation of casinos and still-skittish consumers
in the wake of the financial crisis. Some 39 states have casino gambling
of some kind, up from only two in 1988, and more Las Vegas-style resorts
are on the way in New York, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and Maryland.
“They have saturation problems,” says William Thompson, a professor at
the University of Nevada at Las Vegas who studies the industry. “We have
a wave of new casinos coming.”
In January, New Jersey’s Atlantic Club
Casino Hotel, formerly the Atlantic City Hilton, shut its doors, a
victim of increased competition in the mid-Atlantic region. Gambling
revenue in the Garden State has fallen 44 percent since its peak in
2006. Five of Atlantic City’s 11 remaining casinos lost money on an
operating basis in the nine months through September, according to the
state’s Division of Gaming Enforcement.
Casino revenue fell in February for
the sixth consecutive month in the four largest Midwest gambling states,
Indiana, Missouri, Illinois, and Michigan. Even in Las Vegas sales are
down 12 percent so far this year.
On March 25,
International Game Technology (IGT),
the world’s largest slot machine
maker, said it would reduce its global workforce by 7 percent, or 350
people, citing a decrease in its North American gambling operations.
“It’s been broad-based jurisdictionally, and the declines have been
greater than we had anticipated,” IGT Chief Executive Officer Patti Hart
said during a March 26 investors call. The company, which collects a
share of money bet on some of its leased machines, reported an 8 percent
sales decline in that business in the quarter ended in December.
Last year’s increase in payroll taxes
appears to be crimping the budgets of many gamblers. “Gaming can skew a
little more blue-collar and middle-income, and if you look at the
national economic statistics, that’s a subset that remains challenged,”
says Joel Simkins, an analyst with
Credit Suisse (CS).
“We need a much more robust
economic climate for some of these markets to do better.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Regionally casinos may be a zero sum game. The states that got into casinos
very early did fairly well, but as nearby states approve casinos the hard
core customers thin out for any given casino. Let's face it. Except for a
few new glitzy gambling destinations in Asia, nothing in the USA other than
Las Vegas competes for the tourist spending on top of the casino revenues.
The casinos outside Las Vegas are crappy tourist destinations in comparison.
If there's going to be any serious competition for Las Vegas it would have
to come from California tourist destinations like LA and San Francisco.
At this juncture Las Vegas has to worry more about running
out of water than running out of customers. Casinos may start charging more
for the water than for the booze.
It pays to make contributions to selected politicians like
the controversial Sen. Robert Menendez, D-N.J
"Medicare Paid A Tiny Group Of Doctors A Whopping $1.5
Billion," by Ricardo Alonso-Zaldivar, Associated Press, Business
Insider, April 9, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/medicare-doctor-payments-database-2014-4
Jensen Comment
Like many government programs, such as Medicare and Pentagon spending
programs, the trillions in funds are giant pinatas for fraudsters of various
types, including those who overbill for services or bill for nonexistent
services.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 3,
2014
High-frequency trading book slows Virtu’s race to market
Executives at
Virtu Financial
Inc. underestimated the firestorm that would surround the release of
“Flash Boys,” Michael Lewis’s new book about high-frequency trading,
report WSJ’s Telis Demos and Bradley Hope.
Even though the firm was mentioned only in a footnote, the entire
industry has been hit by accusations of corruption, which has dragged on
the shares of comparable companies. Still, Virtu officials are confident
the controversy will pass and plan to move ahead. The earliest roadshow
is expected to take place this month.
The Flash Boys book ---
http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_sb_ss_i_1_7?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=flash%20boys%20michael%20lewis&sprefix=Flash+B%2Cstripbooks%2C236
The Kindle Edition is only $9.18
Best Business Schools 2014 according to US News
---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/rankings#5?campaign_id=DN040414
Click on the Blue Tabs for "Graduate (182 schools),"
"International (non-USA)," and "Undergraduate
(186 schools)"
From US News in 2014
Best Online Degree Programs (ranked) ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education
Best Online Undergraduate Bachelors Degrees ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/bachelors/rankings
Central Michigan is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Business MBA Programs
---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/mba/rankings
Indiana University is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Education Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/education/rankings
Northern Illinois is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Engineering Programs
---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/engineering/rankings
Columbia University is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Information Technology
Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/computer-information-technology/rankings
The University of Southern California is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Nursing Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/nursing/rankings
St. Xavier University is the big winner
US News Degree Finder ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/features/multistep-oe?s_cid=54089
This beats those self-serving for-profit university biased Degree Finders
US News has tried for years to rank for-profit universities, but they
don't seem to want to provide the data.
Bob Jensen's threads on online programs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/CrossBorder.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on rankings controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
"The Most Underrated College In Every State," by Peter Jacobs,
Business Insider, April 9, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/underrated-college-in-every-state-2014-4
Jensen Comment
What I found most interesting in this article is how acceptance rates vary
among state universities.
For example, the University of Delaware only accepts 45% of applicants whereas
Arizona State University accepts 89% of applicants. The University of Florida
only accepts 44% of applicants whereas Kansas State University accepts 99% of
applicants.
The University of North Carolina only accepts 33% if applicants whereas the
University of Wyoming accepts 96% of applicants. Much depends upon existence of
nearby other high quality competing state universities. For example, North
Carolina has quite a few good state universities whereas sparsely-populated
Wyoming has few choices other than the University of Wyoming. Acceptance rates
also vary for first year students versus transfer students from other colleges.
Some universities like the University of Florida are designed to have lower
first-year acceptance rates and higher and manditory acceptance rates of
graduates from the many community colleges within the state.
I did not do any formal analysis, on first blush it appears that state
universities tend to accept about 65%-85% of applicants in this survey. Keep in
mind that most state universities are not reported in this survey that seeks to
identify the "most underrated" college or university in each of the 50 states.
More details such as the admissions qualifications and other criteria of
high standards are reported in the US News rankings ---
http://www.usnews.com/rankings
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 11, 2014
Smaller businesses are discovering a funding alternative to banks that
remain skeptical of their credit worthiness: the larger companies that they
supply.
Emily Chasan reports for The Wall Street
Journal that big companies are helping to fill a lending gap to small
businesses, as such lending has yet to return to prerecession levels. And
the benefits go in both directions. The small company gets the working
capital it needs, and the large company protects and sometimes diversifies
its own supply chain.
“The
old strategy was to beat up suppliers and get costs out, said Matthew
Eatough, CEO of supply-chain consulting firm Proxima. “Now companies are
saying, ‘I’m sitting on piles of cash, and let’s see if we can trade each
other’s relative cost of capital.’ ”
Balance sheets reveal that 80 companies in the S&P 500 are big lenders. EBay
Inc.’s PayPal unit started a working-capital lending business last year, and
truck and engine maker Paccar Inc. offers financing options to its customers
that banks can’t. And some companies offer to pay their suppliers in advance
in exchange for discounts. “It’s good for everybody,” said Trintech Inc. CEO
Paul Byrne.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 11, 2014
Heartbleed bug found in Cisco routers, Juniper gear
Cisco Systems Inc. and Juniper
Networks Inc. said
Thursday that the ”Heartbleed” bug affects some of
their routers, switches and firewalls often used by businesses. Cisco, in a
customer bulletin updated
Thursday, told clients that dozens of products are “affected
by a vulnerability that could allow an unauthenticated, remote attacker to
retrieve” potentially sensitive information. Juniper said the process of
updating its equipment might be lengthy. “It doesn’t sound like a flip the
switch sort of thing,” Corey Olfert, a Juniper spokesman, tells
the Journal’s Danny Yadron. “I don’t know
how quickly they can be resolved.”
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 11, 2014
Mark-to-market (fair value) accounting and testing of corporate internal
controls challenge auditors
A review of audit inspections by 30 regulators around the world
found key trouble spots for auditors,
CFOJ’s
Emily Chasan reports. Auditors of
public firms were most likely to be cited for improperly auditing fair-value
measurement, troubles in testing internal controls and evaluating the
adequacy of financial statements and disclosures, according to the
International Forum of Independent Audit Regulators. Audit deficiencies also
rose last year to 1,260, an 18% increase from 2012.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#FairValue
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 10, 2014
Companies twiddle thumbs ahead of conflict minerals deadline
The deadline for companies to file reports on their use of
so-called conflict minerals is
May 31, but nine in 10 companies have either incomplete
filings or haven’t drafted them at all,
CFOJ’s John Kester reports.
Companies are scouring their supply chains by polling
their suppliers, but less than half say they have received complete
responses from a majority of them, according to a survey from
PricewaterhouseCoopers. And only 45% of companies had sent “reasonable
country of origin inquiry” surveys to more than three quarters of their
suppliers.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on March 31, 2014
Soured corporate loans fly off the shelves in Europe
Hedge funds and private equity investors are
bidding up the prices of corporate loans, allowing European banks to clear
them from their books,
reports WSJ’s Emily Glazer.
The banks had been holding onto them for fear of having to record heavy
losses, but declining defaults and bankruptcy
filings in the U.S. have left investors with fewer opportunities for
distressed debt. Banks last year sold $90.5 billion worth of troubled debt
to investors, compared to $64 billion in 2012, an increase of more than 40%,
according to a recent PwC report.
Jensen Comment
Note how the EU banks succeeded in politically forcing the IASB to back off the
rule to recognize unrealized fair value losses on troubled bank investments.
This is one of the worst embarrassments the IASB has had to endure in its bid to
become the world's setter of accounting standards. It demonstrated how the EU
still has a dominant influence in setting global IFRS accounting standards.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 1, 2014
Nearly a year after the Securities and Exchange
Commission released guidance on disclosing investor information using social
media sites, companies remain uncertain about potential compliance risks.
Khalid Wasti, a director with the Enterprise Risk Services practice of
Deloitte & Touche LLP, discusses the potential compliance risks companies
may face and strategies for mitigating some of the uncertainty.
See
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2014/04/01/the-secs-social-media-guidance-issues-and-risks-to-consider/
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 4, 2014
Europe votes to force audit firm rotation every 10-24 years
Europe-listed companies will be required to hire new auditors at
10- to 24-year intervals, under new rules that passed a vote in the European
Parliament,
CFOJ’s Emily Chasan reports.
“These new measures will reduce risks of excessive
familiarity between statutory auditors and their clients,” European Internal
Market and Services Commissioner Michel Barnier said. U.S. companies aren’t
likely to be affected broadly, and a similar effort in the U.S. to impose
mandatory auditor rotation failed. But U.S. banks that operate subsidiaries
in Europe would be affected.
Jensen Comment
The USA Congress voted overwhelmingly a while back to not allow rules that
require audit firm rotation, so once again there is an enormous difference
regarding regulations in Europe versus the USA. The rest of the world to my
knowledge has not acted on this controversial measure that will be very costly
to clients when rotations take place.
One question is whether the largest multinational auditing firms will
commence to sell off some of their auditing offices and/or clients in Europe?
Another question is whether audit fees will be higher in Europe to cover
losses arising from audit firm rotation requirements?
Still another question is whether Europe is big enough and powerful enough to
stand alone on this is other nations in the world don't go along with audit firm
rotation requirements.
A related question is whether 10-24 years is such a long time in global
business that the EU will modify this requirement before it goes into effect.
For example, is this such a big deal that the largest firms audit firms and
their clients having headquarters in Europe will move these headquarters to
friendlier locales?
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm rotation controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#Rotation
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 1, 2014
Banks’s expected celebration goes sour
Last week was supposed to be a coming-out party for U.S. banks and
their investors, but instead became a “wake for the future of banking,”
writes the
WSJ’s Francesco Guerrera.
Banks were expected to clear the hurdles of the Fed’s
“stress tests,” leading to a wave of dividends and share buybacks. Instead,
the Fed rejected capital plans at
Citigroup and
four other banks, and both
Bank of America and
Goldman Sachs Group
had to scale back their dividend or buyback plans.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 1, 2014
The
diet-soda business in in freefall
A growing distaste for artificially sweetened beverages accelerated
a nearly decade-long decline in U.S. carbonated-drink sales last year, the
WSJ’s Mike Esterl reports.
And there’s no sign that 2014 will be any better. The
drop-off is a mounting problem for industry giants Coca-Cola Co.,
PepsiCo Inc. and Dr
Pepper Snapple Group Inc., which have long depended on zero-calorie
sodas to make up the difference as Americans became increasingly concerned
about the health effects of sugared drinks.
Where were the accounting internal controls?
"Former U. of Louisville Official Is Charged With Stealing $2.8-Million,"
by Nick DeSantis, Chronicle of Higher Education, April 3, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/jp/former-u-of-louisville-official-is-charged-with-stealing-2-8-million?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"How Chick-Fil-A Is Outselling KFC With A Fraction Of The Restaurants,"
by Ashley Lutz, Business Insider, March 31, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/chick-fil-a-is-overtaking-kfc-2014-3#!B8LKd
How to Mislead With Statistics
"I'll Bet Robert Shiller $5,000 That He's Wrong About This Chart," by
Mike "Mish" Shedloc, Business Insider, April 10, 2014 ---
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2014/04/shiller-drinks-kool-aid.html#ixzz2yTm72lT3
. . .
Supposedly the current reading of 42 is all you
need to know to understand a recession isn't in the cards for "years to
come".
Note that in the mid-1940s a recession started with
weekly hours over 45, something Shiller conveniently chopped off in his
chart.
OK let's toss that out as a war ending event.
Is there anything sacrosanct about 42 vs. 41 where
many recessions started? I suggest no. And what about manufacturing
employment vs. hours worked?
Good question. Here's the chart.
. . .
Two Questions
- Is there anything about manufacturing
employment that remotely suggests no recession for years to come?
- Is there anything about manufacturing
employment that indicates hours worked in manufacturing has the
importance it may have had decades ago?
Reality
There is no single chart that is a sure fire
indicator of anything. An inverted yield curve is probably the closest bet,
but given QE and blatant Fed manipulation of interest rates, it's highly
likely the next recession starts with a positive curve.
Even if hours worked has high importance (and it
doesn't) there is absolutely nothing to suggest where manufacturing hours
will be six months from now!
Shiller should know better than to make such
statements.
I propose a $5,000 bet with Robert Shiller right
now, donated to our favorite charity that he is wrong.
"Colleges Ask Court for Deference on Unpaid Internships," by Katherine
Mangan, Chronicle of Higher Education, April 23, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Colleges-Ask-Court-for/146147/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Five major higher-education groups are urging a
federal appellate court to defer to colleges to determine the value of
unpaid internships, which some advocates say exploit students while
providing employers with free labor. Colleges are uniquely qualified to
decide whether students benefit from real-world experiences where they can
apply their knowledge and get a foothold in a tough job market, the groups
argue in a
brief filed this month.
Led by the American Council on Education, the
groups are weighing in on a pair of cases before the U.S. Court of Appeals
for the Second Circuit that could limit colleges’ ability to integrate
unpaid internships with companies into their curricula.
A rigid interpretation of federal labor rules may
scare off companies from offering internships, some campus officials worry,
and eliminate valuable learning opportunities for students. Colleges are
gatekeepers, the officials argue, who make sure the experiences are
educationally sound.
Others contend that colleges, by offering academic
credit for free work, are accomplices in a system that
takes advantage of students.
Unpaid interns sued companies in the two cases now
on appeal before the Second Circuit. In one, a lower court ruled last year
that a Hollywood entertainment group had violated the Fair Labor Standards
Act by taking on two unpaid interns in the production of the movie Black
Swan. Fox Searchlight Pictures benefited from the interns’ work, which
included answering phones and taking lunch orders, while the students gained
little educationally, the judge found.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
My recollections when I was teaching is that the profit sector generally made
internships a genuine learning experience. The non-profit sector, especially
charities, tended to take advantage of the free or cheap internship labor. For
example, there's not a whole lot of learning while spending days stuffing
solicitation envelopes.
One exception was the Small Business Administration. My accounting students
would go out to new small businesses and install accounting and internal control
systems (back in the days when sophisticated accounting software had not yet
been invented).
"Pension-Law ‘Glitch’ Could Prompt Retirement Wave, U. of Illinois Warns,"
by Nick DeSantis, Chronicle of Higher Education, April 21, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/pension-law-glitch-could-prompt-wave-of-retirements-u-of-illinois-warns/76281?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
University of Illinois system officials are seeking
a legislative fix for what they are calling an
“unintended glitch” in the state’s new pension
law, warning that faculty members and employees could retire en masse by the
end of June over looming reductions in their retirement benefits,
The News-Gazette reported.
The university said its Board of Trustees had
directed its president, Robert A. Easter, to work with other public
universities and the legislature to amend the law.
“Right now people are queued up like homesteaders
for the Oklahoma land rush,” Thomas P. Hardy, an Illinois spokesman, told
the newspaper. “We don’t want to have a brain rush out the front door.”
Gov. Pat Quinn, a Democrat, signed the measure in
December, as part of an effort to reduce the state’s pension obligations.
But Avijit Ghosh, a senior adviser to Mr. Easter and a professor of business
administration, said that a clause added to the new law could sharply reduce
employees’ monthly retirement annuities if they waited until July 1 to
retire.
The university said it had about 5,700 employees on
its three campuses who are eligible for retirement, and 60 to 70 percent of
them could be affected.
Jensen Comment
Losing retirement age faculty over 60 years of age is a mixed blessing. Some you
want to retire as soon as possible. Others you want to keep as long as possible.
But usually you don't want them to all leave at once, especially in discipline
like accountancy having a short supply of replacements.
It's common for faculty to postpone collecting Social Security and retirement
benefits for a year of more, especially when those benefits increase with age at
the time benefits commence. The Affordable Health Care Act made it possible for
new retirees not yet 65 to obtain health care coverage between the time they
retire and when Medicare kicks in at Age 65.
New York State's Estate Tax Advisor Enrichment Act: Accountants and
Lawyers are Dancing in the Streeets
From the CPA Newsletter on April 21, 2014
N.Y.'s new estate and gift tax complicates planning
New
York's new estate and gift tax law went into effect April 1. In five to
eight years, the law will be fully phased in and result in lower tax
consequences for high-net worth individuals in the state compared with
neighboring New Jersey and Connecticut. But the law is very complex and will
not necessarily simplify estate and financial planning, especially during
the phase-in period, estate planning advisers say.
The New York Times (tiered subscription model)
(4/18)
Stop the World, I Want Off
"Reading Brigid Schulte’s Overwhelmed," by Anastasia Salter,
Chronicle of Higher Education, April 1, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/reading-brigid-schultes-overwhelmed/56291?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
I recently returned from “Spring Break,” a week
that sounded relaxing when I was an undergraduate and has seemed to diminish
every year since. Appropriately, Brigid Schulte’s book Overwhelmed:
Work, Love, and Play When No One Has the Time came
out just in time to land on my spring break reading list.
In
her review, Jennifer Howard observed that
[f]or many of us, life unspools as a
never-ending to-do list…Weekends, which ought to be oases of leisure,
have their own hectic rhythms: errands, chores, sports events, grocery
shopping, exercise. Dispatch one task and six more take its place, a
regenerating zombie army of obligations.
This cycle is very familiar to most of us,
particularly as our engagement with technology makes us particularly
vulnerable to what
Ian Bogost has termed hyperemployment. Here at
ProfHacker we’ve written regularly about the pursuit
of work-life balance, but no one’s yet
found the silver bullet.
Brigid Schulte’s
book particularly
demands that we contemplate the consequences of this feeling of constant
activity:
I am always doing more than one thing at a time
and feel I never do any one particularly well. I am always behind and
always late, with one more thing and one more thing and one more thing
to do before rushing out the door.
Sound familiar? Brigid Schulte’s book takes on the
very idea of leisure time, taking note of the claim that thanks to
technology and other time-saving progress we are supposed to have more
leisure time than ever–and yet none of us can seem to find it. Brigid
Schulte has several answers to why, but
the claim I found most compelling was her analysis
that “somewhere around the end of the 20th century, busyness became
not just a way of life but a badge of honor.” I see this all the
time, and even fall into the trap myself: many of us post on Facebook and
Twitter about how busy we are, how stressed we are, how we can’t possibly do
one more thing. When I asked other academics how spring break had gone, most
of them laughed at the very notion that a week away from teaching offered
any “break” at all. As academics, we are particularly proud of how busy we
are, perhaps because the alternative seems worse–being irrelevant.
As I wrote about last month, I’ve been working on a
game a week as an
exercise in
making things and
moving forward with new ideas. The game I made as a contemplation on spring
break and the “busy-ness” phenomenon,
Balance,
turns the work-life ideal into a goal of a simple game of catching falling
tasks on a never-ending to-do list. When I shared the game on Twitter, a few
academics told me that just playing the game caused some feelings of
anxiety. By contrast, I found making it to be almost therapeutic: a reminder
that busyness is, in part, a choice. Reading Brigid Schulte’s book
definitely helps put that search for balance into context, and offers
insight into both the institutional and personal factors at work.
Jensen Comment
Don't confuse leisure time with discretionary time. Discretionary time means not
having to multitask while doing something that is or should be on your A list of
priorities. For example, discretionary time is what happens when your toddler is
taking a nap and you don' yet have to pick up the older child at school. You can
then surf the AECM and read the posts that you think might most affect your
work, your career, and/or life.
Leisure time is what happens when you say to Hell with your to-do list, put
up your feet, and take a nap or have sex or both. You don't make any progress
toward time priorities during leisure time other than perhaps getting some
exercise to improve your health. However, when you don't enjoy the exercise it
is probably no longer a leisure time activity.
Too much leisure time grows boring.
Discretionary time is not boring as long as it is either very intense (like
writing passages of a paper or book) or varied due to choices you make to
relieve boredom during discretionary time. I write many passages for the AECM
and for my Websites. Doing so relieves the boredom of leisure.
You can also do varied things to relieve boredom during leisure time, but
usually leisure time moments (other than for sex) are less intense and by
definition more boring. I can't imagine anything more boring than sailing or
fishing alone or sitting on a beach for more than an hour. Sitting on a beach
becomes boring for me after ten minutes even if there are a lot a bikinis in
view. Am I getting old or what?
States With the Highest (and Lowest) Taxes ---
http://247wallst.com/special-report/2014/04/02/states-with-the-highest-and-lowest-taxes/?utm_source=247WallStDailyNewsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_content=APR022014A&utm_campaign=DailyNewsletter
Jensen Comment
States vary in these rankings over time. For example, Vermont and Maine used to
be the most taxing states. Maine dropped out of the Top 10 and Vermont dropped
to Number 9. Also the tax bite varies a lot with income. Maryland has a
proportionately large number of very wealthy people. Hence, Maryland makes the
Top 10 ranking of the most taxing states. But this is not so for Maryland's
share of the 50% of the USA taxpayers who pay no income taxes.
Except when people retire, state taxation is probably not the main driver of
where to live. Other things like economic opportunity and life style preferences
are more important before retirement.
Also the differences in the highest taxing states are not all that great in
total, but they can be highly different in terms of certain individual taxes.
For if you commute or otherwise drive a lot, Pennsylvania is worse than nearly
every other state even though is barely makes the Top 10 list in total state
taxation.
It's easy to get around some taxes. For example, since New Hampshire has no
sales tax, New Hampshire is where people from Vermont shop. Hotel chains build
close to Wal-Mart stores in New Hampshire. New Hampshire Wal-Mart parking lots
have to accommodate the big pickup trucks pulling huge trailers with green
Vermont license plates. An added attraction is the relatively low liquor and
cigarette pricing in New Hampshire. New Yorkers, however, live further away from
New Hampshire and are screwed in many ways by the NY tax collectors. and liquor
stores.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Review on April 25, 2014
Heard on the Street: Alibaba Has Questions to Answer Before
U.S. IPO
by:
Aaron Back
Apr 17, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Disclosure, Financial Statement Analysis, Investments
SUMMARY: Alibaba's fourth-quarter numbers are reported by Yahoo in
the first quarter of 2014-that is, with a one quarter lag. Analysts are
using this information to value Alibaba ahead of its anticipated initial
public offering (see the related article). This article and the first
related article pose differing views on Alibaba: Mr. Back focuses on needed
disclosures to determine sources of growth; as reported by Mr. Russolillo in
the first related article, and discussed by Rolfe Winkler in the video
linked to the main article, one analyst is forecasting continued growth
supporting a $245 billion valuation based on p/e ratio (earnings multiple)
analyses. The chart form of this analysis from the analyst, Mr. Carlos
Kirjner, is very informative and useful for projection during classroom
discussion.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any financial
accounting class discussing equity method investments, disclosure, financial
statement analysis, or valuation.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Why does Mr. Back say that Alibaba will have to
add significantly to disclosures when it files for an initial public
offering (IPO) in the U.S.?
2. (Advanced) Should Yahoo be disclosing the information that Mr.
Back is looking for? Explain your answer.
3. (Advanced) If Alibaba is so profitable, what is the concern with
knowing more about the reasons for recent significant acquisitions?
4. (Advanced) What is a p/e ratio? How is p/e ratio combined with
forecasted earnings in the first related article to determine a forecast of
Alibaba's price per share?
5. (Advanced) How does this forecasted value impact Yahoo's stock
value?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Like Ten Teslas Combined: Analyst Pegs Alibaba Valuation at $245 Billion
by Steven Russolillo
Apr 16, 2014
Online Exclusive
Alibaba Flexes Muscles Ahead of IPO
by Juro Osawa, Paul Mozur and Rolfe Winkler
Apr 16, 2014
Page: A1
"Heard on the Street: Alibaba Has Questions to Answer Before U.S. IPO,"
by Aaron Back, The Wall Street Journal, April 17, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304626304579505084251109404?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Alibaba's fourth-quarter numbers look good. But as
the Chinese e-commerce giant gears up for a U.S. listing, it still has a lot
of questions to answer about its future direction.
Revenue rose by 66% from a year earlier, with
growth accelerating from 51% in the third quarter, but that's not a big
surprise. It has been well known for months that Alibaba enjoyed a blowout
"single's day" on Nov. 11, when merchants on its two shopping platforms
offer deep discounts.
What is more encouraging is that Alibaba's
operating profit margin, which has been on a declining trend for the past
two quarters, rebounded sharply to a high of 54% from 44% in the previous
quarter.
Alibaba is gearing up for a U.S. IPO that could
raise $15 billion, just shy of what Facebook sold when it went public. The
Wall Street Journal's Thomas Di Fonzo explains why Alibaba is so big.
The bare-bones numbers, released by Alibaba
shareholder Yahoo YHOO -2.16% ! on Tuesday, don't provide any explanation
for the trends in revenue and margins. These are among the blanks that will
have to be filled in by Alibaba's regulatory filings, possibly coming as
soon as this month, for its initial public offering.
The company's likely profitability will be a key
concern for investors. Alibaba is highly profitable compared with many
e-commerce firms thanks to its asset-light strategy, which largely leaves
the burden of delivery and warehousing to third parties. There have been
indications that the company will start to invest more in this area but just
how much is unclear. Smaller e-commerce rival JD.com, which is also
preparing for a U.S. listing, pitches its in-house logistics capabilities as
a differentiator, but isn't yet profitable.
Similarly, Alibaba hasn't been very forthcoming on
the reasons for many of its acquisitions. So far this year, it has spent
more than $2.6 billion, nearly three-quarters of 2013 net profit, investing
in an online mapping firm, a department-store chain and a film studio. This
month, an investment firm controlled by Chairman Jack Ma and another Alibaba
co-founder spent $1.05 billion to buy a 20% stake in a cable and Internet
television company.
The risk is that profitability will be eroded as
Alibaba ventures far from its core competency. In video, Alibaba may be
trying to duplicate the success of Amazon.com, AMZN -0.88% turning a
platform for buying physical goods into a media-streaming service. But until
the company offers more details, investors can't know for certain.
The biggest unknown is what valuation Alibaba will
seek, and what investors will be willing to pay after the recent tech
selloff, which has hit established e-commerce names such as Amazon and eBay
EBAY -2.04% along with highflying social networks and Chinese Internet
plays.
Analysts at Macquarie said in a note Tuesday that
Alibaba could be worth $160 billion to $180 billion, or 45 to 51 times 2013
earnings. To justify multiples like that, the company will have to show that
it can keep growing its top line at a blistering pace, and stay highly
profitable, for years to come. Over to you, Jack.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Review on April 25, 2014
From Tax Credit to Debit
by:
Rolfe Winkler
Apr 19, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Effective Tax Rate, Interim Financial Statements
SUMMARY: In contrast to last year's first quarter reporting, R&D
intensive companies are reporting higher tax expense and effective tax
rates. The R&D credit has been allowed to expire and it is uncertain whether
that credit will be reinstated in 2014, requiring these companies to
estimate higher effective tax rates this year. The related article discusses
the effect of tax rates on the first quarter reporting in 2013 and was
covered in this review.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used to introduce
accounting for income taxes, effective tax rates, quarterly reporting, and
the R&D tax rate in a financial accounting or tax class. The T/F quiz
questions about this article provide the ASC reference for estimating
quarterly income tax rates in the explanation shown after students complete
the weekly quiz.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) What is the Research & Development (R&D) tax credit?
2. (Introductory) What feature about the R&D credit is having an
impact on companies' first quarter earnings?
3. (Introductory) What is an effective tax rate? How did this
change in R&D tax law affect companies' effective tax rates reported in the
first quarter?
4. (Advanced) Why must a company estimate its annual effective tax
rate in order to prepare its quarterly reports? In your answer, cite the
authoritative accounting standard requiring this estimate.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Behind the Big Profits: A Research Tax Break
by Scott Thurm
Jun 14, 2013
Page: B1
"New Tax Bug Bites Tech Companies: First-Quarter Earnings for Other
Companies Get Clipped ," by Rolfe Winkler, The Wall Street Journal,
April 19, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304626304579509523971197320?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
First-quarter corporate earnings are getting
clipped after Congress allowed a key tax credit to expire at year-end.
Relief may be in sight, but it is unclear when.
Google Inc. GOOGL -2.12% is among the latest to
cite the expired research-and-development tax credit for affecting its
financial results. The Internet search company Wednesday reported a
first-quarter tax rate of 18%, up from 16% for all of 2013. Chief Financial
Officer Patrick Pichette called out the expired credit on a conference call
as one of the reasons for the higher rate.
If Google's tax rate had remained 16%, its
first-quarter earnings per share would have been $5.50, instead of the $5.33
Google reported.
Google isn't the only one warning investors about a
higher tax rate as a result of the expired credit. A spokeswoman for
software maker Citrix Systems Inc. CTXS -0.97% said the expired credit is
one reason the company projects its tax rate this year will increase to 19%
from 13%. Set-top box maker Arris Group Inc. ARRS -2.16% said its per-share
earnings will be 12 cents lower over the course of 2014. Analysts have
projected 65 cents per share for the company, according to Capital IQ.
Others companies that have cited the tax impact of
the expired credit include tool maker National Instruments Corp. NATI -1.97%
, chip maker Atmel Corp. ATML -2.93% and spice maker McCormick MKC -0.20% &
Co.
In most cases, the effect of the expired credit
will be small. Semiconductor company Intel Corp. INTC -1.83% is one of the
nation's biggest spenders on research and development. A spokeswoman says
the credit is typically worth more than $150 million a year to the company.
Intel in 2013 reported net income of $9.6 billion.
The R&D tax credit, first enacted in 1981, has
lapsed nine times since then. But it has always been renewed, with the
credit typically made available retroactively.
Most recently, Congress renewed the credit in
January 2013 and allowed companies to claim it retroactively for 2012. The
credit had previously expired at the end of 2011.
That led to an accounting quirk early last year
where many companies could claim five quarters of the credit in the first
quarter of 2013.
Earlier this month, the Senate Finance Committee
proposed renewing and expanding the credit through Dec. 31, 2015. The Senate
proposal would expand the credit to let small companies—many of whom aren't
profitable and don't pay income taxes—apply the credit to payroll taxes.
"Everyone has payroll, but not everyone has
profits," notes Martin Sullivan, chief economist of nonprofit publisher Tax
Analysts.
The Republican-controlled House is also considering
extending the credit, but their proposals differ from those in the
Democratic-controlled Senate.
The Senate proposal would cost the federal
government about $15.3 billion over 10 years, according to the Joint
Committee on Taxation.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Review on April 18, 2014
Tax Day! Now comes the Great Refund Rip-off
by:
Justin Gelfand
Apr 15, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Fraud, Fraud Detection, Internal Controls, IRS, Tax Return
Filing
SUMMARY: This Opinion page piece describes how simple it has been
for people to steal tax refunds: "A person steals a name and Social Security
number, files a tax return making a claim for a fraudulent tax refund, and
directs the IRS to wire-transfer the stolen proceeds onto a prepaid debit
card." The author is a former federal prosecutor who "was one of a few
...who spearheaded the Justice Department's efforts..." to fight these
crimes. He argues that solving the problem, however, cannot be done by law
enforcement alone. "Citizens must ask the IRS why it is so easy to steal
money I this way, and why the IRS is losing so much money to this crime
alone," Mr. Gelfand concludes.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a tax class or
when covering internal controls in auditing or accounting systems courses.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) According to the article, how easy is it for
fraudsters to steal tax refunds by filing fraudulent tax returns with the
Internal Revenue Service?
2. (Advanced) Who is the author of this opinion page piece, and
what is his main conclusion about the approach needed to stop these fraud
crimes?
3. (Advanced) Consider the steps to reduce these identity theft
crimes that Mr. Gelfand recommends. Explain how these steps are basic
internal controls, including a definition of internal control in your
answer.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Tax Day! Now comes the Great Refund Rip-off," by Justin Gelfand,
The Wall Street Journal, April 15, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304117904579499760441441756?mg=reno64-wsj
The crime is simple and profitable: A person steals
a name and Social Security number, files a tax return making a claim for a
fraudulent tax refund, and directs the IRS to wire-transfer the stolen
proceeds onto a prepaid debit card.
The Justice Department's Tax Division, where I was
a federal prosecutor until earlier this year, calls the crime "stolen
identity refund fraud." It costs the federal government billions in lost
revenue each year, and its individual victims the nightmare of scrutiny and
red tape that comes with a federal investigation. If the problem continues
unabated, Treasury estimates the IRS will lose $21 billion in fraudulent tax
refunds over the next five years. That's more than twice the Environmental
Protection Agency's annual budget.
n 2013, Justice charged more than 880 defendants
for their involvement in such crimes, and federal prosecutors have
successfully advocated for sentences substantially more severe than the
routine criminal tax case. The IRS says it is a top priority, and that every
year it investigates more and more cases involving identity theft and
fraudulent tax returns.
But as the government ramps up investigations and
prosecutions in this area, the thieves stay one step ahead through the use
of cutting-edge technology to mask IP addresses from which tax returns are
filed, by directing stolen proceeds onto prepaid debit cards and stealing
those cards from the mailboxes of strangers, and by stealing names and
Social Security numbers from businesses that lack adequate security controls
and firewalls.
As one of a few federal prosecutors who spearheaded
the Justice Department's efforts in this area, I saw firsthand that these
schemes can be as sophisticated as they are costly. For instance, federal
agents and prosecutors may look to IP addresses for evidence that a
particular suspect filed a particular tax return, but modern technology
makes it all too easy for a fraudster to make it look like the return was
filed from one IP address when it was in fact filed from another (by using a
proxy server known as an anonymizer), or to make it look like a victim is
the perpetrator (by hijacking or "spoofing" an IP address).
Similarly, while tracing the money may reveal that
stolen funds are being deposited into a particular bank account that may
lead to the actual thief, someone willing to steal another person's identity
may perpetrate fraud in the name of yet another identity theft victim.
Therefore, with the increased pressure to prosecute more of these cases and
to do so quickly, the risk of putting an innocent person behind bars becomes
greater.
If we as a society are interested in actually
stopping this problem, the solution cannot only be through law enforcement.
Citizens must ask the IRS why it is so easy to steal money in this way, and
why the IRS is losing so much money to this crime alone.
In some ways, the IRS is like a bank that is robbed
after leaving the doors unlocked for the night with a large sign that says,
"Money Inside!"—a victim, yes, but the victim of a crime that can easily be
avoided.
While the IRS claims otherwise, the solution isn't
particularly complex: stop wire-transferring multiple tax refunds onto the
same prepaid debit card; stop mailing hundreds of tax-refund checks to the
same mailbox; stop accepting thousands of tax returns from the same IP
address without looking into it; and stop paying tax refunds without
actually verifying the accuracy of the information with existing IRS
records.
Ultimately, the law should be enforced. But this
isn't a problem the government can prosecute its way out of. Instead of just
demanding more prosecutions, the public should demand that the IRS increase
its efforts to detect fraud before paying billions of dollars in fraudulent
tax refunds. That way, victims won't have to wait months for the IRS to pay
their legitimate tax refunds, Treasury won't lose billions of dollars to
criminals, and the government can tackle this problem without the risk of
sending innocent people to prison.
Mr. Gelfand is a former federal prosecutor who is now a
criminal-defense attorney in St. Louis.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on April 11, 2014
Corporate Cash Alters University Curricula
by:
Douglas Belkin and Caroline Porter
Apr 08, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting Education, Governmental Accounting
SUMMARY: The article describes overall budget cuts for higher
education from state general funds in total and discusses the impact as
measured on a per student basis. It discusses specific examples of
partnerships between Northup Grumman and the University of Maryland; IBM and
Ohio State University; and local companies in Kentucky and Murray State
University to develop new courses and programs. The new features highlighted
primarily center around technological advances, big data, and data
analytics. The potential conflicts of interest that concern faculty and
university presidents are raised as well.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article is an excellent one for any
class discussion to raise students' awareness of the need for new skills,
particularly technological ones. It also may be used in a governmental or
NFP accounting course to cover current issues facing those entities.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Describe what you know, have heard, and have
gleaned from this article about the topics of big data and data analytics.
2. (Advanced) Much of the discussion in this article is focused on
improving technological expertise among students of various academic
disciplines. Do you think these skills are needed by those entering the
accounting profession? Explain your answer.
3. (Advanced) What are the benefits to students of the increasing
ties to corporations at academic institutions that are traditionally funded
from public sources?
4. (Introductory) Some faculty members and university presidents
are concerned about these strengthening corporate ties. What are these
concerns?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Corporate Cash Alters University Curricula," by Douglas Belkin and Caroline
Porter, The Wall Street Journal, April 8, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303847804579481500497963552?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
The University of Maryland has had to tighten its
belt, cutting seven varsity sports teams and forcing faculty and staff to
take furlough days. But in a corner of the campus, construction workers are
building a dormitory specifically designed for a new academic program.
Many of the students who live there will be
enrolled in a cybersecurity concentration funded in part by Northrop Grumman
Corp. NOC +1.14% The defense contractor is helping to design the curriculum,
providing the computers and paying part of the cost of the new dorm.
Such partnerships are springing up from the dust of
the recession, as state universities seek new revenue and companies try to
close a yawning skills gap in fast-changing industries.
Last year, International Business Machines Corp.
IBM +1.32% deepened a partnership with Ohio State University to train
students in big-data analytics. Murray State University in Kentucky recently
retooled part of its engineering program, with financial support and
guidance from local companies. And the State University of New York College
of Nanoscale Science and Engineering in Albany and other locations is
expanding its footprint after attracting billions of dollars of
private-sector investments.
Though these partnerships have been around at the
graduate level and among the nation's polytechnic schools and community
colleges, they are now migrating into traditional undergraduate programs.
The emerging model is a "new form of the
university," said Wallace Loh, president of the University of Maryland.
"What we are seeing is a federal-grant university that is increasingly
corporate and increasingly reliant on private philanthropy."
States on average cut per-pupil funding for
university systems by 28% between 2008 and 2013, according to the Center on
Budget and Policy Priorities, a left-leaning think tank. Those cuts have
forced tuition up and helped inflate student loan debt to $1.2 trillion. Now
they are prompting schools to seek new revenue streams.
Meanwhile, corporations, concerned about a mismatch
between their needs and graduates' skills, are starting to pick up some of
the cost of select undergraduate programs.
"There is so much rapid change in this field," said
Christopher Valentino, who is overseeing Northrop Grumman's cybersecurity
partnership at Maryland. "Everybody is challenged to keep up."
This merging of business and education has some
academics unnerved. Gar Alperovitz, a 77-year-old political economist at the
University of Maryland, warns of a corporate bias creeping into the academy.
"It's a very, very dangerous path to be walking,"
he said.
Molly Corbett Broad, president of the American
Council on Education, which represents about 1,600 college and university
presidents, said the protection of academic integrity is critical for the
mission of higher education.
"The most important concern … is the absolute
requirement on the part of faculty of independence for their judgment and
avoidance of any conflict of interest," she said.
For many students and their parents who stand to
benefit from these arrangements, these concerns seem esoteric. The programs
are pathways to good internships and high paying jobs.
Christian Johnson, a 19-year-old first-year student
in Maryland's cybersecurity program, said he chose the school specifically
because of the partnership. Along with computer-science courses, he will
take 10 classes focused on cybersecurity that were designed, in part, by
experts from Northrop Grumman.
In one class, he is working on projects with
students majoring in criminology and business. "I can really see how my
skills are applicable," he said.
The corporate partnership was a huge selling point
to attract the program's first 48 students, who came in with stellar
academic transcripts, said Michel Cukier, a computer-science professor and
associate director for education of the Maryland Cybersecurity Center.
"If you can tell them that a major company like
Northrop Grumman is very interested in them, it resonates a lot with the
students, but also amazingly with the parents," he said.
The relationship between industry and academia
dates to the Civil War-era law that created land-grant universities, whose
research helped fuel a century of economic growth. After World War II, the
federal government invested heavily in organizations such as the National
Institutes of Health and National Science Foundation to fund even more
academic research that often found application in industry.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
State Pension Funding Faling Further and Further Behind
"Pew survey: State funding gap grew in 2012," by Hazel Bradford, Pensions and
Investments, April 1, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://www.pionline.com/article/20140401/ONLINE/140409973?AllowView=VDl3UXk1TzlDdldCblIzQURleUhaRUt0ajBnVUErOWFHZz09&utm_campaign=smartbrief&utm_source=linkbypass&utm_medium=affiliate#
State pension plans continued to experience a
significant gap between funding and liabilities in fiscal 2012, according to
the Pew Charitable Trusts.
Using the most comprehensive data for all public
plans, Pew researchers found that state-run retirement systems had a $914
billion shortfall between pension benefits promised and actual pension
funding, which represents a 14% increase from 2010. The shortfall for local
governments was more than $1 trillion in fiscal 2012.
Keith Brainard, research director of the National
Association of State Retirement Administrators, in an interview dismissed
the report as “old news. Between the strong investment returns of the last
five years and the multiple reforms that have been made in every state,
pension funding levels are improving.” Referring to the title of Pew's state
funding reports of recent years, which have referenced a funding gap, he
said, “I look forward to a new title — 'The Narrowing Gap' — because that's
where we're headed.”
David Draine, a Pew senior researcher, said the
funding gap is expected again in 2013 data, particularly as 2009 investment
losses remain on balance sheets, but the gap could start to shrink this year
or next. The key, said Mr. Draine, is whether states make and keep their
commitments to improve funding levels.
“With the stronger market returns, we can
anticipate that many pension plans will show greater asset growth,” said
Elizabeth Kellar, president and CEO of the Center for State and Local
Government Excellence. “The question remains – how much of the (actuarially
required contribution) will most pension plans have made in 2013?”
According to Pew, only 14 states consistently made
at least 95% of their ARC from 2010 through 2012.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of pension funding and accounting,
especially in the public sector ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions
From The Wall Street Journals Accounting Weekly Review on March 28,
2014
Jury Finds Staff Aided Madoff Con
by:
Christopher M. Matthews
Mar 25, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Fraud, Ponzi Schemes
SUMMARY: In contrast to Bernard L. Madoff's statements that he
alone concocted the massive, long-running Ponzi scheme at his investment
firm, "jurors found five [of his] former employees...guilty of aiding and
hiding the fraud...." Two computer programmers, two portfolio managers and a
former operations director all range in ages from 48 to 67 and face decades
in prison "on a total of 31 charges ranging from securities fraud to
conspiring to defraud investors." The programmers created programs to
randomly generate false documents and the portfolio managers "backdated
nonexistent trades, prosecutors said." Former CFO Frank DiPascali Jr. aided
the prosecution in exchange for a recommendation for a more lenient sentence
from his 2009 guilty plea. He testified, for example, that he once saw two
of the defendants make specific efforts to create a document for a KPMG
auditor which appeared old and used rather than newly printed which it in
fact was.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used to provide closure
on some aspects of the Madoff Ponzi scheme case in a financial reporting,
auditing, or ethics class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) What is a Ponzi scheme? What was the scale of the
Ponzi scheme which Bernard L. Madoff has admitted to running over a long
period of time?
2. (Introductory) What activities did CFO DiPascali admit to doing
and observing which produced fraudulent records in support of the Ponzi
scheme?
3. (Introductory) What were Ms. Bongiorno and Mr. Bonventre's
arguments about their actions and claims to innocence?
4. (Advanced) If you had worked at the Madoff firm and became
suspicious of the activity you observed, what would your options be in
reacting to the situation?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Aide Saw Madoff as 'Big Brother'
by Christopher M. Matthews
Feb 24, 2014
Page: ##
"Jury Finds Staff Aided Madoff Con," by Christopher M. Matthews, The Wall
Street Journal, March 25, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304679404579459551977535482?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Bernard L. Madoff has maintained for years that his
decadeslong Ponzi scheme was a one-man show. On Monday, a jury concluded
instead that it was a team effort.
Jurors found five former employees of Mr. Madoff
guilty of aiding and hiding the fraud in a trial that painted the money
manager's Manhattan offices as a hive of illegal activity, where employees
cooked up lies and manufactured fake documents to keep afloat a scam that
ultimately cost investors $17 billion.
Computer programmers Jerome O'Hara, 51 years old,
and George Perez, 48, were convicted in federal court in Manhattan of
creating phony customer accounts, while portfolio managers Annette
Bongiorno, 66, and JoAnn Crupi, 53, were convicted of concocting phony
trading records. Daniel Bonventre, 67, a former operations director for Mr.
Madoff, helped gin up false books and records, the jury found.
The findings reshape the narrative from a crime
that has been tightly linked in the public's consciousness with one man to a
group effort that transpired within the firm's offices in the iconic
Lipstick building in midtown Manhattan.
Mr. Madoff directed the scheme from his office on
the 19th floor, prosecutors told jurors, but much of the work done to
conceal it took place in the secretive offices of the 17th floor, where the
investment-advisory business was run. On that floor, dubbed "House 17" and
accessible only with a security card, Messrs. O'Hara and Perez created
computer programs to randomly generate false documents, while Ms. Bongiorno
and Ms. Crupi backdated nonexistent trades, prosecutors said.
Mr. Bonventre, 67 years old, worked on the
market-making business on the 18th and 19th floors, along with Mr. Madoff's
sons Mark and Andrew and brother Peter. But prosecutors said Mr. Bonventre
was cooking the books and funneling money to the investment-advisory
business.
According to several jurors speaking outside the
courthouse after their verdicts, their decision wasn't even close.
"How could Bernie be the only one that could pull
this off?" said juror Sheila Amato, a teacher in Rockland County, N.Y. "He's
the mastermind. They were like his soldiers."
"They were in it for so long, that maybe the truth
became a blur," she added.
The result, which followed four days of
deliberations, caps a nearly six-month trial and hands prosecutors a win in
their only attempt to bring a Madoff case before a jury. Mr. Madoff pleaded
guilty in 2009.
The defendants, who are expected to appeal, each
face decades in prison on a total of 31 charges ranging from securities
fraud to conspiring to defraud investors. They are due to be sentenced at
the end of July.
The trial was one of the longest white-collar
trials in recent years and was difficult for all involved, including the
jurors, one of whom fell sick during the deliberations and was excused.
As they listened to the verdicts, most of the
defendants sat grim-faced, saying nothing. Ms. Crupi repeatedly shook her
head during the reading, while Ms. Bongiorno's husband stared at the ceiling
with his arms crossed.
The Madoff fraud has wreaked havoc on thousands of
investors across the globe, led to the downfall of prominent investors,
including the late billionaire Jeffry Picower, and sparked a hail of
criticism against regulators who failed to catch the fraud, which dates as
far back as the 1970s.
Mr. Madoff, who was sentenced nearly five years ago
to 150 years in prison, has insisted he carried out the long-running scheme
on his own. But during the trial, prosecutors turned to an array of
witnesses, including several of Mr. Madoff's former employees, to establish
that wasn't the case.
The government's main witness was Frank DiPascali
Jr., the former chief financial officer who worked with Mr. Madoff for 33
years.
Mr. DiPascali was on the stand for more than a
month and in sometimes emotional testimony implicated all of the defendants,
telling jurors he worked with all five to produce fraudulent records.
In one instance, Mr. DiPascali testified he saw
Messrs. O'Hara and Perez and Ms. Crupi putting a new fake document in the
fridge to cool it down after it came off the printer and then throwing it
around like a "medicine ball" to make it look used before turning it over to
a KPMG auditor who had arrived to collect it.
Mr. DiPascali, 57 years old, pleaded guilty in 2009
and faces a maximum of 125 years in prison. He is confined to his home as
part of a government cooperation agreement that could result in a
recommendation for a more lenient sentence.
Other testimony focused on the alleged spending
habits of the defendants, who prosecutors said became millionaires while at
the firm. Ms. Bongiorno, for example, bought a Bentley and two Mercedes-Benz
automobiles as well as a $6.5 million Florida condominium, which she said
she purchased to "downsize."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the Madoff and other Ponzi frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi
From The Wall Street Journals Accounting Weekly Review on March 28,
2014
IASB Tackles Corporate Disclosures
by:
Emily Chasan
Mar 25, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Disclosure, Disclosure Requirements, FASB, Financial
Accounting Standards Board, International Accounting Standards Board
SUMMARY: "International accounting rule makers on Tuesday proposed
changes to corporate disclosure rules aimed at preventing companies from
overwhelming investors with useless information. The board said it hopes to
get accountants and managers away from a check-the-box mentality in
reporting financial results, and instead emphasize clarity for investors."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any financial
reporting class but focuses on covering International Financial Reporting
Standards, particularly IAS1 materiality requirements, and on comparing the
IASB and FASB approaches towards the disclosure issues discussed in the
article.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) The article describes activity by both the IASB
and the FASB to deal with problems in annual report disclosures. What is the
main concern with disclosures currently made? Hint: you will find it helpful
to click on the links in the article to the IASB survey and to the FASB
project on the Disclosure Framework, then read the Project Objectives.
2. (Advanced) The IASB proposal on amending disclosures focuses on
IAS 1. What is that standard?
3. (Advanced) Click on the link in the article to the IASB
proposal. What specific requirements in IAS 1 are being addressed?
4. (Advanced) Refer back to the FASB project objectives examined in
answering question 1 above. How does the FASB's project and proposed
statement of financial accounting concepts differ from the approach being
taken by the IASB? Form a general impression from your examination of these
source materials and cite only one or two examples to explain your answer.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"ASB Tackles Corporate Disclosures," by Emily Chasan, The Wall
Street Journal, March 28, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/03/25/iasb-tackles-corporate-disclosures/?mod=djemCFO_h?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
International accounting rule makers on Tuesday
proposed changes to corporate disclosure rules aimed at preventing companies
from overwhelming investors with useless information.
The board said it hopes to get accountants and
managers away from a check-the-box mentality in reporting financial results,
and instead emphasize clarity for investors.
“Financial reports are instruments of communication
and not simply compliance documents,” said Hans Hoogervorst, chairman of the
International Accounting Standards Board, which sets accounting rules for
more than 100 countries. “These proposals are designed to help change
behavior, by emphasizing the importance of understandability, comparability
and clarity in presenting financial reports.”
The move is part of a global effort to make
financial statements easier to read. In a survey last year, the IASB found
that investors and analysts felt companies could better communicate the most
relevant issues in financial statements, rather than forcing them to sift
through vast amounts of data.
The IASB’s proposal suggested amendments that would
require companies to assess whether particular disclosures are material to
investors and to think closely about whether their presentation makes it
harder for investors to find the most important information. The board also
proposed that companies emphasize clarity and comparability in their
financial statement footnotes.
U.S. accounting rule makers have also been working
on a disclosure framework since 2009. Earlier this month, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board issued a proposal that suggested improvements to
the way companies present financial statement footnotes. The Securities and
Exchange Commission is also expected to tackle a “disclosure overload”
project this year.
The IASB is accepting public comments on its
disclosure framework proposal through July 23.
Bob Jensen's threads on international accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
From the CPA Newsletter on April 15, 2015
Appeals
court strikes down conflict minerals regulation
In a split decision, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals
struck down
a provision in the Dodd-Frank Act that requires companies to publicly report
whether their products have minerals from the Democratic Republic of Congo,
on the grounds that it violates companies' First Amendment rights against
compelled speech. A federal district court rejected a challenge to these
regulations last year, and the National Association of Manufacturers and the
U.S. Chamber of Commerce took the matter to the appeals court. The appeals
court upheld the Securities and Exchange Commission's defense of its
cost-benefit analysis of the rulemaking. It is up to the SEC, which wrote
the rules to satisfy the requirement, to take the matter to the U.S. Supreme
Court.
The Hill/RegWatch blog (4/14),
Compliance Week/The Filing Cabinet blog
(4/14)
From The Wall Street Journals Accounting Weekly Review on April 4,
2014
Caterpillar's Tax Strategy Stirs Senate Debate
by:
James R. Hagerty
Apr 02, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: International Taxation, Tax Avoidance, Tax Strategy,
Taxation
SUMMARY: Construction and Mining equipment maker Caterpillar, Inc.,
is "...the latest blue chip hauled before the Senate's Permanent
Subcommittee on Investigations to explain strategies designed to shrink tax
bills....Caterpillar already has said its effective income-tax rate is
relatively high at about 29% despite those strategies." In particular, the
hearings addressed a corporate restructuring in the late 1990s
"devised...with advice from...PwC [whose] spokeswoman said the restructuring
'better aligned an American company's global operations with economic
realities and was fully compliant' with tax law." In the hearings, a public
reading of PwC tax partners' "...emails discussing how to preserve overseas
tax benefit for [their] client Caterpillar, Inc." proved embarrassing. The
partners say they made poor choices of words in an attempt at humor when
they wrote that "we are going to have to create a story...to retain the
benefit...get ready to do some dancing" and, in response, "What the heck.
We'll all be retired when this comes up on audit."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a corporate or
international tax class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) How is the U.S. tax code unusual with respect to
taxing income earned outside of domestic borders?
2. (Introductory) Describe the restructuring Caterpillar undertook
to reduce its tax bills in the 1990s.
3. (Advanced) How might you argue that this restructuring "better
aligned an American company's global operations with economic realities"
while maintaining full compliance with tax law?
4. (Advanced) Conversely, what facts in the article indicate that
Caterpillar's restructuring might have created a "complex structure" with
dubious business purpose?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Caterpillar Set to Defend Its Tax Bill
by James R. Hagerty and John D. McKinnon
Mar 31, 2014
Page: B1
"Caterpillar's Tax Strategy Stirs Senate Debate," by James R. Hagerty, The
Wall Street Journal, April 4, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304157204579475322736246730?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Executives of PricewaterhouseCoopers were put on
the spot at a Senate subcommittee hearing on Tuesday by a public reading of
their emails discussing how to preserve overseas tax benefits for client
Caterpillar Inc. CAT -0.08%
In one 2008 email, Thomas F. Quinn, a PwC tax
partner, warned that the giant maker of construction and mining equipment
might lose tax benefits if some Swiss-based product managers relocated to
the U.S. The managers' presence in Switzerland was part of Caterpillar's
justification for recording the bulk of the profits from the overseas sales
of replacement parts there rather than in the U.S., cutting tax liabilities.
"We are going to have to create a story that will
put some distance between them [the managers] and the parts…to retain the
benefit," Mr. Quinn wrote to Steven R. Williams, a managing director at
accounting firm PwC. "Get ready to do some dancing."
Mr. Williams replied: "What the heck. We'll all be
retired when this comes up on audit."
The emails provided a moment of comic relief at a
hearing of the Senate's Permanent Subcommittee on Investigation, chaired by
Sen. Carl Levin, a Michigan Democrat. Sen. Levin released a report on Monday
saying Caterpillar had deferred or avoided paying $2.4 billion of U.S. taxes
under a corporate restructuring 15 years ago that shifted most of the
profits from overseas part sales to a Swiss subsidiary.
Tuesday's hearing provided a rare glimpse into the
ambiguities of U.S. tax law, the contortions some companies go through to
reduce their tax bills and the high cost of advice. The subcommittee's
investigation found that Caterpillar paid more than $55 million to PwC to
devise and help put into effect the tax-saving strategy.
Asked by Sen. Levin to explain the emails, PwC's
Mr. Quinn said, "Senator, that was a very poor choice of words."
Regarding his emailed comments, Mr. Williams told
the subcommittee, "That was also an inappropriate use of words and an
attempt at humor." The PwC executives maintained their tax strategy advice
to Caterpillar was appropriate and complied with tax laws.
Julie Lagacy, vice president of Caterpillar's
finance services division, told the panel, "Caterpillar complies with U.S.
tax laws and we pay everything we owe."
Caterpillar said its effective global income-tax
rate averages 29% and is three percentage points higher than the average for
U.S. corporations. That prompted Sen. Johnson to question whether
Caterpillar was missing other opportunities to reduce its burden. "I'd be
talking to my tax managers and saying, 'What are you potentially doing wrong
here?'" he said.
Over the past 18 months, the subcommittee has
examined Apple Inc., Microsoft Corp. and Hewlett-Packard Co., all of which
defended their tax practices as legitimate. The hearings have coincided with
an international effort to find fairer and more effective ways to assess
taxes on global corporations. Many of today's tax rules were written at a
time when business was primarily domestic and tax-avoidance techniques less
sophisticated.
Until 1999, Caterpillar's U.S. operations bought
CAT-branded parts from mostly U.S. suppliers and sold them to dealers
overseas. Those sales incurred U.S. corporate income taxes. After 1999, a
Swiss unit bought the parts and sold them to dealers, leaving Caterpillar's
U.S. operations out of the transaction and greatly reducing the U.S. tax
bill.
The subcommittee found that Caterpillar has been
saving as much as $300 million a year in U.S. taxes.
Sen. Levin questioned whether Caterpillar's
maneuver complied with U.S. tax law, but said it would be up to the Internal
Revenue Service or the courts to decide.
Legal experts noted that transactions, such as
shifting profits to Switzerland, must have economic "substance," or a valid
business rationale, as opposed to merely reducing tax liability. Reuven S.
Avi-Yonah, a University of Michigan law professor, testified that the IRS
could argue that Caterpillar didn't meet that test because most of the value
in the parts business was created in the U.S., not Switzerland.
Another question is whether Caterpillar's U.S.
parent company receives enough royalties from the Swiss unit to compensate
itself for the profitable business it transferred to that unit. Prof.
Avi-Yonah said the IRS could argue that the royalties paid by the Swiss
subsidiary are too low, but noted that "the IRS has not generally been
successful in transfer-pricing litigation and…the Caterpillar business
restructuring follows a common model" used by many other global companies.
J. Richard Harvey Jr., a professor at the Villanova
University School of Law, agreed in an interview that the report raises
tough questions, but that the IRS "is usually outgunned when auditing
[global companies] because [they] can hire the best legal, accounting and
economic talent to defend their position."
Testifying before the panel, Bret Wells, an
assistant professor at the University of Houston Law Center, said U.S. tax
law "provides less guidance than it should" on how to price transfers
between corporate units.
Sen. Levin said Congress and the IRS should "stop
offshore profit shifting and start ensuring that profitable U.S.
multinationals meet their U.S. tax obligations."
But Republicans on the panel turned the hearing
into a discussion of whether U.S. tax rules handicap American companies. The
top U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% is higher than other wealthy countries,
and the U.S. is unusual in taxing companies on their global income rather
than just what they earn at home.
Sen. John McCain, the Arizona Republican who is the
ranking minority member of the subcommittee, said the U.S. tax code is "a
factor in moving U.S. operations overseas."
Sen. Rand Paul, a Kentucky Republican, called for
cutting corporate income taxes.
The U.S. code allows companies to defer tax
payments on overseas income indefinitely if they don't bring the proceeds
back home. U.S. companies included in the Russell 1000 index held about $2.1
trillion of profits overseas in 2013, up from $1.1 trillion five years
before, according to an analysis by the Audit Analytics service of the Ives
Group.
If Congress cracks down on tax strategies like that
of Caterpillar, said Sen. Ron Johnson, a Wisconsin Republican, more
companies "would stop manufacturing in the U.S. How would that benefit the
U.S.?"
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There are so many loopholes hand inequities in the corporate tax code that I
favor elimination of the corporate tax in favor of a USA VAT tax. However, this
would be called the tax professionals unemployment act.
Teaching Case on How Auditors Misspell The Names of Their Firms in SEC
Filings
From The Wall Street Journals Accounting Weekly Review on April 4, 2014
Overheard
by:
Heard on the Street Editors
Apr 05, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Public Accounting Firms
SUMMARY: This short article reports on findings by two business
professors from Notre Dame that public accounting firms signing off on
reports filed with the SEC do so with incorrect spellings of their own
names.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article can be used with any discussion
of the public accounting profession.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) In what reports included in financial statements do
public accounting firms sign their names?
2. (Advanced) Who in a public accounting firm signs these reports?
3. (Introductory) What is wrong with a number of signatures by
large public accounting firms that have been filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Overheard by: Heard on the Street," The Wall Street Journal, April 8,
2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB20001424052702303847804579481672004226060?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Even accountants, reputedly sticklers for accuracy,
can get the little things wrong.
In the midst of research analyzing filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Notre Dame Mendoza College of Business
professors Bill McDonald and Tim Loughran stumbled on something curious:
multiple instances of former Big Five accounting firm Arthur Andersen
botching its own name when it signed off on companies' financial statements.
There was "Arhtur Andersen," "Arther Andersen" and "Arthur Anderson." Given
its embroilment in the Enron scandal, one might think that was a red flag.
Yet Andersen wasn't alone. Deloitte & Touche has
variously signed its name "Deliote & Touche," "Deloitte & Touch," and "Deloitee
& Touche." PricewaterhouseCoopers has had "PricewaerhouseCoopers," and "PricewaterhousCoopers."
None of which seems as bad as when one of its predecessor firms, Coopers &
Lybrand, signed off as "Coopers & Lyband."
PS
In case you've haven't heard, Ernst and Young is not spelled E Y.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on April 1, 2014
Caterpillar’s tax strategy stirs debate, and comic relief, in the Senate
The Senate’s committee hearing on
Caterpillar’s tax
strategy gained a
moment of mirth when examining an exchange among
tax advisers at PricewaterhouseCoopers on Caterpillar’s strategy from 2008.
PwC tax partner Thomas F. Quinn wrote that they would need to “create a
story” to justify Caterpillar’s justification for recording profits in
Switzerland, and to “get ready to do some dancing.” PwC Managing Director
Steven R. Williams replied, “What the heck. We’ll all be retired when this
comes up on audit.” Both men said they’d chosen their words poorly.
From The Wall Street Journals Accounting Weekly Review on April 4,
2014
Improving Audit Reports Is Focus of Hearing
by:
Michael Rapoport
Apr 01, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Audit Report, PCAOB
SUMMARY: "The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board [PCAOB]
will hold a two-day hearing in Washington
on Wednesday and
Thursday to listen to the clashing perspectives of three-dozen
audit-firm partners, investor advocates, academics, corporate officials and
others over the issue of... auditor's reports." The PCAOB proposed making
changes to audit reports to make them more informative by, say, including a
discussion of critical audit matters.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in an auditing
class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) Describe the standard form of an audit report. In
what situations must an auditor write a report that departs from the
standard form?
2. (Introductory) What are the concerns with the current form of
audit report? In your answer, comment on the nature of the report which
lends it the appearance of a "pass-fail" approach.
3. (Introductory) As described in the article, what are critical
audit matters?
4. (Advanced) How do you think including critical audit matters can
help inform financial statement users?
5. (Advanced) What are the risks for audit firms of including these
critical audit matters in their reports?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Improving Audit Reports Is Focus of Hearing," by Michael Rapoport, The
Wall Street Journal, April 1, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304886904579475592159501748?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
U.S. regulators this week will resume a yearslong
quest to get audit firms to tell investors more about the companies they
examine. It won't be easy.
The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board will
hold a two-day hearing in Washington on Wednesday and Thursday to listen to
the clashing perspectives of three-dozen audit-firm partners, investor
advocates, academics, corporate officials and others over the issue of
so-called auditor's reports.
Last August, regulators proposed an overhaul of the
reports, the boilerplate letters in the annual reports of every company in
which an auditor attests that the numbers are accurate, to make them more
useful to investors.
But while auditors, investors and companies agree
an overhaul is needed, they can't agree on the details, and many critics
have said parts of the proposal would be too burdensome or could lead to
unexpected consequences.
The wrangling shows how difficult it can be to
change the rules in a way that benefits investors while still being
acceptable to both corporations and auditors.
"The profession's been talking about this for
decades," said Joseph Ucuzoglu, Deloitte & Touche LLP's national managing
partner for regulatory and professional matters. "Every time it comes up, we
let all the challenges and disagreements get in the way. We have to be
willing to change what we do to make our work product more valuable."
The board hopes the discussion will bring the
parties closer to a pact.
It is advocating new disclosures telling investors
about some of the tough calls an auditor makes and whether the auditor
thinks a company is telling the truth, even outside the financial
statements.
"People want more from the audit, not less—more
insight, more independence, more reliability," said PCAOB Chairman James
Doty.
He said he hopes the meeting "will deepen the
debate" over potential changes to the auditor's report.
Some big accounting firms say they recognize the
need to give investors more information than just the "pass-fail" approach
of the current report, which doesn't offer investors much substance on what
an auditor thinks of a company.
"We are very supportive of the PCAOB's efforts to
refine the model in ways that will improve audit quality and ultimately
benefit investors," said James Liddy, KPMG LLP's regional head of audit for
the Americas.
Accounting firms also are leery of some of the
ideas being discussed. "These are big changes, and I think we need to tread
cautiously but definitely move forward," said Cindy Fornelli, executive
director of the Center for Audit Quality, representing the accounting
industry.
Auditor's reports currently require only that an
auditor assess whether a company's financial statements are "fairly
presented." They don't include any further detail about the quality of the
company's information or accounting practices, and no specifics about what
the auditor found during its audit.
The PCAOB's proposal from last year would keep the
pass-fail approach but would require auditors to discuss any so-called
critical audit matters in each company's audit report—the parts of the audit
that keep auditors up at night, in which they had to make their toughest or
most complex judgments or which gave them the most difficulty in forming
their opinion. A company's approach to valuing a portfolio of complex
securities could be a critical audit matter, for instance.
Auditors also would have to evaluate other
information in a company's annual report beyond the financial statements,
such as its assertions in the Management's Discussion and Analysis section
of the report, to check for any errors or inconsistencies with the company's
reported numbers. They also would have to add disclosures to the audit
report about issues like how long the auditor has worked for the company.
Some accounting-firm executives are concerned that
the proposals could improperly put the auditor in the position of disclosing
more information about the company than the company itself does. "We do need
to be careful about making changes without understanding the nature and
potential impact of such changes," said Mr. Liddy.
Continued in article
"One Shouldn’t Have to be an Auditor to Understand an Audit Report," by
Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, March 28, 2014 ---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/03/you-shouldnt-have-to-be-an-auditor-to-understand-the-audit-report.html
The PCAOB* has proposed a new standard to make the
auditor’s report more informative. If finalized
in its present form, it would provide more and/or better information
concerning the following:
- Critical audit matters (as determined by the
auditor).
- Auditor independence and tenure.
- The auditor’s responsibilities for, and the
results of, its evaluation of other information outside the financial
statements (think MD&A).
- The auditor’s responsibilities for fraud and
notes to the financial statements.
I heartily support the initiative to make the
auditor’s report on a public company amount to something more than merely a
stamp of approval. But, I would also like the PCAOB to use the momentum of
this project to look closely at the surviving standardized language; to
consider what it actually means — or doesn’t — as compared to what the words
should convey to someone who is not a member of the accounting cognoscenti.
Specifically, and in light of recent significant
developments in financial reporting rules, I hope the PCAOB will take the
opportunity to look closely at the meaning of, “fairly presented … in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” It is
a phrase as familiar and dear to CPAs as the lyrics to The Star Spangled
Banner.
Yet, if you were to ask 100 CPAs what “fairly presented…” means for an
audit engagement, you might get 100 different answers.
The PCAOB should be concerned about the present
state of affairs for at least two reasons:
-
Truth in labeling — As I’ll describe
below, “fairly presented …” never amounted to much more than a putative
vague aspiration in search of a cure to the accounting abuses that
played a role in the Wall Street Crash of 1929.
- The Wild West of nonauthoritative GAAP
— Even though the FASB has crystallized “authoritative” GAAP in its
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) the vaguely specified methods
set forth by the FASB for applying “non-authoritative” GAAP should be of
great concern to the PCAOB.
I’ll be focusing on the first reason herein. I
hope to come up with a post on the second one in about a week.
A Very Brief History of “Fairly presented…”
It
seems (i.e., I disclaim any expertise as an
accounting historian) that the phrase “fairly presented …” had its genesis
in a series of meetings between the American Institute of Accountants — now
the AICPA — and the NYSE, in the early 1930s. Ultimately, the Institute’s
membership approved a set of six “broad principles of accounting which have
won fairly general acceptance”; and it introduced the phrase ‘… fairly
presented, in accordance with accepted principles of accounting …’ for use
as standard auditor’s report language.
Jensen Comment
The irony is that one currently must be an auditor to understand the possibly
misleading language of an audit report and an accountant to comprehend a set of
financial statements. Yet one need not be an auditor or an accountant or a
financial analyst to serve on any audit committee across the land. Enron's top
executives found it easy to completely deceive Enron's Audit Committee. See the
famous Powers Report at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
Enron: Bankruptcy Court Link
http://www.nysb.uscourts.gov/
The 208 Page February 2, 2002 Special Investigative Committee of the
Board of Directors (Powers) Report--- http://news.findlaw.com/hdocs/docs/enron/sicreport/
Alternative 2:
http://nytimes.com/images/2002/02/03/business/03powers.pdf
Alternative 3:
http://i.cnn.net/cnn/2002/LAW/02/02/enron.report/powers.report.pdf
Alternative 4:
Part One | Part
Two |
Part Three | Part
Four
"Survey: More Chief Audit Executives (for internal auditing) are Being
Recruited From Outside Profession" by Jason Bramwell, AccountingWeb,
April 2, 2014 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/survey-more-caes-being-recruited-outside-profession/223207
An increasing number of chief audit executives (CAEs)
are being sourced from other areas of business instead of from within the
internal audit profession – a trend that is likely to continue, according to
a recent survey from the
Institute of Internal
Auditors (IIA).
“Ultimately, the approach CAEs take when executing
their role and managing the internal audit function depends on their
understanding of – and alignment with – the expectations of their
stakeholders,” IIA President and CEO Richard Chambers said in a written
statement. “Whether you come from within the profession or not,
self-preservation as a CAE begins with understanding the business, applying
diversity of experiences, and effectively communicating with your
stakeholders.”
Of the nearly 370 CAEs in North America who
responded to the
2014 Pulse of the Profession: Continually Evolving to Achieve
Stakeholder Expectations survey from the
IIA’s Audit Executive Center, 42 percent said they held a position outside
of internal audit immediately prior to becoming a CAE.
Continued in article
Bpb Jensen's threads on professionalism of audit firms ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
"Survey Finds Audit Flaws by the Big Accounting Firms," New York
Times,, April 11, 2014 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2014/04/11/business/survey-finds-audit-flaws-by-the-big-accounting-firms.html?smid=tw-share&_r=0
Public company and bank audits conducted around the
globe by units affiliated with the world’s six largest accounting firms are
persistently riddled with flaws, a group of international regulators have
found.
The finding, released on Thursday in the results of
a survey conducted in 2013 by the International
Forum of Independent Audit Regulators, raises major policy questions about
whether global regulators have done enough to improve audit quality since
the 2007-9 financial crisis.
Leading up to the crisis, many publicly traded banks
portrayed a rosy financial picture of their corporate books, only to suffer
huge losses later on subprime mortgage securities in their portfolios.
Critics have questioned why independent auditors
responsible for reviewing the accuracy and quality of public company
financial reporting failed to spot the problems sooner.
“The high rate and severity of inspection deficiencies
in critical aspects of the audit, and at some of the world’s largest and
systemically important financial institutions, is a wake-up call,” said
Lewis H. Ferguson, a board member of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board, which polices auditors in the United States.
“More must be done to improve the reliability of audit
work performed globally on behalf of investors,” he said.
The findings discussed Thursday stem primarily from
inspections conducted at firms affiliated with the six largest accounting
firms. They include the Big Four — PricewaterhouseCoopers, KPMG, Deloitte
and Ernst & Young — as well as BDO and Grant Thornton.
The survey looked at inspection results for audits of
public companies and large financial institutions considered “systemically
important” to the global economy.
With public company audits, regulators found problems
related to auditing fair value measurements, internal control testing and
procedures used to assess how financial statements are presented.
The regulators also said that audits of systemically
important financial firms often had deficiencies stemming from allowances
for loan losses and loan impairments, and the auditing of investment
valuation.
Cindy Fornelli, executive director at the Center for
Audit Quality, said on Thursday in reaction to the survey that her group’s
members recognized there was still “work to do.”
At the same time, she noted that accounting reforms
enacted in the United States in 2002 “have led to improvements in audit
quality, financial reporting, and internal controls over financial
reporting.”
Continued in article
Tom Selling's take on this in The Accounting Onion ---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/04/look-beyond-the-firms-for-the-root-causes-of-audit-deficiencies.html
A Tear Jerker from the Center for Audit Quality
"Year in Review for 2013"---
http://www.thecaq.org/docs/reports-and-publications/caq_year_in_review_2013.pdf?sfvrsn=4
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Jensen Comment on Term Paper Mills
You absolutely will not guess who wrote the technical essay cited below on
financial analysis ratios of "Noncontrolling Interest" as defined in FAS 160
FAS 160 (minority interest gives way to noncontrolling interest)
"Noncontrolling Interest: Much More Than a Name Change New consolidation
rules for partially owned affiliates: FASB 160," by Paul R. Bahnson, Brian
P. McAllister and Paul B.W. Miller, Journal of Accountancy, November 2008
---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2008/Nov/NoncontrollingInterestMuchMoreThanaNameChange.htm
Statement no. 141(R) and Statement no. 160 are
integrally linked to work together to apply the new acquisition method to
consolidated financial statements and reports and thus bring more useful
information to the capital markets. With its more extensive and consistent
fair value measurements, Statement no. 141(R) will help users assess the
future cash flows of the consolidated enterprise. And with its consistent
application of entity reporting concepts, Statement no. 160 will help them
comprehend the relationship between the controlling and noncontrolling
interests. As a result, users can perform more complete and reliable
assessments of the prospective future cash flows available to the parent and
its shareholders.
FASB's Summary of FAS 160 ---
http://www.fasb.org/st/summary/stsum160.shtml
Here's an Excerpt From an essay on financial analysis
ratios of Noncontrolling Interest as defined in FAS 160
Profit Analysis
Ch 8 :-
*Net profit margin (NPM)= Net income before non controlling
interest , equity income and nonrecurring items / net sales
= Income from continuing operations – equity in net income of
affiliates / net sales
= 12,427-734122,513 = 9.54 %
* Total asset turnover (TAT)=net sales / average total assets
= 122,513(265,245+268,312 )÷2 = 45.92 %
*Return on assets (ROA)= Net income before non controlling
interest and nonrecurring items / Average Total Assets
= Income from continuing operations / Average total assets
= 12,427(265,245+268,312 )÷2 = 4.66 %
*Dupont ROA = NPM × TAT
= 9.45 % × 45.92 % = 4.34%
*Operating income margin (OIM)= Operating income / net sales
= 21,000122,513 = 17.14%
*Operating asset turnover (OAT) = Net sale / Average operating
asset
=122,513(120,630+123,459 )÷2 = 1.0038 times
Operating assets = Total assets – Goodwill – Licenses - Customer
Lists and Relationships - Other Intangible Assets - Investments
in Equity Affiliates - Other Assets – Deferred income taxes
Operating assets 2009 = 268,312 – 72,782 – 48,741 – 7,393 –
5,494 – 2,921 – 6,275 – 1,247 = 123,459
Operating assets 2008 = 265,245 – 71,829 – 47,306 – 10,582 –
5,824 – 2,332 – 5,728 – 1,014 = 120,630
*Return on Operating assets (ROOA) = Operating income / Average
operating asset
= 21,000(120,630+123,459 )÷2 = 17.21 %
*Dupont ROOA = OIM × OAT
= 17.14 % × 1.0038 = 17.21 %
*Sales to Fixed Assets = Net Sales / Average net
fixed asset
= 122,513(99,088+99,519 )÷2 = 1.23 times
*Return on Investment (ROI)= [Net income before non controlling
interest and nonrecurring items + interest expense ( 1- Tax rate
]/ Average LT liabilities and equities
LT Liabilities and equities 2008 = 60,872 + 65,333 + 96,750 =
222,955
LT Liabilities and equities 2009 = 64,720 + 64,652 + 101,989 =
231,361
Tax Rate = 35 %
= 12,427 + 2,994(1-.35)(222,955+231,361 )÷2 = 6.33 %
*Return on Total Equity (ROE)= [Net income before nonrecurring
items – Dividend on redeemable...
Continued in the full essay
Source of the Essay
I found the essay in one of those essay mills where students (needing grades)
and faculty (needing promotion and tenure) can purchase essays or sometimes
download such essays for free.
- Some of these term paper and essay mills guarantee that their essays are
not plagiarized. However the above essay may be plagiarized --- I'm
suspicious that it has been plagiarized, possible from a textbook given the
"Ch 8" quotation.
- The downloadable term papers and essays can be pre-written or customized
where a buyer sends in a topic to the essay mill and pays for an essay to be
written on that topic.
- The essay mill normally has a staff (mostly part time) to write essays,
although I think an essay mill will also buy essays and term papers written
by other students and faculty.
Normally we think of essays purchased by students or faculty to be in general
areas where there are lots of unemployed experts willing to prostitute their
writings. We would not expect to find essays available on very technical topics
like FAS 160. Previously I have scanned essay mills out of curiousity and found
virtually nothing on accounting topics. This is why an
essay on a very technical topic like FAS 160 caught my eye.
I did not purchase the full essay quoted above or download it for free from
the following site:
Term Paper Warehouse: The Research Paper Factory
http://www.termpaperwarehouse.com/essay-on/Profit-Analysis/76664
Apparently term papers and essays are free from the above Term Paper
Warehouse, but there may be a gimmick. I did not register to download this
or any other term paper or essay, because I just do not trust giving out
any privacy information to outfits like this. If you maintain a junk
computer for risky registrations you might give it a try at your own risk
although you could be inviting malware at your email service.
The following is an excerpt from my Website document on plagiarism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#Editors
It's About Time
"Settlement Reached in Essay-Mill Lawsuit." by Paige Chapman,
Chronicle of Higher Education, October 25, 2010 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/settlement-reached-in-essay-mill-lawsuit/27852?sid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Where is the line of ethical responsibility of using online services
to improve writing?
June 23, 2006 message from Elliot Kamlet
[ekamlet@STNY.RR.COM]
Is it just me or is there a lack of, at least,
shame.
http://www.thepaperexperts.com/aboutus.shtml
Elliot Kamlet
Binghamton University
June 23, 2006 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Elliot,
I suspect that paying to have your writing edited, revised, and
translated is as old as writing itself. Networking technology has simply
made it faster, easier, and in many instances cheaper. What is a
problem is that a student who writes very badly may never be discovered
in college if writing is required only for assignments outside the
classroom. This speaks in favor of essay examinations along the way.
There is certainly nothing illegal about an
editing service, and it would be tough to say outside editing is
unethical except for assignments that require or request that the
author's work must be entirely in his/her own words.
Of course this particular service in Canada may entail both editing
and translating (from Canadian into English) --- just kidding.
If such a service also adds new content, then the ethical issues are
very clear since the author might take credit for the new content where
credit is not due. The author also takes a chance that the new content
might be plagiarized.
I had a student some years ago that submitted a term paper that was
plagiarized entirely from three separate sources (that I found with a
Google search). In dealing with the student and his parents, I
discovered that he was not aware that his AIS paper was plagiarized. He
was a young CEO of one of his father's AIS companies. He (my student)
hired one of his employees to write the paper. The employee actually
plagiarized the work to be submitted in the name of my student.
The question in this case is what is worse --- plagiarizing from
published sources or hiring the writing of the term paper? In either
case, the rule infraction would get the student an F from me and a
report of the incident to the Academic Vice President of the University.
Interestingly, the student approached me about five years later and
asked if the time limit on his F grade had expired. He wanted to submit
a new paper. I told him that F grades do not expire even after
graduation.
Bob Jensen
June 23, 2006 reply from Ruth Bender
[r.bender@CRANFIELD.AC.UK]
And for $62.65 you can buy "Plagiarism and
Academic Integrity"
"Plagiarism is a constant concern in the
academic world particularly in areas that involve a lot of research or
term paper writing, such as English Literature. The Internet seems to be
making plagiarism easier as are companies that specialize in academic
research writing for hire. However, several experts believe that most
plagiarism takes place because students do not fully understand how to
perform proper scholarly research and integrate it into their own
material. In the end, plagiarism seems to stem more from a lack of
knowledge rather than a plot to undermine education."
Pages: 7
Bibliography: Content-Di source(s) listed
Filename: 22017 plagiarism and Academic
Integrity.doc
Price: US$62.65
Ruth Bender
Cranfield School of Management
UK
June 23, 2006 reply from Joseph Brady
[bradyj@LERNER.UDEL.EDU]
Years ago I too thought that dishonesty was
caused by a lack of knowledge. The cure: tell students the general rule
(don't take credit for the work of others) and how that rule applies in
your course (give specific examples of how students could trip up). I
work hard at the cognitive factor, going so far as to give a *quiz* on
our honesty rules, in the first week of classes.
Experience can be a cruel teacher. I now think
that most students are dishonest because it's easy to be dishonest and
easy to get away with dishonesty. The problem is not a cognitive one.
It's an ethical one, having a grounding in what is culturally acceptable
at an institution.
It's not a problem in just English 101.
Plagiarism is a serious issue in any course that involves
computer-generated files. It's easy in any MIS or AIS course to copy
someone else's application program and make some simple modifications to
avoid detection. Students learn this right away. Actually, they have
know this since high school or even earlier.
My primary concern as an educator is: are
students learning? Surely this is obvious: those who are copying, are
not learning. If only the small minority of students were at fault, I
would not worry so much. But I think the problem is worsening rapidly.
It's now possible to reach a tipping point: most of the class copying
most of the time, so that not much is learned by the end of the
semester. I actually had a section that came pretty close to that status
last semester.
Students will not police themselves, at least
not here, so I do not have a solution for the problem. It would be nice
to have a utility (like turnitin.com) that would answer the question:
"Was the contents of this Excel/Access/VB/etc file copied or imported
from some other file?" You can no longer get the answer to that question
reliably using Windows time stamping. One of my summer To-Do's is to
write that program in VB, but I'll have to learn a lot about Windows
file structures to do that, and I'll probably not have time to get to
it.
Joe Brady
University of Delaware
June 25, 2006 reply from Robert Holmes Glendale College
[rcholmes@GLENDALE.CC.CA.US]
It is inconceivable to me that anyone who has
reached the college level would not know that copying a paper from any
source (Internet, friend or ?) is cheating. When I hear the "I didn't
think it was wrong" defense I assume I am talking to a liar as well as a
cheater.
June 25, 2006 reply from Henry Collier
[henrycollier@aapt.net.au]
I am more than a little vexed with this:
It is inconceivable to me that anyone who
has reached the college level would not know that copying a paper
from any source (Internet, friend or ?) is cheating. When I hear the
"I didn't think it was wrong" defense I assume I am talking to a
liar as well as a cheater.
There’s more than one cultural bias illustrated
in the quote. Not everyone, fortunately, is embedded in the narrow and
biased views of the writer.
Henry
June 26, 2005 reply from Bob Jensen
Throughout the world in modern times I think borrowing works without
proper citation is considered unethical. In some parts of the world such
as Germany there was (and possibly still is) an exception made for
students where the work of the student was viewed as the work of the
professor. I'm not certain about this exception in modern times, but
some professors in the past purportedly put their names on entire books
written by students without even acknowledging the students. Presumably
these professors also kept the book royalties with clear consciences. I
think this practice was more common in the physical sciences.
A exception which does still exist in modern times arises when a
noted professor, often a senior researcher from a highly prestigious
university, lends his/her name to a textbook to improve its marketing
potential. I know of one instance in an accounting textbook with four
authors where one of the authors wrote over 90% of the material and the
other authors mostly lent their names and affiliations. I know of other
instances where a senior professor from a huge program did very little
of the writing of the textbook but greatly increased the chances that
his university would provide sales of over 1,000 copies of the book each
year. Such marketing ploys might be viewed as deceptive, although can it
be called plagiarism when the principal author of possibly 100% of the
writing encourages someone else to share in the "authorship credit?"
Something similar happens for journal articles to improve their
chances for publication in a leading journal. There is also the even
more common happening where one author who writes poorly did the
research and wrote a very rough first draft. Then a highly skilled
writer who does little or no research anymore performs a great editing
service and receives full credit as a partner in the research. In this
case the paper's editor may be getting far more credit for the
"research" than is deserving.
See how complicated the question of authorship ethics becomes.
Bob Jensen
June 26, 2006 reply from David Fordham, James Madison University
[fordhadr@JMU.EDU]
>June 26, 2005 reply from Bob Jensen
>Throughout the world in modern times I think
borrowing works without proper citation is considered unethical.
Bob, while this might hold true for academic
work, it certainly does not seem to apply to the journalistic world,
does it? (Think: WV Coal Mine Disaster; Think: Hurricane Katrina at the
New Orleans Stadium; Think: any one of hundreds of other media screwups
in the past few months where so-called "news" media reported a story as
though the reporter were reporting first-hand facts when in reality the
reporter was "copying" from an unreliable (and false) source, -- all
without proper citation.
And in some instances, a few journalists are so
unethical that they even go so far as to try to HIDE their sources and
keep them secret! Talk about lack of proper attribution! Some even claim
a constitutional right to do so! ;-)
And no, the citation of "a reliable source" is
not proper citation; if you think it is, just try getting one of those
past ANY reviewer for any decent journal! I can see it now: a
bibliography containing sixteen entries of "A reliable source", "ibid".
On another note, I have it "from a reliable
source" that in times past, (specifically the 16th century art world),
it was not considered wrong to borrow works from other people without
attribution. (My source here is the art curator at the Rubens House
museum in Antwerp, Belgium.) Peter Paul Rubens, Anthony Van Dyke, and
most of the other great "masters" of the art world back then ran studios
to train young artists in the guild craft. The master would sketch a
scene, the young artist would paint it, the master might touch up a
little here and there, and ultimately would sign it, giving the student
no recognition or attribution whatsoever. With the master's signature,
the piece would sell handsomely, the master would pay the student a cut,
and keep the rest. This was a widely known, and perfectly acceptable,
practice of the day. There are dozens of Van Dykes, Rembrandts, Rubens,
and other great works which show very little evidence of ever being
touched by the person who signed the painting. Everyone of the day
actually knew it, but it was an acceptable practice as long as the
student was a student of the master. It was the master's name which sold
the painting. Marketing, marketing.
Of course, to be realistic, I tend to agree
with Robert Holmes. Most of the college students I encounter these days
do know perfectly well that what they are doing is wrong in most cases,
but plead ignorance and invoke the "cultural victim" mentality when
caught. And when I do have the occasional student from another culture,
I make an extra effort to clarify what is and is not acceptable. (I
don't know what the culture is in Ghana, for example, but when caught,
my Ghana student admitted knowing she had violated the honor code, in
addition to violating the instructions clearly printed on the
assignment.)
But as Carol pointed out, the chase, the hunt,
the hiding, is all part of the game which some students see as being
part of the "essence" of preparing for the real world: college.
signed,
---
(um, you were expecting a real signature here?)
---
The gadfly from JMU An unnamed source...
June 26, 2006 reply from Bernadine and Peter Raiskums
[berna@GCI.NET]
In the doctoral program I am now pursuing
on-line through Capella, the learners are provided with access to
mydropbox.com and encouraged to submit their draft papers "to help with
citation issues and improper source referencing. After submission,
mydropbox.com will generate a plagiarism report within 24 hours ... for
your personal use." I found the report to be very interesting in that it
picked up something that had been published in a rather obscure journal
which I had written myself last year!
Bernadine Raiskums, CPA, M.Ed. in Anchorage
The home page for mydropbox.com is at
http://www.mydropbox.com/
"High-Profile Plagiarism Prompts Soul-Searching in German Universities,"
by Paul Hockenos, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 25, 2013
---
http://chronicle.com/article/High-Profile-Plagiarism/137515/?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
"Yet Another Plagiarism Scandal in Germany," by Ana Dinescu, Inside
Higher Ed, March 8, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/blogs/university-venus/yet-another-plagiarism-scandal-germany
Jensen Comment
Centuries ago Oxford was a collection of colleges rather than a university.
When I lectured at Humboldt University in Berlin a few years ago, it was
claimed that the idea of a university as opposed to a collection of colleges
was conceived at Humboldt ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University
Prior to the 20th Century the works of students became the works of their
professors and were sometimes published without even giving credit to the
original authors. Of course times have changed, although they perhaps
changed a bit slower in Germany.
It was hard to sleep at night in my hotel because skyscrapers were being
built 24/7 with lots of noise, loud radios, and men yelling loudly in
Russian. Apparently Russian workers were imported to do a lot of the
construction work. I thought it was ironic that the Russians destroyed
Berlin and then were called back to rebuild it.
Market for Admissions Test Questions and Essay "Consulting"
This type of cheating raises all sorts of legal issues yet to be
resolved for students who might've thought what they did was perfectly legal
New Effort to Sell (successful) MBA Application Essays ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2012/10/02/new-effort-sell-mba-application-essays
More than 1,000 prospective MBA students who
paid $30 to use a now-defunct Web site to get a sneak peak at live questions
from the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) before taking the exam
may have their scores canceled in coming weeks. For many, their B-school
dreams may be effectively over. On June 20, the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia granted the test's publisher, the Graduate
Management Admission Council (GMAC), a $2.3 million judgment against the
operator of the site, Scoretop.com. GMAC has seized the site's domain name
and shut down the site, and is analyzing a hard drive containing payment
information. GMAC said any students found to have used the Scoretop site
will have their test scores canceled, the schools that received them will be
notified, and the student will not be permitted to take the test again.
Since most top B-schools require the GMAT, the students will have little
chance of enrolling. "This is illegal," said Judy Phair, GMAC's
vice-president for communications. "We have a hard drive, and we're going to
be analyzing it. If you used the site and paid your $30 to cheat, your
scores will be canceled. They're in big trouble."
Louis Lavelle, "Shutting Down a GMAT Cheat Sheet: A court order
against a Web site that gave away test questions could land some B-school
students in hot water," Business Week, June 23, 2008 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/jun2008/bs20080623_153722.htm
Jensen Comment
A university admissions office that refused to accept applications from the
"cheating" prospective MBA students would probably be sued by one or more
students. GMAC would probably be sued as well. But it's hard to sue a U.S.
District Court.
There are several moral issues here. From above, this is clearly
cheating. But in various parts of society exam questions and answers are
made available for study purposes. For example, preparation manuals for
drivers license tests usually contain all the questions that might be asked
on the written test. It is entirely possible that some MBA applicants fell
for a scam that they believed was entirely legitimate. Now their lives are
being messed up.
I guess this is a test of the old saying that "Ignorance is no defense"
in the eyes of the law. Clearly from any standpoint, they were taking
advantage of other students who did not have the cheat sheets. But the cheat
sheets were apparently available to anybody in the world for a rather modest
fee, albeit an illegal fee. Every buyer did not know it was illegal.
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
"Penn State Cracks Down on Plagiarism," by Allison Damast,
Business Week, February 3, 2011 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/feb2011/bs2011022_942724.htm?link_position=link1
"Turnitin Begins Crackdown on Plagiarism in Admissions Essays," by
Louis Lavelle, Business Week, January 20, 2010 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/blogs/mba_admissions/archives/2010/01/turnitin_begins.html?link_position=link5
Continued at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#Editors
Deloitte Will Pay Up $85 Million for Negligent Auditing in Canada
"Livent creditors win key ruling, awarded $85-million," by Janet
McFarland, Globe and Mail, April 6, 2014 ---
http://www.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/livent-creditors-awarded-85-million-due-to-auditors-negligence/article17845004/
An Ontario judge has awarded $85-million in damages
to the creditors of long-defunct theatre company Livent Inc., ruling the
firm’s auditors at Deloitte & Touche were negligent in their reviews of the
company’s 1997 financial statements.
The critical ruling, released late Friday, marks a
rare victory for creditors in a lawsuit against its auditors.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Deloitte ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Even if your highest paying job offer is from Stanford University, you can
live for much, much less on a vastly superior acreage in outside Boulder or in
the countryside of most anywhere else other than Hawaii and NYC
12 Incredibly Modest — But Insanely Expensive — Homes For Sale In Silicon
Valley ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/modest-but-expensive-homes-in-silicon-valley-2014-4?op=1#ixzz2xkNx1GKd
Sunnyvale and San Jose are long commutes to Stanford University. Add several
million, maybe tens of million dollars, to get closer to Palo Alto or nearby
Woodside. Watch the slide show and then settle into a Colorado acreage.
Actually Stanford has some more "reasonably priced" campus homes that are
restricted to Stanford's employees. But "reasonably priced" relative to Woodside
prices is an oxymoron.
How To Play Craps Like A Pro ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/how-to-play-craps-2014-4
A Bit of Humor
Advertising More: Madison Avenue Features Advertising Mad Men 'MAD MEN' vs.
REALITY: Compare Don Draper's Ads With Those That Actually Ran In The 1960s ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/don-drapers-mad-men-ads-vs-the-real-thing-2014-4?op=1#ixzz307LT1Dtv
What happens when you open an outhouse door? ---
https://www.youtube.com/embed/GGW6Rm437tE
Bob Hope Entertaining the Troops ---
http://biggeekdad.com/2011/02/bob-hope-christmas/
Peter Sellers Presents The Complete Guide To Accents of The British Isles ---
http://www.openculture.com/2014/04/peter-sellers-presents-the-complete-guide-to-accents-of-the-british-isles.html
Forwarded by Paula
Funny Reviews ---
http://www.amazon.com/gp/feature.html?docId=1001250201
Forwarded by Paula
Two little boys, ages 5 and 7, are excessively mischievous. They are always
getting into trouble and their parents know if any mischief occurs in their
town, the two boys are probably involved.
The boys' mother heard that a preacher in town had been successful in
disciplining children, so she asked if he would speak with her boys.
The preacher agreed, but he asked to see them individually.
The mother sent the 5 year old in the morning, with the older boy to see the
preacher in the afternoon.
The preacher, a huge man with a deep booming voice, sat the younger boy down
and asked him sternly, "Do you know where God is, son?"
The boy's mouth dropped open, but he made no response, sitting there
wide-eyed with his mouth hanging open.
So the preacher repeated the question in an even sterner tone, "Where is
God?!"
Again, the boy made no attempt to answer.
The preacher raised his voice even more and shook his finger in the boy's
face and bellowed, "WHERE IS GOD?!"
The boy screamed & bolted from the room, ran directly home & dove into his
closet, slamming the door behind him.
When his older brother found him in the closet, he asked, "What happened?"
The younger brother, gasping for breath, replied, "We are in BIG trouble this
time! GOD is missing, and they think WE did it!"
Forwarded by Rev. Hahn
Unstoppable Virus
I thought you would want to know about
this e-mail virus.
Even the most advanced programs from
Norton or McAfee cannot take care of this one.
It appears to affect those who were
born prior to 1960.
Symptoms:
1.
Causes you to send the same e-mail twice.
Done that!
2.
Causes you to send a blank e-mail!
That too!
3.
Causes you to send e-mail to the wrong person.
Yep!
4. Causes you to send it back to the person who sent it to you.
Aha!
5.
Causes you to forget to attach the attachment.
Well
darn!
6. Causes you to hit "SEND" before you've finished.
Oh , no
not again!
7. Causes you to hit "DELETE" instead of "SEND."
And I
just hate that!
8. Causes you to hit "SEND" when you should "DELETE."
IT IS CALLED THE "C-NILE VIRUS."
Have I already
sent this to you?
Or did you send it
to me?
Forwarded by Paula
The Priest said, 'Sister, this is a silent monastery. You are welcome here as
long as you like, but you may not speak until directed to do so.
Sister Mary lived in the monastery for 5 years before the Priest said to her,
'Sister Mary, you have been here for 5 years. You may speak two words.'
Sister Mary said, Hard bed.'
'I'm sorry to hear that,' the Priest said, 'We will get you a better bed.'
After another 5 years, Sister Mary was summoned by the Priest.
'You may say another two words, Sister Mary.'
'Cold food,' said Sister Mary, and the Priest assured her that the food would
be better in the future.
On her 15th anniversary at the monastery, the Priest again called Sister Mary
in to his office.
'You may say two words today.'
'I quit,' said Sister Mary.
'It's probably best,' said the Priest, 'You've done nothing but bitch since
you got here."
Humor Between April 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor043014
Humor Between March 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor033114
Humor Between February 1-28, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor022814
Humor Between January 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor013114
Humor Between December 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor123113
Humor Between November 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor113013
Humor Between October 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor103113
Humor Between September 1 and September
30, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor093013
Humor Between July 1 and August 31,
2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor083113
Humor Between June 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor063013
Humor Between May 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor053113
Humor Between April 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor043013
And that's
the way it was on April 30, 2014 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ
portal to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm

Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/


Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Peter, Paul, and Barney: An Essay on 2008 U.S. Government Bailouts of Private
Companies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Health
Care News ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
574 Shields
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Bob Jensen's Personal History in Pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/